Page 1

35 NEW TOURS COMPARE OUR STUNNING PRICES

our & Tours Y Holidays Collection

2019-2020

UK & Ireland | Europe | USA & Canada | India | Further Afield

Where stories begin...


Thank you for voting for us


Where stories begin Planning. It’s half the fun.

Deciding where next in this wonderful world you’d like to discover and explore. Which places to see, experiences to savour and enjoy. A brochure lands – this one – and plans can quickly become reality, as your decisions – and your reservations – are made. Look forward to time spent in our expert, award-winning hands, when your travel dreams will be fulfilled.

You’ll see new places, gaze in awe at iconic sights, meet new friends, encounter new peoples and taste new, exciting cuisines. Above all, you’ll enjoy fun and laughter, rest and relaxation, and will return enriched and rewarded, with a treasure-chest of memories to share with others. Tales to tell. The best travel stories – yours – ­begin when you choose Newmarket Holidays.


Lake Louise, Canada

Welcome

to the latest collection of high quality, tremendous value tours and holidays from award-winning Newmarket Holidays. Brought to you following our recent successes at the 2018’s prestigious British Travel Awards, where we were honoured to be named ‘Best Escorted Tours Operator’ for a sixth successive year, our widest-ever range of destinations contains a mix of long-term customer favourites and some exciting new itineraries, an expanded number of ‘Small-Group Tours’, and more opportunities to upgrade your flights and extend your stay. All the holidays offer the same remarkable value and high standards of arrangements that have been our hallmarks for over 35 years. We thank you for your past custom, and if you are considering joining us for the first time, we look forward to the pleasure of your company.

Simon Hibbs, Managing Director Newmarket Holidays

Y our Holidays & INTRODUCTION

Introduction New tours Upgrade your flight

6 10 18

THE UNITED KINGDOM & IRELAND Loch Lomond & the Edinburgh Tattoo Scottish Highland Railways The Best of the Scottish Highlands Hebridean Island Adventure Belfast & the Titanic Experience The Ring of Kerry & Wonderful Western Ireland Ireland’s Beautiful South West Galway, Connemara & Ireland’s Stunning West Donegal & the Giant’s Causeway Historic Railways of the Isle of Man Jersey – The Sun‑Kissed Channel Isle

22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42

THE ITALIAN COLLECTION Little Trains of the Dolomites Venice, Verona & the Wonders of Lake Garda Verona Opera & Vineyards Verona, Venice & Florence – Italian Journeys by Train The Italian Riviera, Monte Carlo & the Cinque Terre Lake Como, St Moritz & the Bernina Express Lake Como & Alpine Railways Lake Maggiore, Piedmont & the Matterhorn Food & Wines of Northern Italy – a Gourmet Tour Grand Cities of Italy Portofino, Florence & Tuscany Tuscan Food & Wines – a Gourmet Tour Capri, Pompeii & the Amalfi Coast Puglia & the South – Undiscovered Italy Sardinia & Corsica Etna, Taormina & Classic Sicily Sicily – Palermo, Agrigento & the Aeolian Islands

46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78

EUROPE & BEYOND Scandinavia & Iceland

How to Book Priority Booking Line

0330 160 7800 Opening Hours: Monday-Friday: 9am-6pm, Saturday: 9am-4pm, Sunday: 10am-3pm

Book Online

See your Local Travel Agent

The Beautiful Fjords of Western Norway Iceland – Reykjavík & the Northern Lights Tromsø – Northern Lights & Arctic Adventure Break

82 84 86

Portugal, France & Spain Hidden Portugal Lisbon, Seville & the Glorious Algarve Pousadas of Portugal Carcassonne, Avignon & Provence The Rhône, Burgundy & Provence Corsica – Mediterranean Island Idyll Paris, Monet’s Normandy & Brittany Seville, Granada & Classic Spain Barcelona, Montserrat & the Pyrenees Bilbao, San Sebastian & the Vineyards of Rioja Little Trains of the Pyrenees

90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110


Portofino, Italy

Tours Collection 2019-2020 Scenic Europe Amsterdam & the Dutch Bulbfields Classic Rhine Cruise to Switzerland Swiss Alpine Glories Steam Railways of Austria The Glorious Austrian Tyrol Prague, Budapest & Vienna The Spirit of Kraków Helsinki, Tallinn & Riga Moscow & St Petersburg Istanbul, Ephesus & Troy Ephesus, Pamukkale & Turkey’s Aegean Coast Turkish Gulet Cruising

114 116 118 120 122 124 126 128 130 132 134 136

Croatia, Slovenia & Montenegro Croatia’s Istrian Riviera & Lake Bled Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula Dubrovnik & Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula Dubrovnik, Montenegro & the Dalmatian Coast Montenegro & Albania – Magical ‘Illyria’

140 142 144 146 148

Cyprus, Malta, Israel & Jordan Cyprus Discovered Hidden Secrets of Northern Cyprus Valletta, Mdina & the Wonders of Malta Malta & Sicily Jerusalem, Galilee & The Holy Land Jordan – Petra & the Dead Sea

152 154 156 158 160 162

André Rieu André Rieu – Vrijthof Concert, Maastricht

165

HAND-PICKED RESORTS Lake Garda Sorrento & the Bay of Naples Tuscany Lake Como Lake Maggiore Sicily Northern Cyprus

168 176 180 182 184 186 188

OBERAMMERGAU PASSION PLAY 2020 Oberammergau 2020 & Delightful Lake Garda Oberammergau 2020 & the Austrian Tyrol

192 194

198 200 202 204 206 210 212 214 216

218 220 222 224

Canada Canada – Niagara Falls to the Rockies The Canadian Rockies Canada’s Rocky Mountaineer® Five-Star Alaska Cruise & the Canadian Rockies Canada’s Maple Leaf Trail

228 230 232 234 238

INDIA, NEPAL & SRI LANKA India, China & South East Asia Map 242 India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal 244 India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla 246 India – Tigers, the Taj & Amritsar’s Golden Temple 248 A Journey Through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays 250 India’s Marigold Hotel Experience 252 Kerala & India’s Beautiful South 256 India & Nepal – Tigers, Taj & Temples 260 Darjeeling & Bhutan – The Last Himalayan Kingdom 262 Extend Your Holiday 264 Colours of Sri Lanka 266

FURTHER AFIELD China, Japan & Southeast Asia Follow the Mekong – Thailand, Cambodia & Vietnam Halong Bay & Five-Star Vietnam River Cruise Japan – Land of the Rising Sun Classic China & Yangtze River Cruise China – Terracotta Warriors & the Great Wall

270 272 276 278 280

Amazing Africa Africa Map Classic South Africa Cape Town, the Garden Route & ‘Big Five Safaris’ Under African Skies – Victoria Falls to Cape Town Kenya Grand Safari – Stay at Treetops The Serengeti & Tanzania’s National Parks Riads of Marrakesh & the Colours of Morocco Cairo, Luxor & Nile Cruise

284 286 290 292 296 298 300 302

Central & South America Peru – Lake Titicaca to Machu Picchu Brazil, Argentina & Chile Costa Rica – Nature’s Paradise

THE USA & CANADA North America Map Washington, New York & Niagara Falls East Coast Extravaganza – USA & Canada New England in the Fall Fall Colours of New England & Canada Washington, New York & Boston in the Fall Music Cities, USA  Elvis Presley’s Memphis, New Orleans & Nashville Deep South Rhythms, New Orleans & Caribbean Cruise

Texas, Presley’s Memphis & New Orleans America’s Golden West Hollywood, Vegas & the Grand Canyon The Wonders of the US National Parks

306 308 310

FURTHER INFORMATION Departures & Prices Holiday Essentials Travel Insurance Important Information Booking Conditions

312 338 344 345 346


Brilliant. We would recommend to anyone who wants a taste of India with the luxury of very good hotels and excellent service – use Newmarket Holidays, we could not fault them. Thank you. — Sarah, Surrey, India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal

6

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Outstanding value for money

Compare our prices and inclusions! When you travel with Newmarket Holidays, you can rest assured you have chosen an award-winning company that never forgets that their customers’ holiday time, and especially their holiday money, are precious. We go out of our way to provide you with unbeatable quality and value.

So much included Take a look at the highlights and inclusions that are featured in every Newmarket holiday, from travel and transfers, to carefully chosen accommodation, to a host of memorable escorted sightseeing tours and experiences.

Everything taken care of for you At the heart of Newmarket Holidays is a team committed to looking after the smallest details – we take care of the organisation and leave the pleasures of holidaymaking to you.

Crafted with care by travel experts The team of industry experts at Newmarket have hundreds of years of collective experience when it comes to arranging exceptional holidays. Rest assured you’re in the best of hands.

It’s a wonderful world – discover it with us In the following pages you’ll find the widest selection of destinations we’ve ever offered, all brought to life by our dedicated band of friendly, experienced tour managers and guides.

Your money is safe with us As you’d expect, Newmarket Holidays offers full financial protection through our membership of ABTA and our ATOL licence, giving you peace of mind when it comes to your hard‑earned holiday money.

The Newmarket Price Promise At Newmarket we back our belief in the unbeatable value of our holidays by standing behind it. We promise that if, at the time of booking, you find the same escorted tour cheaper elsewhere, we will match the price of that holiday and refund the difference!*

Quality and outstanding value since 1983 We’ve come a long, long way – and our customers have travelled many millions of miles – since our first tour, in May 1983, and we’re pleased to be offering the same quality and value to our customers today.

Award-winning, year after year Although the comments from our customers matter more to us than industry accolades, we’re especially pleased to have been recognised at the prestigious British Travel Awards, since these are voted for by the British public. We were delighted to be voted ‘Best Escorted Tour Operator’ for the sixth successive year in 2018, and to have garnered nine other awards, including ‘Best Operator’ status to Ireland, Italy, Central and Northern Europe, Southern Asia and Africa. Our awards tally since 2011 now stands at an astonishing 36!

*Terms and conditions apply

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

7


Our tour guide Sam was lovely and kept us entertained. The trip to the Giant’s Causeway was the highlight. The boat trip around Donegal Bay, enjoying an Irish coffee and listening to Irish music... lovely. — Susan, Chippenham, Donegal & the Giant’s Causeway

Giant’s Causeway, Northern Ireland

8

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Your holiday,Your way

On a Newmarket Holiday you can look forward to carefully planned and meticulously organised travel arrangements, overseen by a friendly, professional tour manager. There is also, in addition to the organised arrangements, plenty of free time to enjoy your chosen destinations under your own steam, and many opportunities to plan flexible arrangements to suit your own requirements. Whether it’s the chance to select from optional tours or excursions, to upgrade your room choice, flight arrangements, or to extend your holiday with a post-tour stay, you’ll find a host of ways to make your Newmarket holiday, your holiday.

Kviknes Hotel, Norway

Excellent quality hand-picked hotels Whether a ‘bed for a night’, or the base for a longer stay, the accommodation featured on a Newmarket escorted tour or resort-based stay is invariably a highlight of your holiday experience. Each will have been selected for its comfort and convenience and the range of amenities provided at day’s end. Above everything, whether the property is a sleek member of an international chain or a small family-run establishment, you can expect a warm, friendly welcome and a comfortable night’s sleep. More often than not, you’ll be sorry to leave, even if the day ahead promises more exciting sights to see.

Friendly, experienced Tour Managers Monument Valley

Adding immeasurably to the pleasure of every Newmarket escorted tour, by not only bringing to life the places visited, providing colour and background to the sights and attractions, but also ensuring that your holiday arrangements operate as smoothly as possible, will be one of a team of dedicated professionals who look forward to sharing their love and knowledge of your chosen destinations with you. Time and again, our customers praise the service they receive from our tour managers, without whom, it wouldn’t be an escorted tour at all.

Exciting included & optional excursions

Pyrenees

Our 2019-20 Collection features more included excursions than ever before. Fully escorted by our friendly, experienced tour managers – and sometimes accompanied by expert local guides – our included excursions lie at the heart of what makes a Newmarket escorted tour so special. In addition to enjoying all the included tours, you can complete your holiday experience by joining some very special optional excursions.

Extend your holiday Look out for a number of exciting opportunities to add to the pleasure of your escorted tour with a chance, either to rest and relax in a beach location or to journey on to another destination of interest. Some of the tours featuring extensions include the new Istanbul, Ephesus and Troy holiday (page 132), the Costa Rica – Nature’s Paradise adventure (page 310) and a wide selection of escorted tours to India (see page 264).

Tour-Only – without flights On selected holidays, begin your tour at the destination airport, or in some cases at a designated hotel, choosing to travel earlier and return later, but still enjoying all the excitement of the tour or holiday.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

9


NEW FOR 2019 & 2020

New tours created for

Step into the past A fascinating collection of newly created escorted tours lifts the veil on several corners of the world that resonate with a sense of past glories. Each offers the chance to rest and relax between journeys of discovery.

Istanbul, Ephesus & Troy Savour the excitement of one of the world’s most enthralling cities and wander through some of its finest Classical sites. See page 132

Helsinki, Tallinn & Riga Experience the clear air, designer cool, vibrant café cultures and picture-book charms of three Baltic gems and their scenic surroundings. See page 128

Pousadas of Portugal Discover the very best of Portugal and experience stays in three historic, charming and unique Pousada hotels along the way. See page 94

Enjoy a breath of fresh air Rest and relax surrounded by some of the world’s finest scenery, savouring the joys of open air, pristine waters, green pastures, flower-strewn meadows and exquisite towns and cities bathed in summer sunshine.

Discover idyllic islands in the sun Blue waters fringing golden beaches, backed by colourful resort towns and interiors rich in scenic beauty and dotted with historic settlements make these three new island explorations irresistible.

Jordan – Petra & the Dead Sea Gaze wide-eyed at one of the seven new world wonders, drive stunning desert highways, and experience the lowest spot on Earth. See page 162

Riads of Marrakesh & the Colours of Morocco Enjoy winter warmth and sunshine, and experience the colour and welcome of this vibrant melting pot. See page 300

Ephesus, Pamukkale & Turkey’s Aegean Coast Combine ancient treasures, natural wonders and all the pleasures of a comfortable stay on the shores of the blue Aegean. See page 134

Bathe in blue waters, soak up the sun and explore two of the Balkans’ ‘must-see, must-do’ countries. See page 148

Lake Maggiore, Piedmont & the Matterhorn One of Europe’s most romantic corners... languid waters, vibrant gardens, fine wines, a gastronomic town, and a very famous mountain. See page 60

The Glorious Austrian Tyrol Revel in the picture-postcard-perfect surroundings and fresh air of one of Europe’s most celebrated Alpine paradises. See page 122

10

Matterhorn

Corsica – Mediterranean Island Idyll Discover the blue waters, white sand beaches and dramatic mountainous interior of a spectacular Mediterranean island in the sun. See page 100

Sicily – Palermo, Agrigento & the Aeolian Islands Combine the relaxed pleasures of a beach holiday with exploration of Sicily, Italy’s fascinating, sun-kissed southern island outpost. See page 78

Savour and enjoy a discovery of two of the Mediterranean’s southern island outposts, both brimming with fascination and interest. See page 158

Two new escorted tours with a musical theme bring opportunities to take an unforgettable road trip through the heart of America, or to take your seat in one of the world’s most atmospheric musical settings.

Pamukkale, Turkey

Montenegro & Albania – Magical ‘Illyria’

Malta & Sicily

Play a different tune

you!

Valley of Temples, Sicily

Music Cities, USA Enjoy this wonderful journey through 20th‑century America and the unforgettable sounds it gave to the world. See page 212

Verona Opera & Vineyards Experience a night at the world-renowned Arena di Verona, in the heart of the exquisite ‘Romeo and Juliet’ city. See page 50

Arena di Verona © Photo Ennevi. Courtesy of Fondazione Arena di Verona

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Northern Lights

Experience the wonders of nature

Safari in South Africa

This quintet of exceptional, and exceptional value tours brings opportunities to savour some of the glories of our planet, whether works of nature forged over millennia by the irresistible power of Earth, or precious wildlife that, once seen in their natural habitat, instils a desire to protect and preserve for future generations. Experience America’s glorious west, Tromsø’s cinematic northern lights displays, the forests of Central America, some of South America’s most colourful corners, and the vast plains of Africa, on unforgettable journeys of discovery.

Tromsø – Northern Lights & Arctic Adventure Break

Costa Rica – Nature’s Paradise

Discover pristine, captivating Northern Norway and search for the magical Aurora from one of the best places to witness their glory. See page 86

Experience eco-friendly wildlife encounters and some of the world’s most colourful birdlife, on a ‘journey beyond the senses’. See page 310

The Serengeti & Tanzania’s National Parks

The Wonders of the US National Parks

Enjoy the once-in-a-lifetime experience of the wonders and astonishing wildlife of the classic ‘Northern Circuit’. See page 298

Journey to some of America’s greatest vistas and eye-popping natural wonders and capture the ‘spirit of the West’. See page 224

Brazil, Argentina & Chile

Costa Rica

And more...

Discover the man-made and natural wonders of glorious South America, including astonishing Iguazú Falls and the towering Andes. See page 308

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

11


...new tours created for you! Indulge in a feast of a tour

We are delighted to offer two tours that are as exciting for the taste buds and the nose as they are for the eyes, with hands-on cooking experiences and the chance to sample some delicious food.

Tuscan Food & Wines – a Gourmet Tour

Combine the tastes of Tuscany with its medieval hill towns and Renaissance jewels on this memorable Small-Group Tour. See page 68

Food & Wines of Northern Italy – a Gourmet Tour This very special Small-Group Tour to beautiful Lake Garda is guaranteed to set the taste buds alight. See page 62 Celebrity chef Marcello Franceschi

Vintage & scenic train journeys Increasing our range of rail-inclusive holidays, and tours featuring journeys aboard some fascinating vintage railways are these hugely enjoyable escorted tours. Sit back and relax as you travel through scenic landscapes to some remarkable, historic places.

How grows your garden? Our range of escorted tours to some of Europe’s horticultural highlights is ever popular with garden enthusiasts and lovers of beautiful settings alike. Two new tours take in a famous painter’s retreat and Holland’s annual blaze of colour.

Experience once‑in-a-lifetime Oberammergau Once every 10 years, in accordance with a solemn oath sworn by their forefathers nearly four hundred years ago, some 1,500 residents of the Bavarian village of Oberammergau re‑enact the last week of the life of Christ.

Put your feet up! We are delighted to add to our selection of holidays in very special places chosen by us for those looking for a break where the emphasis is on rest and relaxation with the chance of a little gentle exploration.

Verona, Venice & Florence – Italian Journeys by Train From an elegant Veronese base, journey by train to discover and explore the contrasting charms of two more Italian cities. See page 52

Little Trains of the Dolomites Enjoy one of Europe’s most special corners, as you journey through a picture-book land of vineyards, orchards and castles. See page 46

Paris, Monet’s Normandy & Brittany

Renon Railway

Keukenhof Gardens

Savour the charms of the incomparable City of Light and enjoy a taste of France’s glorious northern countryside. See page 102

Amsterdam & the Dutch Bulbfields 2020 Enjoy the best of Springtime Holland’s colours and scents on this tremendous value break. See page 114

Oberammergau 2020 & Delightful Lake Garda

Oberammergau Passion Play

Experience the extraordinary wonder of the Passion Play, and enjoy all the pleasure of a stay by the lake’s blue waters. See page 192

Oberammergau 2020 & the Austrian Tyrol Savour the joys of an alpine idyll, then take your seat and be awed by the performance of the Passion Play. See page 194

Lake Como Discover one of Europe’s most idyllic and stylish corners, by the shores of the most picturesque of Italy’s lakes. See page 182

Lake Maggiore Offshore islets, stunning gardens, delightful shore-side towns and truly delicious ice cream – Bellissimo! See page 184

Sicily Mix the intoxicating taste of Europe with a tinge of North African spice on Italy’s sun‑kissed southern isle. See page 186 Acacia Resort, Sicily

12

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


A typical Turkish Gulet

Rhine & Rhône River Cruising

Step aboard and sail away! With ever more customers discovering the joys of a river cruise holiday, or the delights of island-hopping through offshore waters by ‘private yacht’, we are pleased to add these wonderful ‘holidays afloat’ to our collection.

The Rhône, Burgundy & Provence

Pandaw Cruise

Cefalu, Sicily

Enjoy all the delights of stylish, contemporary, All-Inclusive cruising through southern France’s most historic and delightful regions. See page 98 

Turkish Gulet Cruising Step aboard for an unforgettable week of sunshine, turquoise seas, Turkish hospitality and balmy nights under the stars. See page 136

Classic Rhine Cruise to Switzerland

Dubrovnik & Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula

Enjoy all the delights of stylish, contemporary, All-Inclusive cruising and the sights of Europe’s most celebrated river. See page 116 

Discover the glorious ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, then enjoy a glorious week of island-hopping aboard your delightful ‘private yacht’. See page 144

Halong Bay & Five-Star Vietnam River Cruise Take an extraordinary, languid journey through one of Southeast Asia’s most evocative corners, on an exclusively chartered Pandaw river cruise. See page 272

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

13


Great Wall of China

14

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Experience our Small-Group Tours Immerse yourself in the cultures and traditions of some of the world’s most fascinating places, on this selection of tours that include highlights and experiences shared with a smaller group of like-minded travellers – holidays that go beyond the well‑known sights and better-trodden paths.

Intimate These hugely enjoyable holidays, where group sizes are restricted to a maximum of 25, but are usually comprised of 16-20 participants, offer the opportunity to travel in smaller vehicles, enjoying experiences and encounters, and sometimes staying in wonderful smaller accommodation, denied to larger groups.

Real Lives Elefantastic, India

Whether it’s meeting a Keralan coconut farmer, South African fisherman or Andean island-dweller, or discovering a corner of the world best explored in a smaller party, such as Kenya’s Maasai Mara, these holidays will lift the veil on some fascinating places.

‘Home-Stay’ & Heritage Hotels Led by friendly, professional tour managers and local guides, some tours also feature some very special properties where the owners are happy to share their own experiences and culture with their guests.

Less-travelled Roads

Masked dancers, Bhutan

Explore a corner of the world less travelled, return to a favourite destination and delve behind its monuments and natural wonders, or simply share a special experience with a smaller number of likeminded travellers, on these very special Small-Group Tours.

Small-Group Tours Food & Wines of Northern Italy – a Gourmet Tour 62 Tuscan Food & Wines – a Gourmet Tour 68 A Journey through India – Grand Palaces & Historic Fort stays 250 India’s Marigold Hotel Experience 252 Darjeeling & Bhutan – The Last Himalayan Kingdom 262 Colours of Sri Lanka 266 Under African Skies – The Victoria Falls to Cape Town 292 Kenya Grand Safari – Stay at Treetops 296 The Serengeti & Tanzania’s National Parks 298 Riads of Marrakesh & the Colours of Morocco 300 Peru – Lake Titicaca to Machu Picchu 306 Costa Rica – Nature’s Paradise 310

Relax in our Hand-Picked Resorts The Ship Inn, Kyrenia

Perhaps what you are looking for is a more traditional, ‘getawayfrom-it-all’ holiday where long sunny days can be spent busy doing nothing, and balmy evenings doing even less? Or perhaps you are looking for a break when you can indulge your own personal pursuits, be they walking or golfing, sailing or cycling, and making your own timetable as each day takes you? With all the assurance that comes with knowing that you are still travelling with one of the UK’s leading tour operators, and with flights, transfers and accommodation in excellent hotels included in the price – with the chance to join excursions should you wish – these Hand-Picked Resort Holidays are just the ticket!

Hand-Picked Resort Holidays Lake Garda Sorrento & the Bay of Naples Tuscany Lake Como Lake Maggiore Sicily Northern Cyprus

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

168 176 180 182 184 186 188

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

15


Your stories & photos

We work with Reevoo so that you receive honest feedback from Newmarket customers on all our holidays. Reevoo are an independent, third-party company who send out questionnaires when our customers return from their holidays – and all the reviews and ratings are unedited and uncensored. You get real feedback direct from genuine travellers to help you decide on your holiday purchase.

Newmarket Holidays’ overall rating:

We really enjoyed our holiday. Everything went smoothly and there were no problems with any aspect of it. All the accommodation was good. We had an excellent tour guide by the name of Vinod, he really took good care of everyone’s needs and was exceptionally informative throughout the tour. — Paul, Hampshire, India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal

There were so many ‘best moments’ – the sunset over the water at Tûcepi; the cable car ride in Dubrovnik up to the Dubravka Restaurant at the top (amazing shrimp risotto!); the waterfalls at Krka National Park; beautiful Skradin; the Bay of Kotor; our boat trip (on our ‘free’ day) from Dubrovnik to Lokrum - so many small rocky bays for swimming (wish we’d taken our bathing gear!), peacocks and rabbits roaming free - idyllic. — Annella, Chelmsford, Dubrovnik, Montenegro & the Dalmatian Coast

This was a wonderful way to explore Tuscany, being based at one resort made it along with the couple of free days less hectic and relaxing. The tour guide was excellent and very informative and helpful booking optional trips and local events. — Mary, Birmingham, Portofino, Florence & Tuscany

A

From start to finish all was good. Roger our guide, brilliant. Hotel and staff and food great. — Gerald, Wincanton, Spirit of Krakow

We had an amazing time. Everything was well organised and Julie also added in additional moments - Tina Turner’s school was fascinating. We have never taken an organised holiday like this but it was the trip of a lifetime. Julie was the right mix of organising us and supporting our independent time with very good information so we could get the best out of our time. My only wish is that we’d had more days! Thank you. — Julia, Melton Mowbray, Elvis Presley’s Memphis, New Orleans & Nashville

One of the best ever (and I have travelled extensively). Itinerary was good, guide (the wonderful Bonnie) was excellent and the countryside incredibly magical. — Francis, Cheltenham, Five-Star Alaska Cruise & the Canadian Rockies

For me having watched black & white news footage of the famous Red Square millitary parades of the sixties/seventies/eighties, to actually walk around in Red Square & see for myself St Basil’s Cathedral & the Kremlin on a crisp late october saturday, that was the best moment for me.

B

— Michael, Sturry (near Canterbury), Moscow & St Petersburg

Thank you for sharing your great photos! Here is just a small selection of the many photographs we’ve received over recent months from happy Newmarket Holidays’ customers.

A Lorraine, Bishops Stortford

F Erica, Thornton Cleveleys

B Kim, Whiteley, Hampshire, Canadian Rockies

G Richard, Cornwall

C William, Tayport – “Meeting Garth Brooks...”,

H Ian, London

D Robin, Littlehampton India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal

I Nigel, Crewkerne

E Julian, Wymondham

J Bryan, Penarth

Follow the Mekong – Thailand, Cambodia & Vietnam

Classic South Africa

Elvis Presley’s Memphis, New Orleans & Nashville

Croatia’s Istrian Riviera & Lake Bled

16

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

Hidden Portugal

India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal Portofino, Florence & Tuscany Loch Lomond & the Edinburgh Tattoo

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

C


D

I

G

J H

E

F Call us on: 0330 160 7800

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

17


Start your holiday in

Style!

Upgrade your flight Upper Class – Effortless travel, your way • At London Heathrow, breeze through the Private Security Channel within the Upper Class Wing • Take time out in the incredible Clubhouse* and choose from our varied food and fine wine menu • On board, relax or socialise at the Upper Class bar • Stretch out in your Upper Class suite • Stay connected with inseat laptop power and on board Wi-Fi**

Stretch out and enjoy premium service from an award winning airline. Whether it’s the extra space and enhanced dining brought to you by Premium Economy or, if you prefer true luxury all the way, the comfort and ease of travel which Upper Class offers, just read on to be tempted.

• Finish off your imaginatively designed meal with cheese and port • Enjoy a great night’s sleep in your spacious, fully flat bed • On landing in the morning at London Heathrow, get ready to take the day on at the welcoming Revivals† lounge * Lounge facilities vary at each destination. ** Available on selected flights for a fee. † Open daily 5.00am-1.30pm.

Premium Economy – Your time, your space • Speed through the airport thanks to special priority check‑in and boarding • Relax pre-flight with a glass of welcome bubbly and newspaper in your dedicated cabin • Recline on your wide leather seat with headrest, footrest and 38-inch seat pitch • Enjoy your choice of three delicious main dishes, upgraded with china crockery, cutlery and linen • Finish your meal with an after-dinner liqueur • Snooze or freshen up on night flights with your Relax Pack • Stay connected with inseat power and on board Wi-Fi* • Help yourself to tempting snacks and soft drinks whenever you like * Available on selected flights for a fee

Singapore Airlines – Premium Economy • Enjoy the added comforts of a 38” pitch/8” reclining seat, and be entertained on your individual 13.3” touchscreen monitor With Singapore Airlines - the world’s most awarded airline, expect excellent service in long-haul travel. Flying four times daily from London on the A380 and B777-300ER and five times weekly from Manchester on the A350.

• Pre-order from the Premium Economy ‘Book the Cook’ menu and enjoy complimentary champagne throughout your flight • Enjoy a generous 35kg baggage allowance, priority check-in and boarding • Experience Premium Economy style aboard the new Airbus A380 ‘giant of the skies’, in a 44-seat, 2-4-2 seat configuration forward on Main Deck

Jet Airways – Premier • Spacious, comfortable direct aisle-access seat, which converts into a fully flat bed • Laptop plug socket at every seat An upgrade to Premier when heading overnight to India has you arriving fresh and ready to explore the destination! Make it a special treat and enjoy it on the return flight too.

18

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

• Extensive menu from which you can order when you please throughout the flight • Wide choice of films and TV programmes on your own personal 15.4-inch, touch screen LCD TV • Lounge access at your departure airport

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Fly from an airport nearYou!

Throughout the following pages you’ll find a host of holidays that offer the added convenience of flying from your local airport, in addition to the major international gateways. Fly direct to your destination, on a variety of reputable scheduled airlines, or occasionally on special Newmarket Holidays’ chartered flights or fly from your local airport to connect with your longer flight from the international gateway.

Inverness Aberdeen

While most long-haul flights depart from London or Manchester, some holidays include international flights to and from Amsterdam’s Schiphol Airport, to where we offer convenient return flights from a selection of local airports. As well as the comfort and convenience of starting your holiday closer to home, other benefits include: • Easy car parking arrangements or public transport links

Edinburgh Glasgow Belfast International

Newcastle Belfast City

Durham Tees Valley

Leeds/Bradford Doncaster Humberside Liverpool Manchester

• Smooth check-in procedures • Check through your luggage to your ultimate destination*

East Midlands Birmingham

*Certain restrictions apply

Cardiff

Newquay

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

Norwich

Luton Stansted Southend Heathrow London City Bristol Gatwick Southampton

Exeter

Bournemouth

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

19


Glenfinnan viaduct Š VisitBritain/VisitScotland


The United Kingdom & Ireland Loch Lomond & the Edinburgh Tattoo

22

Scottish Highland Railways

24

The Best of the Scottish Highlands

26

Hebridean Island Adventure

28

Belfast & the Titanic Experience

30

The Ring of Kerry & Wonderful Western Ireland

32

Ireland’s Beautiful South West

34

Galway, Connemara & Ireland’s Stunning West

36

Donegal & the Giant’s Causeway

38

Historic Railways of the Isle of Man

40

Jersey – The Sun‑Kissed Channel Isle

42

Discover scenic wonders,

glorious isles… and why there’s no place like home.


Loch Lomond & the Edinburgh Tattoo

The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo§

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Take your seat on the Castle Esplanade to see the famous Edinburgh Tattoo (upgrade tickets available) • Enjoy a boat trip on shimmering Loch Lomond, Queen of the Scottish Lakes • A tour of the glorious Trossachs National Park • A short guided sightseeing tour of Edinburgh • Spend time exploring lively, cosmopolitan Glasgow • A visit to the Iconic Falkirk Wheel (entrance payable locally) • Three nights’ carefully chosen bed and Scottish breakfast accommodation in the Park Hotel, Kilmarnock, the Fenwick Hotel, Fenwick, the Avonbridge Hotel, Hamilton or the Tontine Hotel, Greenock • Three-course evening meal at the hotel on days one and three • Return flights to Glasgow • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

T

his is your chance to witness the colour and drama, and savour the spine-tingling excitement of the world-famous Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo for yourself. Combine time spent exploring the Scottish capital’s elegant heart and Royal Mile with a visit to vibrant Glasgow, a tour of the glorious Trossachs, dressed in their summer finery, and crown an unforgettable four days with a cruise on the waters of fabled Loch Lomond and a visit to the remarkable Falkirk Wheel.

Day One Following your flight to Glasgow, your tour manager will meet you on arrival and you’ll head into the city to explore at leisure.  ith its Georgian and Victorian architecture, terraced squares and W crescents, wonderful shops, galleries and museums, many of which are free of charge, Glasgow overflows with style and culture. It’s a dynamic and vibrant place that’s been voted the world’s friendliest city. You’ll continue to your hotel in the late afternoon.

Available

Day Two Today it’s off to historic Edinburgh. This beautiful city is always a lively place but during the famous Festival it really buzzes!

Aug 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester • Southampton • Stansted

Scotland Trossachs Aberfoyle Edinburgh

Loch Lomond

Glasgow

22

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

4-day escorted holiday from £519

 n arrival, you may like to get your O bearings and join your tour manager for an included guided Orientation Tour of Edinburgh which takes in some of the city’s most famous sites, including Princes Street and Jenners (the world’s oldest department store), the Castle, St Giles Cathedral, the Sir Walter Scott monument and the Royal Mile. The tour will end at Holyrood Palace, The Queen’s official residence in Scotland, which you may like to visit (entrance payable locally).  he rest of the day is free for you to T explore at leisure. There’s always so much to see and do in Edinburgh: famous

§ Images © The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo

Experience the best of Scotland in four days! Visit two vibrant cities, watch the spectacular Tattoo and enjoy mesmerising Loch Lomond.


Trossachs National Park

The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo§

Falkirk Wheel

sights, galleries and museums, splendid shopping and fascinating attractions abound. Your tour manager will be more than happy to point you in the right direction to help you make the most of your stay.  ou may like to visit The Spirit of the Tattoo, an interactive exhibition Y telling the story and mythology surrounding the Tattoo. It’s an ideal way to further acquaint yourself with the history of this famous event.  ake your way to the esplanade of Edinburgh Castle for the evening M performance of the Military Tattoo, a magical blend of music and colour, dance and military pageantry. Massed pipes and drums, and dancers and display teams from all over the world create a dazzling, unforgettable, not-to-be-missed spectacle. Highlights include the sight of the Massed Pipes and Drums and Military Bands as they emerge from the huge castle gates to the sound of their stirring music, and the finale which features the lone piper silhouetted against the night sky, patrolling the battlements above. Return to the hotel after an unforgettable day. Day Three Spend today in the Trossachs, an outstandingly beautiful area of mountains, lochs, rivers and woodlands steeped in history and associated with such names as William Wallace, Rob Roy MacGregor and Mary Queen of Scots.  our day starts with a visit to the popular village of Aberfoyle before Y heading to Balloch on the southern shores of Loch Lomond. After the chance for lunch enjoy an hour-long circular cruise on one of the most scenic parts of the Loch. The live commentary will ensure that you don’t miss anything.  our final visit of the day is to the picturesque village of Luss. Walk Y five-ten minutes from the coach to see its lovely little cottages and delightful church. Here you can relax over a cup of tea or perhaps take a short stroll by the ‘bonnie banks’ of the Loch to enjoy stunning views across it to Ben Lomond, Scotland’s most southerly mountain over 3,000 feet high. Day Four Experience the extraordinary Falkirk Wheel this morning (entrance payable locally). The world’s first rotating boat lift and an extraordinary feat of engineering, the spectacular 35 metre high Wheel joins two canals with a height difference of 159 feet and has become an iconic landmark for miles around.  oarding one of the special boats you sail into the lower caisson of B The Wheel which then ascends gracefully, lifting the boat up to join the Union Canal 35m above. The views of the surrounding scenery are spectacular. We will sail along the Union Canal and under the historic Antonine Wall before returning for an effortless descent.  fter time to explore the fascinating Visitor Centre you‘ll return to A the airport for your flight home.

See page 312 for departure dates and prices.

Your Hotel

Depending on your departure date you will be staying at one of the four carefully chosen hotels described below. Your hotel will be confirmed at the time of booking.

The Fenwick Hotel, Fenwick Bed & Breakfast and two dinners

HHH

This elegant traditional style hotel is situated just off the M77 in the historic and picturesque village of Fenwick. The hotel has just 28 comfortably furnished rooms and offers high levels of relaxed friendly service. There is a restaurant and bar, and free Wi-Fi throughout.

The Avonbridge Hotel, Hamilton Bed & Breakfast and two dinners

HHH

This attractive, family-owned hotel is situated on the outskirts of historic Hamilton. The bedrooms are located in the main hotel building as well as in two houses, both a short walk from the main building. Please note: The hotel does not have a lift. Ground floor rooms are available but are accessed by three steps.

The Park Hotel, Kilmarnock Bed & Breakfast and two dinners

HHHH

This attractive and spacious modern hotel, adjacent to Kilmarnock Football Club’s stadium, is about a 10-15 minute walk from the historic town centre and offers an excellent standard of accommodation and warm friendly service. Guests enjoy complimentary use of the Club’s health suite. There is free Wi-Fi throughout and a coffee shop as well as restaurant and bar.

The Tontine Hotel, Greenock Bed & Breakfast and two dinners

HHH

This traditional style, independently owned hotel is situated on a quiet square in the riverside town of Greenock about 25 miles west of Glasgow. The hotel has a comfortable lounge/bar and a stylish restaurant. All the guest rooms are individually decorated, and have free Wi-Fi, TV, and tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

23

The United Kingdom & Ireland

The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo§


Scottish Highland Railways Experience some of the world’s most spectacular scenery as you enjoy journeys on three of Scotland’s most celebrated railways.

Scotrail 156 Sprinter Mallaig Line © www.scotphoto.com

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Rail travel from Inverness to Kyle of Lochalsh – one of the ‘Great Railway Journeys of the World’ • Journey on the steam-hauled Strathspey Railway • Cross the famous Glenfinnan Viaduct on the 42-mile journey from Fort William to Mallaig • Visit the famous Highland resort of Aviemore • Four nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Scottish breakfast accommodation at either the Carrbridge Hotel, Carrbridge, the Highlander Hotel, Newtonmore or The Duke of Gordon Hotel, Kingussie • Return flights to Edinburgh • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • East Midlands • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester • Norwich • Southampton • Stansted

Day One Fly to Edinburgh, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and board the coach for the scenic, approximately three-hour journey into the Highlands and your hotel. Breaking the journey, you should arrive by mid‑afternoon.

 he Highlander Hotel in Newtonmore is just a short walk from the highly T acclaimed Highland Folk Museum. There are two or three shops and bars at the far end of the village. The Duke of Gordon Hotel is situated in the small highland town of Kingussie in the Spey Valley.

Optional Excursion • CairnGorm Mountain Railway Day Three – £15 (adults), £14 (senior citizens), £10 (children)  ravel at your convenience on selected dates by T making your own arrangements to Edinburgh airport or your hotel.

S

it back in wonder as you enjoy the breathtaking run from Inverness – one of Michael Palin’s ‘Great Railway Journeys’ – to Kyle of Lochalsh. The dramatic 42 miles of the famous West Highland line from Fort William to Mallaig, and the nostalgic trip on the steam-hauled Strathspey Railway complete an unforgettably scenic few days in one of Scotland’s most beautiful regions.

 he Carrbridge Hotel is situated on the edge of the village, which offers T some lovely local walks (the hotel staff will be happy to point you in the right direction). The famous packhorse bridge, dating back to 1717 and reputed to be one of the oldest in Scotland, is opposite the hotel.

Apr to Oct 2019

Tour Only without flights from £419

Inverness Kyle of Loch Carron Carrbridge Lochalsh Loch Ness Aviemore Kingussie Newtonmore Mallaig Glenfinnan Viaduct

Fort William

Scotland Edinburgh Glasgow

24

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

5-day escorted holiday from £529

Day Two Board the coach for the transfer to Inverness, to board the train for the spectacular 80-mile, two-and-a half-hour journey west to Kyle of Lochalsh, in its idyllic setting opposite the Isle of Skye. From Inverness the line travels along the south side Beauly Firth, with views back across to the ‘Black Isle’, before turning north to the market town of Dingwall. There it heads west once again, climbing slowly through the remote northern Highlands, with glimpses on clear days of towering Liathach and its Torridon mountain neighbours. Probably the most


View of Beinn Eighe and Liathach

© Strathspey Steam Railway

spectacular part of the journey is when the line descends to the magnificent scenery of Loch Carron, and runs alongside the Loch past Attadale Estate and Plockton, both featured in many a TV series, and onto Kyle.

Your Hotel

Depending on your departure date, you will stay at one of three carefully chosen hotels where the accent is very much on friendly service and warm Highland hospitality.

 n arrival there will be time to explore and perhaps have a spot of O lunch, before heading back to the hotel by coach, at the end of a wonderful day.

The Carrbridge Hotel, Carrbridge Half-Board

Day Three Today sees you head to Boat of Garten for a somewhat shorter, but no-less-special journey, on the Strathspey Steam Railway, a reminder of the golden days of steam. The nine-and-a half-mile run is largely through unspoilt Highland scenery, taking you past great sweeps of the River Spey, through moorland and forest, and ending in the famous Highland resort of Aviemore, where the afternoon is free for you to explore.

Situated in the North West corner of the Cairngorm National Park on the edge of Carrbridge village, the family owned and managed Carrbridge Hotel in Carrbridge dates back to 1803. It has been sympathetically extended and refurbished over the years and now offers over 100 bedrooms. Entertainment is offered five nights a week.

 ou may like to go on the CairnGorm Mountain Railway (about a Y 20-minute coach drive from Aviemore). The UK’s longest funicular and Scotland’s only mountain railway, the line hugs the rocky ground as you ascend Britain’s sixth-highest mountain. The journey takes about eight minutes giving you plenty of time to absorb the scenery. As well as the spectacular views from the summit viewing platform (weather permitting), you’ll be able to enjoy refreshments, perhaps get a memento of your visit in the ‘Shop at the Top’, take in the exhibition and maybe post a card in Britain’s highest post box. Pre-booking this popular excursion is highly recommended. Day Four Fort William beckons today, as you enjoy the holiday’s final highlight – the journey on the last stretch of the famous West Highland Line to the tiny fishing village of Mallaig. Voted by readers of Wanderlust Magazine as the world’s best train journey, this is another truly spectacular route.  s the train pulls out of Fort William, look back and left to see A Ben Nevis towering above the town, before minutes later, the train crosses the Caledonian Canal – look out for ‘Neptune’s staircase’, a succession of eight locks to your right. The train then runs alongside Loch Eil before reaching the spectacular 21-arch Glenfinnan Viaduct, famously featured in the ‘Harry Potter’ movies. Other highlights of the journey include island-studded Loch Eilt, considered by many to be the prettiest along the route, Arisaig, Britain’s most-westerly railway station, and the white sands of Morar, washed by the Atlantic.

HHH

The Highlander Hotel, Newtonmore HHH Half-Board Set on the edge of the delightful village of Newtonmore amidst the splendour of the Spey Valley, the modern Highlander Hotel has been offering a warm welcome to Newmarket guests for over 20 years. The bedrooms are situated in two blocks just a short walk from the main hotel reception, restaurant and bar areas.

The Duke of Gordon Hotel, KingussieHHH Half-Board Dating back to the 18th century, the Duke of Gordon is a fine traditional style hotel situated in the centre of Kingussie. Elegant, spacious and comfortable with 65 bedrooms, the hotel prides itself on its impressive Balmoral restaurant and excellent cuisine, offering a four course dinner each evening.

 allaig is a delightful, thriving place, with a working port, and is well M worth exploring. You may like to head into the hills above, where you’ll be rewarded with some wonderful views, explore the Heritage Centre or visit the Smokery where you can arrange for kippers to be sent anywhere in the world. Day Five Bid farewell to the Highlands today and travel south to Edinburgh. Depending on the time of your flight, there may be a little time to explore this beautiful city before heading to the airport.

Kyle of Lochalsh

See page 312 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

25

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Strathspey Steam Train


The Best of the Scottish Highlands Escape to the Highlands – fly to Inverness and enjoy a land of big skies, rugged mountains, sparkling lochs, romantic castles, culture and history.

Glenfinnan Monument © VisitBritain/Joe Cornish

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A journey on the nostalgic Strathspey Steam Railway • A dolphin spotting cruise on the Moray Firth • Entrance and tour of Brodie Castle (entrance payable locally by non National Trust members) • An unforgettable journey on the ‘Road to the Isles’ from Fort William to Mallaig • A tour of the Black Isle • Time to discover famous Loch Ness and the Caledonian Canal • Visits to Inverness, Aviemore, Dufftown and Elgin • A tour and tasting at the Glenfiddich whisky distillery (entrance payable locally) • Six nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Scottish breakfast accommodation at the three-star Carrbridge Hotel, Carrbridge • Return flights to Inverness • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

From the famous ‘Road to the Isles’ and legendary Loch

Ness, to the mysterious Black Isle, this holiday features a host of highlights. Ride on the Strathspey Steam Railway, visit a 16th century castle and a distillery, and enjoy a cruise on the Moray Firth, home to around 190 resident bottlenose dolphins and a wealth of birdlife. In the company of our friendly, knowledgeable tour manager, discover the beauty and variety, as well as the warmth of welcome, that this very special part of the world has to offer.

Day One Following your flight into Inverness Airport, you will be met by your tour manager for the short transfer to Carrbridge approximately one hour. Depending on your flight time it might be possible to explore Inverness before checking in to your hotel.  he Carrbridge Hotel is situated on the edge of the village and lovely T local walks abound (the hotel staff will be happy to point you in the right direction). The famous 1717 packhorse bridge is opposite the hotel.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester

Loch Ness Mallaig Glenfinnan Viaduct

Inverness Carrbridge Aviemore

Fort William

Scotland

26

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

7-day escorted holiday from £659

Day Two This morning it’s off to the rose-coloured, turreted Brodie Castle (entrance payable locally but free to National Trust members), the ancestral home of the Brodie clan for over 400 years and a treasure trove of priceless antiques and artefacts. The castle building reflects the changing needs over the centuries – from the impenetrable 16th century guard chamber to a sprawling Victorian extension with some magnificent rooms. The guided tour will help you make the very most of your visit.  he beautiful grounds, which boast a T dazzling display of daffodils in the spring, are also well worth exploring.


The United Kingdom & Ireland

Brodie Castle

© WDC / Charlie Phillips

Strathspey Steam Railway

 ater in the day you’ll have the chance to see some of the L renowned Moray Coast and to explore the fine, historic town of Elgin with its warren of alleys and closes and awe-inspiring cathedral ruins.

Your Hotel

Day Three This morning it’s off to Inverness - the thriving capital of the Highlands with its Victorian Market, Museum, Art Gallery and riverside walks. Then enjoy a short tour of the Black Isle, which is neither black, nor an island, but rather a delightful isthmus full of scenic variety. We will stop at Fortrose and the charming old town of Cromarty with its nautical connections.  he day ends as you board the Dolphin Spirit to enjoy a cruise T round the inner Moray Firth to (hopefully) see the resident bottlenose dolphins. A specialist guide will give a full commentary so that you don’t miss anything.

Carrbridge Hotel, Carrbridge Half-Board

HHH

Situated in the North West corner of the Cairngorm National Park, on the banks of the River Dulnain, this traditional Highland hotel dates back to 1803. The hotel, which is family owned and managed, has been sympathetically refurbished and extended over the years and now offers about 100 bedrooms.

Day Four No holiday to the Highlands would be complete without visiting beautiful, mysterious Loch Ness. Your tour will take you to Fort Augustus at the southern tip of the loch, where a series of locks join the Caledonian Canal to Loch Ness. Here the Caledonian Canal Heritage Centre gives a fascinating insight into the history and operation of the Canal.  rom here we head past the dramatic ruins of Urquhart Castle to F Drumnadrochit, where you may like to visit the Loch Ness Exhibition Centre, which is packed with information about the loch, or perhaps enjoy a boat trip and go monster-hunting! The wooded shores of the loch are home to an abundance of wildlife, including cormorants and ospreys. Day Five A ride on the nostalgic Strathspey Steam Railway through the Cairngorm National Park, home to five of Scotland’s six highest mountains is this morning’s highlight. Sit back and relax as the vintage train steams its way for 45 minutes through the lovely Spey Valley.  he day also includes a visit to Dufftown which promotes itself as the malt T whisky capital of the world. You may like to explore the town or join the visit to the Glenfiddich distillery, for a guided tour and the chance to taste three different single malts (entrance and tour payable locally). Day Six Head west today, following the evocatively named ‘Road to the Isles’ from Fort William to Mallaig, a route full of history, spectacular scenery and magnificent views. You’ll stop at the Glenfinnan Visitor Centre, from where you can see the eponymous monument built overlooking Loch Shiel. A short uphill walk from the Centre will enable you to see the famous Glenfinnan Viaduct.  he road ends at the thriving fishing port of Mallaig. Don’t miss The T Heritage Centre, and if you’re fond of kippers you’ll go a long way to find any that taste better than those found here! This is a long but incredibly scenic day that you’ll not want to miss. Day Seven Transfer to the airport at the end of a truly wonderful break in the Highlands. Those not flying until the afternoon will enjoy a short visit to the Victorian seaside town of Nairn, with its riverside walks and promenade overlooking the Moray Firth.

Urquhart Castle © VisitScotland/Kenny Lam

See page 312 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

27


Hebridean Island Adventure Explore Scotland’s magical Western Isles, an unspoilt, uncrowded and timeless land of stunning scenery, ancient history and a unique culture.

Portree, Isle of Skye

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A tour of the Isle of Skye, including visits to picturesque Portree and historic Dunvegan Castle (entrance payable locally) • Visits to the remarkable standing stones of Callanish, a Blackhouse and the Broch of Carloway (all entrances payable locally) on the Isle of Lewis • A tour of the Isle of Harris • A visit to the Kildonan Museum on South Uist (entrance payable locally) • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Scottish breakfast accommodation at the Dunollie Hotel on the Isle of Skye, the Cabarfeidh Hotel, Stornoway and the Highlander Hotel, Newtonmore • Return flights to Edinburgh • All ferry crossings as detailed • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

P

erched on the very edge of Britain, these beautiful, unspoilt islands, guardians of a rich culture with its roots in the mists of time have been continually inhabited for over 6,000 years. Offering huge skies and ocean-washed sands of vast empty beaches, mountains and moorlands rich in flora and fauna, and a pace of life long forgotten on the mainland, a holiday to the Outer Hebrides is a never-to-be-forgotten experience for anyone who enjoys interesting and varied holidays away from the crowds.

Day One Fly to Edinburgh where you’ll meet your tour manager and board the coach for the scenic transfer northwest towards the Isle of Skye. Time permitting you will stop at famous Eilean Donan Castle on the shores of Loch Duich, before heading into Kyle of Lochalsh and over the bridge to Skye (total transfer time approximately five hours). Day Two Today you’ll explore Skye, a land of legends, myths and heritage. Passing the famous Cullin Hills, whose craggy peaks are often obscured in a veil of mist, you’ll head to Dunvegan Castle, stronghold of the chiefs of MacLeod for nearly 800 years and said to be the oldest residence in Scotland to have been continuously occupied by the same family.

Available Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • East Midlands • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester • Norwich • Southampton • Stansted

Tour Only without flights from £599  ravel at your convenience on any departure T date by making your own way to and from Edinburgh airport.

Isle of Lewis Callanish Stones

Stornoway

Isle of Harris Isle of Skye Portree Benbecula

In the afternoon you’ll have time to explore Portree, the island’s main town with its dramatic scenery and delightful white and colour washed buildings set around the harbour. Newtonmore

Scotland Edinburgh Glasgow

28

6-day escorted holiday from £699

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three It’s an early start as we head to Uig for the 9.30am ferry crossing to Lochmaddy on North Uist. Arriving at 11.15am you’ll travel over a series of causeways (look out for otters) to Benbecula, ‘the stepping stone’ between North and South Uist. The scenery here is punctuated with glittering fresh and sea water lochs, after giving the impression that there’s more water than land!  rom here you’ll head to South Uist, the second F largest island in the Western Isles. The island is a


Standing Stones of Callanish

Dunvegan Castle

stronghold of the Gaelic language and the crofting industries of peat cutting and seaweed gathering are still an important part of everyday life. A visit to Kildonan Museum offers an introduction to the island’s archaeology and land use from the earliest time until the 18th century.  n hour’s ferry crossing from the tiny island of Berneray takes you A to Leverburgh on the Isle of Harris and from here to Lewis and the Cabarfeidh Hotel, after a long, but magically scenic day. Day Four Although basically one landmass, the islands of Lewis and Harris have always had their own distinct identity and unique physical characteristics. Heading to Harris with its high mountains and rocky coastline to the east, and western shoreline of unspoilt beaches washed by the Atlantic waves, you’ll visit Rodel Church, probably the grandest medieval building in the Western Isles, and have time to explore the little port of Tarbet.  y contrast, Lewis is a land of rolling moorland and low-lying hills B dotted with fresh water lochs, and a coastline of rugged stretches of cliffs which often give way to huge, white sand beaches. Here a visit to the well preserved and reconstructed Black House at Arnol, which was inhabited until 1965 gives a fascinating insight into the lives and resourcefulness of the island’s inhabitants (entrance payable locally).  ther highlights today include a visit to Carloway Broch – a O circular, dry-stone fortified tower dating back some 2,000 years (the broch is a short walk over fairly rough ground from the road) and the celebrated Standing Stones of Callanish. The most dramatic of the Western Isles monuments, this collection of almost 50 stones consists of a central ring with radiating stone rows. Day Five Weather permitting, it’s off to the Butt of Lewis this morning, located at the northern tip of Lewis. Remote and windswept, a visit to this beautiful spot is the final highlight of your stay in the Hebrides. ‘Set sail’ in the afternoon for the two hour, forty five minute crossing to Ullapool on the mainland, before the onward scenic journey through Wester Ross to Newtonmore.

Your Hotels

Dunollie Hotel, Isle of Skye Half-Board

nights 1-2

The modern, spacious Dunollie Hotel is situated at the water’s edge by the harbour wall in Broadford. The hotel does not have a lift. Ground floor rooms are available but there will still be some stairs to negotiate in order to access the restaurant.

Cabarfeidh Hotel, Stornoway Half-Board

nights 3-4

Set in eight acres of attractive gardens the excellent three-star Cabarfeidh Hotel in Stornoway offers spacious, comfortable accommodation and prides itself on the warmth of its welcome and high standards of service.

Highlander Hotel, Newtonmore Half-Board

night 5

This modern hotel is set amidst the splendour of the Spey Valley in the delightful village of Newtonmore. The bedrooms are situated in two bedroom blocks just a short walk from the main hotel reception, restaurant and bar areas.

Day Six Journey back to Edinburgh airport this morning. Depending on your flight time there may be a little time to explore the Scottish capital before heading home.

Eilean Donan Castle © VisitScotland/Kenny Lam

See page 312 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

29

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Arnol Black House, Isle of Lewis © VisitScotland/Paul Tomkins


Belfast & the Titanic Experience

Titanic Belfast Experience§

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Admission to the spectacular Titanic Belfast Experience • A fascinating half-day guided tour of Belfast and its major landmarks • The opportunity to join an optional tour of the beautiful Antrim Coast and to visit the extraordinary Giant’s Causeway • Three nights’ carefully chosen bed and buffet breakfast accommodation at the three-star Ibis Hotel, Belfast City Centre or, for a supplement, at the Ramada Encore, Belfast City Centre or the new Titanic Hotel, Belfast • Return flights to Belfast • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

njoy an included visit to what has now become one of Britain’s ‘must-see’ attractions – the glittering, futuristic, £97-million Titanic Belfast Experience – the highlight of this hugely popular three-night break that also includes a guided tour of a city bursting with history and exuding renewed civic pride. Explore the city’s trendy shops, bars and restaurants, and perhaps discover some of the British Isles’ most scenic coastal countryside.

Day One Following your flight to Belfast, meet your tour manager and board the coach for the short transfer into the city and your hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to get your bearings and to begin to soak up the atmosphere of what is truly a city fast shaking off its past reputation and embracing a new bright future reflected in its youthful outlook and vibrant redevelopments. Your friendly tour manager will be on hand to point you in the right direction throughout your stay.

Available Mar to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Exeter • Gatwick • Heathrow • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Southampton • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Glens of Antrim & Giant’s Causeway (full day) Day Three – £29

4-day escorted holiday from £349

Day Two After breakfast, enjoy this morning’s tour of the city of Belfast, with its turbulent past, thriving present and hopes for the future, all brought to life by your guide. Highlights will include the major landmarks such as City Hall, Queen’s and Stormont Castle, seat of the Northern Ireland Assembly, Giant’s Causeway and a stunning sight gradually revealed from the rising approach road. During the tour you’ll also see West Belfast’s celebrated Peace Wall, the political murals of the Shankhill and Falls roads, and the ultra-modern developments of the Belfast regenerated docks area, crowned by the glittering, breathtaking Titanic Quarter.

Northern Ireland

Ireland

30

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 fter a fascinating morning and the A opportunity to enjoy lunch (payable locally) the highlight of the break will be this afternoon’s visit to the Titanic Belfast Experience, set on the site where RMS Titanic was constructed a century ago.

§ Photos © Titanic Belfast

Experience the story of the world’s most famous liner as it is unveiled in one of Europe’s fastest-changing, fascination-packed cities.


The United Kingdom & Ireland

Giant’s Causeway

Interior, Titanic Experience§

Developed as much as a tribute to the days of shipbuilding in the city as well as in commemoration of the ill-fated liner that met her untimely end on her Maiden Voyage in 1912, the Titanic Belfast Experience is a dramatic, innovative and exciting presentation of the real story of the famous ship. It’s housed in nine fascinating galleries in one of the most eye-catching buildings to have been built in the UK for years. Through the use of audio-visual presentation, life-size reconstructions, interactive features and even a ‘Shipyard Ride’, the ship’s conception, construction, tragic sinking and its aftermath, as well as its rediscovery in 1985, are brought vividly to life, and you’ll leave the exhibition with a real sense of the enormity as well as the human cost of one of the 20th-century’s most fateful episodes.

© National Museums Northern Ireland

Interactive Exhibit, Titanic Experience§

Your Hotel Choices

 he rest of the day and evening is at leisure, perhaps to soak up the T atmosphere in one of the traditional city centre pubs. Day Three Today is free for you to enjoy the delights of Belfast under your own steam, although many will take the opportunity to join the optional excursion to the breathtakingly scenic Antrim Coast, with its fabled Nine Glens leading to the sea, and to the extraordinary Giant’s Causeway.  his astonishing collection of basalt columns, packed closely T together, and acting as stepping-stones into the Atlantic from beneath the wild, windswept cliffs is a remarkable sight. Though in fact formed 60 million years ago by a volcanic explosion, the stories of the giant ‘Finn McCool’ - said variously to have built the causeway as a means to woo a female giant living on a Scottish island, or to have used it as a way of escape from a pursuing enemy – are much more interesting to non-geologists. Although there is a minibus to take visitors to the causeway from the visitor centre (payable locally), the more energetic will be rewarded by walking the mile or so across the cliff path, with its breathtaking views.  our journey back to the hotel takes you via the Causeway Coastal Y Road, with its spectacular views. Highlights of a wonderfully scenic drive will include Glenarm, with its castle and colour-washed village, stunning Glenariff – the ‘Queen of the Glens’ – and bustling Ballycastle, at the entrance to the two northernmost glens.

Ibis, Belfast City Centre Bed & Breakfast

HHH

Price from £349

The Ibis Belfast City Centre is a modern, bright hotel offering excellent value for money; it is located close to the city’s shopping districts and within walking distance of the Titanic Quarter. Guest rooms are simple and modern, offering Wi-Fi and satellite TV. Hotel amenities include a 24-hour restaurant serving hot and cold snacks and light meals, and a small bar.

Ramada Encore, Belfast City Centre HHH Bed & Breakfast Price from £417 Located in the city’s cathedral quarter, this comfortable hotel is a few minutes’ walk from Belfast’s iconic City Hall and many other attractions. Hotel amenities include the SQ Bar and Grill, the Hub Bar and Lounge, with free Wi‑Fi, 24-hour reception and lifts. Guest rooms are contemporary in style and boast a flat-screen TV, tea/coffee-making facilities and a telephone.

Titanic Hotel, Belfast Bed & Breakfast

HHHH

Price from £509

This new, luxury 4-star hotel, in the heart of the Titanic Quarter is located in the legendary Harland & Wolff headquarters. From the stunning Drawing Bar with its three-storey high barrel-vaulted ceiling, to the art deco maritime inspired décor featured throughout and memorabilia dating back to the Golden Age of Ocean Travel, the hotel offers a unique and truly unforgettable experience.

 he evening is once again free to enjoy Belfast’s lively nightlife and wide T range of restaurants which will appeal to every taste and pocket. Day Four Depending upon the time of your flight, spend a final few hours in the city before transferring to the airport at the end of a truly wonderful few days.

Titanica Sculpture§

See page 313 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

31


The Ring of Kerry & Wonderful Western Ireland Take this opportunity to explore one of the most beautiful corners of the Emerald Isle, including the lakes and mountains of the Ring of Kerry.

Ring of Kerry

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A tour of the Ring of Kerry, with its stunning seascapes and soaring mountains • A boat trip to Garinish Island and its famous gardens • Discover the delightful city of Cork • Visit Timoleague Abbey • A guided tour of Bantry House and time to explore its beautiful gardens • Explore the colourful and fashionable seaside resort of Kinsale • Entrance to the fascinating Cobh Heritage Centre (entrance payable locally) • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Irish breakfast accommodation at the three-star Celtic Ross Hotel, Rosscarbery • Return flights to Cork • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

F

rom your idyllically located hotel on the lovely West Cork coast, discover and explore a stunning area that is crammed with breathtaking highlights. Enjoy four unforgettable excursions in the company of a knowledgeable tour manager, including delightful Bantry House overlooking the eponymous bay, lively southwest gateway Cork and Ireland’s chic foodie capital Kinsale. You’ll also enjoy a boat trip to the renowned gardens on Garinish Island and a tour of the not-to-be-missed Ring of Kerry.

Day One Following your flight to Cork Airport, meet your tour manager and transfer by coach to your hotel.  fter checking in, the rest of the day is free to enjoy at leisure, perhaps A enjoying a walk along the estuary, a bird watchers’ paradise, exploring the pretty village of Rosscarbery or making the most of the hotel’s leisure facilities. (To avoid disappointment please book any treatments direct with the hotel prior to arrival).

Available Apr to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Gatwick • Heathrow • Manchester • Southampton • Stansted

Ireland

Iveragh Peninsula

Killarney

Cork Cobh Kinsale Timoleague

Glengarriff Rosscarbery

32

6-day escorted holiday from £619

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two Driving through Clonakilty, birthplace of Irish hero Michael Collins, you’ll head to the delightful village of Timoleague, where the ruins of its 13thcentury abbey stand picturesquely at the water’s edge – one of the few early Franciscan foundations with extensive remains still standing in Ireland.  rom here it’s off to the celebrated F harbour town of Kinsale, with its maze of narrow streets lined with galleries and shops. At lunchtime, make your way to the quayside, where you’ll find a wonderful choice of cafés and restaurants.  ou’ll return to the hotel in plenty of time Y perhaps to have a swim or enjoy a coastal walk before dinner is served.


Ring of Kerry

Day Three A long but truly memorable day awaits as you head to the fabled ‘Ring of Kerry’, a feast of breathtaking land and seascapes.

Seal Island, Glengarriff

Garnish Island

Your Hotel

 he 110-mile circular route takes in the sublimely beautiful paradise T of the Iveragh Peninsula, which stretches west from picturesque Kenmare, and offers a beguiling mix of stunning views and charming towns. From forests and rugged landscapes, to tumbling waterfalls and the raging waters of the Atlantic, this is a rollercoaster of scenic wonder.  uring the day you’ll cross the magnificent Coomakista Pass, with D its views of the Kenmare River, catch sight of Macgillycuddy’s Reeks from Molls Gap and the monastic marvel of Skellig Michael out in the Atlantic, and have the chance to explore places like genteel Waterville and rugged Cahersiveen. Day Four This morning, it’s off to Bantry Bay, where you’ll enjoy a guided tour of Bantry House, the ancestral home of the Earls of Bantry, and still lived in by the family. Wonderfully situated overlooking the eponymous bay and set in magnificent Italian gardens inspired by the travels of the 2nd Earl, this is a gem of a house, full of history, and showcasing eclectic antiques and artefacts from around the world.

Celtic Ross Hotel, Rosscarbery Half-Board

HHH

Situated on the coast road where the Wild Atlantic Way hugs the coastline at Rosscarbery Bay, the Celtic Ross Hotel is family owned and managed. The village sits on a hill behind the hotel, about a 10 to 15 minute walk away. Many of the comfortable bedrooms overlook the lagoon or the estuary and are available at a supplement. The hotel has a leisure centre with a 15-metre swimming pool, sauna, steam room and gym, and there are also serenity rooms offering beauty treatments and massage.

 ou’ll then head to Glengarriff. This delightful village, overlooking the Y waters of Bantry Bay, and set against the backdrop of the rugged Caha Mountains, is a green oasis enjoying a balmy microclimate in which sub‑tropical plants and even bamboo flourish.  here’s a selection of bars, cafés and gift shops, a lush, shore-side Bamboo T Park and nearby Nature Reserve, both of which are packed with species normally seen in the Mediterranean.  uring your visit you’ll take a short boat trip across the bay to the D renowned island gardens of Garinish. The gardens are laid out in beautiful walks and are a delight to explore, offering colour from May right through to October. En-route you’ll visit Seal Island, with its colony of ‘tame’ seals who love to pose for photos! Day Five Today you’ll head to lively, cosmopolitan Cork, with its long maritime history. Waterways, narrow alleys, Georgian avenues and myriad bridges make the city a delight to explore. Highlights include the triplespired St Finn Barre’s cathedral and the English Market, with its astonishing array of fresh produce. In the late morning you’ll head to the historic and delightful seaside town of Cobh (pronounced Cove), departure point for over three million Irish emigrants and final port of call, in April 1912, for the ill-fated RMS Titanic.  fter time to enjoy lunch visit the excellent Heritage Centre (payable A locally), a multi-media exhibition which tells the emotive story of Irish emigration through to the 1950s, as well as tracing the town’s history back to the 1600s. Day Six Depending upon the time of your flight, make the most of the hotel’s delightful surroundings before transferring to the airport at the end of a truly wonderful few days in this beautiful and unspoiled part of Ireland.

Bantry House © Chris Hill Tourism Ireland

See page 313 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

33

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Glengarriff Harbour


Ireland’s Beautiful South West An ever-changing panorama of land and seascapes with some fascinating visits in this breathtakingly beautiful corner of Ireland.

Dingle Peninsula

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A tour of the beautiful Dingle Peninsula and entrance to the Blasket Island Heritage Centre • A horse-drawn jaunting car trip through the Killarney National Park and a cruise on Loch Leane • A visit to Adare, one of Ireland’s loveliest villages • A guided tour of the historic Rock of Cashel (entrance payable locally) • A tour round the famous Ring of Kerry with its stunning mountain and seascapes • The chance on an optional excursion to enjoy a show at the Siamsa Tire National Folk Theatre (departures 12 May to 15 Sep 2019 inclusive) • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Irish breakfast accommodation at the four-star Meadowlands Hotel, Tralee • Return flights to Cork • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Step back in time as you take a horse-drawn jaunting car ride

and a boat trip on a visit to the spectacular lakeland scenery of the Killarney National Park; enjoy tours of the Dingle Peninsula, once cited as ‘the most beautiful place on earth’ by the National Geographic Society and the fabled ‘Ring of Kerry’, the lakes and mountains’ paradise of the Iveragh Peninsula; and discover the truly spectacular archaeological site of Rock of Cashel.

Day One Following your flight to Cork, meet your tour manager and enjoy the scenic transfer (approximately two and half hours) west to Tralee and the Meadowlands Hotel. After checking in, and depending on the time of your flight, the remainder of the day is at leisure.  ralee offers a number of attractions including the excellent Kerry T County museum and the restored Blennerville Windmill featuring an audio visual presentation and a bird watching platform with telescope. Day Two Today you head to the beautiful and rugged Dingle Peninsula. Inspiration for such films as ‘Ryan’s Daughter’ and ‘Far and Away’, the Peninsula offers some of the country’s most outstanding mountain and coastal scenery, with mile upon mile of spectacular seascapes.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from

 t Slea Head, Europe’s most westerly point, you’ll visit the Blasket Island A Heritage Centre. Situated in a magnificent building, with breathtaking views out to the island, the exhibition gives a fascinating insight into the unique community who inhabited the islands until their evacuation in 1953.

• Birmingham • Bristol • Gatwick • Heathrow • Manchester • Southampton • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Siamsa Tire National Folk Theatre Day Three – £25 (departures 12 May to 15 Sep 2019 inclusive)

Tour Only without flights from £599  ravel at your convenience by making your own T arrangements to the airport or your hotel on selected dates.

Adare Slea Head

Tralee

Rock of Cashel

 here will also be time to explore the lively fishing T port of Dingle. The streets are packed with arts and crafts shops as well as pubs, cafés and award-winning seafood restaurants.

Cork

Day Three Life slows right down this morning as you enjoy an hour long ride through the Killarney National Park in a horse-drawn Jaunting Car (Ireland’s most traditional mode of travel and the only transport allowed in this area). As you ramble along you’ll learn

Ireland

Dingle Killarney

Kinsale

34

6-day escorted holiday from £649

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Jaunting Car © Stephen Power

Lough Leane, Killarney

about the history, legends and folklore of the region – delivered in a way that only the Irish can.

Your Hotel

 he ride ends at the edge of Lough Leane where you board MV T Pride of the Lakes for a cruise on the Lough with its scattered islands and lovely views. Your experienced skipper will regale you with facts about the flora, fauna and historical heritage of the area. There really is no better way to enjoy the hidden delights of the Park and the famous Killarney Lakes.

Meadowlands Hotel, Tralee Half-Board

Set in lovely gardens in a quiet residential area of Tralee about a kilometre from the town centre, this stylish, family owned and managed fourstar hotel offers a warm welcome with stylish, comfortable accommodation. Although only fairly recently built, the hotel is traditional in style, combining an ‘old world’ ambiance with every modern convenience. The dining room, which features warm stone walls and low level lighting, has a galleried area where groups often take their meals.

 ou will then have a couple of hours to enjoy the delightful town of Y Killarney at leisure. Watch the world go by in one of the many pubs and cafés or perhaps visit magnificent St Mary’s cathedral.  his evening why not join the optional excursion to the Siamsa Tire T National Folk Theatre in Tralee (only available on departures from 12 May to 15 September 2019)? The shows, each with their own storyline, vary throughout the season and reflect Ireland’s wealth of music, dance and folklore, giving you a real taste of traditional Irish culture. Day Four Today it’s off to Rock of Cashel (entrance payable locally). This renowned group of spectacular medieval buildings is one of Ireland’s most important religious and archaeological sites. Set on a hill and offering wonderful views over the Tipperary countryside, the Rock is home to over 1,000 years of Irish history.

HHHH

Adare

 turdy walls surround the buildings which include a 13th-century Gothic S cathedral, a 15th-century castle, a 12th-century round tower and a Romanesque chapel containing some of the country’s oldest frescoes. A short audio visual show sets the scene and the included guided tour will really help you get the most from your visit.  visit to Adare, one of Ireland’s loveliest villages, completes the day. Dating A back to 1200AD, the village is steeped in history which has left it with a wealth of architectural styles, from thatched cottages – home to arts and crafts shops – beautiful stone buildings, and medieval monasteries. Day Five One of the highlights of any holiday to this part of Ireland is a tour around the truly spectacular Ring of Kerry, taking in some of Ireland’s most wonderful scenery. Tracing a roughly oval route round the Iveragh Peninsula, the ‘Ring’, as well as offering a first-hand sight of the natural beauty of this very special place, offers the chance to visit the towns which dot the route. Perfect picture-postcard scenes abound at virtually every turn, with the highlights perhaps magnificent Coomakista Pass with its views of Kenmare River, the Scariff and Deenish Islands, and Molls Gap, for the views of the Macgillycuddy’s Reeks and the glaciated Black Valley. Day Six Depending upon the time of your flight, spend a final few hours resting and relaxing at the hotel, or perhaps exploring the local area, before transferring to the airport at the end of a wonderful few days.

See page 313 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

35

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Rock of Cashel © Fáilte Ireland


Galway, Connemara & Ireland’s Stunning West Discover one of the most beautiful and unspoilt corners of Ireland, renowned for its ancient Gaelic heritage and traditional Irish hospitality.

6-day escorted holiday from £599

Kylemore Abbey

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A visit to vibrant, colourful Galway City • A drive along part of the Wild Atlantic Way and scenic tour of Connemara • Admission to beautiful Kylemore Abbey • Visits to the towering Cliffs of Moher and the lunar-like landscape of the Burren • Entrance and tour of historic Westport House • Sheep dog experience at Glen Keen Farm • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Irish breakfast accommodation at the four-star McWilliam Hotel, Claremorris • Return flights to Knock • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

From your delightful base in the four-star McWilliam

Park Hotel, enjoy a full and varied itinerary and make the very most of your time in this lovely part of the Emerald Isle. Highlights include time to explore historic Galway City, a visit to a sheep farm, a scenic tour of Connemara and the Wild Atlantic Way, and visits to the famed Cliffs of Moher and the unique landscape of the famous Burren.

Day One Following your flight to Ireland, you will be met by your tour manager for the coach transfer to your hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy at leisure, perhaps making the most of the hotel’s leisure centre and beauty studio (to avoid disappointment, please pre-book any treatments direct with the hotel prior to going on holiday).  lternatively, you may like to explore Claremorris (about a ten-minute A walk away) with its interesting range of shops and bars. At the far end of the town is McMahon Park where you can enjoy a delightful five kilometre circular walk around Clare Lake.

Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Bristol • East Midlands • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Stansted

Kylemore Abbey Connemara National Park

Knock Claremorris Lough Corrib Galway

Ireland

Day Two Today it’s off to the lunar-like landscape of the Burren, the largest expanse of limestone pavement in the world, which is home to an extraordinary variety of flora and fauna as well as megalithic tombs and monuments older than Egypt’s pyramids. The visitor centre in Kilfenora is fascinating. A short film traces the history and unique environment of the Burren, while the exhibition ‘takes you on a walk through time’ as the story of the region unfolds. You’ll learn about the remarkable landscape, and how man and animals have co-existed through history in this apparently inhospitable landscape.  he other highlight of the day is your visit to T the awesome Cliffs of Moher. Standing 702 feet at their highest point, they stretch for five miles along the Atlantic coast. On a clear day,

36

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Poulnabrone Dolmen, The Burren

Sheep dog at Glen Keen Farm

Westport House

pathways and viewing platforms along the cliff edge offer simply stunning views, including the famous Aran Islands, the Kerry Mountains and Galway Bay. The award-winning visitor centre, built into the hillside, will really help you get the most from your visit.

Your Hotel

Day Three This morning you’ll visit Westport House, considered to be one of Ireland’s most beautiful historic homes. Immerse yourself in centuries of Irish history as your tour guide takes you through the rooms on show and learn about such people as Grace O’Malley, the Pirate Queen of Connacht, who ruled the land and seas around the estate in the 16th century.  ou’ll then head to the nearby celebrated town of Westport. Don’t Y miss the Quay area, just a few minutes from the town centre, where the old coastguard station and warehouses are now home to a host of eateries. In the afternoon it’s off to Glen Keen Farm, one of the largest sheep farms on the Wild Atlantic Way, famous for its sheep dogs. During the visit you’ll learn about the verbal and whistle commands for herding the sheep, and watch the dogs in action. You’ll also hear about various aspects of sheep farming and about life in the area during the seven generations that the family have been at Glen Keen Farm. Tea or coffee and homemade scones are included in what promises to be a fascinating visit.

McWilliam Park Hotel, Claremorris Half-Board

HHHH

The four-star McWilliam Park Hotel offers spacious accommodation, a beauty studio and a leisure centre with an 18-metre swimming pool, sauna, Jacuzzi and gym. All the en-suite bedrooms have a TV and DVD player, iron, safe, hairdryer and tea/coffeemaking facilities. Meals are taken in the restaurant, and the Kavanagh Lounge and Bar offers a carvery-style lunch, and bar food from mid afternoon. There is free Wi-Fi access throughout the hotel and entertainment each evening including social dancing and live music.

Day Four Galway City beckons today. The old centre surrounds ancient Lynch’s Castle and a pedestrianised thoroughfare leads down to the thriving waterfront. Join our tour manager for a guided tour before exploring at leisure. Enjoy lunch in one of Galway’s countless eateries, take a harbour cruise, explore the city’s cobbled-stoned streets, visit the great stone cathedral, or perhaps make the most of the varied shopping. Day Five Possibly saving the best until last, this is a long, but wonderfully scenic day taking in the remote beauty of Connemara, home to the wild white ponies and a stunning landscape of pale grey mountains, golden beaches, sparkling loughs, rugged bogs and shimmering waterfalls.  eading west from Galway the route takes you along part of the Wild H Atlantic Way – one of the world’s longest defined coastal routes, before heading north through the rugged landscape to Maam Cross.  rom here you’ll continue to Leenane, dramatically situated on Ireland’s F only fjord, and setting for the film adaptation of John B. Keane’s famous play The Field. Close-by is stunning Kylemore Abbey, a Benedictine Monastery founded in 1920. Learn about its history and the tales of romance and tragedy, explore the six-acre Victorian Walled Gardens and visit the Gothic Chapel and the restored rooms of the Abbey.  fter leaving Kylemore, return to the hotel via the beautiful scenery of A the Inagh Valley and the village of Oughterard, often referred to as “the gateway to Connemara”, at the end of a day of stunning natural beauty. Day Six Depending upon the time of your flight, spend a final few hours resting and relaxing at the hotel, or perhaps exploring the local area, before transferring to the airport at the end of a truly wonderful few days.

Connemara

See page 313 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

37

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Cliffs of Moher


Donegal & the Giant’s Causeway Make your own footsteps on one of nature’s most iconic sites, and explore a wonderful corner of Ireland.

Giant’s Causeway

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A visit to the awe-inspiring Giant’s Causeway with included entrance to the Visitor Centre • Time to explore bustling Donegal town • A visit to beautiful Glenveagh National Park and a guided tour of historic Glenveagh Castle • A scenic coastal drive • A tour of the rugged Inishowen Peninsula including a visit to the fascinating Doagh Isle Famine Village • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and Irish breakfast accommodation at the Station House Hotel, Letterkenny, or, for a small supplement, at the four-star Radisson Blu Hotel, Letterkenny • Return flights to Belfast • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from

Tour Only without flights from £469

Letterkenny

Donegal

Ireland To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day One Following your flight to Belfast Airport, meet your tour manager, and board the coach for the transfer to Letterkenny (approximately two hours).

Inishowen Peninsula

 ravel at your convenience by making your own T arrangements to your hotel on selected dates.

38

E

njoy a feast of varied sights and stunning coastal and mountain scenery, as from your base in lively Letterkenny, you pay a visit to County Antrim’s astonishing UNESCOlisted Giant’s Causeway, with its truly extraordinary basalt columns tumbling into the sea. Visits to Donegal town, beautiful Glenveagh National Park and its castle, and a day on the remote, timeless Inishowen Peninsula complete a truly magical break steeped in heritage and antiquity.

 epending on your arrival time, the rest of the day is free to enjoy at D your leisure. Visit the imposing St Eunan’s Cathedral, which dominates the skyline, wander through the charming Market Square or take a stroll along the picturesque Swilly River walkway. Alternatively you may simply prefer to relax in one of the town’s many colourful hostelries.

Available

• Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Exeter • Gatwick • Heathrow • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Southampton • Stansted

6-day escorted holiday from £569

Dunluce Castle

Giant’s Causeway

Northern Ireland

Belfast

Day Two Today you head to historic Donegal town. Centred on its ancient marketplace, the ‘Diamond’, Donegal has a rich history, nowhere more reflected than in its imposing Jacobean castle, which sits above the River Eske.  uring your visit and especially on a D fine day, the 70-minute waterbus trip (payable locally) around scenic Donegal Bay offers another perspective on this attractive town – see the seal colony on Seal Island, the Bluestack Mountains and the many islands dotted around the bay, while ashore, there’s no shortage of pubs and restaurants in which to grab a spot of lunch.


Glenveagh Castle

Day Three Today’s fascinating excursion sees you journey to the remote Inishowen Peninsula, a classic landscape of stunning scenery that includes Ireland’s most northerly point, Malin Head, familiar to listeners of the Shipping Forecast everywhere. Bordered by the waters of Loughs Foyle and Swilly and the pristine beaches of the Atlantic coast, with towering mountains rising from a land dotted with ancient Celtic crosses and crumbling churches, Inishowen is a scenic delight.

Glenveagh National Park

Golden Eagle

Your Hotel Choices

Station House Hotel, Letterkenny Half-Board

The Station House is conveniently situated by the banks of the tranquil River Swilly overlooking Oldtown Bridge close to the centre of this lively community, and has its own Depot Café/Bar, serving food and drinks from dawn until dusk. The modern guest rooms are comfortable and well appointed. A complimentary guided walking tour of Letterkenny is offered at this hotel during your stay.

 he day includes a visit to the Doagh Isle Famine Village, an T outdoor museum where you can experience first hand the sights, sounds and stories of Irish life from the famine of the 1840s to the present day. The attraction is built around original thatched dwellings that were inhabited until 1983.  rom here, you’ll travel on through the beautiful, timeless F landscape, and through the remote peninsula town of Carndonagh to wild, windswept Malin, from where stupendous views can stretch to the distant west of Scotland. Day Four The highlight for many will be today’s excursion to the truly breathtaking Giant’s Causeway. Though shrouded in the mists of mystery and legend, this astonishing collection of basalt columns, packed closely together, and acting as stepping-stones into the Atlantic from beneath the wild, windswept cliffs above, was in fact formed 60 million years ago by a volcanic explosion.

HHH

Price from £569

Radisson Blu, Letterkenny Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £721

The contemporary Radisson Blu is centrally located, within walking distance of Letterkenny’s many amenities. Offering a warm welcome and a high standard of service, the hotel’s facilities include an indoor pool, gymnasium, sauna and steam room. The hotel’s restaurant, Tribeca, serves fine Irish cuisine, and the Oak Bar and Grill serves a selection of drinks and lighter meals.

 ur visit will include entrance to the Visitor Centre. As well as O enjoying the active interpretation area, you’ll be given a free audio guide to take to the stones. Although there is a minibus to take visitors to the causeway from the visitor centre (payable locally), the more energetic will be rewarded by walking across the cliff path, with its breathtaking views and invigorating sea air.  hoto opportunities abound at your next stop – Dunluce Castle. P One of the most extensive ruins of a medieval castle in Northern Ireland, it rises dramatically from a precipitous basaltic rock and stands over a hundred-feet sheer drop above the wild sea. Separated from the mainland by a deep chasm crossed only by a narrow bridge, this precarious rocky outcrop occupied a position of great strategic importance. Day Five Today you’ll take in the scenic wonders of remote Glenveagh National Park, an area of outstanding natural beauty, refuge of herds of wild deer, and sanctuary for the endangered golden eagle, as well as numerous other wildlife species.  y contrast to most of the rugged landscape, Glenveagh Castle, B overlooking the peaceful waters of Lough Veagh comes as something of a surprise, with its ramparts, turrets and round keep. After your guided tour of the castle, which offers a real glimpse into a lifestyle of an earlier age, there will be time to explore the spectacular gardens.  our route back takes you to the coastline, via Mount Errigal and Y through Dunlewy village to Bunbeg, where weather permitting you may like a short stroll on the beautiful beach. Next, it’s up and around Bloody Foreland, so named because of the red hue of the rocks at sunset. Your final stop will be in the little village of Gortahork. Day Six Bid farewell today to Donegal, as you return to Belfast Airport and the flight home.

See page 314 for departure dates and prices.

Dunluce Castle

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

39

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Mount Errigal, Donegal


Historic Railways of the Isle of Man

Castletown Station§

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Journey on the narrow-gauge Isle of Man Steam Railway • The Manx Electric Railway is Britain’s longest • Explore historic Laxey, where Lady Isabella is the world’s largest working waterwheel • Take the Snaefell Mountain Railway • Visit classic resort Port Erin • On a clear day, see ‘Seven Kingdoms’ from the summit station • Discover many of the island’s attractions with your included ‘Go Explore Heritage’ card • Four nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the Chesterhouse Hotel, Rutland Hotel, Welbeck Hotel, Ascot Hotel or the Empress Hotel, Douglas. The four-star Mannin Hotel, Douglas is available at a supplement on selected departures • Return flights to Douglas • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin us for a marvellous short break to a corner of our island where it seems life is lived at a slower pace – TT races aside – against a background of rolling hills and wonderful beaches blessed by clean air and unpolluted skies. Sit back and enjoy some delightful, relaxed journeys as you discover an island that is full of fascination, with its unique heritage railways offering a fantastic way to discover and explore this very special place.

Day One Fly to the Isle of Man Airport at Ronaldsway, and upon arrival transfer to Douglas and your hotel. Dependent upon your arrival time, get to know your surroundings and the delightful island capital, which is part traditional seaside resort, part working port and part thriving financial centre. Stroll along the promenades that fringe the bay and sandy beach, or take a more leisurely horse-drawn tram when they are operating. There are cafés and pubs in which to rest and relax, the fascinating Manx Museum (free entry) chronicling the island’s history and the Victorian curiosity of Great Union Camera Obscura to discover during your stay, and traditional entertainment and engaging tours to enjoy at the beautifully restored Gaiety Theatre, which is also home to a resident ghost!

Available Mar to Oct 2019

Fly direct from

Enjoy a first dinner in the hotel.

• Belfast • Birmingham • Bristol • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester

Ramsey Snaefell Peel

Isle of Man

Laxey Douglas

Port Erin Castletown

40

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

5-day escorted holiday from £499

Day Two The first heritage journey sees you travel south from Douglas’ authentic Victorian station on the famous Steam Railway, formerly part of an extensive network that once connected most of the island, but which is now a 15-and-ahalf-mile narrow-gauge run, via former island capital Castletown, to beautiful Port Erin. Alight at the former to discover impregnable Castle Rushen, one-time home to the Kings and Lords of Mann. The energetic can climb to the battlements for the spectacular view of the island’s south,

§ Images © www.visitisleofman.com

Enjoy ‘Life in the Slow Lane’ as you step back in time and discover the ‘Jewel of the Irish Sea’.


Snaefell Mountain Railway§

Horse-drawn tram, Douglas§

and there’s a fascinating guided tour to enjoy. You’ll also visit the Old House of Keys, the restored 19th-century parliament building, with its debating chamber and interactive displays.  e-board the train to travel on to seaside resort Port Erin, with its R glorious beaches, views out to the offshore ‘Calf of Man’ and its engaging Railway Museum – a ‘must-see’ for enthusiasts. Enjoy free time in these wonderful surroundings, before returning to Douglas by train at your leisure – your included Go Explore Heritage card offers you freedom to travel as you wish.

Your Hotel

Depending on your departure date, you will stay at one of five carefully chosen hotels where the accent is very much on friendly service and warm hospitality.

Chesterhouse Hotel, Douglas Half-Board

Set on Douglas’ seafront, this traditional hotel offers comfortable rooms with flat-screen TV, tea/coffee-making facilities, hairdryer and telephone. There is free Wi-Fi, a small games room and a carvery restaurant.

 fter a fascinating and absorbing day, enjoy a second evening in A Douglas and your hotel. Day Three Today’s journey sees you head west to ancient fishing port Peel, with its colourful marina, ruined island fortress Peel Castle, its sweeping, sandy beach, fascinating House of Manannan Celtic Heritage museum and tiny Manx Heritage Transport Museum (entrance payable locally), with its model trains, tiny P50 – the world’s smallest legal road car – and unique electric motorbike.  fter the chance to explore this delightful corner of the island, from A where you might also send a gift of Manx kippers to friends across the globe, you’ll board a bus to Ramsey, the island’s second largest town and home to a bustling working harbour. Here you’ll alight the celebrated Manx Electric Railway, at 17 miles the longest in the British Isles, and which still uses original Victorian and Edwardian rolling stock. Journey to historic Derby Castle Station in Douglas through some stunning countryside and coastal scenery. Day Four A last day’s exploration sees you climb back aboard the MER for the journey to historic Laxey, where Lady Isabella is the world’s largest working waterwheel and the island’s most photographed attraction. Take in the sight, or perhaps visit the nearby Laxey Woollen Mills, the island’s last remaining working weaver, after climbing aboard the Snaefell Mountain Railway, a Victorian treasure that is the British Isles’ only electric mountain railway. Sit back and take in the scenery as you travel nearly five miles to the 2,000-ft high summit, from where the views on clear days stretch to the ‘Seven Kingdoms’ – of England, Ireland, Wales, Scotland, the Isle of Man… and the kingdoms of heaven and sea!

Chesterhouse Hotel

Rutland Hotel, Douglas Half-Board

HHH

In a beautiful Victorian terrace a short walk from the town centre with a view of the bay from its carvery restaurant, this hotel offers comfortable rooms with 24-hour room service, free Wi-Fi, TV, hairdryer and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Rutland Hotel

Welbeck Hotel, Douglas Half-Board

HHH

Just 100 metres from the main seafront, the popular and friendly Welbeck has a conservatory restaurant, cosy lobby bar, free Wi-Fi and room service. Rooms have a TV, telephone, hairdryer, safe and fridge.

Ascot Hotel, Douglas Half-Board Ascot Hotel

HHH

The warm and friendly Ascot is located 100 metres from the seafront and has a restaurant and inviting lobby bar with complimentary tea and coffee. Rooms offer TV, free Wi-Fi, hairdryer, safe and iron.

Empress Hotel, Douglas Half-Board

 eturn to Laxey and to Douglas, where the rest of the day is free. R Enjoy a last opportunity to stroll in the town and enjoy dinner in the hotel, perhaps reliving the excitement of the last few days. Day Five Transfer back to Ronaldsway for the return flight to the mainland, at the end of a hugely enjoyable few days of ‘Manx Magic’.

HHH

Empress Hotel

HHH

Overlooking Douglas bay, The Empress offers a health club, restaurant and grill, piano bar and modern rooms including free Wi-Fi, TV and tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Upgrade your Hotel

Mannin Hotel, Douglas Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £700

This hotel offers well-appointed, modern bedrooms with free Wi-Fi, tea/coffee-making facilities, hairdryer, TV, air conditioning, room service, pillow menu, fridge, iron and safe. A stylish bar and restaurant are available on the ground floor.

See page 314 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

41

The United Kingdom & Ireland

Isle of Man Steam Railway§

Laxey Wheel


Jersey – The Sun‑Kissed Channel Isle Enjoy rest, relaxation and some fascinating exploration on Britain’s famously sun-kissed southern outpost – it’s Europe without the Euro!

Elizabeth Castle

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A guided Island Tour introduces Britain’s sunny southern outpost • Learn about the WWII German Occupation in the fascinating War Tunnels • Explore Jersey’s southern coast on-board the Jersey Duchess • Stay in delightful St Helier, Jersey’s charming capital • Dine in or choose from a host of excellent eateries • Five nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Norfolk Lodge, St Helier (upgrade hotels and half-board available for a supplement) • Return flights to Jersey • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin us for a wonderful relaxing holiday on Jersey, the largest of the Channel Islands, where you’ll enjoy a choice of excellent hotels, an included tour of the island and its simply stunning coastline and a visit to the fascinating War Tunnels. As well as the chance to rest and relax in your hotel and delightful St Helier, there’ll be time to explore some superb beaches and perhaps enjoy coastal walks under sunny, blue skies.

Day One Fly from your chosen airport to Jersey. Transfer the short distance by coach to your chosen hotel. After check-in, the rest of the day is yours to savour.  he bustling island capital, with its colourful port and prevailing maritime T feel, offers everything you could wish for in a relaxing holiday, with cafés, bars and restaurants – where fresh fish is the order of the day – and shopping is a pleasure, thanks in part to Jersey’s ‘tax-free’ status, with a wide range of well-known high street names, some long-established island stores, and some fascinating arts and crafts outlets.

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Doncaster • East Midlands • Exeter • Gatwick • Glasgow • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • London City • Luton • Manchester • Southampton • Southend

Optional Excursion • Jersey Zoo Day Four – from £28 La Mare St Peter

 on-shoppers will head for the waterfront or harbour, or, on fine days, N the beach. Don’t miss the imposing Elizabeth Castle, one-time home to famed seafarer Sir Walter Raleigh, or the fascinating Maritime Museum, which chronicles the island’s ‘sea-life’ through the ages. The Jersey Museum also traces the island’s history, and houses island native John Millais’ famous portrait La Rozel of Jersey’s most famous daughter, Lillie Harbour Langtry.

Jersey

War Tunnels St Brelade La Corbière

42

6-day escorted holiday from £489

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Jersey Zoo

Mont Orgueil Castle St Helier

Day Two Discover the island, its scenic countryside and fascinating history on our included guided tour, which ‘circumnavigates’ the beautiful coastline, from sweeping St Aubin’s Bay with its vast tracts of sand – Jersey has one of the highest ‘tidal reaches’ in the world and at lowest tide you have to walk miles to dip your toes in the water – to La Corbière and


The United Kingdom & Ireland Jersey Duchess

La Corbière Lighthouse

its lighthouse; the west coast is fringed by the sands of St Ouen’s Bay, which in turn gives way to the rugged cliffs of the north coast. On the eastern side of the island it’s back to sand again, and where spectacular, 600-year-old Mont Orgueil, one of Britain’s bestpreserved castles, towers over Gorey Harbour and the curve of the Royal Bay of Grouville. It’s one of many photo stops on a relaxed, fun-filled day that includes a stop for lunch, payable locally.  ack in St Helier, enjoy a pre-dinner stroll in the delightful town or B along the harbour front. In the town’s busy port, there is always the bustle of colourful marine life to be seen, as pleasure craft of all shapes and sizes go about their business. Day Three Today’s fascinating included excursion gives you the chance to explore the extraordinary Jersey War Tunnels, a vast underground city of excavations built at enormous human cost by the German occupiers in WWII. Originally a barracks, the tunnels were converted into a hospital in 1944, and though never used as such, they are preserved as a reminder of the pain of the war for the islanders. Day Four Rest and relax at the hotel or in St Helier, and join today’s half-day optional excursion journeying to the centre of the island to discover the famous ‘Jersey Zoo’ – more recently known as the Durrell Wildlife Conservation Trust – as it carries forward the work begun by its founder, world-renowned author and naturalist Gerald Durrell, saving endangered species from extinction. It’s a fascinating and inspiring visit with a difference, as en route to the park aboard the Durrell Shuttle you learn about its history against a soundtrack of its animal inhabitants.  ack in St Helier and its surroundings, there is always something to B do – whether it’s relaxing with a good book in the hotel lounge or in a sunny corner on a terrace or doing something more energetic – the island is famous for its ‘Green Lanes’ where cycling on a rented bicycle is a real pleasure. For the adventurous there’s always the joys of an offshore fishing trip to savour.

Your Hotel Choices

Norfolk Lodge, St Helier HHH Bed & Breakfast Price from £489 Quietly set in a fashionable residential area, just a few minutes’ walk from the shopping centre, this hotel has an indoor pool, terrace, bar and lounge area, entertainment most evenings, a restaurant and free Wi-Fi. All rooms offer private facilities, TV, tea/coffee-making facilities and telephone.

Norfolk Lodge

Merton Hotel, St Helier Bed & Breakfast

Merton Hotel

Day Six After a last opportunity for an early morning stroll, it’s time to transfer to the airport for the return flight, at the end of a wonderful Jersey holiday.

See page 314 for departure dates and prices.

A ten-minute stroll from the beach or town centre, this hotel boasts an all-weather indoor and outdoor swimming and leisure complex, tennis courts, fitness centre, sauna, and steamroom, bars and choice of six restaurants, and free Wi‑Fi. There is also regular evening entertainment between May and September. All rooms have private facilities and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Monterey Hotel, St Helier HHH Bed & Breakfast Price from £510 Centrally located, this contemporary hotel offers an indoor heated pool, an outdoor pool, sauna, steam-room and mini gym. There is a restaurant, bar and lounge area, and free Wi-Fi. All rooms have private facilities, telephone, TV, and tea/coffee-making facilities. Monterey Hotel

Day Five This morning enjoy the final included excursion exploring Jersey’s south coast from the vantage of the sea, on-board the Jersey Duchess. Full commentary will add to the enjoyment of your cruise. After the transfer from your hotel to the quayside, set sail toward the 16th-century Elizabeth Castle, continue toward beautiful St Aubin’s Bay, Noirmont Point, before finally arriving at La Corbière lighthouse. Return to St Helier, watching for Dolphins, who occasionally follow the boat.  pend a last evening in St Helier, reliving memories of the last S few days.

HHH

Price from £499

Pomme D’Or Hotel, St Helier HHHH Bed & Breakfast Price from £567 Overlooking Liberation Square and the Marina, this hotel boasts several restaurants – including the well-known Harbour Room – and bars. All the bedrooms have private facilities, bath and shower, TV, free Wi-Fi, trouser press and ironing board, hairdryer, safe, and tea/coffee-making facilities. Pomme D’Or Hotel

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

43


Live la dolce vita while exploring a land of sparkling scenery and enthralling cities.


The Italian Collection Little Trains of the Dolomites

46

Venice, Verona & the Wonders of Lake Garda

48

Verona Opera & Vineyards

50

Verona, Venice & Florence – Italian Journeys by Train

52

The Italian Riviera, Monte Carlo & the Cinque Terre

54

Lake Como, St Moritz & the Bernina Express

56

Lake Como & Alpine Railways

58

Lake Maggiore, Piedmont & the Matterhorn

60

Food & Wines of Northern Italy – a Gourmet Tour

62

Grand Cities of Italy

64

Portofino, Florence & Tuscany

66

Tuscan Food & Wines – a Gourmet Tour

68

Capri, Pompeii & the Amalfi Coast

70

Puglia & the South – Undiscovered Italy

72

Sardinia & Corsica

74

Etna, Taormina & Classic Sicily

76

Sicily – Palermo, Agrigento & the Aeolian Islands

78

Colosseum, Rome


NEW for 2019

Little Trains of the Dolomites

Molveno

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights close to Molveno – ‘Italy’s Most Beautiful Lake’ • Discover medieval Bolzano – wine-producing Dolomites gem • Enjoy the views from the Soprabolzano cable-car • Ride the historic Renon narrow-gauge railway to Collabro • Take the rack railway from San Antonio Mendola to the Mendel Pass • Sample the region’s celebrated wines in Mezzocorona • Journey by rail from Mezzolombardo to Caldes through a landscape of vineyards and castles • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Europa or three-star Hotel Ariston in Molveno • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

njoy discovering the joys of ‘life in the slow lane’ in the part Italian, part German-speaking, sun-kissed region set beneath the craggy Dolomites. Journey from your hotel base near the shores of ‘Italy’s most beautiful lake’ on some historic railways and cableways connecting charming towns and villages that exude alpine warmth and a sense of wellbeing engendered by their idyllic surroundings, and enjoy some of Italy’s most delicious food and wine along the way.

Day One Fly to Italy, meet your tour manager and transfer to your chosen hotel in Molveno, set by the shores of what was named ‘Italy’s Most Beautiful Lake’ in 2017. Idyllically set beneath the soaring Brenta Dolomites, a haven for nature-lovers and a climbers’ Mecca, Molveno is a perfect base from which to explore this very special region. Enjoy a first dinner in the hotel this evening.

Day Two Begin your exploration with today’s visit to Bolzano, the capital of the Alto-Adige/South Tyrol region that captures perfectly the meld of southern Mediterranean and northern Italian influences in its famed foodstuffs and celebrated wines. Set in a broad valley at the confluence of two alpine rivers, Bolzano, or Bozen, exudes charm from every pore, and drifting swiftly into holiday mode is made easy by the town’s countless little cafés, colourful shops and stores. German – and English – are widely spoken despite this being Italy, and a leisurely lunch is more likely to consist of Würst and Apfelstrüdel than pizza and pasta – accompanied of Mezzolombardo Bolzano course by a glass of local wine.

Available May to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southampton • Stansted

Optional Excursions

Molveno

• Trento & Lake Levico (full day) Day Three – £41 • Lake Garda (full day) Day Five – £32 • Verona (full day) Day Seven – £36

Milan

Italy

46

8-day escorted holiday from £769

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Lake Garda

Trento

Verona

Venice

 fter an introductory tour, perhaps enjoy a delicious A lunch, or visit the town’s South Tyrol Archaeological Museum, home to the mummified remains of ‘Ötzi’, the famous ‘Tyrolean Iceman’ unearthed in 1991 by two surprised tourists.  opefully no such startling diversions await you this H afternoon as you enjoy your scenic journey, first aboard the Renon cable car to Soprabolzano, on its sunny plateau. After a chance to take in the idyllic

§ Image © Associazione Turistica di Caldaro/Helmuth Rier

Enjoy one of Europe’s most special corners, as you journey through a picture-book land of vineyards, orchards and castles.


The Italian Collection

Renon railway © Tiberio Sorvillo - www.visualite.it

Renon Cable Car © Tiberio Sorvillo - www.visualite.it

Mendola funicular§

surroundings of the Renon Nature Park and to see the fascinating ‘Earth Pyramids’ rock formations, complete the day with a ride on the historic narrow-gauge Renon railway to the mountain village of Collalbo, from where you’ll return by coach to Molveno.

Your Hotel Choices Hotel Europa, Molveno Half-Board

A short walk from the lake’s shore, and in a slightly elevated position, this traditional, family-owned hotel sits in mature gardens with hammocks strung from the trees. The restaurant serves a buffet breakfast and local cuisine, and the hotel has a bar and comfortable lounge, as well as alpine-style rooms with a balcony, TV, free Wi-Fi, hairdryer and safe. There is bike rental for the energetic and lake view rooms are available for a supplement.

Day Three Today brings opportunities to savour the delights of the hotel and Molveno, with its small selection of shops and cafés, and its pristine lake, on which rowing boats are for hire, or take the cable-car to the heights of beautiful Pradel and the Paganella plateau beyond, with its miles of walking trails.  lternatively, join today’s optional excursion to former Roman A settlement Trento, the principal town of Italian Trentino, in its mountain-backed setting. Wander the colourful streets, and don’t miss the ancient Duomo cathedral or the vast Buonconsiglio Castle, or perhaps settle for another leisurely lunch, before completing the day with a relaxing hour or so on the shores of fjord-like Lake Levico. Day Four Another historic railway awaits your pleasure today, as you head along the Weinstrasse, or wine trail, to tiny San Antonio, or St Anton, to board the Mendola funicular to the heights of the Mendola Pass, enjoying some spectacular views as you climb, at a maximum angle of 64 degrees, to the top station. After the opportunity for yet another leisurely lunch, this afternoon sees you immersed in the region’s wine-growing industry, as you visit the idyllic village of Caldaro, where the South Tyrolean Wine Museum provides a fascinating insight into the local vintages, then enjoy a wine-tasting in Mezzocorona, famed as ‘the most beautiful winegrowing garden of Europe’. Day Five Enjoy another free day in Molveno and its delightful surroundings, or join today’s optional excursion south to famed Lake Garda, where highlights will include visits to elegant Riva del Garda on the northern shore, and colourful Malcesine, from where you can take the cable car to the heights of Monte Baldo, above the famous resort town.

HHH

Price from £769

Hotel Ariston, Molveno Half-Board

HHH

Price from £769

This family-run hotel, a few minutes from the lake’s beach, has an atmosphere of understated tradition and elegance, with wood finishing in alpine style, a traditional restaurant with views of the lake below, lounge and bar, as well as a library, rooftop terrace solarium and outdoor jacuzzi. Spacious rooms boast a balcony with lake or mountain views, a TV, telephone, hairdryer and safe, and there is bike rental available. Lake view rooms are available for a supplement.

Day Six A last day of exploration amongst the scenic Dolomites sees you head onto the vineyard-covered Rotaliana plain to historic Mezzolombardo, which sits beneath its two castles between two beautiful valleys. Board a regional train here for the scenic, 45-minute journey to Caldes, passing yet more hilltop fortresses, and upon arrival enjoy a visit to the restored 13th-century castle that dominates this tiny delightful apple-growing village nestled amongst the hills. After the chance for lunch a final afternoon visit sees you step back in time as you wander the ancient rooms of the Palazzo Assessorile in the heart of the historic village of Cles, in its idyllic setting.

Molveno

Day Seven The last day is free for rest and relaxation, hopefully to soak up the sunshine on the lake shore or on the water. Alternatively you may wish to join a final optional excursion to “fair Verona”, the historic backdrop for the tragic tale of “Juliet and her Romeo”, and home to the famous opera season held yearly in its Roman amphitheatre. Explore this fascinating place, then take a seat in an open-air cafe in Piazza Bra to watch the world go by. Return to your hotel for a last dinner and re-live the memories of a wonderful week in this special corner of the world. Day Eight Transfer back to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

See page 314 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

47


Venice, Verona & the Wonders of Lake Garda Discover and explore an idyllic corner of the world and two of Europe’s most fascinating, enthralling and historic cities.

Rialto Bridge, Venice

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend a week on the sun-kissed shores of glorious Lake Garda • Enjoy a full-day visit to incomparable Venice, La Serenissima • Discover the glories of Roman Verona, city of Romeo and Juliet • Journey through the majestic Dolomite mountains • Enjoy a ‘Grand Circular Tour’ of Lake Garda • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Angelini, Torbole (upgrade hotels available for a supplement) • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

From your chosen hotel base on idyllic Lake Garda,

enjoy plenty of time for rest and relaxation in one of Italy’s favourite locations, and join your tour manager for four wonderful guided excursions. Discover the breathtaking beauty of glorious Venice, the world’s most romantic city, Verona’s ancient streets and majestic Roman arena, the craggy heights of the Dolomites, and the delights of Garda’s colourful shores, on a holiday to remember.

Day One Fly to Italy, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and board the coach for the journey to Lake Garda and your chosen hotel. Stay on the lake’s eastern shore, close to delightful Malcesine, with its quaint alleyways and narrow streets or sun-blessed Torbole with its vibrant café life, shops and stunning views across the lake. Settle into your surroundings, and enjoy a first evening in the hotel.

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Belfast • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Leeds/Bradford • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southampton • Stansted

Torbole Milan Malcesine

Day Two Today is free for you to rest and relax at leisure, either enjoying the facilities of the hotel, or perhaps venturing into the centre of your chosen resort. Favourites with our clients for many years, all the resorts offer plenty of opportunities to rest and relax, to Dolomites stroll the lakeside promenade, watch the world go by from a seat in a pavement Lake café, shop, or perhaps even take to the Garda water – Garda is a mecca for sailors and Venice windsurfers who revel in the breezy Verona conditions offshore.

Florence

Lak

eG

ard

a

Genoa

Italy

48

8-day escorted holiday from £760

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three After breakfast today, board the coach for a Grand Circular Tour of the beautiful lake, in the company of your tour manager. The fjord-like eastern shores and the northern, mountain backed resorts of sun-blessed Torbole and pastel-painted Riva del Garda give way to the western shoreline of citrus and olive groves. On the southern shore


The Italian Collection

Juliet's Balcony, Verona

Torbole, Lake Garda

a promontory leads to the spa resort of Sirmione, its healing waters and fairy-tale Rocca Scaligera castle, with its turrets and towers. The tour returns to the hotel via the wine-growing town of Bardolino,and the busy resort of Garda itself. Day Four Today is spent amongst the crags and passes of the majestic Dolomites, which are set to the north of Garda, and provide some of Europe’s most dramatic mountain scenery. There’ll be plenty of stops during the tour at traditional towns and villages, enabling you to soak up the atmosphere and stunning views of this delightful region, which sits between the sun-kissed Italian plain of Emiglia-Romagna, and the Alps of the Austrian Tyrol, above the wine-growing valley of the Alto-Adige. Day Five Enjoy a day of rest and relaxation and the chance to enjoy the facilities of your chosen hotel and resort. Day Six Today you’ll visit the thoroughly charming city of Verona, on the banks of the River Adige, its historic centre and monuments fashioned in pink marble drawing visitors from all over the world. Amongst the outstanding sights is the best preserved Roman amphitheatre in Italy, famed the world over for its summertime opera festival. The sweeping Piazza Bra is crowded with folk watching the world go by from a seat in one of the numerous pavement cafés, ancient Piazza delle Erbe bustles with its colourful market, while nearby the maze of 13th-century streets is redolent with a sense of troubled history, chronicled in Shakespeare’s tale of star-crossed lovers, which was set amongst Verona’s brooding alleyways and hidden gardens. After another marvellous day you’ll return to Garda’s shores. Day Seven This day will etch itself into the memory like few others, as you board the coach to travel to incomparable Venice, probably the world’s most romantic city. On arrival, in the company of a local guide, you will enjoy a walking tour of this simply breathtakingly beautiful place, where some hundred or so islands are linked by innumerable bridges, and where gondolas and water taxis ply their trades on the beautiful Grand Canal, past the stunning Accademia museum and the Rialto Bridge. The vast expanse of St Mark’s Square, with its sumptuous cathedral, clock tower and the Doges’ Palace – the Palazzo Ducale – is one of the world’s great sights. Close by, joining the palace to the prisons, the famous ‘Bridge of Sighs’ afforded condemned men a last view of the beauty of Venice en route to the gallows. Away from St Marks and the Grand Canal, a labyrinth of narrow streets awaits more exploration, each corner turned revealing another memorable sight of this truly wonderful city. After an unforgettable day you return to Garda in time for a last dinner. Day Eight It’s “Arrivederci, Lago di Garda” today, as you board the coach for the transfer back to the airport and the return flight to the UK. Please note: Itinerary shown is based on a Wednesday arrival. Guests arriving on a Sunday will enjoy the excursions on the following days: Day Two – Verona, Day Three – Venice, Day Six – Lake Tour, Day Seven – Dolomites

Your Hotel Choices

Hotel Angelini, Torbole Half-Board

HHH

Price from £760

This family-run hotel is located on the edge of Torbole, close to the lake and a ten-minute walk from the town centre. Facilities include an outdoor swimming pool and sunbathing area. All bedrooms have a balcony.

Drago Hotel, Malcesine/Brenzone HHH Half-Board Price from £789 This popular, stylish hotel is adjacent to the lake, about three miles south of Malcesine. There is a restaurant and bar, beautiful gardens and outdoor swimming pool. Bedrooms offer satellite TV and a balcony.

Hotel Smeraldo, Malcesine/Brenzone HHH Half-Board Price from £789 This family-run, lakeside hotel boasts a large beach and overlooks the lake in Brenzone. The restaurant offers lake views and there is a welcoming bar. Simply furnished rooms with a small balcony offer TV, telephone, and hairdryer.

Hotel Rely, Malcesine/Brenzone HHH Price from £799 Half-Board Located four-and-a-half miles south of Malcesine, the hotel has a restaurant, bar, lift, outdoor pool and sun terrace. All the bedrooms have a TV, and a balcony/terrace.

Hotel Continental, Torbole HHHH Half-Board* Price from £915 In a quiet elevated position close to the village of Nago, with easy access into Torbole, just two miles away. A regular public bus and twice daily free hotel shuttle service operate to the lake. *Complimentary local wine is served with dinner.

Piccolo Mondo, Torbole Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £964

Just five minutes walk from Torbole; the family own an award-winning restaurant in nearby Trento and the delicious regional specialities served in the hotel are every bit as good as those served there. For more details about the resorts & hotels, please see pages 169-175

See page 315 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

49


NEW for 2019

Verona Opera & Vineyards 6-day escorted holiday from £919

Arena di Verona§

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

T

• Enjoy five nights in Sirmione, on Lake Garda’s southern shores • Discover the elegant Riviera del Brenta and restored ancient Padua • Explore Villa Pisani’s glorious house and formal gardens • Visit a famous Valpolicella vineyard and olive oil producer to enjoy tastings and lunch • See Sirmione’s lakeside glories, including Maria Callas’ villa, on a short boat trip • Savour the unique experience of a famous opera performed in Verona’s astonishing Roman amphitheatre • Wander the medieval gem that is Romeo & Juliet’s exquisite city • An un-numbered ‘Gradinata’ ticket on the stone ‘steps’ at the high point of the Arena di Verona (selected upgrade tickets available – see page 315) • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel du Parc, Sirmione • Four evening meals at the hotel and a gourmet lunch in Valpolicella • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

ake your seat at the world-renowned Arena di Verona, the almost perfectly preserved Roman amphitheatre at the heart of the exquisite ‘Romeo and Juliet’ city of Verona. This very special break that in addition to a ticket for your selected performance, includes a stay on the shores of picturesque Lake Garda, a tour of the beautiful Brenta Riviera, a visit to ancient Padua and a memorable day amongst the vineyards of famous Valpolicella.

Day One Fly to Italy, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel set on a promontory jutting into Garda’s blue waters from Sirmione. Dependent upon your arrival time, take a stroll along the shoreline, taking in the beautiful surroundings, before enjoying dinner at the hotel. Day Two After a relaxed breakfast, board the coach for the first of the included tours, taken in the company of your tour manager. Explore the bucolic countryside of the Riviera del Brenta, a near 25-mile route alongside a 16th-century canal built to connect the Venetian lagoon with Padua, and which is lined with some extraordinarily beautiful and ornate villas, weekend homes to Venetian nobility, who travelled along the waterway by burchiello boat. Enjoy discovering renowned Villa Pisani, the ‘Queen’ of the Brenta villas, and a national museum that includes a stunning fresco on the ceiling of the grand ballroom. The day is completed with a visit to lovingly restored, fun-loving Padua, a former Roman stronghold boasting the famous Scrovegni Chapel with its Giotti frescoes. Check out the museums, great churches, colourful markets and wander colourful Prato della Valle, Italy’s largest town square. Return to the hotel for dinner.

Available Jun to Sep 2019

Fly direct from • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Lake Garda

Fumane Verona

Sirmione

Italy

50

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Padua

Day Three Today sees you journey into the heart of the rolling Valpolicella wine-growing area north of Verona, taking in beautiful village Fumane and visiting wine-estate Costa degli Ulivi. Learn about the production of high quality wines and olive oil using natural methods, and over a delicious three-course lunch of regional specialities sample three of the celebrated Valpolicello wines – Classico, Ripasso and most famously Amarone – all of which have raised the standards of wine-growing in the area. Return once again to Sirmione for the evening.

§ All Verona Opera Images © Photo Ennevi. Courtesy of Fondazione Arena di Verona

Experience a performance in one of the world’s most astonishing open-air venues – a magical night to remember.


The Italian Collection

Rocca Scaligera, Sirmione

Opera at Arena di Verona§

Verona

Day Four After a morning at leisure, perhaps spent exploring Sirmione or visiting the fairy-tale 13th-century Rocca Scaligera castle on the shore, the highlight of the holiday sees you make the short journey to Verona. Lose yourself in the maze of 13th-century streets that formed the backdrop to Shakespeare’s tale of starcrossed lovers, take a seat in a café in Piazza Bra, in the shadow of the great arena, to watch the world go by, or enjoy an early dinner at your leisure in one of a vast choice of restaurants and trattorie.  his evening, take your place in the amphitheatre, soaking up T the atmosphere as darkness begins to fall and the stage is set for the performance of your chosen opera. Here, on balmy summer nights, some of the world’s best-loved works are played out by some of its brightest talents on the grand sweep of a vast stage, in front of a rapt audience drawn from all four corners of the globe. For opera buffs, enthusiastic amateurs or simply lovers of truly special occasions, a night at the Verona Opera Festival provides a memorable experience to treasure forever. Day Five Enjoy the hotel and its surroundings and spend some time relaxing in Sirmione today. Explore the shore-side lidos, attractive waterfront promenade and good selection of cafés and trattorie. You’ll also enjoy a short boat trip around the Sirmione Peninsula for a cruise that will take in the sights of the castle, the crumbling ruins of the Roman villas of the Grotte di Catullo and the elegant, pastel-painted villa that was once home and refuge to opera star Maria Callas. Day Six Transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. Please note: On occasions when the opera performance takes place on a Thursday (Day Five), Days Four and Five as shown will be reversed.

Seating Plan

ENTRANCE

A AT IN AD GR

GR AD IN AT A

The price of your package includes an un-numbered ‘Gradinata’ ticket on the stone ‘steps’ at the high point of Arena di Verona. It is possible to upgrade to a Numbered 1 or 2 ‘Gradinata’ ticket at the arena side. See page 315 for details. A selection of Poltrone central tickets are available on a request only basis, please call for details.

Your Hotel

Hotel Du Parc, Sirmione, Lake Garda Half-Board

HHHH

Quietly positioned just outside the town’s centre, this excellent four-star hotel boasts a restaurant, bar and lounge area, large outdoor pool, rooftop terrace, gardens and Wi-Fi. Well‑appointed, air-conditioned rooms have satellite TV, a mini-bar, hairdryer, safe and a balcony or terrace.

The 97th Verona Opera Festival

Your break includes a ‘Night at the Opera’, and dependent upon your chosen departure date, you will experience one of the greatest operatic works of all time, performed by some of the world’s most talented artists.

Aida – Departing 23 Jun, 21 Jul, 25 Aug Verona’s ‘signature’ opera, is Giuseppe Verdi’s vast, sweeping tale of doomed love set against the background of ancient Egypt, with the soldierhero Radamès the object of affection for slave-girl Aida and princess Amneris.

Il Trovatore – Departing 30 Jun Verdi’s ‘The Troubadour’ is set in 15th-century Aragon, Spain. The tale of the Count of Luna, Leonora, the object of his affections, her lover Manrico – the troubadour of the title – and his ‘mother’ Azucena unfolds with ultimately tragic consequences. Famed for its arias, sung by each of its leading players, it is said that a successful production of Il Trovatore is dependent simply upon securing the services of the world's four best opera singers!

Carmen – Departing 7 & 14 Jul, 1 Sep George Bizet’s enduring masterpiece, with its popular arias and famous score, introduces a host of colourful characters, including the love-struck soldier Don José, dashing matador Escamillo and the eponymous fiery, sultry gypsy girl.

La Traviata – Departing 28 Jul Verdi’s monumental tale of ‘love and death’ is played out against the background of 19thcentury Parisian high society, and is regarded as opera’s greatest tragedy. STAGE Gradinata Stone Steps

Gradinata No. 1

Gradinata No. 2

See page 315 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

51


Verona, Venice & Florence – Italian Journeys by Train From an elegant Veronese base, journey by train to discover and explore the contrasting charms of two more Italian cities.

• Enjoy six nights in beautiful Verona, in an elegant hotel base • Discover the exquisite city of Romeo and Juliet on a guided walking tour • Journey by train to spend a day in glorious Venice, La Serenissima • A second train journey heads south into Tuscany, to Renaissance jewel Florence • Enjoy guided walking tours of Venice and Florence • Six nights’ bed and breakfast accommodation at the four‑star Leon D’Oro Hotel, Verona • Two included dinners are served in the hotel’s elegant restaurant • Return standard-class rail travel Verona-Venice, Verona‑Florence • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

S

pend an unforgettable week in glorious, medieval Verona, of Shakespearian fame, and journey by comfortable train through some sparkling scenery, to discover the wonders of incomparable, extraordinary Venice and Renaissance cradle Florence. With plenty of time to savour the charms of Romeo and Juliet’s beguiling trysting-place, guided walking tours to bring to life the glorious cities, and with an optional tour of wine-producing Valpolicella to complete a memorable stay, this is a wonderful introduction to ‘Bella Italia’.

Day One Fly to Italy, meet your tour manager and transfer to your four-star hotel, a well appointed, elegant base for your stay, set just ten minutes' walk from the historic heart of the city and conveniently only 900 meters from Verona’s Porta Nuova railway station. Settle into your surroundings, perhaps enjoying a drink at the piano bar, before heading out into the glorious city, where there are countless restaurants and trattorias, many lining Verona’s famous, sweeping Piazza Bra, from which to choose.

Available Mar & Apr 2020 • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursion

Lake Garda

Fumane Verona

• Valpolicella Wine Tour (full day) Day Six – £79

Venice

Italy

Florence

52

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

7-day escorted holiday from £699

Verona

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

Fly direct from

NEW for 2020

Day Two After breakfast, enjoy a guided walking tour of exquisite Verona, where buildings fashioned in pink marble line ancient streets. Amongst the outstanding sights is the best preserved Roman amphitheatre in Italy, famed the world over for its summertime opera festival. The Piazza Bra is crowded with folk watching the world go by from a seat in one of the numerous pavement cafés, Piazza delle Erbe’s daily market bustles with colourful life, while the nearby maze of 13th-century streets is redolent with a sense of troubled history, chronicled in Shakespeare’s tale of star-crossed lovers, which was set amongst Verona’s brooding alleyways and hidden gardens.  fter the morning tour, perhaps enjoy a long lunch, A visit one of the city’s fine museums or churches, take a stroll on the bank of the River Adige, which


The Italian Collection

Venice

Italian Train

Verona

loops around the city, or perhaps pay a visit to Verona’s famed Giardini Giusti formal gardens, north of the river.

Your Hotel

 here is no shortage of wine bars, in which to sample a glass or T two of locally produced wine, and of course in a city famed for its opera, there are numerous concerts and recitals almost every night – the tourist office will post information on how to find them. Day Three This morning, join your tour manager for the short walk to the station and the hour-long journey across the Veneto countryside to incomparable Venice, probably the world’s most romantic city. On arrival, in the company of a local guide, enjoy a walking tour of this simply breathtakingly beautiful place, where some hundred or so islands are linked by innumerable bridges, and where gondolas and water taxis ply their trades on the beautiful Grand Canal, past the stunning Accademia museum and the Rialto Bridge. The vast expanse of St Mark’s Square, with its sumptuous cathedral, clock tower and the Doges’ Palace – the Palazzo Ducale – is one of the world’s great sights. Close by, joining the palace to the prisons, the famous ‘Bridge of Sighs’ afforded condemned men a last view of the beauty of Venice en route to the gallows. Away from St Mark’s and the Grand Canal, a labyrinth of narrow streets awaits more exploration, each corner turned revealing another memorable sight of this truly wonderful city. After the tour and some free time spent in this beautiful city, board the return train to Verona where dinner will be served at the hotel.

Hotel Leon D’Oro, Verona Bed & Breakfast with two dinners

HHHH

Wonderfully located for Verona’s exquisite heart, and a short – 900-metre – walk from the station, the imposing Leon D’Oro, with its striking façade, large, elegant lounges, piano bar and restaurant, is a perfect base for your stay. Large, beautifully appointed rooms offer a TV, mini-bar and marbled bathrooms, and there is free Wi-Fi.

Florence

Day Four Following yesterday’s excursion, today is another in which to soak up the charms of beautiful Verona. Day Five On yet another memorable day, head once again to the station to travel south, across the province of Emilia-Romagna, via historic Bologna and into rolling Tuscany, on a two-hour journey to Florence, for many, Italy’s most beautiful city. Enjoy a guided walking tour, taking in the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, the splendour of Santa Croce and the medieval Ponte Vecchio Bridge. Florence is the city of the Accademia, which houses Michelangelo’s fabled statue of David, and the Uffizi, where Botticelli’s famous ‘Birth of Venus’ can be admired, should you choose to visit the galleries (payable locally). There are countless shops, designer outlets, trattorias and cafés, where you can sit and watch the Florentine world go by, before you board the fast train for the return journey to Verona. A second included dinner is served in the hotel’s elegant, well-appointed restaurant, completing the enjoyment of the day. Day Six Rest and relax and spend a last day in Verona, or join today’s optional excursion, which journeys by coach into the heart of the rolling Valpolicella wine-growing area north of the city, taking in the beautiful village of Fumane and visiting wine-estate Costa degli Ulivi. Learn about the production of high quality wines and olive oil using natural methods, and over a delicious three-course lunch of regional specialities sample three of the celebrated Valpolicello wines – Classico, Ripasso and most famously Amarone – all of which have raised the standards of winegrowing in the area. Perhaps buy some wine and some estate-produced jams, marmalades and honey to take home, and return to Verona for a last evening. Day Seven Bid “Arrivederci” to your hosts and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

See page 315 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

53


The Italian Riviera, Monte Carlo & the Cinque Terre Experience a taste of the ‘La Dolce Vita’ in some of the most celebrated reaches of the sun-kissed, flower-strewn Mediterranean shores.

Portofino

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights on the shores of the blue Mediterranean • Enjoy some relaxed days at leisure at your comfortable hotel • Soak up the sun on the hotel’s beach or stroll the sea-front promenade, with its shops and pretty squares • Discover elegant Santa Margherita Ligure’s stunning bay • Pay a visit to chic Portofino, one of the Mediterranean’s most exclusive locales • Discover glittering Monte Carlo • Explore the beautiful villages and coves of the exquisite Cinque Terre, or ‘five lands’ • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Grand Hotel Pietra Ligure • Return flights to Nice • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Join us for a holiday that combines rest and relaxation in an

ideally located hotel boasting its own private section of beach, with included excursions that take in some of the northern Mediterranean’s most sparkling jewels. Discover fabled Portofino’s exclusive charms and Monte Carlo’s glitz and glamour, and take in the forested coves and ancient villages and vineyards of the Cinque Terre, five exquisite ‘lands’ that dot the beautiful Ligurian coast.

Day One Fly to Nice and cross the border to the beachside hotel in Pietra Ligure, settling in to your comfortable surroundings and depending on your flight times, perhaps enjoying a refreshing drink on the terrace or a stroll along the shore before dinner is served. Day Two Today is free to rest and relax in the hotel and its surroundings. Make the most of the hotel’s location, perhaps taking a dip in the pool, or heading to the private beach, where there is a restaurant and bar (June to September), and sun-loungers are available for hire for lazy afternoons in the sun. The more energetic might rent a pedalo or alternatively, enjoy a stroll along the seafront promenade, which boasts shops and leads to the resort’s old town, with its cafés and bars.

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Pietra Ligure Monte Carlo

Santa Margherita Portofino Cinque Terre

Italy

54

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

8-day escorted holiday from £899

Day Three The first of the included excursions heads to the beautiful Ligurian coast, where some of Italy’s most famous resorts are dotted along the shoreline, backed by wooded hills, and are a mecca for visitors from the four corners of the globe. Elegant Santa Margherita Ligure, with its gardens and piazzas, overlooks a stunning bay, and lies at the northern end of the Portofino headland. Spend some time exploring the resort, then board a boat for a trip along the coast to discover its ultra-chic neighbour, the world-renowned ‘jet-set’ watering-hole of Portofino itself, which despite the crowds


The Italian Collection

Cinque Terre

and the glitz and the glamour, remains one of the Mediterranean’s most idyllic settings. Stroll the café-lined harbour front, windowshop in the resort’s chic stores, or perhaps people-watch from a seat on the shore, delicious ice-cream in hand. You’ll also take in plush, bustling Rapallo, one-time writers’ retreat that once boasted D H Lawrence amongst its more celebrated guests. R  eturn to Pietra Ligure for dinner, at the end of a fascinating day.

Your Hotel

Day Four Today’s included excursion is to Monaco, the Monte Carlo of fabulous wealth, the famous Casino and the harbour crammed with improbably sumptuous yachts, round which once a year the super-charged cars of Formula 1™ hurtle in an explosion of colour and noise. Step inside the casino to try your luck, or watch others trying theirs, and catch sight of the Palais Princier, home to the Rainier family, the Royal Grimaldis. The journey to the principality takes you above the beautiful Riviera dei Fiori, the celebrated ‘Italian Riviera’, and will offer some sensational views of the blue Mediterranean below, as well as a visit to colourful border town Ventimiglia. At the end of a wonderful day, return to Pietra Ligure.

Grand Hotel Pietra Ligure Half-Board

HHHH Opening in March 2019, this splendid hotel is a perfect base, some 700 metres from the centre of colourful resort-town of Pietra Ligure, overlooking the blue sea. Offering a private beach (parasols and sunbeds payable locally), bars, fine restaurant, outdoor pool, garden, terrace and gym. It also boasts comfortable, modern rooms with flat-screen TV, mini‑bar, hairdryer, safe and balcony. There is free Wi-Fi throughout the hotel.

Day Five Today is another in which to rest and relax in the hotel or on the beach, enjoying the joys of the surroundings. Day Six The last included excursion heads back along the Ligurian coast, to the stunning stretch between the resort-town of Levanto and the port-city of La Spezia, and known as Cinque Terre, or ‘Five Lands’ after a quintet of ancient villages that are squeezed into a series of tiny coves. Breathtaking and charming, the five villages cling to cliffs, surrounded by vineyards producing some of Liguria’s most celebrated wines, and overlook working fishing harbours, with the tiny craft a colourful sight on the dark blue waters, best viewed from a shore-side café. Day Seven Spend a last day soaking up the atmosphere of your Mediterranean home-from-home, before enjoying a farewell dinner of typical Ligurian fare, which includes several varieties of fish and pasta. Day Eight Bid “Arrivederci” to your hosts, and re-board the coach for the transfer back to the airport and the return flight to the UK, at the end of a holiday in this wonderful corner of Italy.

Monte Carlo

See page 315 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

55


Lake Como, St Moritz & the Bernina Express Savour ‘lakes and mountains’ perfection and take one of the world’s great railway journeys to Switzerland’s most celebrated hideaway.

Bernina Express © swiss-image.ch

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend a week on the shores of Italy’s most romantic lake • Discover idyllic Bellagio, ‘Italy’s most beautiful town’ • Enjoy a cruise on Lake Como and entrance to the gardens of a lakeside villa • Board the Bernina Express to fabled St Moritz • Enjoy some delightful optional excursions • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Lario, Mezzegra (alternative hotels available for a supplement) • Return flights to Milan • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

njoy a week on the shores of the most picturesque of the Italian lakes, with its elegant villas and glorious gardens – a scene which has inspired artists and writers for generations – and combine rest and relaxation with some wonderful excursions, including a journey on the spectacularly scenic Bernina Express to chic St Moritz, fabled refuge of the well-heeled, and the chance to discover stylish Milan and idyllic Lugano.

Day One Fly to Italy, and upon arrival transfer to Lake Como and your chosen hotel. Settle into your surroundings and enjoy your first dinner. Day Two Today introduces you to Como’s most sparkling jewel, stunning Bellagio, idyllically set at the tip dividing the lake’s two southern legs, and often described as the most beautiful town in Italy. Join your tour manager for the ferry crossing and step ashore to discover this exquisite place, with its elegant villas and glorious gardens looking out over the lake and backed by wooded hills. After a short walking tour, you are free to enjoy Bellagio’s wondrous surroundings, perhaps taking a seat in a café, enjoying a delicious gelato, or simply strolling the lakefront promenade before returning across the water at your leisure. By afternoon you will have already slowed to life at Como’s relaxed pace.

Available May, Jun, Aug to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Milan (full day) Day Four – from £42 • Lake Lugano & Lugano town (full day) Day Six – from £32 • Bergamo (full day) Day Seven – from £34

8-day escorted holiday from £799

Switzerland

St Moritz

Lugano

Tirano

Lake Como Lake Garda

Bergamo Milan

Italy

Day Three Another relaxed day sees you take to the lake again to enjoy more of Como’s idyllic shoreline, boarding a lake cruiser to sail past yet more elegant villas and their stunning gardens, as well as some of the lakes highly favoured settlements. We include a visit to the gardens of Villa Balbianello, then sit back and relax, hopefully enjoying the joys of cruising back to port under sunny skies on what is sure to be a memorable day. Day Four Today brings the opportunity to rest and relax in the hotel and its

56

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


The Italian Collection St Moritz

Bergamo

Lake Como

surroundings, or perhaps join our optional excursion to the great city of Milan. One of Europe’s most exciting cities, Milan is not merely a centre of worldwide fashion; it is also home to some of the best collections of art and architecture in the world. The Sforzesco Castle, the famous shopping Galleria, La Scala – one of the world’s greatest opera houses – and the great cathedral, Il Duomo, one of its largest Gothic churches, are amongst the breathtaking sights brought to life on the guided tour, after which you might head to the shops, visit a gallery or museum… or simply take a seat in a pavement café to watch the Milanese world go by.

Your Hotel Choices

Day Five The last included excursion is to fabled St Moritz, the world famous resort set high in Switzerland’s Upper Engadine Valley. The journey to this exclusive mountain town features some of the most stunning scenery found anywhere in this Alpine region, as you board the Bernina Express to travel from the Lombardy town of Tirano through Switzerland’s Italian-speaking southeast corner, across viaducts – including the famous spiral at Brusio – and across the 2,253 metre-high Bernina Pass to St Moritz. Enjoy window-shopping in this playground paradise, or perhaps take a stroll into the beautiful countryside beyond the town, before returning by coach to Como and your hotel. Day Six Another free day brings opportunities to explore your surroundings, as well as the chance to join today’s optional excursion to Lugano, one of Switzerland’s most stylish resorts, delightfully set on the shore of the smaller lake of the same name. Around the lake, pretty Swiss villages nestle amidst luxuriant vegetation, and the shoreline is dotted with villas and summer homes. After a short sightseeing tour, explore under your own steam, or to take the funicular ride up Monte Bre for a breathtaking panoramic view over the lake and the nearby Alps, before returning to Como. Day Seven Join today’s optional excursion, which journeys to the ‘twin’ city of Bergamo, the modern Bassa, or Lower City with its neoclassical features looked over by the idyllic, walled Alta or Upper City, built between the Lombardy Plain and the Alps. The stunning 14th-century Citadel, ancient Piazza Vecchia (Old Square) with its beautiful Pallazo Ragione, 15th-century belltower, cathedral and elaborate Santa Maria Maggiore church are all breathtakingly glorious examples of Italian architecture, all enclosed by the Venetian walls, a stroll around at least a section of which is a must for the energetic. Bergamo is also famed for its food, and boasts a host of reasonably priced cafés and osterie in which you might enjoy a delicious snack.

Hotel Lario, Mezzegra Half-Board

HHH

Price from £799

Within a few minutes walk of the lake shore and also approximately three miles from fabled Villa Carlota and its world-famous gardens. The hotel’s air-conditioned restaurant with adjacent veranda, outdoor terrace and pool, and comfortable, airconditioned rooms offering free Wi-Fi, satellite TV and hairdryer, and boasting a small balcony or garden area, ensure an enjoyable stay.

Hotel Britannia Excelsior, Cadenabbia HHH All-Inclusive Price from £924 Set right on Como’s shore, with a floating outdoor pool that almost seems part of the lake (open seasonally), this hotel has a main buffet restaurant and other bars and restaurants also available (some à la carte, open seasonally and payable locally). Simply furnished bedrooms have air conditioning, TV, fridge and a hairdryer.

Hotel Bazzoni, Tremezzo HHH Half-Board Price from £962 This lakeside hotel offers wonderful views from the newly refurbished public areas, which include a stylish bar and lounge area, reception and dining room, where a buffet dinner is served. There is an outdoor pool and sunterraces and rooms have a hairdryer, fridge, TV, air conditioning and telephone.

Day Eight Bid ‘Arrivederci’ to your hosts and transfer back to the airport for the return flight, at the end of a wonderful stay in a beautiful corner of the world.

Lake Como

See page 315 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

57


Lake Como & Alpine Railways Take in Italy’s most romantic lake, some spectacular views, and an unforgettable journey to one of the world’s most famous resorts.

Bernina Express Railway at Lake Bianco © photo swiss-image.ch

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy the magic of Italy’s romantic lake • Discover lakeside Como Town • Ride on the historic Como-Brunate funicular • Board the Bernina Express to fabled St Moritz • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Bazzoni, Tremezzo (alternative hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Milan or Bergamo • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

• Birmingham • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Lugano (full day) Day Three – from £48 • Milan (full day) Day Five – from £49

E

njoy a wonderful wintertime break on Como’s picturebook shores, including a visit to the lake’s main town and a ride on the funicular that climbs to Brunate, offering breathtaking views. Journey on the scenic Bernina Express to fabled St Moritz, one of the world’s most celebrated Alpine resorts, and as well as the chance to explore Como’s idyllic surroundings, enjoy opportunities, on optional excursions, to visit Switzerland’s beautiful Lugano and elegant, stylish Milan.

Day One Fly to Milan or Bergamo, and upon arrival, transfer to Lake Como and your chosen hotel. Meet your tour manager, settle into your surroundings and enjoy your first dinner.

Feb to Apr & Nov 2019, Feb to Apr 2020

Fly direct from

6-day escorted holiday from £609

Day Two On today’s first included tour, you’ll journey to the lake’s main Como Town, where the shore-side Piazza Cavour is surrounded by shops and cafés, and leads through to an old town of narrow streets lined with shops and artists’ studios, and crowned by a majestic cathedral. A highlight of the day will be boarding the historic funicular, first opened in 1894, that climbs the 1,600 feet to the mountain village of Brunate. The sevenminute journey, in modern, air-conditioned and heated cars, offers wonderful views of the lake below, and on clear days spectacular vistas that stretch to the snow-capped St Moritz Alps beyond. Wander Brunate’s cobbled Tirano Cadenabbia streets, take in the views and perhaps visit Lugano Tremezzo the public viewing gallery, which showcases Lake Como Bergamo the railway’s haulage mechanism. Return Milan to Como and head back to the hotel this afternoon, for the chance to relax before dinner is served.

Switzerland

Italy

58

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three Today brings a chance to join a wonderful optional excursion, to Swiss resort Lugano, idyllically set on its eponymous lake, and a stylish, elegant town that will be brought to life with a ride on the ‘Red Arrow’


The Italian Collection St Moritz, Switzerland

Monte Bre above Lugano

Lake Como

tourist road train. There will also be a chance to climb aboard one of the resort’s two funiculars, either San Salvatore, south of the town, or Monte Bre, above picture-book village Gandria, both of which offer exceptional views (payable locally).  hose choosing to stay on Como’s shores for the day might take T a lake cruiser to exquisite Bellagio, at the tip of the Lario peninsula jutting into the southern end of the lake, and one of Italy’s most sparkling jewels (limited wintertime service operates – check timetable at the hotel). Day Four A day to rest and relax, to enjoy the lake and its surroundings or perhaps to join the optional excursion to historic, stylish Milan. Highlights of an introductory tour will include the breathtaking Duomo cathedral, the vast Gothic church that survived WWII’s bombardment largely unscathed, the great La Scala opera house – one of the world’s most important concert venues – and the arcades of the famous shopping Galleria. Enjoy the pleasures of the city, which include watching Milanese life go by from a seat in a café, visiting one of countless museums or galleries, and – of course – in Italy’s fashion capital, shopping, or window-shopping. Day Five An unforgettable second included excursion sees you make the journey to Tirano to board the famous Bernina Express train, which makes its way from the Lombardy town through the countryside of southeast Switzerland, in the Italian-speaking Ticino, crossing bridges and viaducts – including Brusio’s famous spiral – and on across the Bernina Pass, which tops out at 2,253 metres, and on to fabled St Moritz. One of the world’s most celebrated playgrounds, especially for winter sports, the town, tucked away in the Upper Engadine Valley, offers predictably stylish shops and stores set against the background of some of Switzerland’s finest scenery. Window-shop or enjoy a coffee in a choice of cafés, before returning to Como by coach, arriving in time for a last dinner at the hotel.

Your Hotel Choices Hotel Bazzoni, Tremezzo Half-Board

HHH

Price from £609 This welcoming hotel, under new ownership from 2018, sits on the lakeside promenade, offering wonderful views from the newly refurbished public areas, which include a stylish bar and lounge area, reception and dining room. The hotel also has a lift and sun-terraces. The bedrooms offer private facilities, hairdryer, fridge, flat screen satellite TV, safe, air conditioning, ceiling fan and a telephone. There is a supplement for rooms with lake view.

Hotel Britannia Excelsior, Cadenabbia All-Inclusive

HHH

Price from £643

With 284 rooms, this large three-star all-inclusive hotel is set right on Como’s shore. Offered on an ‘All-inclusive’ basis, with full-board arrangements and many drinks offered free of charge it is set in a former 19th-century inn, and boasts stunning views across the lake towards Bellagio. All air-conditioned rooms offer flat-screen satellite TV, a ceiling fan, and double-glazed windows. There is a supplement for rooms with lake view.

Day Six Bid “Arrivederci” to your hosts and transfer back to the airport for the return flight, at the end of a wonderful break in one of Europe’s most beautiful corners.

Como-Brunate Funicular

See page 316 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

59


Lake Maggiore, Piedmont & the Matterhorn Discover one of Europe's most scenic corners... blue waters, vibrant gardens, and a very famous mountain.

8-day escorted holiday from £899

Isola Bella, Lake Maggiore

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights on picturesque Lake Maggiore • Tour the exquisite, contrasting offshore Borromean Isles • Visit Verbania’s stunning Villa Taranto gardens • Enjoy a guided tour of Alba, a gastronomic mecca • Taste Italy’s fine red wine at Castello di Barolo • Journey into Switzerland to the foot of the iconic Matterhorn • Discover ‘princely’ Turin, capital of Piedmont on an optional excursion • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star SHG Hotel Villa Carlotta, Belgirate • Return flights to Milan • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

From an elegant base on the shore of picture-book Lake Maggiore, visit idyllic offshore isles, sumptuous villas and world-class gardens, and take a journey into Piedmont, where Alba is a gourmet mecca and Barolo produces world-class wine to match. Head too into Switzerland, to famous resort-town Zermatt, where one of the world’s most iconic peaks, the towering, triangular Matterhorn, draws the awe-struck eye, and where there’s the chance to board a train to the green pastures beneath its lower slopes.

Day One Fly to Italy and transfer to the hotel on beautiful Lake Maggiore. Dependent upon your arrival time, perhaps take a stroll along the promenade that fringes the lake, before enjoying dinner. Day Two Today sees you explore beautiful Maggiore, Italy’s second largest lake, mountain-backed and famed for the beautiful gardens that line its shores and cover its offshore islets. Board a water-taxi or steamer for the crossing to the tiny, idyllic Borromean Islands, visiting stunning Isola Bella, with its 17th-century Baroque palace and water gardens, charmingly picturesque Isola dei Pescatori, still inhabited by local fishermen and a perfect stop perhaps for a lunch of lake fish.

Available May, Jun, Aug to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursions

 perfect day is completed with a visit to Verbania, A where the world-famous gardens of Villa Taranto, created by an ex-pat Scotsman, are even more stunning than the islands’. Return to Belgirate for dinner after a wonderful day.

Switzerland

• Lake Como (full day) Day Three – £45 • Turin (full day) Day Seven – £44

Lake Maggiore

Matterhorn Belgirate

Italy Alba

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Lake Como

Verbania

Turin

60

NEW for 2019

Day Three Today is free to enjoy the delights of Belgirate, where in addition to the chance to wander past the elegant villas that line the shore, or to climb to the ancient church of Santa Maria that overlooks the idyllic scene, there’s the chance to board another lake steamer to travel further afield, to enjoy a leisurely lunch in the sunshine or a delicious ice cream on the water’s edge.  n optional excursion today is to beautiful Lake A Como. Head into Lombardy, to discover another


The Italian Collection

Cable car at Monte Mottarone

Lake Maggiore

of Italy’s most picturesque corners, enjoying visits to exquisite Bellagio and elegant Como Town before returning to Belgirate for the evening.

Your Hotel

Day Four A second included excursion sees you head south on a panoramic tour of Langhe, where the UNESCO-protected hillsides are covered in cascading vineyards and hazelnut groves. Enjoy a tour of Alba, with it’s historical centre and 100 towers, best known for being the gastronomic home of precious white truffles and dark chocolate and the headquarters of the much-loved chocolate, Ferrero Rocher.  fter a fascinating few hours, head further south, where the A vineyards of Barolo produce the ‘King of Italian wines’. No visit to the area is complete without a tour of Castello di Barolo, an enoteca within the turreted walls of the ancient castle followed by a glass of wine – the final highlight of an enjoyable day. Day Five Today is another in which to enjoy the hotel and its surroundings. Why not return to nearby Stresa, where sumptuous villas and hotels, many set in exquisite parks and gardens, line the shore; the Piazzas and tree-lined squares are filled with the bustle of the cafés and – this being Italy – any number of gelataria. Perhaps take the cable car up to modest-by-Alpine-standards Monte Mottarone, from where the views of the distant ‘proper’ Alps are simply stunning.

SHG Hotel Villa Carlotta, Belgirate Half-Board

HHHH

Set in beautiful gardens overlooking the lake, and boasting an outdoor pool and a beachfront for hardier swimmers, this hotel has been welcoming guests since the 19th century. Now under new management, there are a range of amenities, including a restaurant, bar and small shop, as well as free Wi-Fi and well-appointed, air-conditioned rooms with TV, safe deposit box, fridge, telephone and hairdryer. Refurbished Classic bedrooms with a kettle can be booked for a supplement.

Day Six Perhaps saving the best till last, today’s included excursion is to world-famous Swiss resort Zermatt, towered over by the craggy pyramid of the Matterhorn. Travel via the Simplon Pass into Switzerland, climbing high into the Alps, hoping for clear skies to catch your first sight of perhaps the world’s most photographed peak. Take the optional journey on the famous Gornergrat Railway, an experience enjoyed by countless passengers for over 100 years, heading through alpine meadows to the summit station, and from where, on a clear day, some 29 peaks – including of course the Matterhorn – and great glaciers form a spectacular, unforgettable view. Head out on a mountain trail or simply take in the view before enjoying lunch in the mountain restaurant – truly a ‘top of the world’ experience. R  eturn to Belgirate this evening. Day Seven A final day to soak up the atmosphere of this idyllic corner of the world brings the chance, perhaps, to enjoy a last cruise on the water, or a long leisurely lunch. Alternatively join our optional excursion to the stately capital of Piedmont, Turin, nestled at the foot of the Alps and boasting a Baroque heart at glittering odds with its industrious reputation. Wander down via Roma, with its ultra-chic stores, cross grand Piazza San Carlo with its elegant facades, and perhaps pause for coffee and a pastry – a Torinese ‘must-do’ – in any number of ornate, traditional cafés. Petrolheads might head for the city’s predictably fine motor museum – Fiat once employed over 120,000 of its inhabitants – while the curious might check the cathedral, where the fabled Turin Shroud is kept under lock and key. A  farewell dinner is served in the hotel this evening. Day Eight Bid “Arrivederci” to Maggiore’s beautiful shores, and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

Gornergrat Railway and the Matterhorn

See page 316 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

61


Food & Wines of Northern Italy – a Gourmet Tour This very special Small-Group Tour to beautiful Lake Garda is guaranteed to set the taste buds alight.

6-day escorted holiday from £799

Celebrity chef Marcello Franceschi

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy five nights in elegant Riva del Garda • Don an apron, learn culinary secrets and cook alongside a celebrity chef, enjoying a gourmet dinner with paired wines in the surroundings of an Italian fortress • Visit the famous Liviero Estate Valpolicella vineyard and olive oil producer to enjoy tastings and lunch • Spend a day savouring the delights of Riva and its surroundings • Visit ancient, riverside Borghetto sul Mincio and learn the art of Tortellini-making before sitting down to a special lunch • Cooking demonstrations • Five nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel RivaMia, Riva del Garda • Two special lunches and a gourmet dinner • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

njoy a holiday with a difference, as you join a small group of like-minded people in the splendid surroundings of Riva del Garda, on the lake’s mountain-backed northern shores, for a few days of rest and relaxation punctuated by opportunities to indulge in some wonderful food prepared by celebrated and highly skilled chefs, accompanied by some fine regional wines. You’ll also head ‘off the tourist trail’ to some wonderful places on this very special break.

Day One Fly to Italy, meet your tour manager and transfer to Riva del Garda and your newly refurbished hotel in the delightful old town of this stylish and elegant lakeside resort. Rest and relax after the journey and, dependent on your arrival time, enjoy a first dinner, either at the hotel or in one of a host of restaurants and trattorie throughout the town. Day Two Spend the morning getting to know your surroundings. The most northerly of the Lake Garda’s resorts, Riva is a stylish, elegant town, which served as an important port and link between the Alpine north and Mediterranean south for centuries. In addition to its delightful restaurants, bars and cafés, clustered around the harbour, the town boasts a fascinating civic museum within a shore-side moated castle.

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, Mar to May 2020

Fly direct from • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

NEW Small-Group Tour

Riva del Garda Borghetto sul Mincio

Nago

Lake Garda

Fumane

Italy

After the chance perhaps for a light lunch overlooking the harbour, this afternoon you’ll board a coach for the short journey up to Nago, a beautiful village overlooking the lake and set beneath the ruins of Penede Castle. Here, in a converted former military fortress, the delightful ‘Forte Alto’ (Old Fort) restaurant is presided over by well-known ‘celebrity’ chef Marcello Franceschi, whose reputation is for combining the flavours of Trentino cooking into beautifully presented modern dishes. Enjoy a welcome drink and learn the story of the fortress and the restaurant, before donning your apron to cook alongside Chef Marcello, who will reveal the secrets behind regional speciality Carne Salada, a pressing of beef infused with herbs and spices. You’ll also join in the

62

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


The Italian Collection Riva del Garda

Liviero Estate

Riva del Garda

preparation of regional breads and pasta, as well as a signature dessert before, taste buds awakened, you sit down in the beautiful, romantic restaurant with its distant views of the lake below, to a fine meal, accompanied with paired wines and finished with coffee. You’ll return, no doubt happily well fed, to Riva this evening.

Your Hotel

Day Three A second day of ‘gourmet exploration’ sees you journey into the heart of the rolling Valpolicella wine-growing area north of Verona, where close to the beautiful village of Fumane and its famous prehistoric cave, the ‘agriturismo’ farm of Costa degli Ulivi sits in an elevated position surrounded by vineyards and olive trees. Learn how the estate goes about producing high quality wines and olive oil using natural methods, and over a delicious threecourse lunch of regional specialities sample three of the celebrated Valpolicello wines – Classico, Ripasso and most famously Amarone – all of which have raised the standards of wine-growing in the area. After an opportunity to buy some wine to take home, as well as some of the farm’s home-made jams, marmalades and honey, return once again to Riva for the evening.

RivaMia Hotel, Riva del Garda Bed & Breakfast

HHH

Recently completely refurbished, this delightful small, 16 room hotel, in the heart of the old town and just 150 yards from the harbour, offers a traditional restaurant and pizzeria, a bar and simply furnished rooms offering TV, telephone and free Wi-Fi. The hotel is an ideal base for your short stay, especially given its proximity to a number of traditional Trentino–style restaurants and trattorie.

Day Four Today is free to spend at leisure in Riva. Perhaps board a ‘tourist train’ for a relaxed tour, or climb the town’s 13th-century clock tower for a much more energetic view of things. The lakeside promenade winds its way around the shore to Torbole, three kilometres away, with the sight of the windsurfers providing a colourful backdrop on the water. Riva’s busy port is the place to board several lake steamers, not only to visit the nearby resorts of Limone, Torbole and Malcesine, but, perhaps aboard a fast hydrofoil, to explore the distant southern reaches of the lake. No doubt a long lunch or enjoyable evening meal – or both – might form part of the day’s pleasures. Day Five The final included ‘foodie’ excursion sees you head beyond the lake’s southern shores to the heart-stoppingly beautiful village of Borghetto sul Mincio, which lies with its equally enchanting neighbour Valeggio on the bank of the Mincio River, which divides the Veneto from Lombardy. Dotted with ancient watermills and colourful, flower-decked houses, Borghetto is not only celebrated as one of the ‘prettiest villages in Italy’, but is famed in culinary circles as the birthplace of the ‘Love Knot’ tortellini. At the well-known I Giardini di Borghetto restaurant, you’ll learn about the legend behind the pasta shape, and see a demonstration from celebrated local tortellini chef ‘Ivana’, after which you’ll enjoy a lunch of – of course – tortellini and Sbrisolona, an almond and hazelnut cake made to an historic Lombardian recipe – accompanied by a glass of local Bardolino wine. After a chance to wander the pretty streets of Borghetto and Valeggio, re-board the coach to journey back to Riva for a last evening. Day Six Bid “Arrivederci” to your hosts and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a marvellous tour crammed with culinary experiences.

Valpolicello Vineyard

See page 316 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

63


NEW for 2019

Grand Cities of Italy Immerse yourself in the wonders of Italy on this extended, hugely popular tour combining rest, relaxation and exploration.

Colosseum, Rome

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Combine four nights on Garda’s shores with five more in a celebrated Tuscan spa • Explore exquisite Verona – fabled city of ‘star-crossed lovers’ – and breathtakingly romantic Mantova – the ‘world’s most romantic city’ • Spend a day in incomparable Venice, La Serenissima • Take in the Renaissance majesty of Florence • Explore timeless Siena and San Gimignano – Tuscan hilltop gems • Discover the wonders of Rome, the Eternal City • Enjoy free days of rest and relaxation • Nine nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel Riva del Sole, Moniga del Garda and the four-star Hotel President, Chianciano Terme • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

xperience the magic of some of Europe’s finest cities on this delightful, ten-day, two-centre tour that combines leisurely days and balmy evenings with unforgettable tours of ‘must-see, must-do’ Italian gems. From Romeo and Juliet’s ‘fair Verona’ to exquisite Mantova, from incomparable Venice to timeless Florence, and from Tuscan gems Siena and San Gimignano to Eternal City Rome, this is Italy at its mesmerising best, full of warmth, charm, fine food and wine – La Dolce Vita indeed.

Day One Fly to Italy, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel in Moniga del Garda. Settle into your surroundings, and depending on the time of your arrival, enjoy a first dinner. Day Two A first included excursion is to charming Verona, its historic centre fashioned in pink marble. Take a seat in one of the numerous pavement cafés that line the Piazza Bra, opposite the vast Roman amphitheatre, or wander the maze of 13th-century streets that Shakespeare brought to life in his timeless tale of doomed love.

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from

Verona

Moniga del Garda

• Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Mantova

Venice

Florence San Gimignano

Siena Chianciano Terme

Italy Rome

64

10-day escorted holiday from £1,069

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 ontinue on to Mantova, dubbed the C ‘world’s most romantic city’. Surrounded by beautiful lakes, its ancient streets and squares lined with ornate palazzi and with a skyline of turrets and towers straight out of an ‘Arabian Nights’ fantasy, Mantova is a delight. Return to Moniga for dinner. Day Three Spend a free day in the hotel and its surroundings, perhaps relaxing on the terrace, with its wonderful views, wandering down to the shore or perhaps even exploring the 10th-century castle above the village. Famed for its rosé wine, Moniga is surrounded by vineyards and olive groves, and boasts a medieval heart of narrow streets and alleyways. The major towns of Desenzano and Sirmione


The Italian Collection Verona Verona

San Gimignano

Venice

are a short distance away by bus, taxi or lake steamer, should you wish to head elsewhere for lunch in the sunshine.

Your Hotels

Day Four Journey today to incomparable Venice, enjoying a walking tour of this breathtakingly beautiful place, with its innumerable bridges, gondolas and water taxis plying their trades on the Grand Canal. Vast St Mark’s Square, with its cathedral, clock tower and Doges’ Palace is one of the world’s great sights, while close by, joining the palace to the prisons, the famous ‘Bridge of Sighs’ afforded condemned men a last view of the beauty of Venice. Take a seat in a St Mark’s café to watch the world go by, or perhaps simply wander through the narrow streets that radiate away from the heart of this endlessly fascinating city. Day Five Bidding farewell to Garda’s shores, travel south to Florence, to see for yourself the magnificent Florentine skyline, dominated by the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, and to explore the splendour of Santa Croce and the beautiful Ponte Vecchio bridge. Florence is home to the Accademia and Michelangelo’s fabled ‘David’, and the Uffizi, where Botticelli’s famous ‘Birth of Venus’ can be admired (entrances payable locally).  ontinue to Chianciano Terme, your second holiday ‘base’, and C enjoy dinner in the hotel. Day Six Head into the Tuscan hills to Siena, one of Europe’s most perfectly preserved medieval cities, with its shell-shaped piazza il Campo, home each year to the traditional Palio horse race. After the opportunity for lunch, journey to San Gimignano, with its beautiful towers, medieval walls and cathedral, before returning to Chianciano for dinner. Day Seven The delights of the hotel and Chianciano are yours to savour today. The spa town boasts a wonderful climate and waters that have drawn visitors from far and wide for centuries. Book a spa treatment, explore the old hill town above or enjoy the many small bars, cafés and restaurants.

Hotel Riva del Sole, Moniga del Garda Half-Board

HHHH nights 1-4

In Garda’s sun-kissed southwest corner, overlooking the lake and the mountains beyond, and close to Desenzano, this family-run hotel sits in an elevated position 200 metres from the blue waters. A terrace and outdoor pool, breakfast room/restaurant, as well as well-appointed, air-conditioned rooms with TV, safe and hairdryer, ensure a pleasant stay.

Hotel President, Chianciano Terme Half-Board

HHHH nights 5-9

Boasting a roof-top pool and bar, with panoramic views of the surrounding Tuscan hills, this four-star hotel is a short distance from the town’s spas, and offers air-conditioned rooms with a balcony, TV and refrigerator. There is a restaurant serving Tuscan cuisine and buffet breakfast, a garden and games room. Free Wi-Fi is also available throughout.

Day Eight The last included excursion sees you spend a day in glorious Rome, one of the most fascinating cities on Earth. Upon arrival, enjoy a guided tour taking in the Colosseum and the Forum, centre of Ancient Rome, the great basilicas of the early Christian Church, and the Baroque fountains into which many a coin has been thrown. In the Vatican City, across the Tiber, great St Peter’s looks over the vast Square, while the nearby Sistine Chapel houses Michelangelo’s fabled frescoes.  ander through elegant piazzas, delightful gardens and sophisticated W shopping streets like the Via Condotti, relax in a pavement café and watch the Roman world go by, and soak up the atmosphere of the city that invented la dolce vita, before returning to Chianciano. Day Nine Enjoy a last, restful day in Chianciano, before a final dinner offers a chance to look back over the past wonderful few days. Day 10 Bid “Arrivederci” to your Tuscan hosts, and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

Florence

See page 316 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

65


Portofino, Florence & Tuscany Discover and explore one of the Mediterranean’s most exclusive corners, the beautiful Tuscan countryside and the stunning ‘Renaissance Cradle’.

8-day escorted holiday from £839

Portofino

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a week’s stay in one of Tuscany’s most celebrated spa resorts • Discover elegant Santa Margherita Ligure’s stunning bay • Pay a visit to chic Portofino, one of the Mediterranean’s most exclusive corners • Enjoy Pisa and Lucca, two Italian gems • Spend a day in breathtaking Florence, the enthralling ‘Cradle of the Renaissance’ • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Belvedere, Montecatini (upgrade hotels available for a supplement) • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Bournemouth • Bristol • Durham Tees Valley • East Midlands • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Certaldo, Volterra & San Gimignano Day Seven – £48

Dolce Vita, as from your elegant spa base, you journey to the famous Ligurian coastal resorts of Santa Margherita and ultra-chic Portofino, long-time exclusive hideaway. On a captivating tour exuding Italian charm, colour and warmth, you’ll also take in Florence, the exquisite ‘Cradle of the Renaissance’ and one of Italy’s most stylish cities, as well as Pisa and Lucca, two more Tuscan gems.

Day One Fly to Italy, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and board the coach for the transfer through the Tuscan countryside to Montecatini. Day Two Today is free for you to get to know the hotel and surroundings of this historic spa resort, perhaps paying a first visit to Montecatini Alto for its stunning views, and perhaps enjoying a leisurely lunch.

Available May to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Step into places that are the living embodiment of La

Day Three Join the first of the included excursions to the beautiful Ligurian coast, where some of Italy’s most famous resorts are dotted along the shoreline, backed by wooded hills. A mecca for visitors from the four corners of the globe, elegant Santa Margherita Ligure overlooks a stunning bay, and lies at the eastern end of the Portofino headland. Spend some time exploring the resort, then board a boat for a trip along the coast to discover its ultra-chic neighbour, the world-renowned ‘jet-set’ watering-hole of Portofino itself, which Santa Margherita despite the crowds, the glitz and the glamour, Portofino remains one of the Mediterranean’s most Montecatini idyllic settings. Lucca

Pisa

Florence Volterra

Italy

66

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Four The second included tour is to two true Italian gems. You’ll first visit the wonderful city of Pisa, where, in the company of our guide, there’ll be an opportunity to explore this mesmerising medieval treasure trove, built on the banks of the River Arno, and where the broad green swathe of the Campo dei Miracoli (Field of Miracles) is home not only


The Italian Collection

Leaning Tower of Pisa

Florence

to the startling ‘leaning tower’ but also the huge circular Baptistery, the great marbled Duomo and the colonnaded Campo Santo cemetery. Following a fascinating visit, you’ll reboard the coach for the journey to the elegant walled city of Lucca, a simply delightful Renaissance jewel that was the birthplace of the composer Puccini. The city’s most famous son is celebrated with a museum at his home. Elsewhere, the ancient cathedral, the Torre della Ore and the exquisite Piazza Anfiteatro, built around the Roman amphitheatre, are amongst the ‘must-sees’ in this charming city. Day Five Enjoy another day of gentle exploration in Montecatini, savouring the atmosphere of the spa-town. Day Six Today will be one of the undoubted highlights of the holiday, as you enjoy our included tour of truly stunning Florence, which is for many the country’s most beautiful city. Today there’s a chance to see for yourself the magnificent Florentine skyline, dominated by the dome of the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, and to explore the splendour of Santa Croce and the medieval Ponte Vecchio bridge, spared by the retreating Nazis because of its timeless beauty. Of course, Florence is the city of both the Acaddemia, which houses Michelangelo’s fabled statue of David, and the Uffizi, where Botticelli’s famous ‘Birth of Venus’ can be admired, should you choose to visit the galleries (payable locally), and you will no doubt want to rest awhile in one of the city’s countless eateries. Day Seven Relax in the resort, or join today’s optional excursion, which heads into the Tuscan countryside to explore the exquisite hill towns of Volterra, Certaldo and UNESCO-listed medieval gem San Gimignano. Set high above the Cecina and Dell’Era valleys, Etruscan Volterra is beautifully preserved, with its ancient walls surrounding a medieval core, at the heart of which is a stunning Romanesque cathedral and the ornate Piazza del Priori, lined with beautiful palazzi. You’ll also take in the Roman amphitheatre, uncovered in 1951.

Your Hotel Choices

Hotel Belvedere, Montecatini  HHH Half-Board Price from £839 Close to the spa-town’s centre, and opposite the famous Tettuccio Spa, this popular standard three-star hotel offers a bar and lounge, reception, lift and spacious restaurant. The simply furnished, air-conditioned bedrooms offer satellite TV, a hairdryer and a telephone. Rooms with a small balcony are available for a supplement.

Hotel Adua, Montecatini HHHH Half-Board Price from £902 This family-owned, centrally located hotel, a short walk from the resort’s amenities boasts a bar, lounge, reception, outdoor pool, dining room and lift. A wellness centre offers a full programme of beauty treatments (payable locally). Stylishly furnished rooms have hairdryer, telephone, satellite TV, air conditioning, mini-bar and safe. Balcony rooms are available for a supplement.

Hotel Manzoni, Montecatini HHHH Half-Board Price from £902 Close to the baths, this hotel offers comfort in abundance, with outdoor pool, superb wellness centre pools, whirlpool and sauna (some facilities payable locally) and gym. Elegant public rooms, free Wi-Fi, a beautiful restaurant and classically decorated rooms, with air conditioning, TV and safe complete the offering. Balcony rooms are available for a supplement.

 o less fascinating is the charming ‘twin-town’ of Certaldo, the N ‘newer’ lower town nestled beneath the upper, fortified Certaldo alto, with its ancient gates and defensive walls. Saving the best till last, San Gimignano, with its fairy-tale towers rising from the hill-top village, is one of the finest sights in all Italy, and a fitting crowning glory to a wonderful holiday. Day Eight Bid farewell to your Tuscan hosts as you journey back to the airport and the return flight, at the end of a marvellous holiday.

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

67


NEW Small-Group Tour

Tuscan Food & Wines – a Gourmet Tour Combine the tastes of Tuscany with its medieval hill towns and Renaissance jewels on this very special Small-Group Tour.

6-day escorted holiday from £879

Tuscany

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy five nights in a Chianti-countryside hotel • Learn the secrets of Tuscan cuisine at a Florence cookery school, under the tutelage of a skilled chef • Guided walking tour of magnificent, Renaissance cradle Florence • Full day tour of Tuscan gems Pisa and Lucca, with tastings of regional specialities • Visit stunning hill towns Volterra and San Gimignano • Taste celebrated Tuscan wines and olive oils at Podere la Marronaia estate • Sit down to lunch in an historic Tuscan farmhouse restaurant • Five nights’ bed and breakfast accommodation at the four‑star Park Hotel Chianti, Tavarnelle Val di Pesa • Two special lunches, food or wine tastings each day • Return flights to Pisa • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Mar to May 2020

Fly direct from • Bristol • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Lucca Pisa Volterra

J

oin like-minded people for a memorable break amongst the rolling Tuscan hills, exploring some of Italy’s most delightful corners, and enjoying the opportunity to sample and to learn about the region’s renowned food and wines. Spend a morning at a very special cookery school in Florence, before discovering the glorious city, take in Pisa and Lucca, enjoying more regional treats, and complete a wonderful stay with a visit to a Tuscan vineyard beneath fabled San Gimignano, and a traditional farmhouse lunch.

Day One Fly to Italy, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel close to the village of Tavarnelle Val di Pesa, at the gateway to the rolling, vineyard-dotted Chianti hills. Rest and relax after the journey, settle into your surroundings, and perhaps head to a nearby restaurant for dinner or dine in the restaurant adjacent to the hotel. Day Two A very special day awaits you, as after breakfast you make the short journey north to the majestic city of Florence, one of Italy’s most sparkling jewels, and home to the well-known Giglio Cookery School. This morning, under the expert eye of Chef Marcella, you will be introduced to some of the techniques and ingredients of Tuscan cuisine, famous for its fresh vegetables, herbs, olive oils, rich sauces and pastas. Join the chef and cook fresh tagliatelle with tomato sauce, a rich Tuscan chicken dish and learn the art of the perfect tiramisu, before sitting down to enjoy the fruits of your morning’s labours, accompanied by complimentary wine.

Florence Tavarnelle Val di Pesa San Gimignano

Italy

68

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 his afternoon, walk off your lunch on a T guided tour of the ‘cradle of the Renaissance’, with its magnificent domed churches, ancient piazzas and medieval Ponte Vecchio bridge, lined with tiny stores and craftsmen’s workshops, before returning to the hotel this evening.


The Italian Collection

Florence

San Gimignano

Day Three A second day’s exciting exploration sees you discover and explore Pisa and Lucca, two Tuscan cities full of breathtaking architectural treasures and resonating with rich history.

Your Hotel

In Pisa, a mesmerising medieval treasure trove, like Florence built on the banks of the River Arno, the broad green swathe of the Campo dei Miracoli (Field of Miracles) is home not only to the startling ‘leaning tower’ – perhaps Italy’s most enduring landmark – but also the huge circular Baptistery, the great marbled Duomo and the colonnaded Campo Santo cemetery. Discover the sights, and also sample the local Cecina focaccia bread, made with chick peas.  he elegant walled city of Lucca was the birthplace of the T composer Puccini, and the city’s most famous son is celebrated with a museum at his home. Elsewhere, the ancient cathedral, a medieval clock tower, the Torre delle Ore and the exquisite Piazza Anfiteatro, built around the Roman amphitheatre, are amongst the ‘must-sees’ in this charming city, while those with a sweet tooth will delight in the famous Buccellato cake, filled with sultanas, raisins and aniseed.

Park Hotel Chianti, Tavarnelle Val di Pesa Bed & Breakfast

HHHH

Four kilometres from the centre of the hill village, in a rural location, this small, modern family-owned hotel, with its comfortable, air-conditioned rooms offering a telephone, mini-bar, TV, safe and free Wi-Fi, boasts a beautiful garden, outdoor pool and solarium. and tennis court. Breakfast is served at the hotel, and there is a restaurant adjacent to the hotel where dinner may be taken at your leisure.

 wonderful day is completed with a visit to beautifully preserved, A Estruscan Volterra, set high above the Cecina and Dell’Era valleys. Ancient walls surround a medieval core, at the heart of which is a stunning Romanesque cathedral and the ornate Piazza del Priori, lined with beautiful palazzi. You’ll also take in the Roman amphitheatre, uncovered in 1951. Day Four Today’s included excursion heads into the Tuscan countryside, where, beneath the famous multi-towered hill town of San Gimignano, the charming farmhouse of Podere La Marronaia surveys its vineyards and olive groves. Enjoy a tasting of locally produced wines, including crisp Vernaccia di San Gimignano, one of Italy’s finest white wines, and hand‑harvested Chianti Colli Senesi red. There’s also an opportunity to taste several organic olive oils, both extra virgin and flavoured varieties, as you enjoy appetisers and snacks to complement the produce.  he afternoon is free to explore fabled, walled San Gimignano, where 14 T of what were formerly 72 towers overlook the town’s maze of medieval streets and piazzas, and look out over the rolling countryside beneath and beyond this exquisite place. Day Five A last enjoyable day is crowned by a typical Tuscan lunch in the heart of the nearby hill village of Tavarnelle Val di Pesa. An ancient enclave of fortifications, crumbling monasteries, beautiful churches and ornate palazzi, this is a perfect place in which to wander before you are welcomed to lunch by Chef ‘Tosca’, who will prepare a delicious three-course menu of local specialities.  ith plenty of time to rest and relax at the hotel, and the services of your W tour manager who will bring to life the region, its history and its distinctive cuisine, this a delightful way to end an enjoyable ‘Taste of Tuscany’ tour. Day Six Bid “Arrivederci” to your hosts and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a marvellous tour crammed with unforgettable sights and gourmet experiences.

Giglio Cooking School, Florence

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

69


Capri, Pompeii & the Amalfi Coast Discover the charm and warm hospitality of the Neapolitan Riviera, one of the Mediterranean’s most highly favoured corners.

8-day escorted holiday from £855

Capri

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend a week in the blissful surroundings of the Neapolitan Riviera • Visit the extraordinary ruins of Roman city Pompeii • Discover and explore colourful, historic Naples • Journey along the famous Amalfi Drive, one of Europe’s most scenic coastal roads • Enjoy a full day on the enchanting Isle of Capri • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Villa Igea, Sorrento (upgrade hotels available for a supplement) • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

From your base in a choice of excellent hotels close to the

famous resort of Sorrento, above the blue bay of Naples, enjoy four wonderful guided excursions. Experience historic Naples and discover the ruins of Pompeii, where Roman time stands still; spend a day on the enchanting Isle of Capri, beloved haunt of artists and writers, and sit back in wonderment as you enjoy the breathtaking drive along the fabled Amalfi Coast, overlooking glorious scenes of picture-postcard perfection.

Day One Fly to Italy, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and board the coach for the scenic journey to the Bay of Naples, and on to your chosen hotel. Day Two Today is free for you to rest and relax at leisure, either enjoying the facilities of the hotel, or perhaps venturing into the centre of delightful Sorrento. The town, perched upon its cliff-top, seems built between the sky and the sea, and offers everything required for an enjoyable stay. Its colourful, beating heart is the Piazza Tasso, pedestrianised in the evenings, when the bars and cafés that surround it become a perfect place to watch the locals, dressed in their ‘Sunday best’, enjoying the nightly passeggiata.

Apr to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Belfast • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Countryside Tour (three-quarter day) Day Five – £51 Rome

Italy

Naples Capri

70

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Pompeii Sorrento

 n the shore, two tiny ports are backed O by even tinier beaches and several boardwalks dotted with beach-huts and sun-loungers, while on the water, pleasure-craft of all shapes and sizes, as well as the occasional cruise ship, add to the colourful scene. Day Three Today’s included excursion begins with the truly awe-inspiring ruins of Roman Pompeii, destroyed – yet miraculously ‘preserved’ – by the eruption of nearby Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD. Buried and forgotten for hundreds of years, Pompeii was rediscovered in


The Italian Collection

Positano

Naples Amphitheatre, Pompeii

Pompeii

the 18th-century, since when excavations have continued to reveal more and more of this ancient, once magnificent city, with its villas, temples and frescoed houses giving a very vivid insight into Roman life.  ou’ll then journey around the bay, passing the brooding hulk Y of the famous volcano to one of Italy’s most colourful cities, the great southern Italian capital Naples. Highlights of a guided tour will include Garibaldi and Plebiscito squares, in the UNESCO-listed heart of the city, with their fine statues, the lively ‘Spaccanapoli’ quarter, San Carlo Opera House – second only in importance to Milan’s famed La Scala – and the Royal Palace. You’ll also take in the medieval, turreted Castel Nuovo, the legendary ‘Egg Castle’ and the spectacular view from Posillipo Hill, which rises up above the city, before you return to Sorrento at the end of a wonderful day. Day Four One of the most scenic coastal roads in Europe – the famous Amalfi Drive – forms the backdrop for today’s included excursion, as fantastically shaped rocks plunge vertically into the sea and dizzy bridges span deep gorges, while in contrast, the gently-contoured hillsides are covered in vines, fruit and olive trees. Take in the view above the town of Positano, with its Moorishstyle pink and white houses, and enjoy a visit to beautiful Amalfi, a thriving holiday resort with houses rising up the hillsides and a main square dominated by the beautiful cathedral. Your final visit will be to Ravello, with its alleys, stairways and roofed passages clinging to the mountainside, and from which vantage points the views are spectacular. Day Five Rest and relax in Sorrento, or join today’s optional excursion, which will journey into the countryside of Campania, and will include a fascinating insight into some of the traditions and cuisine of the region. Begin with a walking tour of Sorrento’s oldest quarters, and visit a local wine cellar, an ancient olive press and a working mozzarella farm, where the famed buffalo ‘cheese’ is still hand-made. There will be opportunities to taste and purchase the regional produce, and your day will also include a scenic drive through some of the Sorrentine peninsula’s smaller towns, where spectacular views of the due golfi – Naples and Salerno – add to the enjoyment of the day. Day Six Today will prove one of the highlights of the holiday, as you embark on the 20-minute jet foil crossing from Sorrento across the Bay of Naples to the wonderful Isle of Capri, one of the Mediterranean’s treasures and a famous hideaway of poets and artists. On arrival, a mini-bus will take you to the picturesque village of Anacapri on the slopes of Mount Solare. There will also be time for those who wish to take a chair lift ride to the summit of Solare (fare not included). You’ll continue to the island’s main town to visit the Augustus Gardens, overlooking the Canzone del Mare, former home to the legendary Gracie Fields. There will also be time for an optional boat trip to the famous ‘Blue Grotto’. Day Seven Spend a last day enjoying the surroundings of the hotel, Sorrento and all its charms. Day Eight It’s “Arrivederci, Italia” today as you transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a marvellous Southern Italian holiday.

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Your Hotel Choices

Hotel Villa Igea, Sorrento HHH Price from £855 Half-Board This family-run hotel is five-minutes drive from the centre of Sorrento. There is a pool, terrace, garden bar and restaurant. Comfortably furnished, air‑conditioned rooms offer free Wi-Fi, TV, hairdryer and balcony. Rooms with a sea view are available for a supplement.

Hotel Girasole, Sorrento/Sant’ Agnello Half-Board

HHH

Price from £880

This delightful hotel with a stunning garden and pool, a bar, lounge and restaurant, is situated one mile from the centre of Sorrento. Tastefully furnished air-conditioned rooms have a hairdryer, TV, telephone and balcony. Rooms with a garden view are available for a supplement.

Hotel Carlton, Sorrento Bed & Breakfast

HHHH

Price from £913

The hotel has a colourful garden, a pool, sun terrace, breakfast room, snack bar and a bar. Although the hotel does not serve evening meals, there are a host of cafés and restaurants nearby. Rooms offer air conditioning, TV, telephone and a balcony. Rooms with a sea view are available for a supplement.

Hotel Caravel, Sorrento/Sant’ Agnello Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £991

Set in a charming district of Sorrento, this hotel is approximately one kilometre from the resort centre and close to the lift to Marinella Beach. Amenities include an outdoor pool and sun terrace, piano bar and roof-top terrace. All rooms have air conditioning, satellite TV, mini-bar and a safe.

Hotel & Spa Bellavista Francischiello, Massa Lubrense HHHH Half-Board Price from £1,045 Less than three miles from Sorrento, this refined spa hotel offers outdoor and indoor pools, a wellness centre, extensive terracing and a celebrated, much vaunted panoramic restaurant. Air-conditioned rooms boast free Wi-Fi, TV and telephone and balconies with sea view.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

71


Puglia & the South – Undiscovered Italy Enjoy rest and relaxation on the Adriatic shore and take in the oftenoverlooked delights of Italy’s sun-kissed southern ‘high heel’.

Trulli Houses, Alberobello

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights beside the blue Adriatic Sea • Enjoy some relaxed days at leisure at the comfortable hotel • Visit white-washed, medieval Cisternino • Witness hilltop Ostuni’s white walls gleaming in the Italian sun • See Alberobello’s traditional, conical trulli houses • Discover and explore Baroque treasure-chest Lecce • Discover the UNESCO-listed wonders of Matera’s sassi cave dwellings • Take the chance to visit the fascinating Castellana Caves and historic, circular Locorontodo on an optional excursion • Seven nights’ dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel del Levante, Torre Canne • Return flights to Bari • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

F

ull of included highlights, this hugely enjoyable holiday, based on the shores of the Adriatic, lifts the veil on a fascinating region of Italy. Discover ancient, whitewashed Cisternino, stunning hill-town Ostuni, Alberobello and its conical trulli houses, and visit the extraordinary caves at Matera. A visit to Baroque gem Lecce – the ‘Rome of the South’ – and the opportunity, on an optional excursion, to discover Castellana’s famous cave network, wine-producing Locorotondo and elegant Martina Franca complete a wonderful stay.

Day One Fly to Bari, meet your tour manager and transfer to the beachside hotel in Torre Canne, settling in to your comfortable surroundings and depending on your flight time, perhaps enjoying a refreshing drink on the terrace before dinner this evening.

Available Apr to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Gatwick • Liverpool • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Castellano Grotto & Locorotondo Day Seven – £54

Italy Naples

Day Two Today is free to rest and relax in the hotel and its surroundings. Make the most of the water’s edge location, perhaps take a dip in the pool, pay a visit to the hotel’s fitness centre or simply curl up with a book on a terrace or in a lounge. The energetic might rent a bicycle from the hotel, or stroll into the nearby fishing port and small resort of Torre Canne, with its tiny harbour and working lighthouse. Bari Torre Canne

Alberobello Matera

72

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

8–day escorted holiday from £899

Ostuni Lecce

Day Three The first of the included excursions is a perfect introduction to the unique region of Apulia, or Puglia, beginning with a visit to the whitewashed village of Cisternino, at the gateway to the beautiful, wine-producing Itrian Valley. Boasting a time-weathered medieval quarter of narrow streets and ancient stone palaces, this typically Apulian settlement is a delightful curtain raiser to the stunning hill-town of Ostuni, one of southern Italy’s most sparkling


The Italian Collection Ostuni Hotel del Levante

jewels, with its whitewashed houses and cobbled streets set on three hills. Perfect for wandering, the town’s maze of alleyways opens out over some spectacular views, while the old town’s beautiful squares offer several bars and cafés, from which to watch the world go by.

Your Hotel

Leaving Ostuni, travel back across a vine and olive-covered landscape, dotted with conical trulli houses, to Alberobello. Here, hundreds of these whitewashed, tapered, grey-roofed buildings cluster together to create one of Italy’s most arresting sights. Return to Torre Canne for dinner, at the end of a fascinating day. Day Four The Baroque treasure-chest of Lecce, with its Roman remains, is one of Southern Italy’s most appealing cities. Today’s included tour will include the opportunity to soak up the atmosphere of this historic trading centre, where elegant buildings, ornate churches and marbled courtyards reflect the town’s past importance. Explore the old town, which surrounds the ruins of a great Roman amphitheatre, before returning to Torre Canne in time for dinner.

Hotel del Levante, Torre Canne Half-Board

HHHH

Just steps from the blue Adriatic, and with its own beach in addition to pools and ample sun terraces, this hotel is a perfect base, to which to return at the end of a day’s touring, with a full range of comforts and amenities. Comfortable, air-conditioned rooms offer free Wi-Fi, TV, telephone and hairdryer, and in addition to the outdoor facilities, there is a restaurant, bar and comfortable lounge. Rooms with balcony and rooms with balcony and sea view are available for a supplement.

Day Five Today is another in which to rest and relax at the hotel, perhaps enjoying a dip in the pool or the sea, or catching some sun in the hotel’s gardens. Day Six Perhaps saving the best of the included excursions till last, today sees you head into the neighbouring province of Basilicata, to the enthralling town of Matera, a cultured oasis in the sparsely populated landscape, and famed for its extraordinary sassi. This maze of ancient troglodyte cave-dwellings was inhabited as recently as 40 years ago and is now a UNESCO World Heritage site. Arriving in time for lunch (payable locally), you’ll have the opportunity to discover the history of this fascinating place, with its chiese rupestri – churches hewn from the rocks – and wander through Matera’s ancient streets and colourful piazze. After a fascinating day you’ll head back into Puglia and return to the shores of the blue Adriatic. Day Seven A final day brings the opportunity to rest and relax at the hotel or in Torre Canne, or to join an optional excursion, which will head back into the Apulian countryside, to first pay a visit to the extraordinary caves at Castellana, an underground network of towering stalagmites and stalactites and vast, cool caverns formed over the centuries. Wrap up warm in the cool temperatures before emerging to enjoy a visit to the majestic, whitewashed, circular hill-town of Locorotondo, with its surrounding vineyards famed for their crisp white wines. A visit is made to a local cellar for the opportunity to taste the local production, as well as some regional specialities, before an enjoyable day is completed with a short call in the historic town of Martina Franca, where an enthralling Baroque heart is hidden behind the modern buildings of the new town. Return to Torre Canne for a last evening at the hotel. Day Eight Bid “Arrivederci” to your Apulian hosts, and re-board the coach for the transfer back to Bari Airport and the return flight to the UK, at the end of a holiday in a truly magical corner of Italy.

Locorotondo

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

73


Sardinia & Corsica Two of the Mediterranean’s most captivating islands, one Italian, one French, both blessed with blue skies, warm waters and natural beauty.

8-day escorted holiday from £1,199

Bonifacio port

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend three nights in Sardinian Olbia • Tour the glitzy ‘playground paradise’ of the sparkling Costa Smeralda • Discover ancient Alghero and its offshore ‘sleeping giant’ Capo Caccia • Cross by ferry from Sardinia to Corsica • Discover Corsica’s exquisite hilltop Bonifacio • Enjoy four nights close to Napoleon’s birthplace Ajaccio • A guided tour brings Ajaccio to life • See the amazing rock formations of the Calanches de Piana • Visit idyllic sea-side Porto • Seven nights’ dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation in the four-star Hotel Martini, Olbia, Sardinia and the four-star Suite Home, Porticcio, near Ajaccio, Corsica • Return ferry crossings • Return flights to Olbia • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin us on a wonderful two-centre holiday that combines a three-night stay close to Sardinia’s famed Costa Smeralda, one of Europe’s most celebrated watering holes, with four nights in rugged Corsica, birthplace of the Emperor Napoleon and home to one of the Mediterranean’s most fascinating and diverse landscapes. With some delightful included excursions, and plenty of time in which to rest and relax, this is a perfect way to discover two island paradises in one.

Day One Fly to Olbia, in Sardinia’s northeast corner, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and make the short transfer by coach to the hotel.

Available May to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from

Ajaccio

Corsica Porticcio

Bonifacio Maps not to scale

74

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

ralda

Italy

Gu Po lf o rto f

France

Sme

• Calanques Boat Cruise Day Six – £32

sta

Optional Excursion

Co

• Bristol • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester

Day Two After a relaxed breakfast, board the coach for a leisurely introduction to the sun-kissed playground of the Costa Smeralda, a 20-kilometre stretch of reclaimed and tastefully developed coastline that over the last fifty years has grown to become one of the world’s most celebrated holiday playgrounds and haven to the Mediterranean’s sailing and private motor yacht community. Idyllic hidden coves, stunning beaches fringed by azure waters and backed by fragrant, herb-filled scrubland, tiny offshore islets and the ultra-chic ‘capital’ Porto Cervo, whose church and shopping arcade were Bonifacio both designed by the same architect, all contribute to Olbia the allure of this unique Alghero location. After the tour, Capo Caccia return to the hotel in plenty of time for dinner. Piana

Sardinia

Cagliari

Day Three Today’s included excursion sees you travel to historic Alghero, the principal town of Sardinia’s north, and a thriving fishing port since earliest times. The Old Quarter,


The Italian Collection

Porto Cervo

Statue of Napoléon Bonaparte in Ajaccio

with its 16th-century cathedral and its narrow, cobbled streets, is surrounded by stout battlements linking seven defensive towers. This being Italy, delicious ice cream can be sampled at any number of gelatarie. The long, sweeping promenade stretches away past magnificent beaches, and looks out across the blue waters to distant Capo Caccia, a rocky promontory that in silhouette looks for all the world like a sleeping giant. After a marvellous day you’ll return to Olbia for a last evening in the hotel.

Calanches of Piana, Gulf of Porto

Your Hotels

Day Four Today sees you bid farewell to your Sardinian hosts, to journey to the port at Santa Teresa di Gallura for the sailing across to Corsica, which looms large on the northern horizon. Corsican landfall is made at the exquisite natural harbour and stunning fortified town of Bonifacio, set high upon wind- and waveweathered cliffs, and one of the Mediterranean’s most spectacular locations. The tourist train will take you up to the famous haute ville to enjoy the stunning views, enjoy a drink in one of the cafés that line the quayside, then re-board the coach for the onward journey north through some stunning scenery and your hotel close to Ajaccio for the next four nights. Day Five A half-day guided excursion introduces island capital Ajaccio, birthplace in 1769 of Napoléon Bonaparte. Set on a stunning, sweeping bay, Ajaccio would be a fascinating place even without its associations with the ‘Little Emperor’, with its ancient old town, its countless restaurants and cafés and its towering citadelle, which surveys the colourful vista. After the tour, spend more time in exploration and discovery, or return to the hotel to enjoy rest and relaxation by the pool Day Six A last enjoyable included excursion sees you head to the scenic nature reserve overlooking the blue Gulf of Porto, where the fantastical, UNESCO-listed Calanches are a collection of towering, oddly shaped and eroded, pink granite rock formations, carved by nature over millennia into the shapes of animals and other figures. The road winds through the reserve from sleepy Piana, with its pink houses and spectacular views, then on down to exquisite Porto, a famous resort town with its tiny harbour and pebbly beach overlooked by an ancient watchtower. Spend some time enjoying the surroundings, then re-board the coach for the return journey to Ajaccio, or more likely join the optional 90-minute return boat cruise to Calanques, a beautiful journey that will afford the best views of the towering Calanches from the water.

Hotel Martini, Olbia Half-Board

HHHH nights 1-3 Close to the centre of historic Olbia, overlooking the waters of the harbour and the shore-side park, this comfortable hotel offers bright, comfortable rooms with a TV balcony or patio, free Wi-Fi, and a gym overlooking the views. The hotel is minutes away from the stunning Costa Smeralda beaches, and also offers a restaurant, bar/lounge and sun terrace. Dinner at the hotel is a set menu with two choices.

Suite Home, Porticcio Half-Board

HHHH nights 4-7 Just 100 metres from the sandy beach and the blue waters, with views of Ajaccio across the bay (reached by a short boat journey), this four-star ‘apart-hotel’ offers bright, modern, air-conditioned rooms with a TV, DVD player, free Wi-Fi, terrace, kitchenette and dining area, although accommodation is on a half-board basis with a buffet breakfast at the hotel and dinner taken each evening in the nearby La Colisée restaurant. There is an outdoor pool overlooking the sea, a fitness room and a bar.

Day Seven Spend a last free day enjoying all the pleasures of the hotel or beach. The energetic might hire a bicycle from the hotel, while others head back to explore more of Ajaccio’s delights. The choices – and the pleasures – are yours. Enjoy a last dinner in the hotel. Day Eight Bid farewell to the hotel and Porticcio, as you make the early scenic transfer back to Bonifacio, take the ferry back to Santa Teresa di Gallura and head back to Olbia for the return flight, at the end of a truly wonderful two-island holiday.

Port de Plaisance of Bonifacio, Corsica

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

75


Etna, Taormina & Classic Sicily Enjoy a two-centre holiday that lifts the veil on Italy’s southern island outpost, its treasures and its stunning natural wonders.

Taormina & Mount Etna

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend three nights in the foothills of Mount Etna • Discover Europe’s most celebrated active volcano • Enjoy hill-top Taormina, one of the Mediterranean’s most sparkling treasures • Visit Syracuse, one of Ancient Greece’s most important cities • Spend a day exploring the beautiful Aeolian Islands • Spend four nights in the coastal town of Santa Flavia • Discover and explore Sicily’s colourful capital Palermo • The monastery at Monreale is one of Italy’s greatest glories • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel Orrizonte, Acireale and the four-star Domina Zagarella, Santa Flavia. • Return flights to Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Segesta (full day) Day Seven – £35

Palermo Segesta

C

ombine a three-night stay beneath the towering cone of snow-capped Etna, with a four-night beachside stay close to Sicily’s historic capital Palermo. The holiday includes visits to Etna’s lava-strewn slopes and nearby hilltop Taormina, a memorable day amongst the offshore Aeolian isles and the chance to experience colourful Palermo. A visit to Archimedes’ ancient Syracuse and an opportunity, on an optional excursion, to visit Segesta’s remarkable Doric Temple and mountain-top Erice, complete your enjoyment.

Day One Fly to Sicily, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel. Dependent upon your arrival time, familiarise yourself with your surroundings and enjoy dinner in the hotel. Day Two The first of the included tours takes in fabled Mount Etna and the stunning hill town of Taormina. Situated in a vast natural park, Etna is Europe’s highest active volcano, and the views, especially on clear days, are spectacular, the usually blue sky contrasting with the volcano’s famous snow-capped peak. Taormina is no less stunning, its Greek Theatre – cut into the mountainside and used by the Romans for gladiatorial contests, and now home to modern performances – competing for the audiences’ attention with the peerless Milazzo Cefalù views of distant Etna and the sea. Taormina Mount Etna Acireale

Sicily Syracuse

76

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

8-day escorted holiday from £999

Day Three Unearth the treasures of one of Sicily’s most enthralling historic cities today, as you make the short journey to discover the once impregnable city of Syracuse. Former centre of the Greek empire, the city sits on an offshore island upon which great temples – of Apollo and Athena – were built, and which today, in the intertwined streets of the Old Town, with its harbour and piazza, its great Cathedral and Archaeological


The Italian Collection Syracuse Segesta

Palermo

Museum, echoes with history and fascination. Enjoy a short orientation tour, then spend a fascinating time in exploration – or perhaps enjoying a typically Sicilian lunch – under your own steam.

Your Hotels

Day Four Bidding farewell to Acireale, you’ll journey to the north coast port of Milazzo, where you’ll board the ferry for the one-hour crossing to the glorious, volcanic Aeolian Isles, which rise out of the blue waters. You’ll make landfall on the largest island Lípari, passing Vulcano with its brooding crater, and after docking in Marina Lunga, it’s a short transfer to Lípari Town to spend a pleasant couple of hours, before returning to the mainland to continue on to your second hotel base, close to the typically Sicilian town of Santa Flavia, arriving in time for dinner.

Hotel Orrizonte, Acireale Half-Board

HHHH nights 1-3 Set amongst gardens and shaded by tall palms, this hotel, at the foot of Mount Etna, offers views of the volcano and the coastline. All air-conditioned rooms offer Wi-Fi, TV, safe, mini-bar and a hairdryer, and, in addition to an outdoor pool, the hotel boasts a restaurant overlooking the garden, a pool bar, lounge and bar.

Day Five Rest and relax in the hotel, enjoying its wide range of amenities, perhaps head to the private beach, or even take a short taxi ride into the centre of Santa Flavia, where the ruins of ancient Soluntum and a number of unpretentious fish restaurants serving the daily catch, are amongst the attractions. Day Six Enjoy this morning’s included visit to Palermo, the colourful, frenetic island capital that has been inhabited since prehistoric times. Founded by the Phoenicians, and later home to Carthaginian, Greek and Norman conquerors, the city, once the richest in Europe, offers a glimpse of the entire history of Southern Italy in one place. Enjoy wandering the streets of its four historic quarters, the Quattro Canti, and perhaps watch the colourful, vibrant world go by from a seat in one of the city’s countless bars and cafés. Some five miles west, Monreale’s Benedictine monastery is one of Sicily’s greatest glories, its Norman abbey cathedral a fascinating mix of Romanesque, Byzantine and Arab design. You’ll return to the hotel later this afternoon.

Hotel Domina Zagarella, Santa Flavia Half-Board

HHHH nights 4-7

Some 15 kilometres from Palermo, set high above a blue bay and overlooking typically Sicilian coastal town Santa Flavia and the Capo Zafferano headland, this modern hotel offers outdoor pools and terraces, a tennis court, gym, two restaurants, bars and gardens that lead down to the private beach. Bright, modern rooms offer a TV, free Wi-Fi, hairdryer and a balcony.

Day Seven Make the most of a last full day at the hotel, or join today’s optional excursion, calling first at Segesta, where, high on a hill, sits the remarkable Doric temple, dating from the 4th‑century BC, and the last relic of a settlement pre-dating it by some 800 years.  ontinuing west, you’ll arrive next in Erice, an historic mountain town C whose narrow streets and hidden squares resonate with a sense of times past. Lose yourself in the maze, which stretches from the Norman gate to the ancient castle, built on the site of a magnificent temple, before returning to the hotel for a last evening. Day Eight It’s “Arrivederci, Sicilia” as today you bid farewell to the hotel and transfer back to the airport and the return flight to the UK, at the end of a wonderful exploration of a truly fascinating island.

Santa Flavia

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

77


NEW for 2019

Sicily – Palermo, Agrigento & the Aeolian Islands Combine the relaxed pleasures of a beach holiday with exploration of Italy’s fascinating, sun-kissed southern island outpost.

8-day escorted holiday from £899

Cefalù

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights in a wonderful beachside hotel • Explore historic Palermo’s Quattro Canti • Monreale’s monastery is one of Italy’s greatest glories • Step into the ancient past at Agrigento • Medieval Piazza Armerina sits in wooded hills • Spend a day in the off-shore Aeolian Isles • Enjoy free days of rest and relaxation • Seven nights’ dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Acacia Resort Hotel, near Cefalù • Return flights to Sicily • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

T

o holiday in Sicily might be to journey to the sun, to bathe in some of the Mediterranean’s warmest waters and enjoy some of its best food and wine. Equally, however, it may be to take a passage through time, as you explore a land that was once the centre of the Ancient Greek world, and was temporarily ruled by Roman, Carthaginian, Norman and Spanish conquerors, all of whom have left their marks.

Day One Fly to Sicily, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel on the shores of the Tyrrhenian Sea. Dependent upon your arrival time, perhaps take a stroll along the sand before dinner is served. Day Two Today is free for you to rest and relax at leisure, either enjoying the hotel’s range of amenities, or perhaps venturing into nearby Cefalù, the colourful resort town dominated by a mighty cathedral and the craggy outcrop of ‘La Rocca’ and fringed by a long, sandy beach. The cathedral is home to one of the world’s finest Byzantine mosaics, and the surrounding maze of medieval cobbled streets is a delight to wander through.

May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Madonie Natural Park & Castelbuono (full day) Day Seven – £27

Lipari Palermo

Cefalù

Sicily Agrigento

78

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 onsider climbing to the Temple of C Diana, on the slopes of La Rocca, then rewarding yourself with lunch or an ice cream in one of the many restaurants and pavement cafés in lively Piazza Duomo, in the shadow of the cathedral. Day Three The first included tour takes in the Sicilian capital, Palermo, where the island’s heritage is reflected, not only in its buildings – the Cattedrale, the Royal Palazzo dei Normanni, the Archaeological Museum – and the streets of its four historic quarters (the Quattro Canti), but also in its vibrant,


The Italian Collection Ruins of Castor and Pollox, Agrigento

Temple of Concord, Agrigento

cultured inhabitants who believe their city to be the equal of any on the mainland.

Your Hotel

 fter a fascinating morning and perhaps the chance for A lunch in the city, spend the afternoon exploring Monreale’s great Benedictine monastery and Norman cathedral, with its extraordinary mosaics. Don’t miss the ornate cloisters, or the chance to savour the wonderful view of the capital from this exquisite hill town. You’ll return to the hotel for dinner. Day Four Journey back in time as you explore fabled Agrigento, a vast archaeological area boasting some of the finest and best preserved Ancient Greek relics outside of Greece itself. The magnificent temples of Juno, Lacinia, Concord, Hercules, Zeus and Vulcan are laid out along the Valle dei Templi beneath a ridge upon which an acropolis once stood, and where medieval Agrigento now surveys the scene.

Acacia Resort Hotel, Cefalù  Half-Board

HHHH

Some ten miles west of Cefalù, this stylish, modern hotel complex boasts beautifully landscaped grounds leading down to a private stretch of beach. The wide range of amenities, including a new roof-top spa and vast outdoor pool, offers you opportunities to rest and relax at your leisure or to join in with activities as you wish. Air-conditioned rooms boast TV, hairdryer and telephone, as well as a terrace or balcony.

 his afternoon, heading inland, you’ll call at the medieval town of T Piazza Armerina, set in wooded hills, and close to which the Roman villa at Casale gives a fascinating insight into Imperial life. Return to the hotel, and the present day, in time for dinner. Day Five Today is another left free for you to enjoy the hotel, its amenities and surroundings, including the beach itself. Day Six On today’s included tour, you’ll journey to the Ionian port of Milazzo to board the ferry for the one-hour crossing to the volcanic Aeolian Isles, which rise out of the blue waters. Make landfall on largest island Lipari, passing Vulcano with its brooding crater, and spend a pleasant couple of hours in delightful Lipari Town, set beneath its 1,000-year-old castle. Wander the colourful streets, or head to a remoter corner of the island for a dip in pristine azure waters. The energetic might hire bicycles, the brave a scooter, while the sensible might just enjoy an ice cream in the sun. Return to the mainland this evening at the end of an especially enjoyable day. Day Seven Enjoy a last day soaking up the atmosphere of the hotel and its surroundings, or join an optional excursion that will see you head inland from Cefalù, into the rugged Madonie mountains and their protected natural reserve, home to wildcats and wolves, as well as over 2,500 colourful plant species, and where age-old agrarian practices including sheep farming and olive-growing are continued. You’ll pause for the opportunity to enjoy lunch in stunning hill-top Castelbuono, which with its selection of speciality shops and restaurants serving traditional Sicilian fare, is something of a foodie mecca. You’ll return to the hotel this afternoon to enjoy a last evening and a farewell dinner. Day Eight Bid “Arrivederci” to your Sicilian hosts, and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

Monreale’s Monastery, Palermo

See page 317 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

79


Scandinavia & Iceland The Beautiful Fjords of Western Norway

82

Iceland – Reykjavík & the Northern Lights

84

Tromsø – Northern Lights & Arctic Adventure Break

86

Explore landscapes of rare

beauty and delightful, stylish cities, and enjoy warm welcomes from friendly hosts.

Northern Lights, Norway


The Beautiful Fjords of Western Norway This journey to one of the world’s most delightful destinations is less a holiday and more a treasured souvenir for life.

Kviknes Hotel

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a stay in a wonderful fjord-side hotel • Be treated as honoured guests by the welcoming villagers • Journey by express boat from your hotel through breathtaking scenery to ‘Fjordland Capital’ Bergen • Take the fascinating ‘Fjord-Life’ tour • Explore further the pristine interior on unforgettable optional excursions • Seven nights’ dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Kviknes Hotel, Balestrand on Sognefjord • Return flights to Bergen • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • London City • Manchester • Newcastle • Norwich

Optional Excursions • Jostedal Glacier Day Four – £68 • Norway in a Nutshell Day Five – £198

E

xperience a hugely popular holiday that is a marvellous introduction to one of the world’s most beautiful locations, which for centuries has drawn visitors to its unique landscape of sheer mountainsides plunging into the deep, dark waters. Beyond, its unspoiled hinterland of forests, lakes and pristine glaciers is towered over by soaring peaks, the refuges of sea eagle and reindeer. Few places in the world match the spectacle of this breathtaking corner, which charms and captivates at every step.

Day One Fly to Bergen, meet your tour manager and make the memorably scenic transfer by coach to the idyllic village of Balestrand, on the shores of mighty Sognefjord, and to the warm and welcoming Kviknes Hotel.  ettle in to your room and acquaint yourself with your beautiful S surroundings, before enjoying your first evening in the hotel. Day Two Today is free to get to know Balestrand and its welcoming inhabitants, all of whom are keen to act as hosts for your visit, sharing their love of their beautiful location with you. Sognefjord – at 180 kilometres long, one of the world’s largest and, at 1,300 metres, one of the deepest – has been welcoming guests since the late 19th century, since the first British travellers came in search of clear Jostedal Glacier mountain air and stunning scenery. The village, with its few shops, café, Sognefjord Balestrand bank, historic wooden English church Gudvangen Flåm and neat, white-painted cottages and Bergen stylish artists’ villas, is surrounded by orchards. In springtime the valleys are be-decked with blossom, whilst winter still reigns in the mountains. In the autumn, new snow adorns the peaks, while summer lingers by the fjord, and the forests beyond the fjord-side are

Norway

82

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

8-day escorted holiday from £899

Sweden


Europe & Beyond Bergen

Sognefjord

Øyvind Heen - Visitnorway.com

ablaze with vibrant colour. Whenever you visit Balestrand, the beauty of the natural setting will live long in the memory, as will the warmth of the welcome you receive virtually everywhere you go.

Your Hotel

Day Three The first of the included excursions is an unforgettable day trip, by express boat through the stunning scenery of Western Norway, to historic Bergen, the former Hanseatic trading port that is known as the ‘Gateway to the Fjords’. Join us to explore this city of narrow cobbled streets and medieval houses, with its vibrant harbour area with an open-air Fish Market. Former residence of medieval kings and queens and seat of a university, Bergen was also the birthplace of composer Edvard Grieg, one of Norway’s most famous sons. Don’t miss the chance to stroll through the ancient Bryggen area with its beautifully preserved wooden warehouses, nor the opportunity to view the city from above, by taking the quaint Fløibanen funicular railway to the summit of ‘Mount’ Fløyen. You’ll return to Balestrand in time for dinner. Day Four Rest and relax in your idyllic surroundings, or join today’s optional excursion, to the breathtaking Jostedal Glacier. This formerly impenetrable east-west barrier – mainland Europe’s largest ice-flow, is a mesmerising natural wonder dominating the northern hinterland of the fjords. A visit here is a must, as much for the sight of the glacier itself as for the informative Norwegian Glacier Museum with its fascinating exhibits. Day Five The second optional opportunity is the unmissable ‘Norway in a Nutshell’ excursion. This famous tour is one of the world’s most scenic journeys, by coach, boat and train, across the most stunning parts of the region. The day includes the unforgettable experience of the world famous Flåmsbana branch line train ride from Myrdal to Flåm – a truly remarkable fifty-minute, twenty-kilometre descent of 900 metres down the steep-sided valley – and a two-hour cruise through the spectacular Aurlandsfjord and Nærøyfjord to the tiny port of Gudvangen.

Kviknes Hotel, Balestrand Half-Board

HHHH Kviknes Hotel, which once welcomed the Kaiser and his entourage, is a magnificent, fjord-side, Swiss-style, wooden building, with a modern addition, both set against a breathtaking backdrop of snow-capped peaks. The hotel has fine public areas, including a spacious restaurant overlooking the fjord, large and comfortable lounges and a stylish bar – echoes of a bygone era! We offer a choice of three room types at Kviknes Hotel. Choose the ‘Standard’ Room and you will be allocated a room by the hotelier on the ground floor in the modern building. For a supplement, stay in a room on a ‘Higher Floor’ with a balcony, or in a room with a balcony and truly spectacular ‘Fjord View’, both in the modern bedroom addition, which is connected to the reception area of the main building via a lift. All rooms have satellite TV and telephone.

Day Six Join your guide today for an in-depth look at Fjord Life, on a day spent exploring beautiful Sognefjord, including the fascinating Sognefjord Boat Museum at Kaupanger, with its fine collection of fishing and ‘ice’ boats reflecting Norway’s age-old interaction with the sea and the fjords. Day Seven A final day in Balestrand is free to make the very most of the village and its surroundings, and no doubt to bid farewell to your friendly hosts, before you enjoy a final dinner in the hotel, at the end of a truly unforgettable week in one of the world’s most beautiful corners. Day Eight Bid goodbye to Balestrand, making the scenic way back to Bergen and the return flight to the UK, armed with a treasure trove of wonderful memories.

‘Norway in a Nutshell’ excursion

See page 318 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

83


Iceland – Reykjavík & the Northern Lights Discover Europe’s most surprising capital, explore the ‘Land of Fire and Ice’ and search for a celestial phenomenon.

4- or 5-day escorted holiday from £679

Northern Lights

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A guided tour of Reykjavík, Europe’s most northerly capital • Go in search of the Aurora Borealis – the fabled Northern Lights • On the five-day break, there’s the opportunity to join an excursion to view volcanos and puffins • Three or four nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the Hotel Cabin, Reykjavík (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Reykjavík (Keflavik) • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

njoy a break with a difference, as you fly to the ‘Land of Fire and Ice’ to discover and explore one of Europe’s most surprising, warm and welcoming and most happening cities, together with its surrounding glaciated landscape of smouldering volcanoes, plunging waterfalls, bubbling thermal pools and spouting geysers. With the chance perhaps to witness the extraordinary Aurora Borealis, a sight that has captivated and bewildered generations, this is a simply irresistible few days away.

Available

Four-Day Break

E

Day One Fly to Iceland’s Keflavík Airport, meet your tour manager and make the short transfer into the capital. The rest of the day is free. The fascinating city of Reykjavík, or ‘Smoky Bay’ sits on a promontory jutting into the crystal clear waters of Faxafloi Bay, and is framed by majestic Mount Ejsa. The city’s brightly painted wooden buildings stand in sharp contrast to the stunning beauty of its setting, surrounded by water, distant ice and lava fields dotted with geysers and thermal springs. With a host of restaurants, bars, cafés and shops, Reykjavík justifies its claim to be amongst Europe’s most ‘happening’ cities, despite its remote location. This evening, try any of the countless eateries in the compact centre, which range from the usual ‘fast food’ outlets to a host of restaurants serving traditional Icelandic and international cuisine. Seafood is hugely popular, and don’t miss the Icelandic lamb – said to be the best in the world. With wine notoriously expensive, beer is a refreshingly cheaper option, with the recent opening of several craft breweries adding local choice alongside the international brands.

Feb, Mar, Nov & Dec 2019, Feb & Mar 2020

Fly direct from • Belfast • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Blue Lagoon (half day) Day Two – from £114 • Golden Circle Tour (full day) Day Three – from £99 • Southern Shore Adventure (full day) Day Four (five-day break only) – from £99 Please note: Due to extremely high demand, and in order to avoid disappointment, we strongly recommended that you pre-book your optional excursions in advance.

Thingvellir Reykjavík Keflavik Airport

84

Iceland

Gullfoss Waterfall Strokkur Blue Geyser Lagoon

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two This morning’s included guided tour will be the ideal way to get acquainted with Reykjavík and its surroundings. Amongst the highlights will be the extraordinary ‘Pearl’, a collection of disused water tanks now crowned with a glass dome and converted into a conference centre and meeting place, and from the viewing platform of which you can look out over the city and the harbour beyond.


Europe & Beyond

Gullfoss Falls

Reykjavík

Strokkur Geyser

You’ll take in the Presidential Residence in its idyllic shore-side setting at Bessastaöir, and the brightly coloured fishing town of Hafnarfjord, as well as the Houses of Parliament, the Lutheran Cathedral, the University Quarter and the towering Hallgrim’s Church, Iceland’s tallest – and most memorable – building.

Your Hotel Choices Hotel Cabin, Reykjavík Bed & Breakfast

Set on the promenade overlooking scenic Faxafloi Bay, and a 25-minutewalk from the city centre, the Cabin is a modern, well-equipped hotel offering comfortable rooms with satellite TV, and public amenities which include a restaurant serving buffet breakfast and a lobby bar.

 his afternoon gives you the chance to explore Reykjavík under T your own steam, although many will want to join the optional excursion to the world-renowned ‘Blue Lagoon’ outdoor spa, whose mineral-laden waters have long been recognised for their healthgiving properties and to which no visit to Iceland is complete without a visit. Day Three Today brings the opportunity to experience ‘Iceland in a Nutshell’, on the hugely popular optional Golden Circle tour. Join our tour manager for an unforgettable day that includes visits to the extraordinary sight of Thingvellir, a great lava arena deep in the Continental Rift valley, where the world’s oldest national parliament, the Althing, was established in 930AD, and to Thingvallavatn, Iceland’s largest freshwater lake. You’ll also take in the active geothermal area site where the ‘original’ Geysir is now all but extinct, but where its near neighbour Strokkur spouts impressively every ten minutes or so. The fascinating tour is completed with a visit to the stunning Gullfoss waterfall, perhaps Iceland’s most beautiful natural wonder.  his evening, the highlight of the break will be the included trip T out of the city in search of a sighting of the fabled Aurora Borealis, the celestial wonder caused by the interaction of solar particles with the polar atmosphere during the winter months. Truly aweinspiring, the Northern Lights, should you be lucky enough to view them, are a never-to-be-forgotten sight, and a fitting way to spend your final night.

HH

Price from £679

Hotel Klettur, Reykjavík Bed & Breakfast

HHH

Price from £769 The centrally located Hotel Klettur enjoys an enviable location close to Reykjavík’s main shopping street of Laugavegur, with its many restaurants, and is also a pleasant walk to the elegant harbour and famous Hallgrímskirkja Church. The hotel offers a bar and lounge area, gift shop, breakfast room and reception. The bedrooms have satellite TV, telephone, iron, mini-fridge, safe, and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Day Four Transfer back to the airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a truly wonderful few days.

Five-Day Break Day Four Today gives you the chance to explore Reykjavík under your own steam, although you may want to join the Southern Shore Adventure optional excursion. Your journey into wild, rugged Iceland begins by driving over a lava plateau, descending onto the southern coastal lowlands and crossing Ölfusá, Iceland’s great river. Arrive at Eyrarbakki, a coastal village with many old wooden houses, then continue towards the Eyjafjalla and Mýrdalsjökull glaciers in Southern Iceland, to marvel at the Eyjafjallajokull volcano that famously closed down European airspace in 2010.  ou continue to the impressive Skógafoss waterfall, then on to the Y ice-wall of Sólheimajökull, before reaching the village of Vík í Mýrdal, the southernmost village in Iceland.  fter a lunch break (payable locally) you reach the volcanic black sandy A beach of Reynisfjara that is famous for its bird species, including puffins. Return to Reykjavík to spend your last evening in the Icelandic capital, perhaps dining out or enjoying a taste of the famous nightlife. Day Five Transfer back to the airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a truly wonderful few days. Reynisdrangar Rock Formations, Reynisfjara Beach

See page 318 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

85


NEW for 2020

Tromsø – Northern Lights & Arctic Adventure Break Discover pristine, captivating Northern Norway and search for the magical Aurora from one of the best places to witness their glory.

4-day experience break from £729

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend three nights in the sparkling ‘Gateway to the Arctic’ • Experience the wonders of the Arctic winter • Go in search of the Northern Lights on an included excursion to an ‘Aurora Base Station’ • Visit Tromsø’s Polar Museum, chronicling Arctic exploration through the ages, and take in the waterside Polaria complex • The futuristic ‘Arctic Cathedral’ and the cutting-edge Kunstforening gallery’s modern art collection are amongst the city’s best-known attractions • The Nordnorsk Kunstmuseum features works by Norwegian painters • Beer-lovers can visit ‘the world’s northernmost brewery’ • Enjoy the winter-warming welcome in Tromsø’s colourful bars, restaurants and cafés • Choose from an exciting range of optional excursions, which include opportunities to experience husky dog-sledding, snowmobiling and a coastal safari, and the chance to meet the indigenous, reindeer-herding Sami people • Three nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Thon Hotel Polar, Tromsø (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Tromsø • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Holiday manager in resort

Available Feb & Mar 2020

Fly direct from

• Snowmobile Safari (approx 7 hours) – £170 • Coastal Wildlife Cruise (approx 3 hours) – £155 • Husky Sleigh Safari (approx 5 hours) – £165 • Fjord Cruise (approx 4 hours) – £135 • Sami Reindeer Experience (approx 4 hours) – £125

86

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

J

ourney 200 miles above the Arctic Circle, to northern Norway’s compact, colourful Tromsø. Crowned by its towering cathedral, and home to welcoming bars and restaurants that warm the winter days, vibrant Tromsø is also gateway to the vast, pristine wilderness that lies beyond. Discover the city and its surroundings, and go in search of the celestial wonder of the Northern Lights, a phenomenon that often completes the wonder of a visit to this fascinating corner of Europe.

Day One Fly to Tromsø, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel in heart of the city. Dependent upon your time of arrival, get to know your surroundings and enjoy a first evening in a city renowned for the warmth and welcome of its cafés and bars, and for its range of restaurants serving both Arctic specialities and international dishes of every hue. Accommodation is on a bed and breakfast basis, giving you the chance to enjoy the city’s eateries at your leisure each evening. Days Two and Three The largest settlement beyond the Arctic Circle, Tromsø, with its magnificent cathedral rising grandly from its bustling centre, is a delightful place in which to wander, wrapped up against the cold. Breathe in the pure Arctic air and soak up the atmosphere of a place that during the winter compensates for the short days with a colour and vibrancy and a host of exciting activities.

Norway

• Gatwick

Optional Excursions

Tromsø

Tromsø

Finland Sweden

 xplore the market, held daily in the E Stortorget main square, and enjoy the sight of fresh Arctic fish being landed on the busy quayside. Throughout the winter months, the city’s indoor attractions come into their own. Take in the famous Polar Museum, which pays tribute to intrepid Arctic pioneers, trappers and explorers, including Norwegian heroes Amundsen and


Europe & Beyond Northern Lights, Tromsø

Husky Safari

Nansen. East of the city centre is the stunning, strikingly modern ‘Arctic Cathedral’, or Ishavskatedralen, with its vast stained-glass window and organ built in the shape of a ship just two of its memorable features. The compact Nordnorsk Kunstmuseum features works by Norwegian artists including celebrated Edvard Munch of ‘The Scream’ fame, while lovers of modern art will find much to admire in the striking contemporary collection of the Tromsø Kunstforening gallery.

Your Hotel Choices Thon Hotel Polar, Tromsø Bed & Breakfast

The smaller, boutique-style Hotel Polar is very close to main shopping street Storgata, and offers the same high standards of accommodation as its sister hotel, The Thon, with the breakfast a highlight of the stay in stylish Scandinavian surroundings. Rooms offer complimentary Wi-Fi and TV, and the adjacent restaurant is a popular choice for dinner. There is a fitness centre on site.

 lsewhere in the city, waterside Polaria, with its wide-screen E cinema showing films of Arctic life and the magic of the Northern Lights, and the Ludwig Mack Brewery, claimed to be the world’s northernmost, both draw fascinated visitors. Take the cable car to the summit of Mt Storsteinen for unsurpassed views of Tromsø and its surroundings, and the chance to enjoy a snack or even dinner at the top station.  n exciting range of optional excursions will be available A throughout your stay in Tromsø, which will add immeasurably to the enjoyment of the break. These include an exciting Husky Safari, as you glide over the frozen landscape on a sled pulled by a team of willing dogs, a Snowmobile Safari, driving a tracked vehicle along marked trails through a natural wonderland beneath the Lyngen Alps that surround Tromsø, a Sami Reindeer Experience, when you’ll meet local herders and the animals, enjoying a short sleigh ride, a memorable Fjord Cruise, and a Coastal Wildlife Safari by rigid inflatable, with close-up encounters with Arctic wildlife and marine species.  n unforgettable highlight of your stay will be the included A excursion to an ‘Aurora Base Station’, one of several locations that afford the best chance of glimpsing the extraordinary celestial phenomenon that flickers in the northern skies. Journey out by comfortable coach to the station, where, under hopefully clear skies, you can scan the horizon and await the arrival of the magical lights, actually solar particles entering earth’s atmosphere. With an introductory film shown on the coach, the expert knowledge of a local Northern Lights guide, as well as warm shelter, blankets and – weather-permitting – a campfire, and with hot drinks and traditional sweet cake to enjoy, this is a unique experience to savour and enjoy, with hopedfor views of the amazing aurora to crown it all. At the end of the excursion, return by coach to the hotel.

HHH

Price from £729

Thon Hotel, Tromsø Bed & Breakfast

HHH

Price from £738 This modern, centrally located, hotel is an ideal base for your stay, being within a short distance of many city attractions, bars and cafés. Contemporary, ‘Scandi’-styled rooms offer free Wi-Fi, temperature-controlled heating and comfortable beds, and in addition to a hearty breakfast buffet, there is complimentary tea and coffee available throughout the day. There is a fitness centre on site.

Sami Reindeer Experience

Day Four Your wonderful visit to Tromsø is completed today – perhaps spend a last day enjoying another exciting excursion, before you transfer back to Tromsø Airport and the return flight, at the end of a memorable Arctic adventure.

See page 318 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

87


Portugal, France & Spain Hidden Portugal 

92

Pousadas of Portugal 

94

Carcassonne, Avignon & Provence 

96

The Rhône, Burgundy & Provence 

98

Corsica – Mediterranean Island Idyll 

Porto, Portugal

90

Lisbon, Seville & the Glorious Algarve 

100

Paris, Monet’s Normandy & Brittany 

102

Seville, Granada & Classic Spain 

104

Barcelona, Montserrat & the Pyrenees 

106

Bilbao, San Sebastian & the Vineyards of Rioja 

108

Little Trains of the Pyrenees 

110


Uncover the scenic wonders, hidden delights and fine food and wines of France, Iberia and the ‘Garden Isle’.


Hidden Portugal

Discover a delightful corner of Portugal brimming with fascination, exuding the warmest of welcomes and home to famous wines.

Porto

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover Portugal’s vibrant second city Porto, in its splendid setting above the River Douro • Pay a visit to a port wine lodge • Journey along the scenic Costa Verde • Explore the Vinho Verde vineyards and discover historic Ponte de Lima’s ancient Roman bridge • Explore the historic fishing towns of Póvoa de Varzim and Vila do Conde • Guided visits to Viana do Castelo and Ponte de Lima in the northern Minho region • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Estalagem Santo André, Póvoa de Varzim (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Porto • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly from • Birmingham • Bristol • Gatwick • Humberside • Luton • Manchester • Norwich • Stansted

B

ased in a choice of excellent hotels close to the historic Costa Verde fishing town of Póvoa de Varzim, beautifully set on the glorious Atlantic coast, this hugely popular holiday includes three guided excursions – to Porto, along the coast and into the northern Minho region – as well as opportunities, on further optional tours, to explore the vineyards of the Douro Valley, historic former capital Braga, and Spain’s stunning pilgrimage shrine at Santiago de Compostela.

Day One Fly to Porto, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and board the coach for the short transfer to your chosen hotel. Day Two Our first included excursion, taken in the company of your tour manager, is a full-day visit to Portugal’s second city – known as Porto in the native tongue, and as Oporto elsewhere. The city that gave its name to the country is ancient, time weathered, and clings haphazardly to the hillsides above the beautiful River Douro. During the day there will also be a visit to one of the city’s many famous port wine lodges, the chance perhaps to enjoy lunch in a riverside restaurant and an optional boat trip on the Douro will also be available (paid locally). You’ll return to Póvoa for dinner.

Santiago de Compostela

Optional Excursions • Douro Valley and Régua (full day) Day Three – from £46 • Barcelos & Braga (full day) Day Five – £21 • Santiago de Compostela (full day) Day Six – from £34

8-day escorted holiday from £669

Ponte de Lima Barcelos

Vila do Conde Póvoa de Varzim Porto Régua

Portugal

Spain

Day Three Rest and relax in Póvoa and its surroundings, or join the first of the optional excursions, a guided introduction to the beautiful, wine-producing Douro Valley, taking in the romantic Amarante area and the wonderfully scenic Mesao Frio en route to the small port of Régua, the home of port-wine. There will be a visit to a working quinta, and the opportunity to stroll through the estate’s vineyards as the history of port-wine making is explained. Day Four Today’s included excursion takes in delightful and historic fishing

90

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Ponte de Lima

Bom Jesus shrine

towns of Póvoa de Varzim and neighbouring Vila do Conde, with time to explore its colourful market. Situated north of Porto on the Costa Verde, or ‘Green Coast’, the region is a protected area of outstanding natural beauty. In the summer the town’s population – many of them traditional fishermen – is swollen by the arrival of visitors drawn by the sea air and the beautiful beaches. A selection of shops, bars, cafés and restaurants – most serving freshly caught seafood – as well as the well-known Monumental Casino, ensure Póvoa’s reputation as a pleasant holiday resort. After a chance perhaps to enjoy lunch overlooking the Atlantic waters, continue the short journey to Esposende, famous for its wide beaches, and 17th-century Fort of São Joao Baptista.

Your Hotel Choices

Day Five Today’s full-day optional tour first takes in Barcelos, home to Europe’s largest open-air market – a colourful, bustling hive of activity offering a huge range of locally produced goods. From here you’ll continue to Braga, former catholic capital of Portugal, with its great cathedral, and where the fabled Bom Jesus shrine, standing over 400 metres above sea level, affords marvellous views. Set in the heart of the verdant Minho region in Portugal’s northwest, ancient university seat Braga is one of the country’s oldest settlements and its spiritual capital. Day Six The last of the optional excursions journeys across the border, to fabled Santiago de Compostela, one of Spain’s most historic and beautiful cities. Marvellously preserved, the Romanesque cathedral lies at the city’s heart, perhaps the firstever tourist destination for the thousands of pilgrims who, in medieval times, followed the route along the Camino to Santiago. Day Seven The included tour today takes in the beautiful coastal region of the Minho region, including the typical seaside town of Viana do Castelo, situated on the estuary of the River Lima, and further inland the market town of Ponte de Lima. One of the highlights in Viana do Castelo is the Basilica de Santa Lucia, with wonderful views over the surrounding area. Continue through the Vinho Verde vineyards, to the historic market town of Ponte de Lima, famous for its 18th-century fountain and ancient Roman bridge.

Estalagem Santo André, Póvoa de Varzim Half-Board

HHH

Price from £669

The family-run Santo André, which in our opinion is of a superior three-star standard, is situated beside a long, sandy beach. The centre of Póvoa can be reached on foot along a newly opened two-mile seaside path, or by regular public bus service. All bedrooms have been refurbished and have air conditioning, mini-bar and satellite TV. The public rooms include a restaurant offering panoramic views, a reception with free Wi-Fi, bar and lounge area and outdoor swimming pool.

Axis Vermar Beach Hotel, Póvoa de Varzim Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £711

The well-appointed Axis Vermar Beach Hotel is located next to the beach in the centre of Póvoa de Varzim, and offers an indoor and outdoor swimming pool, tennis courts and table tennis for the energetic, a comfortable bar and lounge areas, a reception and restaurant with glorious sea views. There is also a Wellness Centre. Air-conditioned rooms offer a hairdryer, a mini-bar and a satellite TV.

Porto

Day Eight Bid “Adeus” to this delightful region of Portugal, transferring back to the airport and the return flight to the UK, at the end of a hugely enjoyable stay. Please note: The markets in Vila do Conde and Barcelos will only be open for tours that depart the UK on Thursday or Sunday respectively.

See page 319 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

91

Europe & Beyond

Porto


Lisbon, Seville & the Glorious Algarve Discover and explore two great Iberian cities, and enjoy the warm and welcoming Portuguese holiday haven.

8-day escorted holiday from £579

Lisbon

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a warming stay in Portugal’s sun-kissed holiday haven • Discover and explore the historic Portuguese capital • Visit the stunning ‘City of Flamenco’, breathtaking Seville • Rest and relax in your chosen hotel, and join optional excursions that will bring to life the colour and charm of the Algarve • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Auramar Beach Resort, Albufeira (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Faro • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin us in the heart of Portugal’s celebrated southern coast, a perfect place in which to rest and relax, and in addition to enjoying the warmth and colour of this ever-popular corner of the world, join our friendly tour manager to discover and explore two fascinating cities – one the historic Portuguese capital, and the other the stunning backdrop to Bizet’s Carmen and Mozart’s The Marriage of Figaro. Some enjoyable optional excursions complete the week-long stay.

Day One Fly to Faro, meet your tour manager and transfer by coach to Albufeira and the hotel. Settle in and enjoy your first evening, perhaps heading into town before dinner.

Available Mar, Apr, Nov & Dec 2019, Feb to Apr 2020

Fly direct from • Belfast • Birmingham (2019 only) • Bournemouth • Bristol • East Midlands (2019 only) • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Leeds/Bradford (2019 only) • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Silves & Caldas de Monchique Day Four – £31 • Lagos, Sagres & Cape St Vincent Day Six – £33 • Faro, Olhão & Tavira Day Seven – £34

Portugal

Day Two Today is free to enjoy the facilities of the hotel and its surroundings, perhaps venturing the short distance into Albufeira, to enjoy the atmosphere of the celebrated ‘gateway to the Algarve’. Albufeira started life as a fishing village, and the daily catch is still landed in the harbour and brought straight to the colourful market most mornings. Wander through the narrow streets of the Moorish Old Town, take a seat in a café in the main square, or hunt out bargains in the great selection of shops. Close by, several wonderful beaches vie with the hotel pool for leisurely hours in the sun.

Lisbon

Spain Cape St Vincent

Monchique Olhao Albufeira Faro

92

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Seville

Day Three Journey north today on the fast motorway to explore the wonderful Portuguese capital Lisbon on the included guided excursion. Standing on the River Tagus, from whose estuary explorers set sail for the New World on their Journeys of Discovery, the city is a joy to behold. Don’t miss the extraordinary ornate Manueline architecture of the Belém quarter, or the Baixa, a grid of wide tree-lined avenues fringed with cafés and restaurants,


Albufeira

Seville

as well as strikingly modern new buildings. The bustling Rossio square is thronged with street-sellers and pavement artists. For a hint of the past, stroll the narrow streets of the Alfama district, with its steep stairways leading up to the Castelo de Säo Jorge, or St George’s Castle. After a wonderful day, you’ll return to Albufeira this evening.

Your Hotel Choices

Auramar Beach Resort, Albufeira Half-Board

Set a few metres from its beach of golden sand, the Auramar is a welcoming resort hotel boasting superb sea views from its pools, terraces and gardens, two tennis courts (small charge) and a host of activities and diversions for the energetic. Bright, air-conditioned rooms have a balcony, satellite TV and mini-bar, and the hotel boasts the Panorama restaurant and lobby bar, and there is free Wi-Fi in public areas.

Day Four Many will want to join in today’s full day optional excursion through the wooded hinterland to Monchique. You’ll stop in Silves, the old Moorish capital of the Algarve, before continuing east, through the stunning mountain scenery of Monchique to Foia, the highest point in the Algarve. The varied countryside and stunning views make for a thoroughly enjoyable day out. Day Five On today’s hugely enjoyable included excursion, you’ll cross into Spain to the historic Andalusian city of Seville, the great ‘City of Flamenco’, setting for Bizet’s Carmen and Mozart’s The Marriage of Figaro. Seville, where every street is lined with orange trees, has a rich and colourful history, which is reflected in great buildings, beautiful parks, grand boulevards and several atmospheric Old Quarters of narrow streets, which open on to tree-lined squares. Don’t miss the magnificent Cathedral, with its 300ft high Giralda Tower and ‘tomb’ of Christopher Columbus, and perhaps visit the Plaza de Toros, Spain’s oldest bullring. Close by, the courtyards of the Moorish Alcazar lead through to the Juderia, or Jewish Quarter. Wander towards sweeping Plaza de Espana, which is the city’s ornate, fountain-fronted centrepiece, or simply soak up the atmosphere of this special place, before returning to the hotel this evening.

HHH

Price from £579

Vila Gale Cerro Alagoa, Albufeira Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £711

Located in the heart of Albufeira, and just a few minutes walk from Fisherman’s Beach, the well appointed Vila Gale Cerro offers a health club, an indoor swimming pool, two outdoor swimming pools, a restaurant, café bar, and British style pub. All of the bedrooms are airconditioned with a hairdryer, telephone, satellite TV, safe, mini-bar, and Wi-Fi.

Day Six Enjoy a day of rest and relaxation at the hotel or in Albufeira, or join the optional excursion to the beautiful Western Algarve, where highlights of a thoroughly absorbing day will include the splendid maritime town of Lagos, with its walled fortifications, famous ‘golden church’ and stunning coastal views, historic Sagres – former home to Prince Henry the Navigator – and the wild promontory of Cape St Vincent, overlooking the Atlantic Ocean at Europe’s most south-westerly point.

Please note: Due to location this hotel may not be suitable for those with walking difficulties.

Day Seven Today’s final optional excursion heads east along the coast to the colourful fishing port-town of Olhão, with its Moorish houses, seafront promenade and bustling fish market. Stroll through the historic central quarter and perhaps enjoy a coffee in one of the many pavement cafés. You’ll also visit the historic and elegant town of Tavira, with its castle and Roman bridge, before heading back to Algarve capital Faro, with its fascinating Cidade Velha, or old town, of cobbled streets and hidden squares, and its colourful marina. Spend a couple of hours in exploration, before returning to Albufeira for a last evening in the hotel. Day Eight Return to the airport and the flight home, at the end of a thoroughly enjoyable stay.

Lisbon

See page 319 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

93

Europe & Beyond

Cape St Vincent


NEW for 2019

Pousadas of Portugal Savour the very best of Portugal and experience stays in three historic, charming and unique Pousada hotels along the way.

8-day escorted holiday from £1,049

Porto

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Stay in three of Portugal’s famed Pousada hotels • Discover historic capital Lisbon • Visit UNESCO-listed Royal Sintra • Enjoy chic Cascais and elegant Estoril • Cabo da Roca is Europe’s westernmost point • Journey to medieval Óbidos and Coimbra – the ‘Oxford of Portugal’ • Taste regional wines, bread and cheeses • See Aveiro’s Venetian-like lagoon and canals • Beguiling Porto – historic second city • Discover the Douro Valley of the ‘Golden River’ • Seven nights’ carefully chosen accommodation at the four‑star Pousada de Queluz, near Lisbon, the four‑star Pousada de Viseu, and the four‑star Pousada Mosteiro de Amares • Includes four evening meals • Outbound flight to Lisbon, returning from Porto • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Leeds/Bradford • Luton • Manchester • Norwich • Stansted

E

njoy luxurious accommodation in a trio of fabled Pousada hotels offering traditional hospitality in remarkable settings, and discover some of Portugal’s most delightful locations as you travel through the heart of the country. Explore colourful capital Lisbon, elegant Estoril and glorious Sintra, head north via hilltop Óbidos and ‘Portuguese Oxford’ Coimbra, and savour wine-producing Viseu, Porto and the ‘Golden River’ Douro as they are all brought to life on this wonderful Portuguese journey of discovery.

Day One Fly to Lisbon, meet your tour manager and transfer the short distance to the sumptuous Pousada de Queluz. Dependent upon your time of arrival, settle into your surroundings and perhaps wander through the beautiful palace gardens, before dinner is served in the Pousada’s ‘Old Kitchen’ dining room. Day Two Join your tour manager for a guided introduction to the historic Portuguese capital. Stand on the bank of the River Tagus and imagine the great explorers setting off for the New World, wander through the ornate Belém quarter, or explore the Baixa’s wide, tree-lined avenues fringed with cafés Porto and restaurants. Check out the street-sellers and artists of bustling Rossio Square and stroll the narrow streets Aveiro of the Alfama district, and this afternoon perhaps enjoy a ride on an historic yellow tram. Return to the hotel to Coimbra dine, or perhaps stay in the city.

Óbidos

Portugal

Sintra Cabo da Roca Cascais Estoril Lisbon

94

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three Today’s included tour is equally memorable, as you explore the elegant Atlantic resorts of Cascais and Estoril, and journey to UNESCO-listed Sintra. Estoril, its elegant seafront lined with bistros and old-fashioned cafés – a perfect spot for a morning coffee – has long been a favoured watering hole, while Cascais, on its sweeping bay, is no less alluring. The jewel in the crown is Sintra, former royal retreat, with its two fabled Palácios set in a National Park full of exotic, tropical trees and plants. After a marvellous day, which will also include a


Europe & Beyond Pousada Mosteiro de Amares

Óbidos

visit to windswept Cabo da Roca, at Europe’s westernmost point, you’ll return to the Pousada for dinner.

Your Hotels

Day Four Travel north, calling at walled hill-top Óbidos, with its cobbled lanes, walls and ancient aqueduct, and former capital and university seat Coimbra, the ‘Oxford of Portugal’, with its stunning Romanesque cathedral, and by late afternoon arrive in your second luxurious Pousada, at Viseu, set on a high plateau in heart of the beautiful Beira Alta region.  ake yourself at home, perhaps enjoying a sauna or swim, or M joining friends in the bar before dinner. Why not accompany your meal with a locally produced Dão wine, and wander the historic streets of the beautiful town before retiring for the night? Day Five Today is spent enjoying the hotel and its surroundings and making a short trip through the scenic hills to enjoy a tasting at a local quinta – Dão reds are famed for their Burgundy-like qualities and the whites are fast gaining a fine reputation. You’ll also enjoy a visit to an artisanal bakery and a local cheese‑maker. The evening is free for you to explore Viseu, with its fine 13th‑century cathedral, and to enjoy dinner at your leisure in the city. Day Six Journey west down the beautiful Vouga Valley to colourful Aveiro, known as the ‘Venice of Portugal’, with its canals, lagoons and gondola-like fishing boats. Perhaps try a delicious Ovos Moles de Aveiro cake with a morning coffee, before heading north to Portugal’s glorious second city Porto, above the ‘Golden River’ Douro.  njoy an introductory tour of the city that gave its name to E the country. Porto clings to the hillside above the river and is connected to neighbouring port wine centre Vila Nova de Gaia by several vertigo-inducing bridges. Highlights might include the ancient cathedral and the UNESCO-listed Ribeira district, a beguiling maze of cobbled passageways lined with restaurants, bars and shops. On the quayside, flat-bottomed barcos rabelos, used to carry the port barrels on the river, add to the charm.

Pousada de Queluz, Lisbon Lisbon

HHHH nights 1-3

This former headquarters of the Royal Guard is set across from the Royal Palace – ‘Portugal’s Versailles’, with its stunning gardens – and offers a beautifully elegant setting, with a restaurant housed in the former kitchen, a bar and beautiful public rooms, furnished in wood and marble. Individually styled, beautifully finished bedrooms are air-conditioned, offer free Wi-Fi, TV and a hairdryer.

Pousada de Viseu, Viseu

HHHH nights 4-5

Housed in an old hospital, adapted by a renowned architect in 2009, this landmark building, just five minutes from a beautiful park, boasts a superb wellness centre with a sauna, whirlpool, gym, and indoor and outdoor pools, the latter with views over the town. A stylish restaurant, vast atrium piano bar and lounge, garden and terrace, as well as modern, air-conditioned rooms with TV and free Wi-Fi.

Pousada Mosteiro de Amares, Amares

HHHH nights 6-7

One of the ‘Small Luxury Hotels of the World’, this truly luxurious Pousada, a converted monastery, is idyllically set in the beautiful Minho region between historic Braga and Portugal’s famous Peneda de Geres National Park. Superb amenities include an outdoor pool and tennis court, and in addition to a welcoming bar and a restaurant housed in the former kitchen, boasts beautifully furnished rooms with TV and free Wi-Fi.

 fter a marvellous few hours, re-board the coach to head to A the final, truly luxurious and unique Pousada, housed in an ancient monastery in the beautiful northern Minho region. Settle into the sublime surroundings, perhaps enjoy a drink in the bar, then maybe wander to the local restaurant, Cruzeiro, located a short walk away. Day Seven After breakfast, re-board the coach to enjoy a last memorable day’s scenic touring, heading first to Régua, the bustling Douro town that is the gateway to the wine-producing area. Take in the meandering river, and perhaps enjoy a tasting at a working quinta, before heading north once more to enthralling, UNESCO-listed Guimarães. The city generally regarded as the birthplace of Portugal, with its ancient Norman castle, exquisite cobbled squares and café-lined plazas, is a perfect place to enjoy lunch in some splendid surroundings, before you return to spend a last evening and to enjoy a farewell dinner at the Mosteiro de Amares. Day Eight Bid “Adeus” to your hosts and transfer to Porto Airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a truly marvellous holiday. Cascais

See page 319 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

95


Carcassonne, Avignon & Provence Journey through the rolling countryside of Provence, as its historic UNESCO-listed crowning glories are thrillingly brought to life.

Carcassonne

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A guided walking tour of historic, walled Carcassonne • A full day visit to majestic Avignon and the stunning Roman Pont du Gard • A Canal du Midi cruise • Included tour of Albi, birthplace of Toulouse-Lautrec • Visit charming, riverside Castres • Seven nights’ carefully chosen bed and continental breakfast accommodation at the three-star Ibis Carcassonne Est Hotel, Carcassonne (upgrade hotels available for a supplement) • Return flights to Carcassonne or Toulouse • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

O

n this hugely popular tour to one of France’s most scenic corners, discover walled fortress-citadel Carcassonne – one of France’s greatest medieval glories – and marvel at the stunning papal city of Avignon, with its monumental Palais and fabled bridge. Take in the Roman glories of the Pont du Gard, visit historic Albi and Castres, and cruise on the tree-lined Canal du Midi, all against the background of a land famed for sunshine, food and light rosé wine.

Day One Fly to Toulouse, or directly to Carcassonne, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and make the scenic transfer to your hotel. Day Two Join our guide for a fascinating included walking tour of mesmerising Carcassonne, one of the most striking walled settlements in the whole of Europe, with its remarkably preserved, double-walled Cité the jewel in a sparkling crown. Restored in the mid-19th-century, the fairy-tale bastion includes the inner Château Comtal and a beautiful church of St-Nazaire, from the tower of which the views over the fortress are spectacular. Wander the narrow, sometimes steep, streets of this medieval enclave, with its colourful cafés, restaurants and craft shops squeezed into its tiny buildings, or take in the views from the city walls.

Available Apr to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bristol • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • Luton • Norwich • Stansted

Optional Excursion

France

• Collioure (full day) Day Three – £50

Albi Avignon Pont du Gard Toulouse Carcassonne La Grasse

96

8-day escorted holiday from £649

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 fter the tour, the rest of the day is free for A you to explore at your leisure. Beneath the turrets of the Cité and across the languid River Aude, the equally charming Ville Basse, the second of Carcassonne’s two ‘towns’, offers a wider variety of places in which to enjoy lunch or dinner. Day Three Continue your exploration of historic Carcassonne, or join today’s full day optional excursion to France’s south-west corner, beginning with a visit to the exquisite port-town of Collioure. One-time home to the artist Matisse, and with its palm fringed


Canal du Midi

Café at The Palais des Papes

promenade curving around the bay, this is an especially attractive coastal settlement, overlooked by the monumental ChâteauRoyal. Continue to Narbonne – once the Roman capital of all of southern Gaul – with its imposing 13th-century cathedral, its central canal and its section of the famed Roman road, the Via Domitia beneath the main square.

Your Hotel Choices

Ibis Carcassonne Est, Carcassonne HHH Bed & Breakfast Price from £649 Good value for money and located on the outskirts of Carcassonne, a local daytime bus service connects the hotel to the medieval citadel. Alternatively, for the energetic, the centre is a 30 minute walk. The hotel has a restaurant and bar. Cosy rooms have satellite TV, private facilities and air conditioning.

Day Four An unforgettable day awaits you, as you journey to two of southern France’s most sparkling jewels. Take in first the breathtaking, three-tiered Roman aqueduct, the stunning Pont du Gard, the towering stone watercourse straddling the River Gard granted UNESCO World Heritage status in 1985, and regarded as a masterpiece of Roman engineering.  ontinue to historic Avignon, encircled by its ancient low walls, C and dominated by its monumental centrepiece, the fortified Palais des Papes, 14th-century home to popes, cardinals and a court of assorted princes, barons and other nobility who helped the city build a dubious reputation as one of medieval Europe’s most decadent and ‘colourful’ enclaves. Don’t miss the curious halfbridge of St-Bénézet – the ‘Pont d’Avignon’ of the famous French folk song – that juts out into the fast-flowing waters of the River Rhône, as it winds its way towards the Mediterranean. Avignon’s bustling main square, the Place de l’Horloge, is lined with cafés and restaurants, perfect places in which to rest and relax awhile.

Cerise Residence, Carcassonne HHH Bed & Breakfast Price from £705

Day Five Today is free to enjoy at your leisure, perhaps returning to Carcassonne’s beguiling Cité for further exploration or a long lunch – one of the great pleasures of a holiday in this corner of the world.

Mercure Carcassonne, Porte de la Cité Bed & Breakfast

The Cerise Residence is within walking distance of the medieval city, restaurants and shops. This apartment-style hotel has an indoor swimming pool, and also offers a lift and reception service. Accommodation is in one-bedroom apartments, which offer private facilities, comfortable bedroom, living room with an additional sofa bed and a kitchenette.

HHHH

Price from £919

As its name implies, this hotel is located at the foot of the city, within walking distance of one of its ancient gates. It offers a restaurant, bar, terrace, gardens and outdoor swimming pool (weather permitting). Rooms have private facilities, air conditioning, a safety deposit box, satellite TV and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Day Six Today brings the delight of an included cruise on the tree-lined Canal du Midi, part of the 240 kilometre-long waterway constructed in the 17th century to connect the Atlantic with the Mediterranean. The cruise may take place in the morning, or afternoon, or in some cases earlier during your holiday, depending on local conditions. Day Seven A last day’s included excursion journeys first to the Haut Languedoc region and the historic Cathar city of Albi, nestled alongside the River Tarn beneath the vast, red-brick cathedral, and birthplace of Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec. Spend some time discovering the city, perhaps visiting the great Gothic church and the adjacent Palais de la Berbie castle, which houses over 1,000 of the painter’s works, or wandering the atmospheric old town, before returning to Carcassonne via Castres and its ancient riverside quarter on the bank of the Agout – the final highlight of a wonderful holiday. Day Eight Bid “Au revoir” to Carcassonne, transferring to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

Pont du Garde

See page 319 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

97

Europe & Beyond

Pont d’Avignon


NEW for 2019

The Rhône, Burgundy & Provence Enjoy all the delights of stylish, contemporary, All-Inclusive cruising through southern France’s most historic and delightful regions.

8-day River Cruise holiday from £1,439

Avignon

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Embark A-ROSA STELLA in Lyon • Sail north into the Saône to Mâcon and Chalon • See Tournus’ Romanesque abbey • Overnight stays and included guided tours of Lyon and Avignon • Calls in Roman Arles and La-Voulte-sur- Rhône • Seven nights’ All-Inclusive cruise aboard A-ROSA STELLA, with accommodation in your chosen cabin, complimentary bathrobe, slippers and toiletries, on-board buffet breakfast, lunch and dinner, beverages throughout the day, including top quality alcoholic drinks, on-board entertainment and activities • Return flights to Lyon • Return airport transfers

E

xplore this delightful region of Southern France, A-ROSAstyle, with hopefully plenty of time spent outdoors on the spacious top deck. Step aboard in Lyon to sail north into the Saône, to lively, Burgundian Mâcon and historic Chalon, gateway to the Côte d’Or wine region. Call briefly at Tournus, beneath its Romanesque abbey, before sailing back to Lyon, then on to glorious Avignon, on the sunkissed Rhône. The cruise is completed with calls in Roman Arles, charming Viviers and La Voulte-sur-Rhône.

Day One Board A-ROSA STELLA in Lyon, settling into your cabin before the ship sails later this evening. Enjoy a drink at the bar and your first dinner aboard.

Available Apr, May, Jul to Oct 2019 Chalon-sur-Saône Tournus

• Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester • Southend

Cruise Only without flights from £1,219

The Saône

Fly direct from

France

Travel by Eurostar™ from £1,499*

La Voulte-sur-Rhône

The Rhôn

 ravel by Eurostar™ from London St Pancras T International or Ebbsfleet International. Please call us for more information. *Train times are subject to change. You will receive your final travel times with your joining instructions.

Avignon Arles

98

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Lyon

e

 ravel at your convenience by making your T own arrangements to meet the ship on selected dates.

Mâcon

Day Two Arrive early this morning in beautiful wineproducing Mâcon. Explore the café-lined riverbank, with its brightly painted half-timbered houses, and perhaps join the shore excursion to the famous ruined abbey at Cluny, once the largest church in Christendom. This evening, the ship slips her moorings as you enjoy dinner and entertainment on board. Day Three Awake in Chalon-sur-Saône, in the Côte d’Or wine region. Spend the morning at leisure, perhaps enjoying a stroll through the pretty Grand Rue, perhaps visiting the museum dedicated to local resident Joseph Niepce, accepted as the inventor of photography, or enjoying a wine tasting. Alternatively, join the optional excursion to historic Beaune and its medieval hospice, the Hôtel Dieu, and surrounded by the legendary vineyards of the Côtes de Nuit that produce some of the world’s most celebrated wines.  s A-ROSA STELLA turns south once more, enjoy all A the joys of cruising under hopefully blue skies, before a brief call at Tournus and an evening spent sailing back toward Lyon.


Europe & Beyond Lyon

Arles Roman Amphitheatre

Day Four Spend the morning in Lyon, France’s second city, for centuries the wealthy centre of the silk trade, and now a prosperous gateway to both the Alps and sun-kissed Provence, lying at the confluence of the Saône and Rhône. Explore the UNESCO-listed jewels of Vieux Lyon and the Presqu’île peninsula on the included guided tour of a wonderful city, whose ancient heart is still divided today into several distinct villages. This afternoon, A-ROSA STELLA heads south into the sun-kissed Rhône, as you enjoy life aboard once more. Day Five After a morning’s cruise through Provençal scenery, you’ll arrive in Avignon, one of Europe’s best-preserved medieval strongholds. Dominated by the monumental Palais des Papes, Avignon is an engaging, bustling city, centred on the Place d’Horloge, which is lined with cafés and market stalls – the perfect spot from which to watch the world go by. Don’t miss the crumbling remains of the Pont St-Bénézet, the famous ‘pont d’Avignon’ of the folk song. This evening, crown your visit with a post-dinner included walking tour, which will bring to life Avignon by night. Day Six Join this morning’s optional excursion to the breathtaking, UNESCO-listed Pont du Gard, the three-tiered aqueduct that is one of the most remarkable surviving examples of Roman engineering genius. This afternoon, A-ROSA STELLA sails on to Arles, one-time home to Van Gogh and Gauguin, and the former capital of Roman Gaul, with superbly preserved remains including the famed Les Arènes arena.  last optional excursion heads to the wild landscape of the A Camargue, the marshland of lagoons and tiny islands that marks the mouth of the River Rhône. Here, white horses, black bulls and flocks of flamingos are watched over by traditional gardiens herdsmen on horseback. Later this evening, the ship slips away, returning north once more. Day Seven Enjoy a last day aboard, hopefully making the most of the ship’s sun-kissed top-deck as you cruise back towards Lyon, with a brief call in tiny La-Voulte-sur-Rhône. Relive the memories of the past few days over a last relaxed dinner. Day Eight Bid farewell to A-ROSA STELLA in Lyon, and begin your journey home.

Your way!

River cruising,

A-ROSA – All-Inclusive River Cruising Experience the freedom, choice and flexibility of cruising on some of the most contemporary, casual‑yet-stylish vessels afloat. Enjoy changing landscapes, historic cities and fascinating ports of call to explore. All the ships offer chic accommodation, flexible, free-style dining arrangements and free drinks throughout each day, including beers, most wines and most top brand spirits! With a host of activities aboard or ashore, this really is the very best of river cruising – your way!

Your Cabin Choices

A-ROSA STELLA This stylish vessel is a fine sight on France’s sun-kissed southern rivers. She offers a choice of four categories of well-appointed, contemporary outside cabin, with complimentary slippers, bathrobe and toiletries, restaurant, comfortable lounge, day lounge and wine bar, and an on-board SPA-ROSA wellness suite with saunas, small gym and massage/beauty facilities. The vast top-deck offers loungers, sun-shades, bar and barbecue buffet, as well as pool and deck games.

Category S Deck 1 Cabin

Included in price

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and picture window.

Category A Deck 1 Cabin

Price from £1,649

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and picture window.

Category C Deck 2 Cabin

Price from £1,969

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and Juliet balcony.

Category D Deck 3 Cabin

Price from £2,069

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and Juliet balcony. A-ROSA STELLA

See page 320 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

99


NEW for 2019

Corsica – Mediterranean Island Idyll Savour the blue waters, white sand beaches and dramatic mountainous interior of a spectacular Mediterranean island in the sun.

Calvi Port

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights in a welcoming hotel above blue waters, overlooking Calvi • Discover Calvi’s ancient citadel perched on a rocky promontory • Explore historic Bastia’s port and crumbling old town • Enjoy a tasting at wine village Patrimonio • Visit exquisite port St-Florent • Pass the remote, inaccessible Désert des Agriates • Discover Corte, cradle of Corsican patriotism • Visit smart L’Île Rousse and ‘Corsica’s Garden’ Balagne • Enjoy idyllic days by the pool or Calvi’s superb beach • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Saint-Christophe Hotel, Calvi • Return flights to Corsica • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available May, Jun & Sep 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Gatwick • Manchester • Southampton • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Porto & Calanques (full day) Day Four – £72

From your idyllic hotel base above the sea and overlooking

Calvi’s whitewashed citadel, punctuate lazy days by the pool or on the beach with exploration of one of the most favoured – and unspoiled – corners of the Mediterranean. Discover pretty ports where café-life and indolence are the order of the day, taste wines produced in sun-kissed mountain vineyards, and food infused with fragrant maquis herbs, and travel through a spectacular landscape forged over millennia and resonating with tumultuous history.

Day One Fly to Bastia, meet your tour manager and transfer to Calvi and the welcoming hotel. Dependent upon your arrival time, enjoy a first dip in the pool or catch a first glimpse of gorgeous Calvi’s rocky bastions topped by an ancient Citadelle. Dinner is served this evening, after which perhaps there’s time for a nightcap under the stars.

Day Two Join your tour manager for a guided introduction to beautiful Calvi, after which you’re free to savour the town and its surroundings, perhaps enjoying a long lunch on the quai Landry, exploring the ancient Citadelle and the labyrinth of narrow streets surrounding the quay, or stretching out on the stunning beach. Enjoy a swim in Patrimonio L’Île-Rousse Bastia the hotel pool or take the steps down to St Florent the clear waters for a snorkel or swim – Calvi Corte this is holiday heaven.

Corsica

Sardinia

100

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

8-day escorted holiday from £1,049

Day Three Today’s first included tour is to the historic Genoese port of Bastia, with its ancient, crumbling old town, the Terra Vecchia, the equally enchanting Terra Nova district and its two – ‘Vieux’ and ‘Nouveau’ – harbours that assure its place as the island’s main commercial gateway. A guided tour by ‘mini-train’ will bring to life this surprisingly compact, tree-shaded town, which sits beneath its


Europe & Beyond Bastia Port

Citadelle, Calvi

UNESCO-listed Calanches

historic fortress, and there will be the opportunity to enjoy lunch, perhaps in the charming surroundings of the old port.

Your Hotel

 e-board the coach to journey on to the wine village of R Patrimonio, beneath an idyllic, hilltop church. Enjoy a tasting of the renowned local Muscat wine, and complete a wonderful day with a journey across the unspoiled countryside to the exquisite port town of St-Florent, set beneath its medieval Citadelle against the dark hills of the vine-covered Nebbio hills, close to the inaccessible Désert des Agriates. You’ll return to Calvi and the hotel for dinner. Day Four Rest and relax in the hotel and its surroundings, or join today’s optional excursion, which will see you head to exquisite Porto, a pretty resort town with its tiny harbour and pebbly beach overlooked by an ancient watchtower. Spend some time wandering around the resort, perhaps taking lunch by the quay, then re-board the coach for the journey through the scenic nature reserve overlooking the blue waters, where the fantastical, UNESCO-listed Calanches are a collection of towering, oddly shaped and eroded, pink granite rock formations, carved by nature over millennia into the shapes of animals and other figures. You will also be embarking on a 90-minute cruise to view the Calanches from the water. Return to the hotel for dinner.

Saint-Christophe Hotel, Calvi Half-Board

HHH

Set above the rocky shoreline, with panoramic views of Calvi’s whitewashed citadel, and a stone’s throw from the town and one of Corsica’s most beautiful beaches, this very popular welcoming hotel offers a wonderful outdoor pool, a panoramic restaurant and bar/terrace, as well as rooms with satellite TV, hairdryer and safe. Steps lead down to a rocky beach below the hotel.

Citadelle de Corte

Day Five Journey through yet more spectacular mountain scenery into the Corsican heartland, where in the centre of a beautiful national park, lies the ancient town of Corte, former stronghold of ‘Father of Corsica’ Pascal Paoli, who founded a nationalist government and Corsica’s only university here in the 18th-century. Enjoy a tour by ‘mini-train’, wander the narrow streets beneath the imposing Citadelle, and perhaps indulge in a leisurely lunch, before another memorable day is completed with a scenic journey through the Niolu region of the island’s rugged interior, dramatic peaks and plunging gorges. Day Six Today is free to enjoy all the delights of Calvi and the surrounding blue waters. Day Seven A last included tour sees you return to the island’s north, with a first call at chic L’Île Rousse, built by Pascal Paoli as a showpiece port town, with an impressive port, fine promenade and grid of palm-tree-lined streets. Perhaps enjoy a last lunch under the plane trees of Place Paoli, above the harbour, then enjoy a last scenic drive through the gorgeous ‘Garden of Corsica’, the Balagne region of vineyards, olive groves and orchards that is at glorious odds with some of the island’s rugged interior. A chance to buy some freshly pressed oil from a traditional mill is the last highlight of the holiday, before you return to Calvi for a final evening. Day Eight Bid “À dopu” to your Corsican hosts and transfer to Bastia airport for the return flight to the UK.

See page 320 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

101


NEW for 2019

Paris, Monet’s Normandy & Brittany Savour the charms of the incomparable City of Light and enjoy a taste of France’s glorious northern countryside.

Monet’s Garden, Giverny

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend two nights in the glorious French capital • Enjoy a guided introduction to the ‘City of Light’ • Visit artist Claude Monet’s exquisite Normandy gardens at Giverny • Three nights are spent in Normandy’s glorious ‘cheese and cider’ city Lisieux • Marvel at Mont St-Michel and Breton capital Rennes • See the historic D-Day beaches • Medieval Bayeux is home to the famous Tapestry • Visit picture-book Impressionists’ retreat Honfleur and Joan of Arc city Rouen, both on the Upper Seine • Five nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Sixteen, Montrouge, Paris and the three-star Mercure Lisieux Hotel, Lisieux • Return flights to Paris • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Belfast • Birmingham • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Southampton • Southend

C

ombine a visit to the glorious French capital with three days in the rolling countryside of Normandy and Brittany. Enjoy an included tour of the ‘City of Light’, when the famous monuments and buildings will be brought thrillingly to life. You’ll have the chance to sample la vie Parisienne, before journeying, via Claude Monet’s famous garden, into the verdant Pays d’Auge, where fine cheese, cidre and calvados, and some delightful medieval towns and villages, add to the holiday pleasure.

Day One Fly to Paris, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel in the Parisian suburb of Montrouge. Dependent upon your time of arrival, get to know your surroundings, which include a number of bars, cafés and restaurants, or take the nearby Metro or the bus, which stops right outside, into the heart of the city.

Day Two An exciting day awaits you, as after breakfast you board the coach to enjoy a guided tour of perhaps the world’s favourite city destination. Sit back as your tour manager brings to life the city’s iconic landmarks, including the Eiffel Tower, the Arc de Triomphe, gleaming Sacré Cœur and the Louvre, and take in the colour and bustle of the Parisian streets, the ‘grands boulevards’ and the great parks, including the riverside Jardins des Tuileries. Following the tour, enjoy your own exploration, be it of the city’s historic island heart, close to Notre-Dame cathedral, on the Left Bank Honfleur Rouen in bustling St-Germain, in village-like Bayeux Paris Lisieux Giverny St-Paul, the aristocratic Marais or artists’ haven Montmartre. Perhaps you’ll take a trip up the Eiffel Tower or a cruise on Rennes the Seine, stroll the Champs-Élysées or simply tarry a while in a pavement café, stopping for lunch, or making plans for dinner… though perhaps it’s best not to plan at all. Let the city, its transport

France

102

6-day escorted holiday from £599

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Europe & Beyond Honfleur, France Basilica of Saint Thérèse

Omaha Beach, Normandy

Eiffel Tower, Paris

system, or simply your walking shoes, arrange your time for you, before you return to the hotel at the end of a marvellous day.

Your Hotels

Day Three Bidding “Au revoir” to the French capital, board the coach to journey into the beautiful Normandy countryside, to visit Giverny, home for over 40 years to Impressionist painter Claude Monet. Inspiration for many of his great works, the artist’s house has been lovingly restored, and now contains reproductions of his work. In the gardens, replanted to Monet’s design, you will find his studio and the lily pond, subject of many of his paintings. Continue on to your second holiday base, in the cathedral city of Lisieux, the capital of the cheese- and cider-producing Pays d’Auge region.  et in lush, rolling, orchard-dotted hills, and close to the Route S du Fromage towns of Pont l’Évêque, Camembert and Livrarot, Lisieux lies in the shadow of the vast Basilica of Saint Thérèse, and is centred around its more restrained cathedral. A perfect base from which to explore, Lisieux boasts a host of traditional cafés and restaurants serving Pays d’Auge specialities, accompanied perhaps by local cidre and finished off with a glass of calvados. Dine in the town or in the hotel’s poolside restaurant at your leisure. Day Four An included tour today sees you journey across the countryside, with its farms and orchards, to one of France’s most beautiful and iconic sites – UNESCO-listed Mont Saint-Michel. Connected to the mainland by a narrow causeway, the small, inhabited island is dominated by its magnificent Benedictine abbey, which draws visitors from across the globe. Reach the top of the winding hill lined with half-timbered houses to discover spectacular views across the bay, and you’ll understand why.  ontinue on into neighbouring Brittany, to spend the afternoon C exploring the region’s elegant capital Rennes. Almost wholly destroyed by fire in 1720, the city was rebuilt to rival Paris in terms of grandeur, and boasts some splendid neo-classical buildings and great squares alongside the medieval streets of Les Lices area that survived the flames. After a wonderful day, you’ll return to Lisieux for the evening.

Hotel Sixteen, Montrouge, Paris Bed & Breakfast

HHH nights 1-2

In the heart of the leafy southern suburb of Montrouge, close to restaurants and cafés and with direct access by bus or Metro into the heart of the city, this new designer hotel offers a blend of comfort and refinement. Free Wi-Fi, a bright, welcoming buffet breakfast room and modern rooms with TV, air conditioning, a telephone and hairdryer ensure an enjoyable stay.

Mercure Lisieux Hotel, Lisieux Bed & Breakfast

HHH nights 3-5

In the heart of Normandy, close to Lisieux’s vast Basilica and the town’s many amenities, this comfortable base for the second part of your stay offers a seasonal pool overlooked by a terrace and a restaurant serving regional specialities, a bar and modern rooms with TV, free Wi-Fi, tea/coffee-making facilities and mini-fridge.

Day Five Today you’ll pay a visit to Normandy’s Channel Coast, forever associated with 1944’s D-Day landings, the Allied Invasion of Europe that changed the course of the Second World War and the tide of history. See the remains of the man-made ‘Mulberry Harbour’ at Arromanches, preserved German defences above sweeping Omaha Beach, and pay a visit to exquisite medieval Bayeux, where the famous Tapestry depicts an earlier invasion, of England, in 1066. Return to Lisieux after another hugely enjoyable day full of fascination and interest. Day Six With an ‘Adieu’ to your Lisieux hosts, begin the return journey, adding two more Norman gems to your treasure chest of memories, first making a short visit to delightful fishing port Honfleur, with its ancient harbour surrounded by step-gabled houses and colourful cafés. You’ll then follow the course of the meandering river upstream to Rouen, for a chance to explore the lovingly restored medieval gem, with its poignant place du Vieux-Marché, site of Saint Joan’s martyrdom, its famous onehanded mechanical clock and its Gothic cathedral. Perhaps enjoy a last light lunch before transferring to the airport and your early evening return flight to the UK, at the end of a wonderful French interlude. Mont St Michel

See page 320 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

103


Seville, Granada & Classic Spain Enjoy this exciting exploration of Andalucía, birthplace of Picasso, home of flamenco and cradle of the gypsy life.

La Alhambra, Granada

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Stay in the heart of the ‘real’ Andalucía, in the hills behind the sun-kissed Costa • Enjoy a full-day visit to Seville, the ‘City of Flamenco’ and setting for Bizet’s Carmen • Journey towards the Sierra Nevada, beneath which the great Moorish city of Granada stands • Visit Granada and enjoy a visit to the world-renowned Alhambra and its exquisite gardens • Visit the Andalucían city of Ronda • Five nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Las Villas de Antikaria, Antequera (upgrade hotel and half-board available for a supplement) • Return flights to Málaga • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Mar to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Gatwick • Glasgow • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Cordoba (full day) Day Three – £55

104

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

6-day escorted holiday from £579

From your base in the quintessentially Andalusian town

of Antequera, enjoy full-day visits to Granada – with entrance to the stunning Alhambra gardens – to glorious, historic Seville, the ‘City of Flamenco’ and setting for Bizet’s Carmen and to enchanting, white-washed, hill-top town of Ronda, atop its famous Gorge. There’s also the chance, on a fascinating optional excursion taken in the company of our tour manager, to visit the magnificent Moorish stronghold of Cordoba, with its extraordinary Mezquita.

Day One Fly into Málaga, and board the coach for the approximately hour-long transfer into the sun-baked Andalusian hills and your hotel base in Antequera. Dependent on your arrival time, rest and relax in the hotel, and enjoy a first dinner in a wide choice of restaurants, traditional tapas bars and cafés.

Day Two The first of the included excursions heads to historic Seville, the great ‘City of Flamenco’, setting for Bizet’s ‘Carmen’ and Mozart’s ‘The Marriage of Figaro’, both of which draw heavily on the city’s heady atmosphere. Seville, where every street is lined with orange trees, has a rich and colourful history, which is reflected in Cordoba great buildings, beautiful parks, grand boulevards and several atmospheric Old Seville Granada Quarters of narrow streets, which open on to tree-lined squares. Don’t miss the Antequera Ronda magnificent Cathedral, one of the largest Málaga Gothic churches in Christendom, with its 300ft high Giralda Tower and muchdebated ‘tomb’ of Christopher Columbus, and perhaps pay a visit to the immense Plaza de Toros, Spain’s oldest bullring, where the traditions of the corrida are revered despite the controversy they engender in many. Close by, the cool

Spain


Europe & Beyond

Plaza Virgen de Los Reyes, Seville

Plaza de Espana, Seville

La Alhambra, Courtyard

Plaza de Toros de Ronda, Ronda Bullring

courtyards of the Moorish Alcazar lead through to the Juderia, or Jewish Quarter. Wander towards sweeping Plaza de Espana which is the city’s ornate, fountain-fronted centrepiece. The River Guadalquivir, tidal some fifty miles inland, and up which Columbus once sailed in triumph following his discovery of the New World, still brings great ships to the city’s port, and divides Seville from Triana, the pleasant district on the opposite shore.

Your Hotel Choices

Day Three Today can be spent at leisure, perhaps exploring Antequera, a settlement since prehistoric times, and with its great Moorish fortress known as the ‘heart of Andalucía’, overlooked by the limestone crag of La Peña de Los Enamorados – or ‘Lovers’ Leap’, which is shrouded in local legend. Many however will join today’s optional excursion across the plain to the great city of Cordoba. This fabled, elegant former Moorish and Roman capital of Spain is full of fascination. At its heart is the breathtaking treasure of the Mezquita, the huge Mosque into which the Christian cathedral has been incorporated, but which retains much of its austere grandeur that reflected Cordoba’s position as the greatest Moorish city in Europe. Surrounding the Mezquita, the narrow lanes and corridors of the ancient Juderia evoke a sense that nothing has changed for a thousand years. You’ll have the chance to explore the city under your own steam, following our guided tour of the Mezquita, and return to Antequera later this evening.

Hotel Las Villas de Antikaria, Antequera Bed & Breakfast

This comfortable hotel is well located within walking distance of the centre of Antequera and all its amenities and attractions, which include a fine selection of bars, restaurants and shops. The hotel has its own restaurant, bar, cafeteria and large sun terrace. Rooms all have private facilities, Wi-Fi, air conditioning, hairdryer and telephone.

Hotel Antequera, Antequera Bed & Breakfast

HHHH

Price from £673

This elegant four-star hotel enjoys excellent facilities and high standards of accommodation. The hotel has an outdoor swimming pool, gym, gardens and terraces, piano bar, cafeteria, restaurant, hair salon and souvenir shop. There is also a spa, indoor swimming pool and golf-course (treatments and green fees payable locally). Bedrooms have private facilities, air conditioning, satellite TV, mini-bar, safety deposit box and a hairdryer. Half-Board upgrade is available for a supplement.

Day Four Today’s included excursion is a scenic wonder, as you travel across the plain, through a countryside dotted with villages of whitewashed houses to the truly stunning town of Ronda, in the heart of the Andalusian hills. Set above the dramatic El Tajo gorge, which cuts a swathe through the sierra, this once Moorish citadel is a delight, with a maze of narrow streets, some fine Renaissance houses, its historic bullring and – across the Puente Nuevo bridge which spans the gorge – the fascinating Roman-style baths. Day Five Board the coach this morning for the day’s unforgettable excursion, journeying north through the foothills of the Alpujarras to the great city of Granada. Set majestically atop three hills, which rise steeply from the Andalusian Plain, this former Moorish capital, with its views to the snow-capped Sierra Nevada, is one of Spain’s greatest treasures. Upon arrival, enjoy a sightseeing tour of the city, culminating with a visit to the gardens of the awe-inspiring Alhambra, the beautiful park and walled settlement crowned by one of the world’s finest Moorish Palaces. Discover the ancient Alcazaba citadel and the Generalife, royal retreat in the heart of the complex, as well as what are some of the world’s most beautiful formal gardens, reflecting the glories of a great empire. This evening you’ll return to Antequera after a thoroughly absorbing day.

HHH

Price from £579

Ronda

Day Six Bid “Adios” to Andalucía today, transferring back to Málaga and the flight home, after a memorable few days in a simply wonderful part of the world.

See page 320 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

105


Barcelona, Montserrat & the Pyrenees Revel in the excitement of one of Europe’s ‘must-see’ cities with its Gaudí masterpieces and journey to Catalonia’s spiritual home.

6-day escorted holiday from £589

La Sagrada Familia

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a guided tour of wonderful Olympic city Barcelona • See Gaudí ’s monumental Sagrada Familia • Journey to the sacred mountain-top shrine at Montserrat • Enjoy a scenic journey through the Catalan Pyrenees • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Caprici Verd Hotel, Santa Susanna • Return flights to Spain • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

S

oak up the irrepressible magic of the enthralling, stylish Olympic city of Barcelona, with its vitality, its heart‑stopping sights, and climb to the sacred hill-top monastery of Montserrat, Catalonia’s spiritual symbol. A delightful scenic tour of the Catalan Pyrenees, crossing into France, and an opportunity to discover historic walled Girona on an optional excursion, complete a hugely enjoyable holiday in one of Europe’s most colourful corners.

Day One Following the flight to Spain, transfer by coach to Santa Susanna and the well appointed Hotel Caprici Verd. Depending on your time of arrival, the rest of the day is free to enjoy the hotel and its surroundings, before dinner this evening.

Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Bristol • Cardiff • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Stansted

Day Two The first of the included excursions is to the great city of Barcelona, one of the undoubted highlights of your stay. Lavishly refurbished for the spectacular 1992 Olympics, Barcelona has something for everyone. Upon arrival, enjoy a guided tour, as the city is brought to life by an expert local guide, then enjoy the rest of the day at leisure.

Optional Excursion • Girona (half day) Day Four – from £26

France Font-Romeu-Oreilla Girona Montserrat Barcelona

Spain

Santa Susanna

 iscover the Modernista route, starting D with the grand boulevards of the Eixample district, at the heart of the city’s so-called ‘Golden Square’. Take in the Passeig de Gràcia and modernista architect Antoni Gaudí’s unforgettable Casa Milà, or La Pedrera, which houses a museum devoted to his life and work. From here, head to the awesome wonder of his greatest achievement, the unfinished marvel of La Sagrada Familia, the stupendous temple that occupied his last 12 years.  xplore the beautiful medieval quarter E the Barri Gotic, with its narrow streets and imposing Cathedral, its palm-fringed

106

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Europe & Beyond Gaudí’s House

Montserrat

cloisters and cool fountains, the Royal Palace, to which Columbus returned from the New World, and the Museu Picasso which houses many works by the artist who lived in the city for a time.

Your Hotel

 he busy central square of Plaza Catalunya is the northern end of T famous Las Ramblas, the wide, pedestrianised tree-lined avenue that is the beating heart of the city. Flower stalls, birds in cages, remarkable mime artists, newsstands, the huge Boqueria market, Gaudí ’s magnificent Palau Güell and the Liceu opera house ensure that progress is fascinating and slow.  t the foot of Las Ramblas, the towering statue of Columbus looks A out over the busy harbour, to the wooden walkways of which you’ll find several floating restaurants moored, vying for your lunchtime custom.  fter a day crammed full of highlights, however you decide to A spend it, you’ll return to the hotel in time for dinner this evening.

Caprici Verd Hotel, Santa Susanna Half-Board

HHHH

Situated on the seafront, just 100 metres from the beach and a short stroll from the town centre, this modern hotel boasts 266 guestrooms, each with air conditioning, satellite TV, hairdryer, heating, safe, mini-bar, balcony and a telephone. Leisure facilities include a gym, spa pool, sauna and both indoor and outdoor swimming pools. The restaurant serves a varied buffet breakfast.

Day Three Today’s included tour is a leisurely escorted drive through the rolling foothills – and some higher passes – of the Catalan Pyrenees. We will pass through the Cadi Tunnel, then cross the border into France and visit famously sunny Font-Romeu-Oreilla, the walled town of Villefranche de Conflent and Perpignan. Day Four Make the most of the hotel’s amenities and surroundings, or join today’s optional excursion to the historic walled city of Girona, which with its historic old town beside the River Onyar, its immense cathedral and its tree-lined main street Rambla, is one of the most typically Catalan of the region’s cities, and a prized stronghold dating back to Roman times. Upon arrival in the city, you’ll enjoy a guided walking tour of the major landmarks, after which there will be some time for you to explore at your leisure. Don’t miss the cool cloister of the cathedral, the wonderfully restored Arab baths, the finest example in Spain outside of Granada, or the labyrinth of narrow streets that makes up the best-preserved Jewish quarter in Europe. Take a seat in a pavement café to watch the world go by. Day Five The last included excursion is to the stunning mountainside monastery of Montserrat, potent symbol and spiritual centre of Catalonia. A centuries-old place of pilgrimage, the monastery is home to the ‘Black Virgin’, a small figure of the Madonna and Child stained dark by the candles lit by countless worshippers. The fortress-like nature of the building – it is accessible by winding road, rack railway or cable-car – served it well during the Franco regime, when Montserrat became a refuge for Catalan nationalism, and of course the views from its lofty perch are outstanding. Day Six Bid “Adéu” to Catalonia, as you transfer back to the airport for the return flight, at the end of a marvellous few days.

Park Güell

See page 321 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

107


Bilbao, San Sebastian & the Vineyards of Rioja Enjoy the delights of one of Europe’s finest corners, and one of its most famous wine-producing regions, uncorked for your pleasure.

San Sebastian

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights in Isla on the stunning Cantabrian Coast • Take the included guided tour of San Sebastian’s parks, beaches and sights • Sample San Sebastian’s legendary pintxos tapas • Enjoy a guided tour of great Basque city Bilbao • Entrance to the glittering Guggenheim Museum • Explore La Rioja, Spain’s famed wine-producing region • Visit Haro, with its historic bodegas, and enjoy a wine-tasting • Santo Domingo de la Calzada is on the famed ‘Camino pilgrims’ trail • Discover elegant Santander and fashionable Biarritz, on optional excursions • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Isla Bella Spa, Isla (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Bilbao • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

From your base in the charming ‘Blue Flag’ resort of Isla,

on the Cantabrian Coast, with its charming collection of pristine beaches – enjoy visits to the city of San Sebastian, with its spectacular beachfront and beguiling old quarter, and thriving Bilbao, with entrance to the famous Guggenheim Museum. Explore La Rioja, home to some of Spain’s most celebrated wines, and, on optional excursions, discover elegant Santander and French playground Biarritz.

Day One Fly to Bilbao, meet your tour manager and transfer by coach to the elegant resort of Isla and your hotel. Settle in and get to know your surroundings. Day Two On today’s included full day tour you’ll visit San Sebastian. Claiming, with no little justification, to be one of Spain’s finest coastal resorts, picturesque San Sebastian, jutting into a wide, sweeping bay and straddling the River Urumea, is immediately engaging and intoxicating. The Old Town, or Parte Vieja, at the foot of wooded Mount Urgull, is a maze of narrow streets filled with bars and cafés, as well as countless places in which to sample the famous pintxos tapas or fish landed daily at the busy harbour.

Available Apr to Jun & Sep 2019

Fly direct from • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursions

France

Santander

• Biarritz (full day) Day Five – £47 • Santander (full day) Day Seven – £26

Biarritz San Sebastian Bilbao La Rioja

Isla

Spain

108

8-day escorted holiday from £749

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 et to know the city on our included G guided tour, which will introduce, in addition to La Concha, one of the world’s finest urban beaches, the old town and, across the river, the elegant Gros district, with its belle-époque buildings. Day Three Enjoy the rest and relaxation of a free day in the hotel or exploring the famous beaches that make up Isla Playa. Most familiar are Playa El Sable and Playa de los Barcos both located close to the hotel and boasting fine sands, clear water and surrounded by the lush green landscape that characterise this wonderful corner of Spain.


Rioja

Bilbao City

 our tour manager will be on hand to point you in the right Y direction and to help you make the most of the day.

Your Hotel Choices

Day Four Today’s fascinating included excursion is to the great Basque city of Bilbao, set astride the River Nervión, and a bustling, vibrant metropolis that combines the ancient with the thoroughly modern, the former reflected in the lanes of the Casco Viejo, the old town of elegant arcades, the latter a wonderful riverside stroll away at the astonishingly futuristic Museo Guggenheim, the vast titanium-clad edifice guarded by sculptured spider and flower alike and home to one of Spain’s finest collections of modern art. Entrance to the museum, with its vast atrium, is included in a wonderful day that might also find you taking a ride on the city’s funicular for the panoramic views, or enjoying lunch in the old town. Day Five Today’s optional excursion sees you cross the border into southwest France, passing through the foothills of the Pyrenees, past the exquisite resort of St Jean de Luz, with its half-timbered houses, to fabled Biarritz. The ‘Monte Carlo of the Atlantic’ is a Mecca for pleasure-seekers and surfers who flock to the resort’s famous beaches, including the vast ‘Grande Plage’, backed by the casino and even grander hotels. Stroll the gilded shoreline, and perhaps take a seat in a café or salon de thé to watch the world go by, and soak up the atmosphere of one of France’s most sophisticated and colourful ‘playgrounds’, before returning to Isla and the hotel for dinner.

Hotel Isla Bella Spa, Isla Half-Board

HHH

Price from £749 The family run Isla Bella Spa enjoys an enviable location in the centre of Isla with direct access to the beach affording wonderful views of the dramatic Cantabrian coast. Facilities include complimentary Wi-Fi, reception, spa and wellness centre, restaurant and bar and lounge area. The bedrooms have a mini-bar, safe and a TV, and are air‑conditioned.

Hotel Olimpo, Isla Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £869

The Olimpo is a family-run hotel, and offers guests magnificent views of the sea or surrounding mountains from almost every area of the hotel. A short and pleasant walk from the centre of Isla, the Olimpo offers an outdoor swimming pool (mid June to mid September), fitness centre, tennis court, gardens, gift shop, and restaurant, and cosy bar and lounge area. The bedrooms have a mini-bar, safe and a TV, and are air‑conditioned.

Day Six Head south from the coast on today’s included excursion into the La Rioja region, famed the world over for its rich red, fine white and sophisticated rosé wines. You’ll pay a visit to bustling Haro, centre of the Rioja Alta and home to several historic bodegas, at one of which you’ll enjoy a tasting and the opportunity to buy some wine. South of Haro, the fabled Camino de Santiago pilgrims’ trail snakes its way through the vine-covered landscape, past towns, like Santa Domingo de la Calzada, which you’ll visit this afternoon, crowned with improbably fine cathedrals that dot the length of the Way of St James. After a wonderful day, return to Isla for the evening. Day Seven Today’s final optional tour is to regional capital Santander, an elegant and sophisticated city-resort that has been a long-time favourite haunt of Madrid’s discerning holidaymakers, rivalling San Sebastian or Biarritz, and boasting, in addition to the superb El Sardinero beach resort, a beautifully restored old town set some distance away, and the beautiful peninsula of La Magdalena, with its glorious views of the bay, the golden beaches and the coast beyond. During the visit, you’ll enjoy a short introductory tour, after which you will be free to explore under your own steam. Don’t miss the fishing port and pavement cafés and tapas bars that dot the tree-lined avenues… or perhaps just enjoy the wonderful beach. You’ll return to Isla for a final evening. Day Eight Bid farewell to your Basque hosts, and transfer to Bilbao Airport for the return flight, at the end of a marvellous stay in a special corner of the world.

San Sebastian Old Town

See page 321 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

109

Europe & Beyond

Biarritz


Little Trains of the Pyrenees Enjoy slow journeys through the beautiful border country between Spain and France, on some wonderful mountain railway trains.

Little Yellow Train

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend five nights on the beautiful Costa Brava • Unspoiled Roses, the holiday base, sits on a sweeping bay • Enjoy the views from the Roses Express road train • The historic Little Yellow Train climbs into the French Pyrenees from UNESCO-listed Villefranche-de-Conflent, one of France’s prettiest towns • The Núria Rack Railway offers the only access to the year-round Spanish mountain resort, with tastings of local produce • Discover the stunning Upper Aude Valley on France’s Red Train • Three heritage train journeys and a ticket for the Roses ‘road-train’ • Five nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Prestige Hotel Coral Platja, Roses, or the three-star Hotel Prestige Victoria including a glass of wine at dinner • Return flights to Barcelona or Girona • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from

Spain

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

From your unspoiled Costa Brava base beside the blue

Mediterranean, journey into the heart of the stunning Pyrenean countryside aboard some delightful railways. Wind your way upwards aboard sometimes modern, sometimes historic rolling stock, and across some marvels of railway engineering. With your stay in a colourful resort – and a ‘road train’ journey to enjoy – this is a perfect holiday choice.

Day One Fly to Barcelona or Girona and board the coach to transfer to the delightful Costa Brava resort of Roses, set beneath ancient fortifications on the sweeping Golf de Roses. Settle into your comfortable hotel and, depending on your arrival time, perhaps enjoy a stroll along the beach to the harbour and marina, home to some gleaming leisure craft, before dinner is served. Day Two Head into the beautiful Catalan Pyrenees on today’s included excursion that has as its highlight the 45-minute journey aboard the twocar Núria Rack Railway, or Cremallera, from the hamlet of Ribes de Freser up through a steep, forested gorge to remote ski station and pilgrimage shrine – the imposing lakeside sanctuary drawing visitors from across the globe – at Núria. Enjoy a stroll on the paths that cross the alpine meadows, taste some local produce and learn about the history of this extraordinary place, before re-boarding the train – privately owned Axat and twinned with Switzerland’s famous Villefranche Rivesaltes Jungfraujoch mountain railway – for the Roses return journey down the valley and then Núria Girona back to Roses.

France

• Belfast • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Southend • Stansted

110

6-day escorted holiday from £689

Barcelona

 fter a thoroughly enjoyable day, have A dinner at the hotel and, as on each evening, rest and relax in the lounge or perhaps stroll into town, where there is a selection of bars and cafés, as well as plenty of nightlife for the energetic or young at heart.


Europe & Beyond Roses

Núria Rack Railway

Day Three Today’s included train journey is aboard the historic Yellow Train, or Petit Train Jaune which winds its way through the sun-kissed French Pyrenees from the picture-postcard-perfect, UNESCO-listed walled town of Villefranche-de-Conflent, across improbably vertiginous bridges and viaducts – all engineering marvels – and through some stunning scenery towards France’s highest station, at Bolquère-Eyne, and on through a spectacular mountain landscape to the Pyrenean commune of Mont-Louis with its citadel and city walls. Take in the beauty of the surroundings and perhaps enjoy lunch (payable locally) before making your way back to Roses by coach, at the end of a thoroughly absorbing day.

Roses Express road train

Your Hotel

Depending on your departure date you will be staying at one of the two carefully chosen hotels described below. Your hotel will be confirmed at the time of booking.

Prestige Hotel Coral Platja, Roses Half-Board

HHH

A beachside location just 300 metres from the centre of Roses. Offering a covered outdoor pool, free Wi-Fi, bar and a buffet restaurant plus bright, air-conditioned rooms with a TV, hairdryer, safe deposit box (extra charge), telephone and mini-fridge. Sea view rooms are available for a supplement.

 n fine days, don’t miss the sunset from the beach – Roses is the O only Costa Brava resort to face west, which means that some evenings can be truly spectacular. Day Four This morning is free to explore the pleasant surroundings of your holiday base. Roses has been settled since the days of the Ancient Greeks, but today is a colourful, typically Catalan resort, with a host of bars, restaurants, cafés and other diversions to enjoy. Don’t miss the included ride on the tractor-hauled, ‘tourist’ road train, the Roses Express, which winds its way – at an anything but ‘express’ pace – into the wooded hills of the Cap de Creus national park above the resort, offering wonderful views along the coastline.

Hotel Prestige Victoria, Roses Half-Board

HHH

Beside Santa Margarita Beach, approximately two kilometres from the centre of Roses. This hotel has an outdoor pool, a spa with steam room, sauna, massages and a small indoor pool, Wi-Fi, a bar and a buffet restaurant. Rooms have a balcony, air-conditioning, TV, hairdryer, safe deposit box (extra charge), telephone, and mini-fridge. Most rooms have partial sea views.

 ther sites to see in and around the resort include the ruins of the O 16th-century citadel walls and Trinitat Castle, and some fascinating ancient dolmen burial sites. Those preferring food to sightseeing will enjoy tasting the local speciality, the suquet de peix – fish with potatoes served with a flourish in most of the towns many restaurants. Thanks to the resort’s working fishing port, seafood is the most popular fare in Roses. Day Five Cross the border back into France on today’s final included excursion, which has as its highlight the journey aboard the hundredyear-old Train du pays Cathare et du Fenouillèdes, more often called simply the ‘Red Train’, travelling through the spectacular scenery of castle-dotted Cathar Country from Rivesaltes, near historic Perpignan, to the Pyrenean village of Axat. On fine days, travel in open-air ‘summer wagons’ across viaducts and through tunnels, past the vineyard-clad lower slopes of the Eastern Pyrenees, and after time to savour the wonderful surroundings for the last time, return to enjoy a final evening in Roses, including a dinner at the hotel. Day Six Bid farewell to your Catalan hosts, and transfer back to the airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a wonderful few days.

Red Train

See page 321 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

111


Moscow, Russia


Scenic Europe Amsterdam & the Dutch Bulbfields

114

Classic Rhine Cruise to Switzerland

116

Swiss Alpine Glories

118

Steam Railways of Austria

120

The Glorious Austrian Tyrol

122

Prague, Budapest & Vienna

124

The Spirit of Kraków

126

Helsinki, Tallinn & Riga

128

Moscow & St Petersburg

130

Istanbul, Ephesus & Troy

132

Ephesus, Pamukkale & Turkey’s Aegean Coast

134

Turkish Gulet Cruising

136

Enjoy fresh air, pristine

waters, colourful cities and scenic wonders, from the Baltic to the Mediterranean.


Amsterdam & the Dutch Bulbfields Enjoy the best of Springtime Holland’s colours and scents on this tremendous value break.

4-day escorted holiday from £499

Keukenhof

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Explore colourful Amsterdam on a canal cruise • Spend a day at Keukenhof, perhaps the world’s most famous flower garden • Explore the Zuider Zee fishing villages of Volendam and Zaanse Schans • Taste original Edam cheese • Enjoy an early evening visit to Amsterdam • Visit medieval gem Utrecht, with its Gothic cathedral • Three nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Ibis Hotel, Tilburg • A three-course dinner on Day Two • Return flights to Amsterdam • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr 2019 SOLD OUT! Apr 2020

Fly direct from

E

njoy an unforgettable day in perhaps the world’s most famous flower garden – magnificent Keukenhof. This wonderful springtime break also includes the chance to spend time in the delightful Dutch capital Amsterdam, with its canals and cobblestones, its museums, bars and cafés, and visits to the delightful villages of the reclaimed Zuider Zee and medieval gem Utrecht. This is the perfect break to introduce yourself to a delightful country that’s right on our doorstep.

Day One Fly to Amsterdam, meet your tour manager and transfer into the heart of the colourful Dutch capital. Spend the afternoon in the exciting city of canals and cobblestones, ‘brown’ bars, cafés and world-class museums, enjoying the included canal cruise – perhaps the best way to see the sights of the city – before taking the opportunity to grab a bite to eat in one of a host of cafés and restaurants, prior to re‑boarding the coach and making the journey south to your hotel base for the next three nights.

• Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Heathrow • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Norwich • Southampton • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Keukenhof Bulbfield Canal Cruise (half day) Day Two – £12

Amsterdam Keukenhof

Volendam Utrecht

Tilburg

The Netherlands

114

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two A wonderful day awaits you, as after breakfast at the hotel you board the coach to make the scenic journey to world renowned Keukenhof, where some seven million flowers carpet the ground in a breathtaking horticultural display that attracts visitors from around the world each year. Wander the pathways that meander through this floral paradise, perhaps stopping in one of the gardens’ several restaurants and cafés for lunch, or even taking an optional canal boat ride through the stunning gardens. Return to the hotel in time to enjoy dinner this evening.


Europe & Beyond Keukenhof

Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam

Day Three The delightful villages of the windmill dotted landscape and the reclaimed Zuider Zee form the background to this morning’s touring. Wander the pretty streets of historic fishing village Volendam – once trodden by the likes of Picasso and Renoir – and catch a glimpse of Dutch life through the ages in the preserved traditional houses. You’ll also enjoy behind the scenes visits unveiling two of Holland’s traditional crafts, as you visit a wooden shoemaking demonstration at Zaanse Schans, beneath its famous windmills, and the famous cheese-producing town of Edam, where one of the most famous of all Dutch exports is produced.  his afternoon you’ll return once again to Amsterdam, to enjoy T another chance to discover and explore the Dutch capital. Perhaps you’ll take in a famous museum – the Van Gogh collection or the vast Rijksmuseum housing the works of old masters, including Rembrandt’s astonishing The Night Watch – or wander through the colourful stalls of the flower market. Perhaps visit the poignant Anne Frank house or simply enjoy the stores of one of Europe’s most vibrant shopping centres – the choices, and the pleasures, are all yours. Return to the hotel for a last overnight stay.

Your Hotel

Ibis Hotel, Tilburg Bed & Breakfast with one dinner

HHH

The modern, friendly Ibis is an ideal base for this break, offering comfortable accommodation close to the town centre and its attractions, and being well placed for your touring programme. As well as comfortable, simply furnished rooms with a TV and free Wi-Fi, there is a restaurant on site, where you’ll enjoy an included dinner on day two and where breakfast is served, as well as a bar and a garden terrace. Please note: The city of Tilburg operates a tourist tax of approximately €3 per person per night which must be paid locally direct to the hotel.

‘Dom’ Tower, Utrecht

Day Four Bid farewell to the hotel, returning to the airport via Utrecht, one of Holland’s medieval cities famed for its Gothic cathedral and Dom Tower – Holland’s highest – from which there are far-reaching views to be enjoyed. A last chance, perhaps to enjoy a coffee, beer or light lunch, perhaps of smoked eel or delicious herring, in one of the countless hostelries that line Utrecht’s canals and cobbled streets, will be the final highlight of this delightful Dutch break.

Amsterdam, Netherlands

See page 321 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

115


NEW for 2019

Classic Rhine Cruise to Switzerland Enjoy all the delights of stylish, contemporary, All-Inclusive cruising and the sights of Europe’s most celebrated river.

8-day River Cruise holiday from £1,609

Rhine Gorge

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Embark your A-ROSA ship in magnificent Cologne • Cruise upstream to Mainz, to enjoy a walking tour of the ancient city • Overnight stay close to Strasbourg • Enjoy a day in elegant Swiss Basel • Call at Black Forest gateway Breisach • Daytime cruise through the UNESCO-listed Rhine Gorge • Walking tour and gondola ride in historic Koblenz • Seven nights’ All-Inclusive cruise aboard A-ROSA AQUA or A-ROSA FLORA, with accommodation in your chosen cabin, complimentary bathrobe, slippers and toiletries, on-board buffet breakfast, lunch and dinner, beverages throughout the day, including top quality alcoholic drinks, on-board entertainment and activities • Return flights to Germany • Return airport transfers

J

oin your magnificent A-ROSA ship in Rhineland capital Cologne and sail south to historic Mainz and Alsace capital Strasbourg, then on to elegant Swiss Basel, for the chance to explore the scenic glories beyond. Returning downstream, call at Black Forest gateway Breisach and sail through the glorious, UNESCO-listed Rhine Gorge, before spending a last evening in historic Koblenz. Take in unforgettable sights and enjoy all the pleasures of life aboard ship – A-ROSA-style.

Day One Fly to Cologne and transfer to the quayside to board your sleek A-ROSA ship. Settle into your comfortable cabin, enjoy a drink in the bar or a stroll on top deck as the ship begins her journey upriver, and dine when you wish, enjoying the ‘free-style’ dining service. Perhaps enjoy a nightcap before turning in for your first night aboard.

Available

Cologne

Apr, Jun to Sep 2019

Germany

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Edinburgh • Heathrow • Manchester • Southend • Stansted

Lorelei

Koblenz

Mainz

The Rhin

Cruise Only without flights from £1,379  ravel at your convenience by making your own T arrangements to meet the ship on selected dates.

e

Travel by Eurostar™ from £1,639*  ravel by Eurostar™ from London St Pancras T International or Ebbsfleet International. Please call us for more information.

Strasbourg Breisach

France

*Train times are subject to change. You will receive your final travel times with your joining instructions.

Basel

Lake Constance

Switzerland

116

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two Shortly after breakfast you’ll arrive in the picturesque Rhineland city of Mainz, famous as the home of Johannes Gutenberg, the ‘father of the printing press’. Step ashore to discover the historic city on an included walking tour, and perhaps explore under your own steam, before your ship sails once again this afternoon. As you head upriver, tonight might be the occasion to enjoy an A-ROSA Dining Evening in the smart, more formal dining area, for a small charge. Day Three After a scenic morning on the river, perhaps spent in the comfortable lounge, or on the vast top deck, the fine-day focal point of life on board, you’ll arrive early this afternoon in Strasbourg, close to which your ship will moor overnight. Enjoy the opportunity to explore the Alsace capital, with its canal-lined Petite France quarter and great Gothic cathedral, and choose to return to the ship to dine at your leisure, or to enjoy the evening ashore on your own account.


Europe & Beyond Strasbourg A-ROSA Cooking Station

Basel

A-ROSA Sun Deck

Day Four After another chance to wander the pretty streets of Strasbourg, set sail upstream this afternoon and enjoy an evening on the river, as you wind your way through its sweeping meanders towards Switzerland. On board, savour dinner and drinks from the bar – one of the pleasures of All-Inclusive cruising – and perhaps enjoy a little light entertainment in the lounge before retiring, perhaps after a turn under the stars on the top deck. Day Five Breakfast time sees you moored in Switzerland’s elegant, cultured ‘gateway city’ Basel, with its red sandstone cathedral, the Munster, and some strikingly modern buildings. Explore the city, with its museums and galleries, and year-round air of festival fun in its contemporary bars and cafés, or perhaps take a shore excursion to explore some of the picture-book Swiss countryside beyond. This evening, your A-ROSA ship begins her return journey downriver. Day Six Early this morning you’ll arrive in Breisach, for the chance to step ashore to explore this pretty Black Forest gateway, or to join an optional shore excursion through the land of cuckoo clocks and pretty towns and villages. Set sail once more at lunchtime, to begin a long, lazy afternoon on the water. Day Seven Cruise into the heart of the Middle Rhine, past vineyards, mid-stream castles and pretty wine towns and villages, and on through the breathtaking Rhine Gorge, beneath the legendary Lorelei, from which sirens were said to have lured sailors to their fate. By mid-afternoon you’ll arrive in Koblenz, at the confluence of the Rhine and the Moselle, and opposite imposing Ehrenbreitstein Fortress. Enjoy an included walking tour and cablecar ride across the river, before spending your last evening aboard or ashore as you please, with the ship sailing later. Day Eight Awaken this morning back in Cologne, bid ‘Auf Wiedersehen’ to the ship and transfer back to the airport for your return flight.

Your way!

River cruising,

A-ROSA – All-Inclusive River Cruising Experience the freedom, choice and flexibility of cruising on some of the most contemporary, casual‑yet-stylish vessels afloat. Enjoy changing landscapes, historic cities and fascinating ports of call to explore. All the ships offer chic accommodation, flexible, free-style dining arrangements and free drinks throughout each day, including beers, most wines and most top brand spirits! With a host of activities aboard or ashore, this really is the very best of river cruising – your way!

Your Cabin Choices

A-ROSA AQUA & FLORA Your stylish, contemporary ships offer lounge/ bar, free-style and more formal dining rooms, vast top deck with pool, barbecue and bar, deck games and loungers, and a SPA-ROSA Wellness suite, with sauna and gym. Larger A-ROSA AQUA boasts a slightly larger SPA area and a separate wine bar, while smaller A-ROSA FLORA incorporates the wine bar into the lounge.

Category S Deck 1 Cabin

Included in price

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and picture window.

Category A Deck 1 Cabin

Price from £1,819

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and picture window.

Category C Deck 2 Cabin

Price from £2,169

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and Juliet balcony.

Category D Deck 3 Cabin

Price from £2,269

Stylish two-bedded outside cabin with bathroom and Juliet balcony.

A-ROSA AQUA

See page 322 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

117


Swiss Alpine Glories

Immerse yourself in the natural glories and historic towns and cities of the world’s most beautiful Alpine paradise.

8–day escorted holiday from £779

Lake Lucerne

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend a week in the celebrated resort of Chateau d’Oex • Rest and relax in the idyllic surroundings of the Pays d’Enhaut (High Country) • Take to the hills on foot or by cable car • Visit the fascinating Hot Air Balloon and Cheese museums • Discover picture-book Swiss capital Bern and the beautiful Bernese Oberland on included excursions • Visit medieval gem and cheese-making village Gruyères • Seven nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star superior Roc et Neige Hotel, Chateau d’Oex • Five dinners • Return flights to Geneva • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin this wonderful – and wonderful value – holiday to the beautiful, breathtaking land of lakes and mountains scenery, clean air and enchanting settlements that is Switzerland. Based in a welcoming, internationally celebrated resort in an idyllic setting between Lake Geneva and the glorious Bernese Oberland, and with a host of marvellous included and optional excursions to savour and enjoy, this is a picturepostcard-perfect introduction to a place that is on almost everybody’s ‘must-do, must-see’ list of destinations.

Day One Fly to Geneva, meet your tour manager and make the scenic transfer by coach to Chateau d’Oex and your hotel, travelling along the shore of Lake Geneva before heading up through green pastures to your beautiful holiday base. Settle in and get to know your surroundings, and depending upon your time of arrival, take a stroll through the village before dinner is served.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester

Optional Excursions • Central Switzerland & Lucerne (full day) Day Three – from £40 • Lake Geneva & Montreux (full day) Day Five – £37

Switzerland Geneva

118

Day Two Today is free for you to get to know Chateau d’Oex and its surroundings. In the heart of the Pays d’Enhaut ‘high country’ region, the village resort has been a favourite of Newmarket guests for over 30 years, and offers everything to ensure your stay is a memorable one. For the energetic, there’s a fine outdoor swimming pool (open mid-May until early September), riding stables, mini-golf, ten pin bowling, tennis courts and miles of walking Bern Lucerne trails marked with the famous yellow Interlaken signposts. For those who wish to relax, Grindelwald there’s a trio of fascinating museums, one chronicling life in this little corner of Switzerland through the ages, another the history of cheese-making, and the last, thanks to the village’s world renown as a hot-air-balloon centre, celebrating the magnificent men (and women)

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Gruyères Chateau d’Oex


Europe & Beyond Chapel Bridge, Lucerne

Lake Geneva

and their flying baskets! Enjoy Chateau d’Oex’s selection of bars, restaurants and shops and perhaps take a cable car to the heights above. A warm welcome from friendly locals completes a perfect holiday picture.

Your Hotel

After a wonderful day, enjoy dinner in the hotel. Day Three Spend another day discovering the many delights of Chateau d’Oex, or join the first optional full day excursion to beautiful Central Switzerland, the country’s historic heartland, where Wilhelm Tell shot the apple from his son’s head – as legend has it – and where, in 1291, the Swiss Confederation was proclaimed by the inhabitants of the ‘Four Forest Cantons’ which surround Lake Lucerne (Vierwaldstättersee). You’ll also visit exquisite Lucerne, one of Europe’s most delightful cities, with its famous Chapel Bridge and marvellous Transport Museum, perhaps board a lake steamer to catch a glimpse of the historic landmarks from the water or simply stroll to a lakeside café for afternoon tea, before returning to Chateau d’Oex this evening. Day Four The first of the included excursions is to the beautiful Bernese Oberland. Travelling through stunning countryside, you’ll take in scenic Lake Thun and the famous resort town of Interlaken, overlooked by the snow-capped peaks of the Jungfrau range, and one of Switzerland’s most popular places to shop. From here, journey to the truly spectacular resort of Grindelwald, famously set at the foot of the mighty Eiger, before making the scenic journey back to Chateau d’Oex at the end of a memorable day.

The Roc et Neige, Chateau d’Oex Bed & Breakfast & five dinners

HHH

In the heart of the mountain village, the traditional and welcoming Roc et Neige hotel is close to all the local amenities. There is a comfortable lounge area, and a restaurant serving food made from local produce. There is also a large terrace with stunning views of the surrounding mountains. A small gym, sauna and solarium are available. Cosy bedrooms all have a TV, hairdryer and complimentary Wi-Fi is available.

Chateau Chillon

Day Five Today’s optional excursion heads to the sun-kissed shores of Lake Geneva, travelling through the heart of the Swiss wine-producing Valais region to the fashionable resort of Montreux. Basking in a microclimate, sheltered from the north wind by the Alps, this home to the famous Jazz Festival has a delightful lakefront promenade and a host of shops and stores. Close by, brooding Chateau Chillon, Switzerland’s most famous landmark, guards the dark secrets of the past, and makes for a fascinating visit. Day Six Discover and explore Switzerland’s historic capital city Bern, on today’s included tour. With its medieval houses, great churches and wonderful covered shopping arcades all huddled together above a sweeping meander in the River Aare, Bern is one of the world’s most picturesque capitals. One of its most unusual features is the fascinating mechanical clock – be sure to hear – and see – it strike the hour. We return to Chateau d’Oex in the late afternoon, time-permitting making a call in the charming town of Fribourg, an ancient university seat boasting an especially attractive Old Town, with haphazardly arranged houses on cobbled streets sloping steeply away from the River Sarine. Day Seven Make the most of your last day in Chateau d’Oex, and join the final included half-day excursion to nearby Gruyères, the famous cheeseproducing village that is also a medieval gem with an exquisite flowerdecked, cobbled main square. Enjoy a demonstration of the cheesemaking process (entrance to the factory and museum payable locally), which combines ultra-modern technology with centuries’-old traditions, and soak up the atmosphere of this most typically Swiss of villages, before returning to Chateau d’Oex for a last evening in the resort. Day Eight Bid farewell to your Alpine idyll, returning to Geneva Airport for the return flight back to the UK, after a wonderful and memorable few days.

See page 322 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

119


Steam Railways of Austria

Enjoy the pleasures of a wonderful lakes and mountains stay, and take in the stunning scenery on some unforgettable train rides.

8-day escorted holiday from £799

Zillertal Steam Railway

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend a week in the idyllic Austrian Tyrol • Journey on the nostalgic Zillertal Steam Railway • Explore glorious Innsbruck, Imperial Tyrolean capital • See some of the world’s oldest steam engines on the Achensee Cog Railway • Discover ‘Sound of Music’ city Salzburg and the spectacular Krimml Falls on wonderful optional excursions • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Erzherzog Johann, Uderns im Zillertal • Return flights to Munich • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin us in the holiday paradise of the scenic Austrian Tyrol, a land of green pastures, towering mountains and flowerdecked villages, where in addition to a stay in a wonderful Alpine paradise, you’ll enjoy journeys on some delightful vintage railways through breathtaking countryside, and a visit to Imperial Innsbruck, the glorious Tyrolean capital. Savour all the delights of a welcoming, traditional hotel, and in addition to the included tours, join our tour manager on some wonderful optional excursions.

Day One Fly to Munich and transfer by coach to the welcoming village of Uderns in the idyllic Zillertal Valley, checking into your hotel for a welcoming schnapps. Settle into your delightful surroundings before dinner is served this evening.

Available May, Jun & Sep 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Salzburg (full day) Day Three – from £40 • Tratzberg Castle & Rattenberg (full day) Day Five – from £58 • Pinzgauer Train & Krimml Waterfalls (full day) Day Seven – from £47 Innsbruck

Italy

Day Two Enjoy the first included railway journey today, travelling on the historic narrow gauge Zillertal Steam Railway, through a beautiful landscape of green pastures, farms and forests, and villages and hamlets of wooden chalets festooned with colourful window boxes, all overlooked by distant peaks. As the vintage train makes its way from Jenbach to the chic Munich ski resort of Mayrhofen, at the foot of the great Hintertux Glacier, the pleasures of Salzburg the journey will no doubt be enhanced by folk musicians and a glass of local Uderns schnapps! Enjoy Mayrhofen’s cafés and shops, and perhaps take a trip on the Tuxer Fernerhaus gondola (payable locally), which transports you to the dizzy heights of 2,660m and the mountain restaurant, from the sun terrace of which you can enjoy wonderful views of the Zillertal Alps and the snow-capped peaks beyond.

Austria

 eturn to the hotel at the end of a R wonderful day.

120

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Europe & Beyond

Hohe Tauern National Park

Lake Achensee and the Achenseebahn

Day Three Rest and relax in Uderns today, perhaps taking to the hills on one of the many marked paths that criss-cross the Zillertal Valley. Alternatively, join the optional excursion to beautiful Salzburg, birthplace of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart, forever associated with the movie The Sound of Music, and lying huddled beneath the imposing Hohensalzburg Castle. Enjoy a walking tour of this treasure trove of Baroque architecture after which you can explore the city at your own pace. Connections with the composer are everywhere – from the Mozartplatz with its famous Glockenspiel clock, to his birthplace and family home, both of which can be visited during the day (entrances payable locally).

Your Hotel

Day Four Today’s included excursion brings the opportunity to discover Imperial Innsbruck, the Tyrolean capital, with its historic old town, or Altstadt, and famous Maria-Theresien-Strasse, the elegant main street. Don’t miss the famous ‘Golden Roof’, the copper-tiled covering above the window from which the Kaiser would look down on the royal tournaments, and be sure to stop for coffee and cake at one of the Old Town’s countless cafés. The day will also include a visit to the striking Olympic ski-jump at Bergisel.

Hotel Erzherzog Johann, Uderns im Zillertal Half-Board

HHH

This family-run hotel is located in the village of Uderns, in the pretty Zillertal Valley – the heart of the beautiful Tyrol. The hotel has a cosy restaurant and bar, a sun terrace, garden and a wellness area with an indoor pool, sauna and steam room. 80 comfortable bedrooms have satellite TV, hairdryer, telephone and safe.

Day Five Another chance to enjoy all the delights of Uderns and its surroundings, or to join today’s optional excursion, which takes in 500 year-old Tratzberg Castle, reached by a ‘tourist train’ from the castle inn. Perched high amongst the woods, Tratzberg is a 16th-century gem, beautiful preserved, with an ornate Renaissance courtyard and stunningly painted Habsburg Hall. This afternoon you’ll visit tiny, picture-book, Rattenberg, the Tyrol’s smallest town, famed for its glass-blowing and crystal work, as well as its traditional Apfelstrudel. You’ll have opportunities to see artisan craftspeople at work and to taste the traditional dessert prepared by master bakers. Day Six A last included excursion sees you journey to Jenbach to board the historic Achenseebahn, a cog railway that climbs through stunning scenery high above the Inn Valley to Lake Achensee, Austria’s largest body of water and a popular spot for bathing. Rest and relax, perhaps on one of the beaches that fringe its wooded shores, or take a cruise on a lake steamer (payable locally), enjoying snacks and refreshments on board as you take in the views. Day Seven A last day is free to enjoy the delights of Uderns once more, although many will join the final optional excursion, travelling to the Salzach Valley to board the historic Pinzgauer Lokalbahn for the unforgettable train journey beneath the Kitzbühler Alps and on through the protected Hohe Tauern National Park to the spectacular Krimml Falls, Europe’s highest. Walk to the base of the plunging torrent, or follow a trail up the side of the falls for a close-up view of a sight that draws visitors from across the globe. After a marvellous day you’ll return to enjoy a last dinner in the hotel. Day Eight Bid “Auf Wiedersehen” this morning to your Tyrolean hosts, and make the scenic journey back to the airport and the return fight to the UK at the end of a marvellous holiday.

Salzburg

See page 322 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

121


NEW for 2019

The Glorious Austrian Tyrol

Revel in the picture-postcard-perfect surroundings and fresh air of one of Europe’s most celebrated Alpine paradises.

8-day escorted holiday from £669

Austrian Alps

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Stay in a delightful hotel in a Tyrolean village • Visit internationally renowned resort St Anton • Explore idyllic Lake Constance and island-town Lindau • Discover Tyrolean capital Innsbruck • See ‘Mad’ Ludwig’s fairy-tale Neuschwanstein Castle • Unwind in stunning Alpine surroundings • Rest and relax, hike or cycle at your leisure • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Basur, Flirsch am Arlberg • Return flights to Zurich • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Savour the delights of a holiday in the wonderful surroundings

of the Tyrolean Alps, enjoying the pristine air, green pastures and snow-capped peaks of a very special corner of the world. Rest and relax in a picture-book village, where you’ll enjoy traditional, warm Tyrolean hospitality, and journey out to take in some of the region’s most sparkling jewels, including famed resort St Anton, historic Innsbruck, neighbouring Germany’s beautiful Lake Constance and Bavaria’s fabled Neuschwanstein Castle.

Day One Fly to Zurich and transfer to your home from home in delightful Flirsch am Arlberg. Settle into your surroundings, enjoy a welcome drink, and dependent upon your time of arrival, enjoy your first glimpse of this wonderful place, and a traditional dinner in the hotel.

Available

Day Two On today’s first included tour, you’ll board the coach for the short journey along the valley to famous St Anton, one of Austria’s premier year-round resorts. Wander through the flower-decked streets and perhaps enjoy a morning coffee in one of several delightful cafés, before re-boarding the coach for the journey on into the neighbouring Voralberg region and on to beautiful Lake Constance.

May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • London City • Luton • Manchester

Optional Excursions • Alpine Mountains Panorama (full day) Day Three – £39 • Liechtenstein & Medieval Feldkirch (full day) Day Five – £39 • Seefeld (full day) Day Seven – £36

 nown locally as Bodensee, the lake borders Austria, Switzerland K and Germany, and you’ll drive around its shore to fabled island-town Lindau, idyllic gateway to Bavaria. Here, the improbably beautiful Altstadt is one of southern Germany’s greatest treasures and the busy harbour is watched over by a lighthouse and a Bavarian lion, and is surrounded by grand Lake Constance Neuschwanstein hotels and cafés. Perhaps enjoy a stroll through the picture-book town, and lunch on the lake Lindau Seefeld promenade, before returning to Flirsch at the Vaduz St Anton Innsbruck end of a wonderful day.

Germany

Austria

Liechtenstein

122

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Flirsch

Day Three Today is free to enjoy the delights of Flirsch and its surroundings. Set in its beautiful valley surrounded by the Tyrolean Alps, the village offers all that you could wish for in a mountain resort, with stunning scenery all


Europe & Beyond Innsbruck

Hungerburg Funicular

Lindau

around. With the emphasis firmly on enjoying the outdoor life, the resort offers numerous hiking trails, tennis courts, bike hire, a swimming pool and quaint bars, pubs and cafés in which to soak up the unique Tyrolean atmosphere. Larger, nearby St Anton, visited briefly on Day Two, offers a wider range of activities, including a public spa and a cable car to the heights above, and is easily reached by bus from Flirsch.

Your Hotel

 n optional excursion today brings the opportunity to explore A the surrounding Alps on a panoramic tour of the mountains and when open, to enjoy the scenic delights of the Silvretta High Alpine Road, with its predictably breathtaking scenery. Day Four Today’s included excursion is to Imperial Innsbruck, the elegant Tyrolean capital. Take in the imposing Wilten Monastery and the famous Olympic ski-jump, before entering through the historic triumphal arch to enjoy a guided tour of the city with your tour manager. With its old town, or Altstadt, and famous MariaTheresien-Strasse, Innsbruck is a delight, with highlights including the famous ‘Golden Roof’, the copper-tiled covering above a window, from which the Kaiser Maximilian would look down on the city. Be sure to stop for ‘coffee and cake’ at one of the countless cafés in the Old Town, and perhaps take the Hungerburg Funicular (payable locally) from the futuristic base station for a bird’s eye view of the surrounding peaks.

Hotel Basur, Flirsch am Arlberg Half-Board

HHH

In the heart of the delightful village, next to the pretty church, this family-run hotel exudes Tyrolean charm. A cosy bar and beautiful restaurant will delight each evening, while the well-equipped spa offers a sauna and steam bath. Traditionally furnished rooms boast a TV, hairdryer and free Wi-Fi. A local bus to neighbouring resorts stops right outside the hotel.

Day Five An optional excursion today journeys to the tiny Principality of Liechtenstein, the world’s last German-speaking monarchy, and a place of tranquil, forested beauty and great tradition, especially in its glorious capital Vaduz. Known as “Städtle”, or “little city”, Vaduz is both seat of government and home to the reigning Prince Hans Adam, who lives in the towering, turreted Schloss Vaduz. Stamp-collectors might explore the world-famous Briefmarkenmuseum. After a fascinating few hours, you’ll journey back over the spectacular Arlberg Pass to the wonderful medieval town of Feldkirch, with its own towers and turrets, and its shops, cafés and restaurants hidden behind ancient city walls, before returning to Flirsch. Day Six The last included excursion is today’s visit to Bavaria to view the extraordinary turrets and towers of ‘Mad’ King Ludwig’s famous castle at Neuschwanstein, built high on a rocky crag, and every bit as fantastical inside as out, with Gothic bedrooms and decorations inspired by Wagnerian opera (entrance payable locally). Don’t miss strolling across the Marienbrűcke for the classic view of this more-Disney-than-Disney fantasy, in its stunning setting. Day Seven Spend a last day enjoying the pleasures of Flirsch and its surroundings, or join a final optional excursion to the classic Tyrolean town of Seefeld, with its onion-domed church, elegant shops and stores, and array of eateries, both in the town and in the hills above.  owever you spend your day, enjoy a last dinner at the hotel, no doubt H recalling the highlights of the past wonderful week. Day Eight Bid “Auf Wiedersehen” to your hosts and transfer back to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

Neuschwanstein Castle

See page 322 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

123


Prague, Budapest & Vienna

Explore a trio of Europe’s most vibrant and colourful cities, their scenic surroundings and the glorious ‘Blue’ Danube.

8-day escorted holiday from £789

Tyn Cathedral & Clock Tower, Prague

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy an included tour of historic Prague • See Charles’ Bridge’s blackened statues and Old Town Square’s fascinating astronomical clock • Journey through beautiful, forested Bohemia • A guided tour brings to life Imperial Vienna • See the Ringstrasse buildings and the Hofburg Palace – home to the Spanish Riding School of Vienna • Pay a visit to cosmopolitan Bratislava, en route to Hungary • Explore twin city Budapest, with its style and traditional thermal baths, on a guided tour • Danube river cruise in Budapest, with stunning views of the vast Gothic Parliament • Seven nights’ carefully chosen four-star bed and breakfast accommodation at the Crystal Palace, Prague, the Simm’s Hotel, Vienna and the Lion’s Garden Hotel, Budapest • Outbound flight to Prague, returning from Budapest • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Mar to Nov 2019

Prague

• Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Czech Republic

Optional Excursions

124

Day One Fly to Prague, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel. Dependent upon your arrival time, there may be the opportunity of a first exploration of the Czech capital. A delightful ‘walkabout’ city, Prague is crammed with bars and restaurants.

Dresden

Fly direct from

• Evening Prague River Cruise Day Two – £33 • Dresden (full day) Day Three – £19 • Schönbrunn Palace (half day) Day Five – £22 • Folklore Evening Budapest Day Seven – £33

B

egin in the breathtaking Bohemian capital of the Czech Republic, and enjoy this hugely popular journey through the heart of Bohemia. Take in magnificent Vienna, home to stunning palaces, a vibrant cultural life, and the very best coffee and cake, the cosmopolitan Slovakian capital Bratislava, and majestic ‘twin-city’ Budapest, which sits astride the mighty River Danube. An opportunity, on an optional excursion, to discover Baroque gem Dresden, completes the wonderful tour.

Vienna

Austria

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two Get to know this, one of Europe’s most beautiful capitals, which has miraculously survived the turbulent centuries unscathed. Join our guide for a walking tour which will introduce you to the exquisite Old Town, or Staré Mesto, the city’s heart since the 13th-century, then cross the River Vlatva by the famous cobbled Charles Bridge, with its blackened statues, into the steeply sloping left bank and the Hradčany district, dominated by the imposing mass of Prague’s ancient castle. Beneath this magnificent building, home to great St Vitus’ Cathedral and the historic Royal Palace, are the narrow, sloping cobbled streets of Malá Strana, or Little Quarter.

Slovakia

Bratislava

Budapest

Hungary

 ollowing the tour, the rest of the day is F free for you to explore at your leisure. This evening, why not join our optional river cruise with buffet dinner? Day Three Explore the fascinating city at your leisure today, or join the optional excursion to the former Eastern Germany’s Baroque gem Dresden, with its restored glories, including the stupendous Frauenkirche, which lay


Europe & Beyond Belvedere Palace, Vienna

Budapest

in ruins from 1945 until its rebuilding following reunification, the surrounding Altstadt, Baroque Theaterplatz, the Residenzschloss – seat of Saxon kings and home to a priceless jewel collection – and the pavilions and courtyards of the Zwinger buildings, all south of the River Elbe. On the northern bank, Neustadt and its neighbouring Aussere Neustadt quarter brim with life, and are also home to several fascinating museums. Don’t miss the view of the Altstadt from Neustadt’s riverside meadows.

Your Hotels

After a fascinating day, return to spend a last evening in Prague. Day Four Take your leave of Prague to head south into Bohemia, a rolling, romantic region of dense forests, medieval towns and hill‑top castles. By early afternoon you will have crossed into Austria, and will arrive in the great Imperial city of Vienna. Enjoy a guided introduction to the magnificent seat of the Hapsburg Empire, with its imposing Baroque palaces and cathedral. The world famous Hofburg Palace is home to the Spanish Riding School, the Vienna Boys’ Choir, several museums and the Austrian President, and the Old Town, or Innere Stadt, is a labyrinth of streets humming with the buzz of shops and cafés. Vienna is famous as the home of the Kaffeehaus, and no doubt during your visit there’ll be time to sit and enjoy coffee and cake in one of several celebrated Viennese meeting-places. Day Five This morning, explore the city once again, or join the optional excursion to the Schönbrunn Palace, Imperial summer home and one of Austria’s greatest treasures, a magnificent building that once echoed with the music of the young Mozart. Enjoy a second evening in Vienna. Day Six Bid farewell to the Austrian capital and cross into picturesque Slovakia and its wonderful capital, Bratislava, delightfully set on the River Danube close to the point where Austria and Hungary converge. A cosmopolitan mix of Central European influences, Bratislava boasts glorious Baroque palaces and some stunning churches. After a fascinating few hours in the city, re-board the coach to make the onward journey into Hungary and its glorious, Danube-side ‘twin’ capital Budapest, for a last two‑night stay.

Crystal Palace, Prague Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 1-3

This modern hotel is ideally located in the heart of Prague, just a few minutes’ walk from Wenceslas Square, and offers high levels of service and comfort. Hotel facilities include a 24-hour reception and lounge area, lift, sauna and bar. Guest rooms are stylish and all have a mini-bar, safety deposit box and satellite TV.

Simm’s Hotel, Vienna Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 4-5

This stylish hotel is located in Vienna’s 11th district, close to the Stadthalle, and Simmeringer, one of Vienna’s longest shopping streets. The historical centre including St Stephen’s Cathedral can be reached via the nearby metro line. All bedrooms have air conditioning, mini-bar, TV, telephone, safe and free Wi-Fi. There is also a reception, bar and lounge area, and a café.

Lion’s Garden Hotel, Budapest HHHH Bed & Breakfast nights 6-7 Located in the heart of the city, a short tram ride away from many of the famous sights including the Parliament Building and Heroes’ Square, the hotel has a restaurant, bar and lounge, a wellness centre including a gym, swimming pool and spa treatments (local charge). All of the bedrooms have a hairdryer, mini-bar, satellite TV, air conditioning and safe.

Day Seven Enjoy this morning’s introductory tour of the ‘twin’ city, set astride the river. On one ‘half’ sits Buda, an elegant hillside of opulent buildings, while opposite Pest is a bustling hive of museums, galleries, thermal baths, restaurants and bars. Discover the former’s castle district, with its delightful medieval houses and the fascinating Matyas Church with its medieval frescoes, and take a look at the spectacular vista from Fishermen’s Bastion. In Pest, the vast Gothic Parliament lining the river and the grandiose Heroes Square, with its imposing columns and statues, are just two of the highlights. Later this afternoon, enjoy an included river cruise, while this evening, you have the chance to join an optional folklore evening of traditional Hungarian music and food. Day Eight Transfer to Budapest airport for your return flight. Itinerary Information: On certain dates the itinerary will operate in reverse, arriving into Budapest and departing from Prague.

See page 322 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

125


The Spirit of Kraków

Savour the preserved medieval glories of Poland’s former Royal capital unveiled, and pay a moving visit to poignant Auschwitz.

5-day escorted holiday from £469

Wawel Castle

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a guided tour of Poland’s stunning former Royal Capital • Discover the great medieval square of Rynek Glówny • Wander the market stalls and galleries of the vast Sukkennice Cloth Hall • Don’t miss the stunning Mariacki church • Take in Wawel Castle and its stunning riverside views • Visit the Kazimierz district, the former centre of Jewish culture • Enjoy Kraków’s vibrant café culture • Visit poignant, sobering Auschwitz-Birkenau • Four nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Q Hotel, Kraków • Return flights to Kraków • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

D

iscover one of a handful of major Central European cities to have survived the centuries unscathed. Kraków, former Archbishopric of Pope John-Paul II, and a colourful university seat humming with modern life and post-Communist enthusiasm, is one of Europe’s must-see ‘new’ destinations. Our escorted break lifts the veil on this great visual masterpiece whose UNESCO-listed architectural treasures rival any found across the continent, and also pays a respectful visit to the preserved remains of infamous Auschwitz-Birkenau.

Day One Fly to Kraków, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel. Time-permitting, take your first look at the city, or head for a café or local beer cellar. Our tour manager will be on hand to point you in the right direction, and to make dinner suggestions. A vibrant, bustling city, Kraków is no museum piece, but a lived-in space, crammed full of cafés, restaurants and bars, especially lively in the evening, when it offers an ever-widening choice of eateries, from traditional Polish, Russian, German, Lithunian and Jewish-influenced dishes to some of the latest ‘foodie’ fads and fashions.

Available Mar to Nov 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Leeds/Bradford • Manchester • Newcastle • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Wieliczka Salt Mine Day Four – £35

Poland Auschwitz

Kraków Wieliczka

126

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two Our included guided, mainly walking tour of the city, in the company of our friendly guide, will bring to life this seat of Polish kings and former home to much loved Cardinal Karol Wojtyla, who was destined to become John Paul II. The focal point of Stare Miasto, Kraków’s mesmerising medieval heart, is the great square of Rynek Glówny, medieval Europe’s largest such space, surrounded by buildings of breathtaking beauty, churches with towers and intricate spires, and at its centre the vast Sukkennice or Cloth Hall, which today serves as a covered market, its upper floor a fascinating art gallery, and its


Europe & Beyond

Mariacki Church, Kraków

Cloth Hall, Kraków

Auschwitz

ground floor cafés perfect places in which to rest awhile. Close by, the Mariacki Church is one of Poland’s finest buildings, and both north and west of here the medieval and Renaissance splendour continues, with the University district especially appealing.

Your Hotel

 ollowing the tour, continue your exploration. Perhaps the F opulent State Rooms of Wawel Castle might draw you away from the stunning views of the River Vistula. Don’t miss the wooden altarpiece of the Mariacki church, or the art treasures of the Czartoryski Palace, close to Florianska Gate and the three-metre thick defensive walls of the Barbakan fort, at the northernmost point of the Old Town.  outh of Wawel Hill lies the Kazimierz district, historic centre of S Jewish culture until the events of 1941, which forced the population into the ghetto across the river, a temporary home before the tragic final journey to Auschwitz‑Birkenau.

Q Hotel, Kraków Bed & Breakfast

HHH The hotel offers modern, comfortable, accommodation in the Bronowice district away from the city centre, with easy access by bus. Alternatively, it’s a 45-60 minute walk to sites such as Wawel Castle and Rynek Glówny (the main square). Facilities include a restaurant with Polish and international cuisine, and a lounge bar. Rooms are decorated in an ultra-modern style with air conditioning, satellite TV, with tea/ coffee-making facilities and Wi-Fi.

The rest of the day and evening are free. Day Three Today we have included an excursion to AuschwitzBirkenau, some 70km southwest of the city. This harrowing and thought-provoking pilgrimage will provide a very real insight into the events of the Final Solution, as you tour the buildings of the camp, many left as they were discovered in 1944. You’ll return to the city, perhaps to explore the Kazimierz quarter, or to visit the poignant ‘Pharmacy under the Eagle’ museum, across the river in the Podgórze district, the cramped, post 1941 ghetto.

Statue of Adam Mickiewicz

This evening, perhaps dine in the city once again. Day Four Today is free to discover more of the city’s sights, perhaps to return to a place of interest, or to look for souvenirs of your visit, although many will wish to join the optional excursion, making the short journey to the astonishing salt mine at Wieliczka. This UNESCO-listed monument was first excavated a thousand years ago, whose vast underground chambers, which while no longer functioning as a mine, remain one of Poland’s most fascinating attractions, with subterranean walkways leading past some remarkable natural and man-made wonders, including a full-sized chapel carved out of the salt and, at the very lowest level, a stupendous working concert hall. A museum of mining gives an in-depth impression of what life was like for the miners, and the visit ends with the subterranean gift shop and café, before you are returned to the surface by lift. Spend a final evening in Kraków, reliving the excitement of the last few days. Day Five Dependent upon your flight time, catch a final glimpse of the majestic city, before transferring to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

See page 323 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

127


NEW for 2019

Helsinki, Tallinn & Riga Experience the clear air, designer cool, vibrant café cultures and picture-book charms of three Baltic gems and their scenic surroundings.

8-day escorted holiday from £799

Alexander Nevsky Cathedral, Tallinn

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Two nights in Finland’s delightful capital • Discover vibrant Helsinki on a guided tour and soak up the atmosphere and designer cool of the Finnish gem • Cross the Baltic Sea to Estonia’s picture-book Tallinn for a two-night stay • Enjoy a guided tour of Tallinn’s restored Old Town • Relax and enjoy the Estonian capital’s vibrant café life • Journey via Baltic resort Parnu to Riga, for a guided tour • Seven nights’ carefully chosen four-star bed and breakfast accommodation at the Scandic Grand Marina Hotel, Helsinki, the Park Inn by Radisson Meriton Spa Hotel, Tallinn and the Rixwell Old Palace Hotel, Riga • Outbound flight to Helsinki, returning from Riga • Ferry crossing from Helsinki to Tallinn • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

oin us in a trio of glorious Baltic capitals, each contrasting effervescent modernity with wonderfully preserved history, and each offering the delights of outdoor living, some of Europe’s cutting-edge cuisine and some memorable sights. Wander through compact, maritime Helsinki and after an enjoyable crossing to Estonia, discover Tallinn’s engaging charms, before heading south along the pristine coast, to complete a wonderful Baltic journey in Latvia’s colourful, cosmopolitan capital Riga.

Day One Fly to Helsinki, meet your tour manager and make the transfer to your four-star waterside hotel in the heart of the city. Rest and relax on arrival, perhaps taking your first Finnish sauna at the hotel, before exploring the harbour, with its market halls. Head into the compact city in search of dinner in a vast choice of establishments. Choose from traditional Scandinavian fish restaurants to some of Europe’s most exciting new eateries. Drinks can be enjoyed in a similarly wide choice of watering holes. Depending on your arrival date, enjoy the late evening light. Staying out shortly after midnight might see you returning to the hotel in daylight!

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Heathrow • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • Manchester

Optional Excursions • Porvoo (half day) Day Two – £39 • Maarjamäe Palace (half day) Day Four – £39 • Ethnographic Open-Air Museum (half day) Day Six – £22

Finland Helsinki Tallinn

Estonia Riga

128

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two An included, guided excursion introduces the Finnish capital, which exudes maritime charm. See freshly landed fish in the historic Market Hall, perhaps enjoy a coffee – Finns drink more than anybody else in the world – and after a glimpse of stunning Senate Square’s great neo-Classical buildings, which doubled for Moscow’s in many a Cold War movie, perhaps take in the views of the city from the cathedral’s tower.

Latvia

 fter a chance for lunch, the afternoon is free – will it be A the designer stores of the Toriquarters, the boutiques of trendy Kallio, a stroll by the water or a cruise to any of the 300 outlying islands, tea in a welcoming café, or perhaps another early evening sauna that takes your fancy? Or join an optional excursion to exquisite Porvoo, Finland’s ancient, endlessly charming second city. The exciting choices are yours, with a second evening in one of Scandinavia’s most exciting cities to follow.


Helsinki

Day Three Transfer to the quayside this morning to board the ferry for the two-and-a-half-hour crossing – hopefully in the famously clear light of the Baltic Sea – to Estonian capital Tallinn. Upon arrival, transfer to your ultra-modern hotel close to the delightful, walkabout Old Town, and enjoy your first taste of its delights.

Your Hotels

 riginally a Danish stronghold built on Toompea Hill, the O impossibly beautiful, UNESCO-listed heart of Tallinn is one of Europe’s most complete medieval gems, though no musty historical remnant, with vibrant café and cultural lives both thriving within the glorious setting.  nother long, light evening, perhaps spent in the one of countless A trendy eateries, completes a perfect day. Day Four Today begins with a tour of Tallinn in the company of a local guide, bringing to life the major sites, including the crowning glories of onion-domed Alexander Nevsky Cathedral and Toompea Castle, which surveys the Old Town at its feet.  fter the tour, explore the city under your own steam, perhaps A taking in the view from the vertiginous TV Tower, or join the optional excursion to the Maarjamäe Palace, a magnificent sea-side former summer residence built by a Russian count, which now houses the fascinating Estonian History Museum.

Scandic Grand Marina Hotel, Helsinki Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 1-2

Set on the waterfront, opposite the famous Market Hall and within walking distance of the city’s attractions, this stylish hotel, built in an old warehouse, offers a chic lobby area with a restaurant and trendy bar, a small shop, sauna, bikes for loan, and modern air-conditioned rooms with free Wi-Fi, hairdryer, TV and safe.

Park Inn by Radisson Meriton Spa Hotel, Tallinn Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 3-4

Offering easy access to the glorious Old Town, this contemporary hotel offers a grill restaurant, popular bar and café, an extensive spa, sauna and fitness area, free Wi-Fi throughout and wellequipped, air-conditioned rooms offering, tea/ coffee-making facilities, TV, hairdryer and safe.

Spend a second evening enjoying Tallinn’s lively atmosphere. Day Five Journey south today by coach along the scenic coast, pausing for lunch at Estonia’s celebrated beach resort, Pärnu, and on into Latvia and its colourful, cosmopolitan capital Riga, for three nights. After checking into the hotel, enjoy your first evening in the Baltic states’ largest city, where a host of cafés, bars and restaurants cater to all tastes and pockets. Day Six A guided tour will lift the veil on fascinating Riga, a trading centre for centuries and now rushing headlong into the 21st century, with ultra-modern buildings springing up around its walled central core. Highlights include the lovingly reconstructed Dutch-influenced ‘House of the Blackheads’, several large churches, Riga Castle, beautifully restored Town Hall Square, the towering Freedom Monument, two magnificent cathedrals and the Art Nouveau glories of the UNESCO-listed ‘Quiet Centre’ district.

Rixwell Old Palace Hotel, Riga Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 5-7

In the heart of Riga’s Old Town, yet in a quiet, side-street location, this classic, Art Deco building boasts classically furnished rooms with TV, tea and coffee-making facilities, hairdryer, free Wi-Fi throughout and, in addition to an elegant restaurant and lobby bar, offers a wellness centre (treatments payable locally) and small gym.

Tallinn

 his afternoon, join the optional excursion to the fascinating Ethnographic T Open-Air Museum, a representation of 19th-century life in rural Latvia, in a beautiful forested setting, before enjoying another evening in Riga. Day Seven A final included excursion heads into the beautiful landscape of the Gauja National Park, a forested, alpine refuge for elk, European bison and brown bears, amongst other species. Highlights of a wonderful day include the ornate Livonian Order castle at Sigulda and restored Turaida Castle.  ou’ll return to Riga to spend a last night in the city, perhaps reliving the Y memories of the last enjoyable week. Day Eight Transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK, after a wonderful ‘Baltic Cities’ tour.

See page 323 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

129

Europe & Beyond

Helsinki © Julia Kivelä

Riga


Moscow & St Petersburg

Discover two of the Northern Hemisphere’s most extraordinary, intriguing and exciting cities on this thoroughly absorbing, unforgettable tour.

7–day escorted holiday from £939

Red Square, Moscow

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a fascinating guided tour of the Russian capital • Take in the Kremlin, onion-domed St Basil’s and the famous Bolshoi Theatre • Spend three nights in St Petersburg and three nights in Moscow • Enjoy a fascinating introductory tour of the exquisite ‘Venice of the North’ • Visit the world-renowned Hermitage Museum • Daytime train journey from Moscow to St Petersburg • Six nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Holiday Inn Sokolniki, Moscow and the four-star Parklane Resort & Spa, St Petersburg • Outbound flight to Moscow, returning from St Petersburg • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Feb to Jul, Sep to Dec 2019, Feb to Apr 2020

Fly from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Glasgow • Heathrow • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • Manchester • Newcastle • Norwich

Optional Excursions • Kremlin & Red Square (half day) Day Two – £42 • Highlights of Moscow (full day) Day Three – £83 • Tsars’ Grand Palaces (full day) Day Six – £72 • Cossack Folklore & Dinner (evening) Day Six – £125 • Peter & Paul Fortress (half day) Day Seven – £57

130

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Finland

C

ombining three nights in Moscow, the beating heart of Mother Russia, and three in elegant St Petersburg, with its great squares and opulent palaces, its parks and network of canals, this hugely enjoyable seven-day holiday includes fascinating guided tours and opportunities to join optional excursions in both cities. With a daytime train journey between the cities, this is a richly contrasting Russian adventure of irresistible attraction, and one from which you’ll return immeasurably rewarded.

Day One Fly to Moscow, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer by coach to your hotel base for the next three nights. Rest and relax after the journey, and enjoy your first evening in the city. Day Two This morning’s three-hour included guided coach tour will introduce you to this extraordinary place, and serve to orientate you. The tour will include the fabled Kremlin and adjacent Red Square, where multi-coloured, onion-domed St Basil’s Cathedral, Lenin’s eerie Mausoleum and the former GUM State Department Store, now a glittering shopping mall, look out over the vast space. Other highlights of the tour might include Revolution Square, the newly rebuilt Cathedral of Christ the Saviour (one of the city’s most striking landmarks), the Bolshoi Theatre and the infamous Lubyanka, former KGB headquarters. This afternoon, an optional guided walking tour will reveal some of the secrets of the Kremlin, as you pass through the turreted walls and enter a truly fascinating enclave of imposing St Petersburg buildings like the Senate House and the Presidium, the vast State Kremlin Palace concert hall, beautiful squares and breathtaking churches and palaces. Sobornaya Square is home to the trio Moscow of cathedrals and the magnificent Ivan the Great Belltower, the Kremlin’s tallest

Russia


Europe & Beyond

Grand Cascade in Peterhof

Chapel of St George, Victory Park, Moscow

Interior of the Church of the Saviour

structure. This evening you can choose to round off a wonderful day by enjoying dinner in the city.

Your Hotels

Day Three A further day to enjoy the city. Some will head off to explore under their own steam; many, however, will enjoy a full-day optional ‘Highlights of Moscow’ tour, taking in Victory Park, where the Museum of the Great Patriotic War commemorates the Soviet Union’s incalculable sacrifices in World War Two. Enjoy a visit to one of Moscow’s landmark Metro stations and to the Kremlin’s Armoury Palace. Enjoy free time for shopping, and the chance of dinner and a final evening in Moscow. Day Four Transfer to Leningrad Station, bid “do svidánya” to your Moscow guide and board the train to St Petersburg, arriving later today. On arrival at St Petersburg’s Station, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel for three nights. Enjoy dinner, perhaps in the hotel or a restaurant in the city. Day Five After breakfast enjoy a fascinating orientation and introductory tour of the ‘Venice of the North’, which in fact, but for its canals and innumerable bridges, is more Paris or Madrid, given the grand sweep of its squares and the opulence of its great palaces and civic buildings. Founded by Peter the Great as a westward-looking bastion, and grown under the stewardship of his daughter Elizabeth and legendary empress Catherine the Great, St Petersburg is a match for the finest of all European cities. Palace Square, towered over by the Alexander Column, is also home to the fabled Winter Palace of the Tsars, a Baroque masterpiece that houses part of the extraordinary Hermitage Museum. The exquisite Admiralty building is crowned by a gilded spire and topped in turn by a weather vane in the shape of a frigate, the city’s most enduring symbol. Close by, majestic St Isaac’s Cathedral dominates the skyline, while elsewhere, other highlights might include the Mariinsky Palace – home of the Kirov Ballet, the onion-domed Church of Our Saviour on Spilled Blood, and wondrous Smolny Cathedral. Across the Neva River lies the Peter and Paul Fortress, where the city began, and Peter and Paul Cathedral, burial place of the Romanov Tsars.

Holiday Inn Sokolniki, Moscow Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 1-3

This welcoming hotel is located in the northeast of Moscow and close to Sokolniki metro station, which allows easy access to and from the city centre. The hotel houses a bar, a restaurant, a café, a spa with an indoor heated pool, a fully equipped gym and a sauna. All rooms have air conditioning, a safe, telephone, TV, Wi‑Fi, and 24-hour room service.

Parklane Resort & Spa, St Petersburg Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 4-6

Located on Krestovsky Island – with its scenic parks – this hotel sits in the Petrogradsky district of St Petersburg. Krestovsky Ostrov metro station is a short walk away and three stops from here you’ll reach the Admiralty Building, St Isaac’s cathedral and the Palace Square. The hotel houses a restaurant, bar, 24-hour reception, a lift and a spa with an indoor pool and gym. All rooms have a TV, mini-bar, free Wi-Fi, safe and hairdryer.

 his afternoon, you’ll step inside the gilded portals of the fabled Hermitage T museum, to enjoy a guided tour of some of its phenomenal collection. (Entrance fees to the buildings are not included in the morning. Entrance to the Hermitage museum is included in the afternoon). Day Six Join today’s optional excursion to the Imperial Palace at Pushkin and stunning gardens at Peterhof, both lovingly reconstructed since World War Two, and reflecting the grandeur of Imperial Court life, under Catherine the Great and the Romanovs. Entrance is included to the palace, and a visit is made to Peterhof’s garden. This evening join the optional evening dinner excursion to the famous folklore show at the historic Nikolaevskiy Palace, to immerse yourself in the traditions of Cossack dancing and folk-songs. Day Seven A last optional excursion includes entrances to, and a guided tour of, the Peter and Paul Fortress, and a visit to the sumptuous, intimate Yusupov Palace, perhaps the city’s finest Imperial residence, scene of the murder of legendary ‘monk’ Rasputin. This afternoon, transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. The Winter Palace, St Petersburg

See page 323 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

131


NEW for 2019

Istanbul, Ephesus & Troy

Explore one of the world’s most exciting cities, and uncover the treasures of ancient Turkey on a truly fascinating tour.

8-day escorted holiday from £889

Celsus Library, Ephesus

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover colourful Istanbul, straddling two continents • See the Blue Mosque and the famed Topkapi Palace • Journey south via poignant ANZAC Cove • Step back in time in ancient Troy and Pergamon • Enjoy three nights in shore-side Kuşadasi • Be amazed at the ruins of Ephesus • Discover amazing Pamukkale on an optional excursion • Seven nights’ carefully chosen four-star accommodation at the Hotel Yigitalp, Istanbul on a bed and breakfast basis, and at the Akol Hotel, Çanakkale and the Sentido Marina Suites, Kuşadasi on a dinner, bed and breakfast basis • Outbound flight to Istanbul, returning from Izmir (via Istanbul) • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

S

oak up the colour and excitement of one of the world’s most exciting, mystical, enthralling cities – the great former Imperial capital of the Byzantine and Ottoman empire – and step back in time as you wander through some of its finest Classical sites. With the chance to visit one of the Mediterranean’s most remarkable natural phenomena, and the sun-kissed warmth and welcome of Aegean shores, this is a delightful tour-and-stay holiday to savour and enjoy.

Day One Fly to Istanbul, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel for a three-night stay. Dependent upon your time of arrival, acquaint yourself with your surroundings, and enjoy your first evening in an extraordinary city that bridges the divide between Europe and Asia, marked by the narrow strait of the Bosphorus, and which brims with reminders of its illustrious past and exudes an intoxicating present vitality.

Available Mar to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly from • Birmingham • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Manchester

Optional Excursions • Kumkapi Fish Dinner (evening) Day Two – £35 • Bosphorus River Cruise (half day) Day Three – £19 • Pamukkale (full day) Day Six – £69

Istanbul

Day Two Enjoy today’s first fascinating included tour, introducing the city that was once Byzantium, then Constantinople. Explore the ‘Historic Peninsula’, including the extraordinary Topkapi Palace, with its priceless treasures, the Blue Mosque with its minarets and cobalt tiles that give the building its name, and the great Byzantine church of Aya Sofya, once the world’s largest enclosed space. Today’s tour includes entrance to the Topkapi, with its outer courtyard and gateways into its labyrinthine inner quarters. You’ll also take in the colourful Spice market, with its trays of Turkish Delight.

ANZAC Cove Çanakkale Trojan Ruins

Kuşadasi

132

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Turkey Ephesus Pamukkale

 ater, perhaps cross the Golden Horn for a glimpse of modern L Istanbul and, time permitting, to enjoy the sweeping views of the Bosphorus Strait.  his evening, there’s the chance to enjoy a traditional fish T dinner in the popular Kumkapi district, with its colourful restaurants teeming with visitors and locals alike. Day Three Another unforgettable day sees you return to the ‘Historic Peninsula’ to explore the contrasting wonders of the fabled Blue Mosque and the monumental Aya Sofya church.


Pamukkale’s mineral cascades

Bazaar

Your day will include a guided stroll through the ancient Roman Hippodrome and a visit to the world’s largest covered bazaar, the vast Kapali Çarsi.  he rest of the afternoon is free. Why not take an optional cruise T along the Bosphorus River? Spend your last evening in this fascinating, glorious city, perhaps enjoying dinner al fresco. Day Four Leaving Istanbul this morning, you’ll travel by coach around the Sea of Marmara, then inland and south onto the stunningly beautiful, but poignant Gallipoli Peninsula, where in 1915, the Allied forces suffered catastrophic losses, including some 10,000 members of the Australian and New Zealand Army Corps – the famous ANZACs – at the hands of the defenders of the Ottoman Empire led by legendary Turkish leader and founder of modern Turkey Atatürk. The beauty of ANZAC Cove and its surroundings is in marked contrast to the sobering memorials and cemeteries. Later this afternoon, you’ll cross the narrow strait of the Dardanelles to sea-front Çanakkale. Day Five Enjoy a first day amongst the wonders of Classical Greece, as you explore the nearby ruins of Troy, guarded by a replica giant wooden horse recalling the tale of the first Trojan War, when Helen was pursued to the city by her deserted husband Menelaus and wrested back from Paris’ grasp. You’ll also visit the ruins of Pergamon, including an acropolis, temples, two-storey Library, Altar of Zeus and a spectacular, 10,000-seater theatre.  fter a truly fascinating day, you’ll arrive this evening in Kuşadasi A for a three-night stay. Enjoy dinner on the shores of the Aegean Sea. Day Six Spend today at leisure, enjoying the many facilities of the resort or beach, strolling along the harbour promenade, discovering the medieval Kale district, or visiting tiny Pigeon Island.  lternatively, join the optional excursion to the geological wonder A of Pamukkale, where white calcium deposits, some 100 metres high, shape a slow moving, ever-changing cascade, with hundreds of terraces and pools filled by an ancient mineral-laden spring, explaining the name Pamukkale, or ‘Cotton Castle’. Ruins of a once great city surround the thermal baths, including a Temple of Apollo and restored Roman theatre.  n route to Pammukale you’ll stop at the ‘red water’ springs of E Karahayit, famed for their curative powers, while afterwards, there’s a chance to enjoy the pleasures of a spa as you enjoy an included lunch and afternoon visit to the luxurious Pam Thermal Hotel, a fivestar establishment that takes its 35°C waters from the spring below. Day Seven The final included excursion takes in ruined Ephesus, one of the most important Roman, then Byzantine, cities, and of course witness, in the 1st Century AD, to the preaching of the Apostle Paul. The ruins – which include churches, bath-houses, fountains and temples, gymnasia, the great Roman Amphitheatre, the façade of the fabled Library of Celsus and the colonnade of the Arcadian Way – serve to reflect this greatness in breathtaking fashion.

Your Hotels

Hotel Yigitalp, Istanbul Bed & Breakfast

HHHH nights 1-3

In the heart of the city, just 15 minutes from the Grand Bazaar and close to a tram stop, this modern, well equipped hotel, in addition to its excellent location, offers a restaurant and bar, as well as a health club and wellness centre, with free Wi-Fi throughout. Air-conditioned rooms boast a TV, safe, hairdryer and mini-bar.

Akol Hotel, Çanakkale Half-Board

HHHH night 4

On the seafront overlooking a tiny harbour and the straits of the Dardanelles, and conveniently set close to a range of amenities in the heart of Çanakkale, this hotel boasts three restaurants, roof-top and lobby bars and an outdoor pool and sun terrace. Bright, modern, air-conditioned rooms offer a TV, safe, mini-bar, hairdryer and free Wi-Fi.

Sentido Marina Suites, Kuşadasi HHHH Half-Board nights 5-7 This recently refurbished, nautical-themed adult-only hotel is in a marina-side setting just 200 yards from the beach and a short stroll from Kuşadasi and its many amenities. It offers an outdoor pool and terrace, beautiful gardens, an indoor/outdoor restaurant and two bars, a gym and modern rooms with free Wi-Fi.

Extend Your Holiday Three-night extension from £110  xtend your stay at the four-star E Sentido Marina Suites in popular Kuşadasi. Relax on the nearby beach, explore the local area or simply unwind and relax after your unforgettable tour of this colourful corner of the world.

Y  ou’ll return to Kuşadasi this evening to enjoy a last dinner at the hotel. Day Eight Today you’ll journey to the airport to begin your return journey home.

See page 323 for departure dates and prices.

Caption

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

133

Europe & Beyond

Kuşadasi

Blue Mosque, Istanbul


Ephesus, Pamukkale & Turkey’s Aegean Coast

Combine ancient treasures, natural wonders and all the pleasures of a comfortable stay on the shores of the blue Aegean.

NEW for 2019

8-day escorted holiday from £749

Pamukkale Roman Theatre

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a week of rest and relaxation in colourful Kuşadasi • Step into the past in ancient Ephesus, with its sacred ruins • Discover Pamukkale’s extraordinary calcium deposits, cascades and pools • Pretty Sirince is a perfectly preserved Greek hill village of irresistible charm • Visit Camlik’s wonderful open-air Steam Locomotive Museum • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Sentido Marina Suites Hotel, Kuşadasi • Return flights to Izmir • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Oct & Nov 2019, Apr & May 2020

Fly from • Birmingham • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Manchester • Stansted

Head for the warmer climes of the southern Aegean, and

from your base in vibrant Kuşadasi, one of Turkey’s bestknown coastal resort towns, take in astonishing Ephesus, home to some of the Mediterranean Basin’s most important ancient ruins. You’ll also visit startling Pamukkale, with its cascades and mineral-laden pools, and journey into the countryside to a beautifully preserved hill village. Between the enjoyable included excursions, rest and relax in comfort and style, under hopefully blue skies.

Day One Fly to Izmir, gateway to a region that was once known as ancient Ionia, meet your tour manager and transfer south to Kuşadasi and your comfortable hotel. Dependent upon your time of arrival, rest and relax after the journey, acquaint yourself with your surroundings, and enjoy your first dinner at the hotel. Afterwards, relax in the bar or in your comfortable ‘suite’ accommodation, or perhaps even stroll into town for a nightcap. Day Two Today is free to enjoy the comforts of the hotel and to discover Kuşadasi. One of the southern Aegean’s most popular resorts, the town, with its fascinating old quarter and Ottoman bazaar, bustling fish market, seafront promenade, colourful marinas and offshore islet, is seen and experienced at its best away from the fierce heat and teeming crowds of high summer. A perfect location from which to explore the fascinating region beyond the coast, Kuşadasi is a delight to wander around during the day, and offers plenty of entertainment until late into the evening for night owls.

Turkey Sirince Ephesus Pamukkale Kuşadasi

134

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three Today’s first included excursion sees you board the coach to make the short journey to fabled, ruined Ephesus, one of the most important Roman, then Byzantine, cities, and of course witness, in the 1st century AD, to the preaching of the Apostle Paul. The ruins are considered, after those at Pompeii, the finest in the Mediterranean. They include churches, bathhouses, fountains and temples, gymnasia, the great Roman Amphitheatre, the façade of the fabled Library of Celsus and the colonnade of the Arcadian Way, all


Ephesus

reflecting in breathtaking fashion the past glories of a city once invaded by Croesus and later Alexander the Great.

Your Hotel

 ou’ll return to Kuşadasi later this afternoon, after a fascinating Y journey into the ancient past. Day Four Spend another day at leisure, enjoying the many facilities of the town or perhaps strolling the harbour promenade, discovering the medieval Kale district, or visiting tiny Pigeon Island, which is connected to the town by a narrow walkway. Day Five The second included excursion is to the geological wonder of Pamukkale, where white calcium deposits, some 100 metres high, shape a slow moving, ever-changing cascade, with hundreds of terraces and pools filled by an ancient mineralladen spring, explaining the name Pamukkale, or ‘Cotton Castle’.

Sentido Marina Suites, Kuşadasi Half-Board

HHHH

This recently completely refurbished, nautical-themed adult-only hotel is in a marina-side setting just 200 yards from the beach and a short stroll from bustling Kuşadasi and its many amenities. An outdoor pool and terrace, beautiful gardens, an indoor/outdoor restaurant and two bars, including a pool bar, a well-equipped gym and modern, beautifully furnished rooms with free Wi-Fi, ensure a pleasant stay.

 he spring emerges at the site of ancient Hierapolis, the spa to T which no fewer than three Roman Emperors paid visits, and the ruins of this once great city are ranged around the Thermal Baths. You’ll also discover the site’s Temple of Apollo and restored Roman Theatre.  n route to Pammukale you’ll stop at the ‘red water’ springs of Karahayit, E famed for their curative powers, while afterwards, there’s a chance to enjoy the pleasures of a spa as you enjoy an included lunch and afternoon visit to the luxurious Pam Thermal Hotel, a five-star establishment that takes its 35°C waters from the spring below. You’ll return to Kuşadasi early this evening.

Pigeon Island, Kuşadasi

Day Six Enjoy another day of rest and relaxation in Kuşadasi and its surroundings. On especially fine days out of summer season, the town’s nearby beaches, which include Ladies’ and Paradise, both within easy reach by taxi or shared dolmus, and the slightly more distant Tusan, provide a delightful contrast to the bustle of the resort. If the water is calm, perhaps take a boat trip from the harbour, taking in some of the remoter stretches of the coastline. Day Seven The final included excursion heads inland to the remarkably preserved, Greek-built hill village of Sirince, with its vineyards, olive groves and orchards surrounding its pretty houses. Enjoy a stroll through the idyllic streets, and perhaps browse the village’s assortment of shops, which sell a range of handicrafts and locally produced wines.  he day continues with a visit to the fascinating Camlik open-air Steam T Locomotive Museum, where, in addition to the opportunity to inspect a collection of historic engines from around Europe and even the USA, you will enjoy lunch.  eturn to Kuşadasi and the hotel, to enjoy a last evening and dinner, R during which, no doubt, the memories of the past fascinating few days can be relived. Day Eight Bid farewell to your hosts and make the return transfer to Izmir and the flight back to the UK, at the end of an enjoyable week by the blue Aegean Sea.

See page 324 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

135

Europe & Beyond

Pamukkale’s mineral cascades


NEW for 2019

Turkish Gulet Cruising

Step aboard for an unforgettable week of sunshine, turquoise seas, Turkish hospitality and balmy nights under the stars.

8-day Island Cruise holiday from £919

A typical Turkish Gulet

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Join your stylish Gulet – a traditional Turkish wooden schooner – in vibrant Bodrum • Sail into the beautiful, unspoiled Gökova Gulf • Enjoy idyllic days at sea, with plenty of opportunities for swimming and snorkelling off the boat, and calls at a variety of idyllic coves and exquisite ports • Cruise to Alakisla Inlet and see the nearby Byzantine ruins • Overnight in fishing village Coketme • Discover Tuzla Bay and famous English Harbour • Enjoy a choice of optional excursions from Karacasögüt, including Iztutu beach’s sea turtles • Beautiful Sedir Island was – legend has it – visited by Anthony and Cleopatra • Overnight in Löngöz’s forested bay • Swim in Orak Island’s sparkling waters • Return via Pabuc Burnu for a last night in Bodrum • Seven nights’ full-board accommodation, including breakfast, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner, on board your Turkish Gulet • Free on-board Wi-Fi • Return flights to Bodrum • Return airport transfers

Available May, Jun, Aug to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Stansted

Cruise the Aegean’s pristine, blue waters aboard an exclusive Turkish Gulet – a classic, twin-masted, hand-built vessel built to traditional designs, finished in gleaming hardwood and furnished with modern comforts. Stretch out on the forward sun deck, dine under awnings or in the plush saloon, swim and snorkel to your heart’s content, and when days of hidden coves or delightful ports of call are done, enjoy a convivial drink with new-found friends under skies awash with stars.

Day One Fly to Bodrum and upon arrival transfer by coach to the quayside for embarkation. Meet your welcoming crew and fellow passengers and enjoy a first on-board dinner of traditional Turkish mezes followed by a fish or meat dish and dessert. Perhaps step ashore to take in some of Bodrum’s famously lively nightlife, as your Gulet moors in the port. Day Two Awaken in your comfortable cabin, and make your way on deck for the first delicious breakfast, a mix of Turkish and traditional continental fare, with special dishes prepared each morning by the chef. An informal but important pre-sailing briefing is given by the captain and on-board guide, after which, formalities completed, your vessel makes her way out of the harbour into the blue Gökova Gulf, away from Bodrum’s low-rise, whitewashed buildings, heading gently towards a first anchorage, in idyllic Alakisla Inlet. As every day, there will be time to enjoy the warm sunshine and an opportunity for a swim or snorkel, and a light lunch will be served with the ship at anchor.

Turkey

Cökertme Bodrum Karacasöğüt English Harbour Mamaris

136

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 fter a chance perhaps to step ashore to wander A through the ruins of a Byzantine village, and to enjoy afternoon tea and cake aboard, your ship makes her way in the early evening sun to the picturesque fishing village of Cökertme, where dinner is served. Step ashore, or perhaps simply enjoy a convivial hour or two under the stars aboard your Gulet home.


Europe & Beyond

Sedir Island Bodrum Town

Marmaris

Day Three Another idyllic day of gentle sailing – or motoring if winds are light – includes calls at sparkling Tuzla Bay and tiny English Harbour, so called for the refuge it provide during WW2 to a Royal Navy warship. Before dinner is served at anchor in this glorious setting, there will be time for swimming and snorkelling in the pine-fringed blue waters. Day Four Enjoy an early morning dip before a breakfast cruise across the Gökova Gulf to the beautiful fishing port of Karacasögüt, in its forested setting. While your crew replenishes the Gulet’s supplies, you can step ashore to explore, or perhaps to join an excursion to bustling Mamaris, one of the Turkish Aegean’s most famous resorts. Alternatively, take the optional excursion (payable locally) by jeep to the little town of Dalyan, famed for nearby Iztuzu Beach, a refuge for the protected Caretta Caretta sea turtles, which lay their eggs in its soft sand.  owever you spend your enjoyable day, you’ll return to H Karacasögüt and dinner aboard this evening. Day Five A morning passage, returning westwards, brings you to Sedir Island, where the ancient ruins of Greco-Roman Cedrai are windows on the distant past. Legend has it that Mark Anthony wooed Cleopatra on the island, importing the beach sand from North Africa. The romance is continued with this afternoon’s call in exquisite Ballisu Cove and this evening’s overnight mooring in beautiful Löngöz, where you might enjoy a stroll in the pinescented surrounding forest before dinner is served on board.

Your Gulet Cruise

Board Basis: Full-Board Your traditional, wooden Gulet is twin-masted, but with an inboard 440-horsepower engine for windless days. It offers excellent accommodation for a maximum of just 16 passengers, in eight comfortable cabins. In addition to a forward sunbathing area and aft dining quarter, which is perfect for al fresco breakfasts, the air-conditioned saloon has a TV, music system, refrigerator and ice-maker, as well as another dining area and the ship’s well-stocked bar. Your vessel will carry snorkelling and fishing equipment. With fun-filled days and balmy nights spent aboard or ashore, the atmosphere is of relaxed informality coupled with the enjoyment of the stunning surroundings of the unspoiled Gökova Gulf.

Your Cabin Comfortable cabins have private WC and shower, hot and cold water, and 220v electricity points.

Day Six The idyllic voyage continues today with a leisurely passage, via Kargili Bay, to beautiful Orak Island, its crystal-clear waters teeming with aquatic life – a paradise for snorkellers. Step ashore for a stroll on the island, before spending the evening and night under the stars in this stunning location. Day Seven A last morning is spent cruising towards Pabuc Burnu, a maquis-covered headland famed for its clear, calm waters, from which the remains of a 6th-century B.C. shipwreck were recovered only a few years ago. Swim in the turquoise sea, enjoy a last lunch and a final cruise back towards Bodrum. Tea is served in beautiful Haremten Bay, before your Gulet returns to port. A last dinner is served aboard, after which you can relax with your new-found friends aboard the vessel, or head into town for another taste of Bodrum’s famously lively nightlife.

Extend Your Holiday Three-night four-star All-Inclusive extension from £230

Day Eight Bid farewell to your crew and fellow passengers and transfer to the airport and the return flight, at the end of a wonderful cruise. Please note: At the captain’s discretion it may be necessary to alter the order of the itinerary on your holiday. Passages will be made under sail when winds allow, or under motor on calmer days.

See page 324 for departure dates and prices.

Salmakis Resort

 dd to the pleasures of your Gulet cruise A experience by spending three nights in the Salmakis Resort, a beautiful, four-star-rated beach resort hotel overlooking Bodrum Bay’s pristine waters. The centre of Bodrum is located a 15 minutes walk away, or by a leisurely water taxi, which stops outside the hotel. The hotel offers a spa, a gym and outdoor pool. A buffet restaurant serves Turkish and international specialities, and there is an ‘a la carte’ dining area (supplement payable locally) featuring views over the bay, a patisserie and three bars, including a pool and beach bar. Air-conditioned rooms are well appointed, with free Wi-Fi, a TV, mini-bar, safe and hairdryer.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

137


Croatia, Slovenia & Montenegro Croatia’s Istrian Riviera & Lake Bled

Split, Croatia

140

Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula

142

Dubrovnik & Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula

144

Dubrovnik, Montenegro & the Dalmatian Coast

146

Montenegro & Albania – Magical ‘Illyria’

148


Bathe in Adriatic waters lapping a

verdant shore, and explore an idyllic ‘must-see’ corner of the world.


Croatia’s Istrian Riviera & Lake Bled Discover elegance and grandeur on the blue Adriatic, Roman glories, stunning scenery and one of Europe’s most beautiful lakes.

8-day escorted holiday from £849

Amphitheatre, Pula

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a week-long stay in elegant Opatija, former Habsburg dynasty retreat • Discover Roman Pula’s stunning amphitheatre • Visit picture-postcard-perfect Rovinj • Exquisite Lake Bled is Slovenia’s most charming attraction • Stunning waterfalls and breathtaking scenery in the Plitvice National Park • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Grand Hotel Opatijska Cvijeta, Opatija • Return flights to Venice or Pula • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

B

ased in a beautifully appointed shore-side hotel in the genteel, colourful resort of Opatija, former watering hole of the Viennese elite during the Hapsburg Empire, and now one of Croatia’s premier holiday havens, this wonderful holiday includes three marvellous excursions. You’ll enjoy the delights of the Istrian Riviera, journey into beautiful Slovenia to the shores of exquisite Lake Bled and spend a wonderful day in the verdant surroundings of the glorious Plitvice National Park.

Day One Fly to Venice or Pula, and upon arrival transfer to your hotel, travelling briefly into Slovenia then on into Croatia if transferring from Italy and arriving in Opatija, set on the Kvarner Gulf, in a sun‑kissed corner of the Adriatic Sea.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Heathrow • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Two Islands Boat Cruise (full day) Day Five – from £61 • Postojna Caves & Predjama Castle (full day) Day Seven – from £42

Italy

Lake Bled

Venice Rovinj Pula

140

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two Today is free to enjoy the facilities of the hotel, or to discover and explore the delights of Opatija, which has welcomed guests to its elegant shores for over 170 years. Exuding an air of grandeur befitting its former status as the Austro-Hungarian counterpart to the Côte d’Azur, and similarly sheltered from the north winds by a backdrop of forested hills, Opatija is one of Croatia’s favourite modern-day watering holes, with a charming marina, shore-side promenade, a wide range of shops, bars and restaurants – especially in the pretty Volosko neighbourhood – and several jetties from which swimmers might take a dip into the inviting water.

Slovenia

Croatia

Opatija Plitvice Lakes National Park

Day Three The first of the included tours, taken in the company of our friendly tour manager, takes in some of the beauty of the adjacent Istrian peninsular. Highlights will include bustling Pula, the provincial capital famed for its vast Roman amphitheatre, the immense arches of which tower over the city’s port


Europe & Beyond

Rovinj

Statue in Opatija

and ancient centre. You’ll also discover the remarkable Lim Fjord, a wooded natural gash in the coastline and legendary one‑time hideaway of the pirate Captain Morgan. You’ll visit stunning Rovinj, which rises Venice-like out of the water and is topped by a beautiful Baroque church. Climb through the narrow streets, which lead ever upwards, to enjoy the tremendous view, before returning to the harbour front below, perhaps to enjoy a well-deserved ice‑cream!

Lake Bled

Gondolas on Lake Bled

Your Hotel

Day Four Today’s long but memorable excursion journeys north through scenic countryside into Slovenia, past the country’s capital Ljubljana, to beautiful Lake Bled. Ringed by forested hills and looking out across the usually still waters to an off-shore island crowned by its Gothic church, Bled is a wonderfully appointed resort town surrounded by the delights of nature. You’ll have views of Bled Castle, which overlooks the town from a lofty perch on the opposite shore, before spending time enjoying the lakeside resort. Enjoy a pleasant lunch (payable locally), or perhaps take a ‘gondola’ (pletna) across to the island with its Baroque church (payable locally). The energetic can row themselves! You’ll return to Opatija this evening in time for dinner.

Grand Hotel Opatijska Cvijeta, Opatija Half-Board

HHHH

This well-located hotel overlooks a harbour and seafront promenade, which takes you all the way to the centre of Opatija. It boasts a fine spa, offering a wide range of treatments (payable locally), indoor/outdoor pool, sauna and Jacuzzi. All the air-conditioned rooms have satellite TV, hairdryer, internet access, fridge, safe and a telephone. Other amenities include pretty gardens, a restaurant and a bar with Wi-Fi. Sea view rooms are available for a supplement.

Plitvice National Park

Day Five Rest and relax in the hotel and its surroundings, or join today’s optional excursion by boat to two contrasting islands lying off the beautiful Croatian coast. Board your vessel for the day in Opatija and head across the blue waters first to Krk (pronounced Kirrk), the largest of the Kvarner Gulf island group, where main Krk Town was once a Roman bastion. Across a narrow strait, slightly smaller Cres (‘Tsress’) is less inhabited than its neighbour, with the fishing port and historical town Beli charmingly set on a hilltop overlooking its picturesque harbour. An enjoyable day is added to by the provision by the vessel’s crew of a traditional ‘fish-picnic’. Day Six The last of the included excursions heads inland to the truly stunning Plitvice National Park, justifiably Croatia’s most celebrated and most visited natural attraction. Sixteen separate bodies of water are backed by breathtaking scenery, and linked by a series of rushing waterfalls and rapids, which tumble down the ancient, time-weathered terraces. Journeying through the beautiful scenery of Croatia’s interior, you’ll spend time exploring the park on foot before returning to Opatija this evening. Day Seven Spend a final day in the hotel or Opatija, or join a final optional excursion, crossing the border once again into Slovenia and the rolling, fertile plains of the Karst region, which has lent its name to anywhere in the world where underground streams and caves are found. Today you’ll visit one of the world’s most famous caves, the giant chasm at Postojna, travelling by train some two miles underground, then walking with a personal ‘audio-guide’ through a wonderfully illuminated nether world of stalactites and stalagmites, where the strange ‘human fish’ – a tiny amphibian – lives out its sightless life. After a fascinating visit you’ll journey on to historic Predjama Castle, magically built into a sheer cliff face, and with its upper floor stairwells carved from the bedrock. You’ll return to enjoy dinner and your last evening in Opatija. Day Eight Transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK, after a wonderful stay in a delightful corner of the world.

See page 324 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

141


Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula

Four-star Ship

Enjoy a glorious week of blue waters, hidden coves and delightful ports of call, discovered from the comforts of your ‘private yacht’.

8-day Island Cruise holiday from £1,399

MS Mendula

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Join MS Mendula close to Dubrovnik • Cruise through the idyllic Elaphiti Isles, calling at stunning Mljet • Visit picture-book Scedro and famously chic Hvar • Discover and explore stunning Roman Split, Croatia’s wonderful second city • Entrance fees to Mljet National Park, Split’s Diocletian Palace, and the cathedral • Enjoy the Captain’s Dinner in glorious Brač • Visit Korcula where, legend has it, Marco Polo was born • Discover and explore walled Dubrovnik, ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’ • Guided tours of Hvar, Split, Korcula and Dubrovnik • Lots of opportunities for swimming and snorkelling • Seven nights’ accommodation on board MS Mendula in a lower deck cabin (upgrade cabins are available for a supplement) • Breakfast each day, five lunches and two evening meals, including the Captain’s Dinner • Return flights to Dubrovnik • Return airport transfers

Cruise through the warm, blue waters of the Adriatic Sea,

gently island-hopping on board beautiful, twin-masted MS Mendula, your delightful air-conditioned ‘private yacht’. With up to just 31 passengers, Mendula, at 36 metres in length, is small enough to get into some of Croatia’s most picturesque harbours and some idyllic ‘hidden coves’, as well as being a perfect floating ‘home-from-home’ in which to visit Croatia’s ancient cities – including Split and Dubrovnik – and some idyllic off-shore isles.

Day One Fly to Dubrovnik, and upon arrival transfer by coach to the quayside in picturesque Zaton’s small harbour for an afternoon embarkation aboard Mendula (transfer time is approximately 40 minutes). Enjoy dinner and your first night on board, getting to know your fellow passengers and the welcoming crew. (Passengers arriving early will be taken to the picturesque resort of Cavtat to enjoy free time prior to embarkation in Zaton.)

Available May to Oct 2019

Croatia

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Southend • Stansted

Split

Ad

ri at ic

Se

a

Brač Hvar Korcula Mljet Dubrovnik

Italy

142

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two Following breakfast, Mendula slips her mooring and sails out into the blue waters, passing the tantalising Elaphiti, or ‘Deer Islands’, which lie offshore, and which, weather and timepermitting, provide an idyllic backdrop for a first dip. Each day, the captain will ensure that there’s time to enjoy the warm sunshine for which the region is famous and the opportunity for a swim or snorkel. The cruise, which is a wonderful holiday for anyone who has ever dreamed of taking a cruise on a yacht, yet without ever venturing very far from shore, also includes five tasty lunches and two evening meals, including a Captain’s Dinner prepared on board. On other evenings, there’s the chance to go ashore to sample local restaurants.


Europe & Beyond MS Mendula

 his afternoon, you’ll arrive at Mljet Island, legendary hiding place T of Odysseus and Calypso, and where the wooded Mljet National Park can be explored after lunch on board. Mendula is tied up in the tiny port of Pomena, and there’s the chance to enjoy dinner in this unspoiled haven.

Dubrovnik

The Captain and his crew

Korcula

Your Cabin Choices

Day Three This morning’s first call is at the picture-postcardperfect islet of Scedro, before you sail on to nearby Hvar, the most celebrated of Croatia’s offshore archipelago. A verdant paradise of lush vegetation, floral beauty, vineyards, lavender fields and hidden coves, topped by a rocky ridge, Hvar is as idyllic a spot as any in the Mediterranean. After lunch on board, enjoy the included guided tour of Hvar Town, where the Venetian arsenal, tiny harbour and Cathedral are amongst the highlights, and this evening soak up the atmosphere of what is one of Croatia’s trendiest enclaves.

MS Mendula

HHHH

Designed in 2011, this beautiful yacht, which is air-conditioned throughout, has a maximum passenger capacity of just 31, sleeping in 16 comfortable cabins, arranged in three different categories. All cabins are furnished with a dresser, chair, safe, hairdryer, closet, bedside lamp, mirrors, and private bathroom with shower and WC. The main ‘living/breakfast room’ offers Wi-Fi and satellite TV, and there is ample space for sunbathing on the top deck, where you’ll find the friendly, welcoming bar.

Day Four A morning’s sailing – with a stop for a swim – brings you to the historic Dalmatian capital city of Split – with its wondrous UNESCO-listed Old Town and palace of Roman Emperor Diocletian. Officially Croatia’s second city, Split bustles with life, especially on the waterfront promenade, the Riva, and in its colourful market places, which are explored on the included tour after lunch on board.

The price of your holiday includes accommodation in a lower deck cabin. These cabins have a double bed, with a porthole in both the cabin and bathroom.

Day Five Today is spent in lazy idyll, perhaps swimming, sunbathing or enjoying a long lunch. Mendula sails for Brač, Croatia’s third largest island, with its stunning beaches, especially clear waters and sleepy main town of Supetar. This evening, enjoy the on‑board Captain’s Dinner.

These cabins have two single beds/double bed, a window in the cabin and a porthole in the bathroom.

Day Six The last island call is verdant Korcula, settled for at least 6,000 years and birthplace, legend has it, of the explorer Marco Polo. Whether true or not, the island is worthy of any voyage of discovery. Enjoy lunch on board, then join the included tour of the main town, a medieval jewel of narrow streets – built at interlocking angles to avoid the cool winter winds off the sea – and fortifications. This evening, seek out a restaurant or taverna for dinner.

Your Upgrade Cabin Choices Category A Price from £1,545 Main Deck Cabin

Category A+ Upper Deck Cabin

Price from £1,690

These cabins have two single beds, a window in the cabin and a porthole in the bathroom.

Day Seven Mendula makes her way back to the tiny bay of Zaton, and after a last lunch on board, make the short journey by coach to discover and explore the extraordinary ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, peerless Dubrovnik, with its red-roofed buildings and encircling fortifications. A final guided tour introduces one of the Mediterranean’s greatest treasures, including the medieval Old Town, its pedestrianised central street Stradun running from the Pile Gate to busy Luza Square, overlooked by the impressive Sponza Palace and graceful Baroque St Blaise’s Church. Other highlights will include the Franciscan Monastery, housing Europe’s oldest pharmacy, and the Rector’s Palace (entrances payable locally). Take a stroll around the walls, choose a restaurant or café for dinner, and return to Zaton for a last night aboard delightful MS Mendula. Day Eight Bid Mendula farewell, transfer to the airport and the return flight, at the end of a wonderful holiday. (Passengers on late afternoon flights will have the opportunity to enjoy free time in Zaton or nearby Dubrovnik.)

See page 324 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

143


Dubrovnik & Croatian Island Cruise on board MS Mendula Discover the glorious ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, then enjoy a glorious week of island-hopping aboard your delightful ‘private yacht’.

NEW for 2019

11-day Cruise & Stay holiday from £1,569

MS Mendula

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy three nights close to Dubrovnik • Explore the Adriatic Pearl on an included tour • Board Mendula for a week’s memorable cruising • Enjoy island calls at Mljet, Scedro, Hvar, Brač and Korcula • Discover and explore stunning Roman Split, Croatia’s wonderful second city • Entrance fees to Mljet National Park, Split’s Diocletian Palace, and the cathedral • Enjoy the Captain’s Dinner • Guided tours of Hvar, Split, Korcula and Dubrovnik • Lots of opportunities for swimming and snorkelling • Three nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Tirena, Babin Kuk, Dubrovnik • Seven nights’ accommodation on board MS Mendula in a lower deck cabin (upgrade cabins are available for a supplement) • Breakfast each day, five lunches and two evening meals, including the Captain’s Dinner • Return flights to Dubrovnik • All ship and airport transfers in Croatia

E

njoy a three-night stay in Croatia’s stunning walled gem, before joining beautiful MS Mendula to cruise through the warm, blue waters of the Adriatic Sea, gently island-hopping. With up to just 31 passengers, Mendula, is small enough to get into some of Croatia’s most picturesque harbours and some idyllic ‘hidden coves’, as well as being a perfect floating ‘homefrom-home’ in which to visit Croatia’s ancient cities – including Split and Dubrovnik – and some idyllic off-shore isles.

Day One Fly to Dubrovnik, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel on the wooded Babin Kuk peninsula, some three miles from the city centre. Dependent upon your arrival time, get to know your surroundings and enjoy a first dinner at the hotel.

Available May to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Croatia

Fly direct from • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Manchester • Stansted

Ad

ri

Split Brač Hvar Scedro Korcula Zaton Mljet Dubrovnik Elaphiti

at

ic

Se

a

Italy

144

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Two After breakfast, join your tour manager for a morning’s guided tour of the ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, taking in the medieval Old Town, pedestrianised central street Stradun, the Franciscan Monastery, which houses Europe’s oldest pharmacy, and the Rector’s Palace, seat of the government in the former Dubrovnik Republic. The tour also includes a chance to view Dubrovnik and the blue Adriatic beyond from the city’s impregnable walls, and the afternoon is free for you to sightsee and shop at your leisure, or to return to the hotel for the afternoon, before dinner is served. Day Three Rest and relax at the hotel and its surroundings, enjoying the pool or terrace, or perhaps head to the shore for a dip in the blue Adriatic – the choice – and the pleasures – are yours. Enjoy a last dinner this evening, or head into the city to dine. Day Four After another relaxing morning, bid farewell to the hotel and transfer to the quayside in picturesque Zaton, to board


Europe & Beyond

Dubrovnik

Dubrovnik

Mendula. Enjoy dinner and your first night on board, getting to know your fellow passengers and the welcoming crew.

Your Hotel & Cabin Choices

Hotel Tirena, Babin Kuk, Dubrovnik HHH Half-Board nights 1-3

Day Five Following breakfast, Mendula slips her mooring and sails out into the blue waters, passing the offshore Elaphiti, or ‘Deer Islands’, which, weather and time-permitting, provide an idyllic backdrop for a first dip. Each day, the captain will ensure that there’s time to enjoy the warm sunshine for which the region is famous and offer the opportunity for a swim or snorkel. The cruise includes five lunches and two evening meals, including a Captain’s Dinner prepared on board. On other evenings, there’s the chance to go ashore to sample local restaurants, before returning to the ship, perhaps to enjoy a nightcap at the top-deck bar.

Set 250 metres from the sea amid cypress trees and olive groves and 3 miles from Dubrovnik, this hotel offers an air-conditioned restaurant, bar, outdoor pool, terrace, lounge, lift, reception and snack bar. Comfortable rooms have a telephone, TV, safe, Wi-Fi and hairdryer.

Your Yacht MS Mendula

This beautiful air-conditioned yacht has a maximum passenger capacity of just 31, sleeping in 16 comfortable cabins, arranged in three different categories. All cabins are furnished with a dresser, chair, safe, hairdryer, closet, bedside lamp, mirrors, and private bathroom with shower and WC. The main ‘living/breakfast room’ offers Wi-Fi and a TV, and there is a top deck, where you’ll find a friendly bar and room to sunbathe.

 his afternoon, you’ll arrive at Mljet Island, where the wooded Mljet T National Park can be explored after lunch on board. Mendula is tied up in the tiny port of Pomena, and there’s the chance to enjoy dinner in this unspoiled haven. Day Six This morning’s first call is at the picture-postcardperfect islet of Scedro, before you sail on to nearby Hvar, the most celebrated of Croatia’s offshore archipelago, and a verdant paradise of lush vegetation, floral beauty, vineyards, lavender fields and hidden coves, topped by a rocky ridge. After lunch aboard, enjoy the included guided tour of Hvar Town, where the Venetian arsenal, tiny harbour and Cathedral are amongst the highlights, and this evening soak up the atmosphere of what is one of Croatia’s trendiest enclaves.

The price of your holiday includes accommodation in a lower deck cabin. These cabins have a double bed, with a porthole in both the cabin and bathroom.

Day Seven A morning’s sailing – with perhaps a stop for a swim – brings you to historic Dalmatian capital Split – with its UNESCOlisted Old Town and Roman palace. Croatia’s second city bustles with life, especially on the waterfront promenade, the Riva, and in its colourful market places, which are explored on the included tour after lunch aboard.

Your Upgrade Cabin Choices Category A Price from £1,715 Main Deck Cabin These cabins have two single beds/double bed, a window in the cabin and a porthole in the bathroom.

Day Eight Today is spent in lazy idyll, perhaps swimming, sunbathing or enjoying a long lunch. Mendula sails for Brač, with its stunning beaches, especially clear waters and sleepy main town of Supetar. This evening, enjoy the on-board Captain’s Dinner. Day Nine The last island call is verdant Korcula, settled for at least 6,000 years and birthplace, legend has it, of the explorer Marco Polo. Whether true or not, the island is worthy of any voyage of discovery. Enjoy lunch on board, and then join the included tour of the main town, a medieval jewel of narrow streets – built at interlocking angles to avoid the cool winter winds off the sea – and fortifications. This evening, seek out a restaurant or taverna for dinner.

HHHH nights 4-10

Category A+ Upper Deck Cabin

Price from £1,860

These cabins have two single beds, a window in the cabin and a porthole in the bathroom.

Supetar port

Day 10 Mendula makes her way back to the tiny bay of Zaton, and after a last lunch on board, there’s the chance to pay a final visit to Dubrovnik, or to enjoy a last relaxing afternoon aboard ship, before you spend the evening ashore, no doubt reliving the highlights of the holiday. Return perhaps to enjoy a last nightcap at the bar and a last night aboard delightful MS Mendula. Day 11 Bid Mendula farewell, transfer to the airport and your return flight, at the end of a wonderful holiday. (Passengers on late afternoon flights will have the opportunity to enjoy free time in Zaton or Dubrovnik.)

See page 325 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

145


Dubrovnik, Montenegro & the Dalmatian Coast

On this marvellous two-centre holiday you’ll discover one of Europe’s most idyllic regions, on the shores of the Blue Adriatic.

8-day escorted holiday from £749

Dubrovnik

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend three nights on the beautiful Makarska Riviera • Discover and explore Roman Split, Croatia’s stunning second city • Visit walled island-city Trogir, with its Romanesque cathedral • Spend a day in the beautiful Krka National Park • Journey south via historic Mostar, with its famous bridge • Four nights are spent close to walled Dubrovnik • Explore Dubrovnik, the exquisite ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’ • Spend a full day discovering idyllic Montenegro, one of ‘new Europe’s’ most sparkling jewels • See the spectacular Bay of Kotor, southern Europe’s largest ‘fjord’ • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel Ivando, Drvenik and the three-star Hotel Tirena, Dubrovnik • Return flights to Dubrovnik • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Y

ou’ll spend the first three nights of this marvellous holiday on the sun-kissed reaches of the sweeping Makarska Riviera, with included visits to vibrant Split and walled, island-city Trogir. You’ll then head south, via historic Mostar and its famous bridge, for four nights close to peerless Dubrovnik, with a day in the walled city and a tour of stunning Montenegro to complete a hugely memorable time.

Day One Fly to Croatia, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and make the scenic journey north to Drvenik and your hotel. The transfer time from the airport is approximately three hours. On arrival, get to know your surroundings and spend a first evening on the shores of the Adriatic, perhaps enjoying a nightcap under the stars. Day Two On today’s included tour, you’ll journey first to Croatia’s historic, vibrant second city Split, where highlights include a wondrous, colourful, bustling Old Town and the crumbling ruins of the palace of Roman Emperor Diocletian.

Available

Croatia

Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Belfast • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Leeds/Bradford • Manchester • Newcastle • Stansted

Krka National Park Trogir

Bosnia & Herzegovina

Split

Drevnik

Mostar

Montenegro

Dubrovnik Mlini Kotor Budva

146

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

 ou’ll then discover the walled, Y island-town of Trogir, which with its Romanesque cathedral, narrow streets and its own seafront promenade, is one of the most enticing settlements on the whole Croatian coast. Cross to the island via a bridge and through the ‘Land Gate’, and enter a time-warped jumble of palaces, ancient churches and hidden courtyards, today lined with dozens of restaurants, cafés and a variety of shops, but where the sense of times past is never quite overcome. Day Three Today’s included excursion takes in the tumbling waterfalls, deep gorges and picturesque lakes of the beautiful Krka National Park, which stretches some 12 miles through a


Europe & Beyond

Mostar Bridge

Croatia

valley from the delightful harbour town of Skradin, with its stonebuilt houses and colourful waterfront. There’ll be the opportunity to see the parks cascades and perhaps to take a stroll through the verdant surrounding forest on prepared wooden walkways. A last dinner will be served at the hotel this evening.

Your Hotels

Day Four Leaving Drvenik after breakfast this morning, you’ll journey south past the River Neretva delta – a wildlife paradise home to several endangered bird species – and on into BosniaHerzegovina and historic Mostar, with its lovingly restored bridge across the river its most famous landmark. After the opportunity to explore the colourful town, a UNESCO-listed area boasting one of Europe’s oldest continuously running markets, you’ll then travel on to your beautifully located second hotel base close to Dubrovnik, where dinner will be served. Day Five As a memorable day unfolds, get to know stunning Dubrovnik, the incomparable ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, with its captivating medieval Old Town and ancient city walls, the views from which stretch out over the red-roofed buildings towards the sea beyond. Join the guided tour, which will include the medieval Old Town, its pedestrianised central street Stradun running from the Pile Gate to busy Luza Square, overlooked by the carved stone façade of the impressive Sponza Palace and the graceful Baroque St Blaise’s Church. Other highlights of the walking tour will include the Franciscan Monastery, and the Rector’s Palace, seat of the government in the former Dubrovnik Republic. The energetic can walk the entirety of the walls, while others might enjoy a seat in one of the city’s many pavement cafés, before returning to your hotel. Day Six A last included tour sees you drive south to the breathtakingly beautiful country of Montenegro, home to some of the Mediterranean’s most stunning beaches, luxuriant pine forests and some enchanting, preserved medieval settlements, all nestled against a backdrop of high mountains crossed by crystalclear glacial streams. See the spectacular Bay of Kotor, Southern Europe’s largest fjord, and stop to explore the UNESCO World Heritage site of Kotor itself, with its ancient Old Town. Visit Budva, one of the oldest settlements in the Adriatic, and now a picturesque and thriving holiday resort with beautiful beaches, and perfect picture-postcard surroundings, before returning to your hotel in time for dinner.

Hotel Ivando, Drvenik Half-Board

HHHH nights 1-3 This well appointed family run hotel, in the heart of the Makarska Riviera, is situated in the small village of Drvenik, approximately 60 metres from the crystal clear blue waters and white pebble beach, beautifully shaded by pine trees and looking out over a lovely vista. The hotel comprises three buildings and has two restaurants, a bar area, reception and lift as well as comfortable, air-conditioned rooms offering Wi-Fi, satellite TV, hairdryer, mini-bar, balcony and a side sea view.

Hotel Tirena, Babin Kuk, Dubrovnik Half-Board

HHH nights 4-7

Situated in a quiet area on the Babin Kuk peninsular, only 250 metres from the sea. The old town of Dubrovnik is approximately six kilometres from the hotel, and can easily be reached by public transport. The hotel has an airconditioned restaurant serving buffet meals, a lobby bar, an outdoor swimming pool and sunbathing area, lounge area, lift, reception and a snack bar. The rooms are comfortably furnished, and all offer telephone, satellite TV, safe, Wi-Fi and hairdryer. Balcony rooms available for a supplement.

Day Seven Enjoy a final day’s rest and relaxation, perhaps returning to Dubrovnik’s enthralling streets once more, or even taking to the blue waters of the Adriatic that lap the shore. Secluded rocky coves and several tiny beaches provide opportunities for swimming, while more energetic pursuits can be enjoyed on the water. This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner at the hotel and a last balmy Croatian evening. Day Eight Bid farewell to Croatia, and make the short transfer to the airport for the return flight, at the end of a wonderful holiday.

Old Town, Dubrovnik

See page 325 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

147


Montenegro & Albania – Magical ‘Illyria’

NEW for 2019

Bathe in blue waters, soak up the sun and explore two of the Balkans’ ‘must-see, must-do’ countries.

8-day escorted holiday from £899

Bay of Kotor

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend seven nights on pristine Adriatic shores • Explore thriving Budva and island-resort Sveti-Stefan • The Bay of Kotor is a breathtaking inland fjord • Wander the streets of UNESCO-listed Kotor city • Mythical, picture-book Skadar Lake is the Balkans’ largest body of fresh water • Enjoy a guided tour of Albania’s medieval Kruja, with its ancient Ottoman bazaar • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel Princess, Bar, Montenegro • Return flights to Dubrovnik • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

J

oin us in a very special corner of the Mediterranean, to enjoy rest, relaxation and exciting exploration in two countries – one already fêted as an idyllic, sought-after holiday retreat, and the other rapidly emerging from decades hidden from the world and now keen to share its reborn vibrancy and historic past with curious visitors. Delightful Montenegro and beautiful Albania – part of Twelfth Night’s magical, mystical Kingdom of Illyria – wait to welcome you.

Day One Fly to Dubrovnik, meet your tour manager and transfer across the border to the hotel in Bar, set overlooking the shores of the Adriatic, surrounded by lush vegetation and backed by forested mountains. Settle into your surroundings and depending on your flight time, enjoy a first dinner. Day Two Rest and relax in the hotel this morning, perhaps taking a morning dip or stroll along the promenade, before joining the first of the included excursions to the nearby startling ruins of ancient Stari Bar, a timeless jumble of narrow streets and crumbling buildings that reverberates with history.

May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Boat Trip & Lunch Day Five – £34

Croatia Montenegro

Dubrovnik Kotor Budva Bar

Kruja Tirana

Albania

148

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three Today’s included excursion sees you heading north along the pristine coast to Budva, one of the Adriatic’s oldest settlements. You’ll get the chance to experience the now-thriving holiday resort, with beautiful beaches and scenic surroundings. After an opportunity to explore Budva’s old town, you will travel the short distance to discover the spectacular Bay of Kotor, Southern Europe’s largest fjord, and enjoy a guided tour of the UNESCO World Heritage site of Kotor itself, with its old town of narrow streets and ancient houses. After a wonderful day, during which there’ll be time for a leisurely lunch, you’ll make


Europe & Beyond

Old Town Kotor

Sveti-Stefan

your way back to the hotel, passing the impossibly beautiful island village of Sveti-Stefan. Connected to the mainland by a narrow causeway, this private island is Montenegro’s most photographed sight. You will arrive back in Bar in plenty of time for dinner.

Your Hotel

Hotel Princess, Bar Half-Board

Two minutes from the beach, and just a mile from Bar’s bustling centre and marina, this friendly and welcoming hotel boasts a well-equipped wellness centre with indoor and outdoor pools, a restaurant, lounges and bars, including a pool bar. Comfortable, air-conditioned rooms overlook the beach or park, and offer free Wi-Fi, TV, hairdryer, safe and balcony.

Day Four Today is free to enjoy the hotel and its surroundings. Hang out by the pool, enjoy drinks at the bar, make the most of the well-appointed Wellness and Spa area, perhaps treating yourself to a massage or body treatment, or wander into the centre of Bar, where the colourful streets of the Turkish-influenced ‘new’ town are a delight. Don’t miss what is said to be the Mediterranean’s oldest olive tree, and for a glimpse of Montenegrin history pay a visit to the town museum in the former royal palace on the seafront. However you choose to spend your day, it is sure to prove hugely enjoyable. Day Five Today’s included excursion sees you journey inland to beautiful Lake Skadar. Straddling the border between Montenegro and Albania, which is designated as a National Park, the lake is home to an abundance of protected birds and wildlife. Dotted with sleepy towns and villages, the Lake is a haven of peace and tranquillity away from the Adriatic shore, and a rich source of Montenegrin folklore and legend. During the day, you’ll also not want to miss out on the optional opportunity to enjoy a cruise on the lake-the best way to see it in all its glory-followed by a traditional fish lunch in a local restaurant, completing a memorable day.

HHHH

Kruja’s Ottoman Bazaar

Day Six Perhaps saving the very best till last, today sees you cross the border to head into Albania, for a day of fascinating exploration. Famed as part of the ‘Illyria’ of Shakespeare’s Twelfth Night, and of course for decades hidden behind a repressive cloak that largely prevented foreigners from visiting, Albania is a spectacularly beautiful country, and today’s brief glimpse, in addition to the rolling hills and mountain-backed landscape of the north, will include visits to hillside Kruja home of Albanian hero George Castriot ‘Skanderberg’, who is widely celebrated through the town. Take in the giant statue of the ‘Lord of Albania’, as he is known, and wander through the colourful stalls of the ancient Ottoman bazaar, with its handcrafted curios.  eturn to Bar at the end of a truly memorable day that may well whet your R appetite for a longer visit. Day Seven The last day is left free for rest and relaxation, hopefully to soak up the sunshine on the beach, to make the most of the hotel and its amenities, or to enjoy a leisurely lunch in Bar, before a last dinner at the hotel. Day Eight Transfer back to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

See page 325 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

149


Rest and relax on sun‑kissed isles, and head back in time on a fascinating journey of discovery.


Cyprus, Malta, Israel & Jordan Cyprus Discovered

152

Hidden Secrets of Northern Cyprus

154

Valletta, Mdina & the Wonders of Malta

156

Malta & Sicily

158

Jerusalem, Galilee & The Holy Land

160

Jordan – Petra & the Dead Sea

162

Pano, Cyprus


Cyprus Discovered Discover and explore the delights of Aphrodite’s Isle on this escorted holiday to one of the Mediterranean’s most favoured corners.

Aphrodite’s Rock

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend a week soaking up some winter sun • A walking tour of ancient Pano Paphos • Enjoy a tour of the snow-capped Troödos Mountains • Visit Petra tou Romiou – Aphrodite’s Rock – birthplace, legend has it, of the goddess • Discover bustling Limassol, with its old port and castle • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Hotel Veronica, Paphos (upgrade hotels available for a supplement) • Return flights to Paphos • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

From your base in the coastal resort of Paphos, with its

UNESCO-listed old town, enjoy three wonderful excursions in the company of your tour manager. Discover Paphos’ fascinating history on a walking tour, explore the snow-capped Troödos Mountains, journey to Aphrodite’s birthplace and take in bustling Limassol. With plenty of time for relaxation, and the chance to join two other optional excursions, this is a perfect way to get to know delightful Cyprus and its charms.

Day One Fly from the UK to Cyprus, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer to your Paphos hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to rest, relax and enjoy the surroundings.

Available Feb to Apr, Oct & Nov 2019, Mar to May 2020

Day Two An included half-day guided tour of Paphos, conducted by a local guide, will bring to life this fascinating place, including the extraordinary ‘Tombs of the Kings’ burial site, the famous Paphos Mosaics housed in ancient Roman villas, and the Byzantine Church of Ayia Paraskevi. There will also be an entertaining stop to see how ‘Loukoumi’ – the Greek Cypriot version of ‘Turkish’ Delight – is made, and after the tour you may wish to visit one of the excellent museums that bring added insight to this historic settlement.

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Nicosia Day Four – from £60 • Authentic Cyprus Day Seven – from £61

Cyprus Troödos Mountains Paphos

152

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

8-day escorted holiday from £559

Nicosia Lefkara Limassol

Day Three Today’s second included tour heads into the truly spectacular Troödos Mountains, which rise above the plains and the coast, which have been home for centuries to remote villages and religious communities, and are the site of several wonderfully decorated Byzantine churches, tucked away in the forested slopes.  he tour calls first at the wine-producing T village of Omodos, with its white stone houses and ancient monastery, before winding its way through the pines to Troödos village itself. Other highlights of


Europe & Beyond Paphos Lefkara Village

Loukoumi

Sanctuary of Apollo Hylates, Limassol

a memorable day will include ancient Kykkos Monastery, famed for its mosaics and frescoes, and its Byzantine Museum, Throni Park, burial place of Archbishop Makarios, Cyprus’ first president, and Chrysorrogiatissa Monastery, with its important icons.

Your Hotel Choices

Day Four Join today’s optional excursion and journey to historic Nicosia, island capital for more than 12 centuries. Divided in 1974 by the ‘Green Line’ separating Greek and Turkish Cypriot territories, the city is both modern, bustling metropolis, with tree-lined boulevards and a sophisticated café culture, and a fascinating gateway to the island’s turbulent past.  ou’ll also head into northern Cyprus, with visits to the Gothic Y Bellapais Abbey, made famous by author Lawrence Durrell, and to the coastal port-town of Kyrenia, with its picture-book harbour and castle. Day Five Today is free for rest and relaxation in your chosen hotel and its surroundings. The harbour-front bustles with life, while the Old Town of Klitma, on its rocky plateau, is a colourful alternative. There is so much to do in and around Paphos, with sights to see, shops to discover, and even nearby golf courses to tempt the energetic. Day Six Today’s included tour heads first along the stunning coast to Petra tou Romiou, or Aphrodite’s Rock, where the Goddess of Love and Beauty is said to have risen from the waves. Pause to take in the scene, before heading on to ancient Curium, where a magnificent 2nd-century B.C. Greco-Roman theatre, still in use today, sits spectacularly atop the cliffs.  ou’ll then discover Cyprus’ bustling second city Limassol, with Y some fascinating sights, excellent shopping, and a compact Old City – home to a picturesque fishing harbour and yachting marina; close by, the ancient Castle once bore witness to the marriage of Richard the Lionheart. On a guided introductory tour stroll through the streets of this fascinating place, which is centre of the Cypriot wine industry. Take in Turkish Quarter surrounding the Castle, taking in the historic Grand Mosque, and working hammam, or Turkish bath.

Hotel Veronica, Paphos Half-Board

HHH

Price from £559

This small and friendly hotel is situated in its own gardens, very close to the resort’s shops, bars and restaurants. The hotel’s facilities include a pool, a bar, a dining room serving buffet breakfasts and evening meals and free Wi-Fi in the reception area. The rooms are simply furnished but comfortable, and each has a TV, air conditioning and a balcony.

Hotel Dionysos, Paphos Half-Board

HHH

Price from £680

Ideally situated less than 100 metres from the beach in the centre of Paphos, this tastefully decorated hotel offers a pool, bar and restaurant, reception, La Place Royale Café and a lift. The recently renovated air-conditioned rooms offer satellite TV, fridge, tea/coffee-making facilities and balcony. Rooms with a sea view are available for a supplement.

Leonardo Plaza Cypria Maris Beach Hotel & Spa, Paphos HHHH Half-Board Price from £750 This beachside hotel lies four kilometres from Paphos’ centre. Facilities include outdoor (weather permitting) and indoor pools, an extensive spa (treatments payable locally) and gym, tennis courts, four restaurants, bars and lounges, free Wi-Fi, lifts and reception. Airconditioned rooms offer satellite TV, hairdryer, fridge, tea/coffee-maker, safe and balcony.

Day Seven A last optional excursion offers the opportunity to discover a ‘taste of authentic Cyprus’, as you journey first to the ancient village of Anogyra, with its traditional limestone houses, cool courtyards, two magnificent churches and paved central square. Visit the Pasteli museum that charts the history of the Cypriot sweetmeats fashioned from the fruit of the carob tree. Continuing the foodie theme, the tour takes in a family owned Halloumi cheese-making factory and a fragrant herb farm in the foothills of the mountains, before lunch is served in a traditional tavern in wine-making village Lania. A thoroughly enjoyable gastronomic journey ends with an afternoon visit to Monagri, where several other Cypriot delicacies are produced by the villagers. Day Eight Bid farewell to Paphos and the hotel, and transfer to the airport for the return flight.

A village outside Nicosia

See page 325 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

153


Hidden Secrets of Northern Cyprus Savour rest and relaxation, and step back in time, as you unveil the beautiful, unspoiled north of Aphrodite’s Isle.

Kyrenia Harbour

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy seven nights in exquisite Kyrenia • Explore Kyrenia’s harbour and monumental castle • Idyllic Bellapais, beneath its Gothic abbey, was home to writer Lawrence Durrell • St Hilarion’s ‘fairy-tale’ fortress was said to be inspiration for Walt Disney’s Snow White’s castle • Visit fascinating, divided Nicosia and walled Famagusta • ‘Ghost city’ Varosha is a poignant reminder of the recent past • Salamis Roman ruins are a sight to behold • The remote Karpaz peninsula is unspoiled Northern Cyprus at its best • Discover Güzelyurt – literally ‘beautiful place’ – and ancient Soli on an optional excursion • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star Altinkaya Hotel, Kyrenia (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Cyprus • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

From your base in delightful Kyrenia, one of the Mediterranean’s most alluring locations, set against a backdrop of rugged hills and fringed by deep blue waters, lift the veil on an historic region, inhabited since earliest times, and dotted with the relics of the various civilisations that have graced this idyllic island in the sun. Enjoy included visits to Lawrence Durrell’s beloved Bellapais, to divided Nicosia, ruined Famagusta and the scenic Karpaz peninsula, adding to the pleasure of the stay.

Day One Fly from the UK to Larnaca or Paphos and transfer north to Kyrenia and your chosen hotel. Day Two In the company of your tour manager, discover and explore the delightful port town of Kyrenia, its natural, horseshoe-shaped harbour looking out over pristine azure waters and flanked by shops and cafés, all watched over by an imposing medieval castle, the whole a picturepostcard-perfect scene much unchanged down the years despite the trappings of modernity. Within the massive castle walls, a fascinating shipwreck museum, and a ‘tombs-finds gallery’ are amongst highlights of an included visit.

Feb to Jun, Sep to Dec 2019, Jan to Mar 2020

Karpaz Peninsula

Fly direct from • Belfast • Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Heathrow • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Manchester • Newcastle • Stansted

Kyrenia Güzelyurt

154

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Cyprus Nicosia Larnaca

Optional Excursion • Güzelyurt & Soli Ancient City (full day) Day Five – from £32

8-day escorted holiday from £689

Paphos

Famagusta

 his afternoon, return to enjoy the T surroundings of your hotel, explore the town under your own steam, perhaps taking in a museum or gallery, or take a seat in one of the harbour’s many delightful fish restaurants – perfect places in which to pass the hours away. Day Three A truly fascinating day awaits you, as you journey to the island’s east, first calling at the monastery of St Barnabas, where the side chapel of the twin-domed church is said to hold the tomb of the early Christian martyr. This is followed by a visit to the extraordinary Roman ruins of the ancient


Europe & Beyond Bellapais Abbey

coastal city of Salamis. The remains, which include colonnades, a magnificent theatre and a bathhouse, were once part of a much larger settlement, now submerged under the blue waters and sand dunes.

St Mamas Church, Güzelyurt

Ancient theatre of Salamis

Kyrenia Harbour

Your Hotel Choices Altinkaya Hotel, Kyrenia Half-Board

Nestled amongst olive groves and boasting two outdoor pools, a terrace restaurant, comfortable lounge, poolside barbeque and bar, this friendly, family owned hotel offers the warmest of welcomes and air-conditioned rooms – some in the main building (available for a supplement) and others amidst the grounds – with balcony/ terrace, safe (small charge), telephone, TV, hairdryer and tea/coffee-making facilities. There is free Wi-Fi in the hotel reception, and a seasonal shuttle bus into Kyrenia’s centre.

 ou’ll then head to the fascinating city of Famagusta, once one Y of the world’s richest, and today a living museum, with its ruined churches, former-cathedral-turned-Lala Mustapha Pasha mosque, Venetian Palace and ruined churches lying amongst modern cafés and shops, as described in Victoria Hislop’s novel The Sunrise. Most unforgettable is the ‘Ghost City’ of Varosha, left abandoned since 1974, and a poignant reminder of the island’s past troubles. Day Four The highlight of today’s fascinating included excursion will be the visit to historic Nicosia, island capital for more than 12 centuries, and divided in 1963 by the ‘Green Line’ separating the Turkish North and Greek South of the city. Enjoy a guided tour of Lefkosa, the northern territory, where highlights include the ancient Büyük Han, the former caravanserai travellers’ inn, the colourful covered bazaar and the cathedral/mosque of Selimiye/St Sophia, and cross the border into the southern, Lefkosia half of the city for some free time to explore its preserved Old Town of narrow streets enclosed by Venetian walls, its tiny St John’s Cathedral and its various museums of Cypriot history and culture. Day Five Today is free to enjoy the hotel and its surroundings, or to head into Kyrenia once again, although many will want to join the optional excursion to the green, citrus-grove surrounded town of Güzelyurt – ‘beautiful place’ in Turkish – with its archaeology museum and church of Agios Mamas. An enjoyable day will also include visits to the fascinating excavated city of Soli, with its Roman and Byzantine remains, and to the ‘Green Line’ border town of Lefke, with its former copper mines and citrus groves. Day Six Today’s included tour heads first towards the magnificent mountain-top castle of St Hilarion, with its preserved fortifications and spectacular views of the coastline and the surrounding ‘Five Finger’ Mountains, in the foothills of which lies the beautiful village of Bellapais. Set beneath the preserved ruins of its Gothic abbey, this idyllic spot was home for three years to celebrated writer Lawrence Durrell, who chronicled his stay here in his novel Bitter Lemons. Wander the ruins of the Abbey, stepping back in time as you soak up its unique atmosphere. Return to Kyrenia for the rest of the day.

HHH

Price from £689

Pia Bella Hotel, Kyrenia Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £700 This popular, welcoming hotel, 1.5km from the historic harbour and set amongst pretty gardens, boasts two outdoor pools and terraces, a bar, restaurant, free Wi-Fi in public areas, and rooms that offer air conditioning, tea/coffee-making facilities, satellite TV, telephone, hairdryer, mini-bar and safe (small charge). Local shops, bars and restaurants are within walking distance. Superior rooms are available for a small supplement.

Day Seven A last scenic excursion heads to the unspoiled Karpaz, or Karpasia, peninsula, a rugged spit of land fringed by some of the island’s most stunning beaches and bluest waters. Dotted with ancient villages and home to herds of wild donkeys, the peninsula is also where the remote monastery and shrine of Apostos Andreas boasts a famous ‘holy well’. As well as visits to an ancient olive press and to the important mosaics at Agios Trias, today will also include a chance, weather permitting, to enjoy a dip in the sea at one of the island’s finest bathing spots.  ou’ll return to Kyrenia at the end of a wonderful day, to enjoy a last dinner Y at the hotel. Day Eight Bid farewell to your Cypriot hosts, and transfer back to the airport for the return flight. St Hilarion Castle

See page 326 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

155


Valletta, Mdina & the Wonders of Malta Discover one of the Mediterranean’s most historic and welcoming islands, together with its exquisite greener sister-isle Gozo.

Valletta

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy a week of rest, relaxation, exploration and Maltese hospitality • Get to know Malta’s historic capital, Valletta, one of the world’s greatest natural anchorages • Spend a day on fascinating sister island Gozo • Explore the island’s interior, including historic Mosta and ‘silent city’ Mdina • Valletta’s ‘Three Cities’ were home to the Knights of St John • Enjoy an evening in a traditional restaurant • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star superior Hotel Santana, Qawra (upgrade hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Malta • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

T

ake off to this famous Mediterranean isle, blessed yearround with an agreeable climate and boasting one of the world’s most spectacular natural harbours. Delightful Malta – strategically important throughout the centuries – exudes fascination and interest, as well as a relaxed air and a genuinely warm welcome for British visitors. Our escorted tours offer you the best of the island with the chance to enjoy the charms of a highly favoured holiday haven.

Day One Fly south to Malta and upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer to your chosen hotel in the delightful Qawra area of popular St Paul’s Bay. Dependent upon your time of arrival, enjoy a stroll before dinner along the seafront promenade looking out over the clear blue waters to the off-shore St Paul’s Island, on which, legend has it, the Apostle was once shipwrecked. Enjoy a first dinner at the hotel.

Available Feb to Apr, Oct to Dec 2019, Mar to May 2020

Fly direct from • Belfast • East Midlands • Gatwick • Heathrow • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Southend • Stansted

Gozo

Port of Mgarr

St Paul’s Bay

Day Two Rest and relax in the hotel and its surroundings, getting to know the area. Set on the quieter side of St Paul’s Bay, but with easy access to lively and colourful Bugibba, Qawra offers plenty of interest, with sea-front bars and cafés as well as a sandy beach fringing the bay. Stroll along the promenade to Qawra Point for far-reaching views, or perhaps enjoy a long lunch in the sunshine.

Qawra

Mosta Mdina

Valletta

Malta Marsaxlokk

156

8-day escorted holiday from £685

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three The first of the included excursions, taken in the company of our tour manger, explores the island’s fascinating capital, historic Valletta, beginning with a visit to the Malta Experience, an award-winning audio-visual presentation that places the city and the island in its historical context, and sets the scene not only for today’s visit but for the remainder of your stay.  he tour will include all the major sights, including T the Auberge de Castille, magnificent former home to the Knights of St John and the Upper Barracca Gardens, from which vantage point the


Europe & Beyond Port of Mgarr

Mdina

Valletta

strategic value of the city’s Grand Harbour becomes clear. Laid out in a perfect grid pattern above the harbour and behind imposing battlements, the streets of the compact old city are a delight to wander.

Your Hotel Choices

 he tour will also take in the city’s stunning St John’s Co‑cathedral, T amongst the treasures of which are two works by the artist Caravaggio. With time for lunch (payable locally) and the opportunity for personal sightseeing, today’s visit is the perfect introduction to fascinating Malta. Day Four Today’s included excursion will be one of the highlights of the holiday, as you make the short ferry crossing from Cirkewwa to the quaint port of Mgarr, gateway to Gozo. In sharp contrast to its bustling neighbour, Gozo, which is dotted with prehistoric Neolithic temples and burial mounds, presents a sleepy, timeless face to the modern world. Highlights of the day will include the fascinating ‘Inland Sea’ at Dwerja, Calypso’s Cave overlooking sandy Ramla Bay, the delightful coastal resort of Xlendi and the island capital, Victoria. The town is watched over by the fortified bastion of the Citadel, from the walls of which there are panoramic views over the island.  ith the fascinating history of the smaller island brought to life W by your tour manager, a thoroughly enjoyable day ends with the return crossing to Malta, passing tiny islet Comino. Day Five Today is another free day to make the most of the hotel and its surroundings. This evening, join fellow guests for an evening of traditional Maltese hospitality in the historic town of Mosta, enjoying a menu of Maltese cuisine served by waiters dressed in authentic period costume, and enjoying traditional Maltese folk music and dancing. Day Six On today’s included full-day tour you’ll travel inland to Mdina, the ancient, fortified former capital, set atop a rocky bluff, with its beautiful ‘silent city’ of narrow streets lined by stone-built houses. The tour also includes the town of Rabat, famous for its subterranean catacombs, and where Bellini’s statue of St Paul depicts the Apostle’s shipwreck on the island. A visit is also made to Mosta’s famous church, the vast unsupported dome of which survived a direct hit during WWII, and the tour will also take in the vertiginous Dingli Cliffs.

Hotel Santana, Qawra Half-Board

HHH Superior Price from £685

Set just 150 metres from Qawra’s seafront promenade, and offering panoramic views from its roof-top and terrace, the Santana is a more-thancomfortable base. An indoor pool, hydro massage facility, fitness room and spa (treatments payable locally), two restaurants and a coffee shop add to the pleasure of the stay, while air-conditioned rooms offer a balcony, satellite TV, safe, fridge and hairdryer. A drinks package with dinner and superior rooms are available for a supplement.

Dolmen Resort Hotel, Qawra Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £791

This recently renovated hotel is ideally located and boasts a wealth of wideranging facilities including an excellent spa and leisure centre (treatments payable locally), two outdoor and one indoor pool, two restaurants, lobby bar, lift, coffee shop and its own casino. Air-conditioned rooms have a TV, telephone, safe deposit box, hairdryer, mini-bar and balcony. Sea view rooms are available for a supplement. Local beer, wine and soft drinks are complimentary with dinner.

Day Seven The final included excursion journeys ‘back in time’, as you discover and explore the area across Valletta’s Grand Harbour, where three medieval ‘cities’ reflect the island’s rich history. In Vittoriosa, the façade of the Parish Church of St Lawrence displays an early Maltese Cross. Cospicua is one of the Mediterranean’s oldest dockyards, still in use today, while Senglea, with its houses built on the waterline with steps down to the sea, is known as ‘Little Venice’. During the day, you’ll also pay a visit to the colourful fishing village of Marsaxlokk, with its busy market, and Tarxien, where ancient temples contain carved symbols not dissimilar to Celtic engravings found in Ireland.  Day Eight Return to the airport and the flight home, at the end of a thoroughly enjoyable stay. Please note: The day by day itinerary is based on Monday departures. For Tuesday departures, Day Three in the published itinerary is Day Two and Day Eight will be a final day of leisure. Luzzu Boats, Marsaxlokk

See page 326 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

157


NEW for 2019

Malta & Sicily Savour and enjoy two of the Mediterranean’s southern island outposts, both brimming with fascination and interest.

10-day escorted holiday from £939

Taormina, Sicily

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend four nights in warm and welcoming Malta • Soak up the colour and atmosphere of historic capital Valletta • Discover ‘Silent City’ Mdina and St Paul’s ‘grotto’ at Rabat • Take the fast catamaran between Valletta and Pozzallo, Sicily • Discover ancient Syracuse • Enjoy five nights in exquisite Giardini Naxos • Visit fabled Etna, Europe’s most famous volcano • Wander the streets of beautiful Taormina, flower-decked hill town • Head inland to iconic ‘The Godfather’ film locations • Nine nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the three-star superior Hotel Santana at Qawra, Malta and the four-star Grand Hotel Arathena Rocks Hotel, Giardini Naxos, Sicily • Outbound flight to Malta, returning from Catania • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Oct & Nov 2019, Mar & Apr 2020

L eave behind the grey and gloom and head south to warmer

climes, to discover two contrasting places set in a blue sea between Europe and Africa. Together, Malta, its colourful present-day capital atop its spectacular natural harbour, with its predecessor keeping timeless, silent sentinel inland, and Sicily, with its ancient cities, hill towns and smouldering volcano, provide the perfect backdrop for a fascinating tour. With very good standard accommodation throughout, this is a perfect winter getaway.

Day One Fly south to Malta and upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel in the delightful Qawra area of popular St Paul’s Bay. Dependent upon your time of arrival, perhaps enjoy a stroll along the seafront promenade looking out to St Paul’s Island, on which the apostle was once shipwrecked. Enjoy a first dinner at the hotel. Day Two The first of the included excursions explores island capital Valletta, beginning with a visit to the award-winning ‘Malta Experience’ audio-visual presentation, and also including the Auberge de Castille, former home to the Knights of St John and now the Prime Minister’s office, and the Upper Barracca Gardens, from where the strategic value of the city’s Grand Harbour becomes plainly clear.

Day Three Rest and relax in the hotel and its surroundings, or perhaps join today’s optional excursion to Malta’s smaller sister isle Gozo, making • Gatwick • Luton (2020 only) • Manchester (2020 only) the short ferry crossing to the quaint port of Mgarr, spending the day exploring a fascinating Optional Excursions place dotted with • Gozo (full day) Day Three – £47 prehistoric Neolithic Port of Mgarr • Agrigento (full day) Savoca temples and burial Taormina Day Nine – £49 mounds, and some Giardini Sicily delightful coastal villages. Naxos Qawra Island capital Victoria St Paul’s Bay Agrigento is watched over by the fortified citadel. Syracuse

Fly direct from

Gozo

Sicily

Mdina

Malta Pozzallo

158

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Maps not to scale

Valletta

Malta

Day Four On today’s included full-day tour you’ll travel inland to


Europe & Beyond

Mdina, Malta

Syracuse, Sicily

Fast catamaran

Mdina, the ancient, fortified former capital, with its beautiful ‘Silent City’ of narrow streets lined by stone-built houses. The tour also includes the Grotto at Rabat, where Bellini’s statue of St Paul depicts the apostle’s shipwreck on the island.

Your Hotels

Day Five It’s an early start this morning, as you board the fast catamaran for the 90-minute crossing to the Sicilian port of Pozzallo, gateway to Italy’s sun-kissed southern isle. Upon arrival, make the short journey to the ancient city of Syracuse, once home to Archimedes. The former centre of the Greek empire sits on an offshore island, upon which great temples – of Apollo and Athena – were built, and which today, in the intertwined streets of the Old Town, with its harbour and piazza, its Cathedral and Archaeological Museum, echoes with history and fascination. Enjoy a short orientation tour, then spend a fascinating time in exploration – or perhaps enjoy a typically Sicilian lunch – under your own steam, before re-boarding the coach for the onward journey to Giardini Naxos and your comfortable Sicilian base. Day Six Today is free to enjoy the delights of Giardini Naxos and its surroundings. Set beneath fabled hill town Taormina, and looking out over the Ionian Sea, this colourful beachside resort boasts a seafront promenade lined with cafés and restaurants. A low-key archaeological museum and some excavations mark the site of the first Greek colony on Sicily. A local bus connects the four resorts collectively known as Taormina-Mare, with the twinkling lights of the hill town above; a special sight each evening. Day Seven An included tour, today, takes in fabled Mount Etna and stunning Taormina. Situated in a vast natural park, Etna is Europe’s highest active volcano, and the views, especially on clear days, are spectacular. Flower-decked Taormina is no less alluring, its Greek Theatre – cut into the mountainside and used by the Romans for gladiatorial contests – competing for the audiences’ attention with the peerless views of Etna and the sea.

Hotel Santana, Qawra Half-Board

HHH Superior nights 1-4 Set just 150 metres from Qawra’s seafront promenade, and offering panoramic views from its roof-top and terrace, the Santana is a more-thancomfortable base. An indoor pool, hydro massage facility, fitness room and spa (treatments payable locally), two restaurants and a coffee shop add to the pleasure of the stay, while air-conditioned rooms offer a balcony, satellite TV, safe, fridge and hairdryer.

Grand Hotel Arathena Rocks, Giardini Naxos Half-Board

HHHH nights 5-9

Overlooking the Ionian Sea, with its seawater pool built amongst the eponymous rocks, this fine hotel, with its gardens, well-appointed lounges, sea-facing restaurant and American Bar, exudes charm. Comfortable rooms are finished with Sicilian ceramics and artworks, and offer a TV and wellappointed bathroom. There is free Wi-Fi in public areas. Please note: It may be necessary to substitute this hotel with an equivalent hotel of the same standard and location. If this is necessary, you will be advised prior to departure.

Day Eight Step into a landscape made famous by one of Hollywood’s most famous films, as you journey to the unspoiled hill village of Savoca, location of ‘Corleone’ in The Godfather trilogy, where ‘Bar Vitelli’ is virtually unchanged since Al Pacino’s ‘Michael Corleone’ visited. The beautiful St Nicholas Church was the setting for his wedding to Apollonia. Yet more cinematic memories are stirred with the visit to nearby hill town Forza D’Agro, in its dramatic setting. During a fascinating day, learn about the Sicilian Mafia and the fight against organised crime on the island. Day Nine A last full day brings another opportunity to rest and relax in Taormina Mare, or perhaps to join the last optional excursion, which journeys to Agrigento and the ‘Valley of Temples’, a vast area boasting some of the finest and best preserved Ancient Greek relics outside of Greece itself. In this, once described as ‘the most beautiful city of mortals’, the magnificent temples are laid out beneath a ridge upon which an acropolis once stood, and where the wonderful medieval town of Agrigento now surveys the scene. Day 10 Bid ‘Arrivederci’ to your Sicilian hosts and transfer to Catania Airport for the return flight, at the end of a wonderful Mediterranean holiday.

Valletta, Malta

See page 326 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

159


Jerusalem, Galilee & The Holy Land Discover and explore one of the World’s most extraordinary, timeless – and time-weathered – corners, a sacred land forged over centuries.

Dome of the Rock & The Western ‘Wailing Wall’, Jerusalem

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover modern Tel Aviv and nearby restored Jaffa • Roman Caesarea was King Herod’s most important port-city • Visit Haifa and take in Mount Carmel’s spectacular view • Crusader fortress-city Acre is wonderfully preserved • Spend two nights at Tiberias on Lake Galilee • Discover the places once trodden by Jesus • Journey past ancient Jericho • Take the cable car to legendary Masada • Enjoy the unique sensation of ‘floating’ in the Dead Sea • A four-night stay in Jerusalem brings the chance to discover and explore one of the world’s most fascinating places • View the city from the Mount of Olives • Walk the ‘Way of the Cross’ and visit poignant Gethsemane • See the Western ‘Wailing’ Wall and sacred Dome of the Rock • Visit Bethlehem and to the Church of the Nativity • Spend time at Jerusalem’s Yad Vashem Holocaust memorial and see the Dead Sea Scrolls at the Shrine of the Book • Enjoy a free day for personal sightseeing in Jerusalem • Seven nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation in excellent quality hotels in Tel Aviv, Tiberias, and Jerusalem • Return flights to Tel Aviv • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Feb to May, Sep to Nov 2019, Feb to May 2020

Fly direct from • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester

B

egin in Mediterranean resort-city Tel Aviv, then take in Roman Caesarea and bustling port-city Haifa, before moving inland to Crusader fortress Acre, then on to the tranquil shores of Galilee. Enjoy a tour of places associated with Christ’s life and ministry then journey, via the mysterious Dead Sea and haunting Masada, up to Jerusalem, one of the most absorbing cities on Earth. A final highlight of this remarkable tour is a visit to Bethlehem and the Church of the Nativity.

Day One Fly to Tel Aviv, on Israel’s Mediterranean coast, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel for an overnight stay. Rest and relax after the journey, stroll along the seafront promenade or perhaps visit nearby bustling Jaffa. Enjoy dinner in the hotel. Day Two Board the coach this morning for the first fascinating day’s touring, which will begin in the old port of Jaffa, and take in some of the sites of Tel Aviv, modern Israel’s hub of commercial and cultural activity, before heading north to the ruins of the great Roman port of Caesarea, which was flourishing during the time of Christ. You’ll also pay a short visit to the modern port-city of Haifa, before driving to the summit of Mt Carmel, from where there is a breathtaking panoramic view of Northern Israel and beyond. Haifa Nazareth

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Tiberias

Tel Aviv Jericho

Jerusalem

Bethlehem Masada

Israel

160

8-day escorted holiday from £1,399

 he day continues with a visit to the T Crusader city of Acre, or Akko, one-time fortress of Richard the Lionheart, and with some remarkably preserved architectural remains, before you drive to Tiberias, on Galilee’s peaceful shore, for a two-night stay. Day Three Today’s tour journeys through a land familiar to Bible scholars everywhere, beginning with a boat journey to Capernaum where Jesus recruited his first disciples, then Tabgha, site of the miracle of ‘the Feeding of the 5,000’, beneath the Mount of the Beatitudes, from which the Sermon on the


Europe & Beyond

Tel Aviv

Church of the Annunciation, Nazareth

Mount was preached. Journey inland via Cana, where Jesus is said to have performed his first miracle, turning water into wine at a wedding, to bustling Nazareth, where the monumental Church of the Annunciation dominates the skyline, and where St Joseph’s Grotto is a humble contrast. After a fascinating day, you’ll return to Tiberias in time for dinner.

Shrine of the Book

Church of the Nativity

Your Hotels

Day Four Another extraordinary day begins with a journey south, passing the site where John the Baptist anointed Christ, and the ancient town of Jericho, en route to the other worldly Dead Sea, the lowest place on Earth. You’ll visit the UNESCO-listed mountaintop fortress-citadel of Masada, where Jewish zealots held out against the Romans for three years following the fall of Jerusalem, and from which there is an extraordinary view of the Rift Valley and the waters of the Dead Sea below. The afternoon will bring the opportunity to enjoy the unique sensation of ‘floating’ in the mineral-laden Dead Sea, a truly strange phenomenon, before you make the climb up to the great city of Jerusalem and the first of four nights in the city. Day Five A guided introductory tour lifts the veil on one of the world’s most fascinating places, as you drive first to the Mount of Olives for a panoramic view of the city skyline, much changed since Christ stood on the same spot, close to the Garden of Gethsemane, but still a mesmerising, stirring sight.  ntering the city through the ancient Lion’s Gate, you’ll walk the E Via Dolorosa with its Stations of the Cross, to the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, site of the Crucifixion. Visits to the Western Wall, beneath the equally sacred Dome of the Rock, and to the Garden Tomb that was said to have been found empty on the first Easter morning, complete a truly fascinating day. Day Six Today is spent at leisure in Jerusalem, giving you the opportunity perhaps to wander the colourful souks of the Arab market, to explore the Old City once again, or perhaps to visit the excellent Tower of David Museum. Day Seven Board the coach this morning for the short drive out of the city to Bethlehem, to visit Manger Square and the Church of the Nativity. One of the Holy Land’s oldest churches, the church, as well as the underground ‘grotto’ in which Mary is said to have borne the baby Jesus, boasts several relics and centuries-old fragments of mosaics.

Hotel Metropolitan, Tel Aviv Half-Board

HHHH night 1

Located in the heart of the city, just a block from the Mediterranean and a short stroll from all the major attractions of the city. Rooms have a telephone, complimentary Wi-Fi, tea/ coffee‑making facilities, TV and safe, and the hotel also boasts a lobby bar, health club and café restaurant which serves dinner and a lavish Israeli buffet breakfast.

Ron Beach, Tiberias Half-Board

HHH Superior

nights 2-3

Overlooking the Sea of Galilee, owned by a family that has lived in the region for centuries, the Ron Beach is in the heart of Tiberias, close to all the resort-town’s amenities. Air-conditioned rooms have a TV, hairdryer and telephone. The hotel’s amenities include an outside pool, large garden, fitness suite, pool bar, restaurant and a souvenir shop.

Grand Court Hotel, Jerusalem Half-Board

HHHH nights 4-7

The four-star Grand Court, a ten-minute stroll from the Old City, boasts a roof-top pool overlooking the city, plus a well-equipped fitness room. Air-conditioned rooms offer free Wi-Fi, a TV, hairdryer, telephone and safe, and other hotel facilities include restaurants, including a lobby lounge, a formal dining room and more informal Garden Court, where breakfast can be taken. Please note: Hotel star-ratings are based on Newmarket’s experience as there are no official ratings.

UNESCO-listed Masada fortress

 eturning to Jerusalem via the ‘Shepherds’ Fields’ where the angels are R said to have announced Christ’s birth, you’ll pay visits to the moving Yad Vashem holocaust memorial and to the Shrine of the Book, housing the historically priceless Dead Sea Scrolls recovered from a cave near ancient Masada.  last dinner at the hotel is the chance to look back on what will have been A a thoroughly absorbing and enthralling week. Day Eight Drive back down through the scenic Judean Hills to the Mediterranean, making your way to Tel Aviv for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a marvellous holiday.

See page 326 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

161


NEW for 2019

Jordan – Petra & the Dead Sea Gaze wide-eyed at one of the seven new world wonders, drive stunning desert highways, and experience the lowest spot on Earth.

7-day escorted holiday from £1,379

Petra

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Friendly Jordanian capital Amman is a mix of ancient and ultra-modern • Amman highlights include the hill-top Citadel and preserved Roman theatre • Taste delicious street food during a guided tour • Roman city Jerash is a window on the Roman past • Drive the Desert Highway south to breathtaking Wadi Rum • Enjoy a 4x4 adventure through the Wadi’s dunes and dry river beds • Walk into the past as you explore incredible Petra • Visit ‘Little Petra’ • The Byzantine mosaics in Madaba are amongst the world’s best preserved • Take in astonishing views from Mt Nebo, supposed resting place of Moses • Spend two nights beside the shores of the mysterious Dead Sea • Float in the health-giving, mineral-laden waters • Six nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation in the four-star Amman International Hotel in Amman, the four-star Mövenpick Nabatean Castle Hotel at Wadi Musa and the five-star Holiday Inn Dead Sea Resort • Return flights to Amman • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

J

oin this remarkable escorted tour to the friendly, welcoming Kingdom of Jordan. Discover Amman’s mix of ancient and ultra-modern, and enjoy a roll call of once-in-a-lifetime experiences, from awe-inspiring sights, including Jerash’s Roman remains and astonishing, breathtaking Petra, to wonders of nature amongst a pristine desert landscape. Take the fabled King’s Highway and crown an unforgettable holiday with a stay on the shores of the mysterious Dead Sea, where health-giving waters add to the enjoyment.

Day One Fly to Amman, built amongst desert hills and mixing every modern amenity with the occasional remnant of the past. Settle into your hotel and enjoy a first evening in this friendly city where, dependent upon your arrival time, there are plenty of places to enjoy a pre-dinner cocktail or perhaps to take a stroll. Dinner is served in the hotel. Day Two Board the coach this morning to head north to the remarkably well preserved Roman city of Jerash, its great Hippodrome, theatres, plazas, streets and baths recovered from the sand over the last 80 years. Known as the ‘Pompeii of the East’, the former Decapolis was once one of the Middle East’s most important Roman strongholds.

Dead Se a

Israel

Jordan

Nov 2019, Feb, Mar & May 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow

Wadi Musa Petra

Wadi Rum

162

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Amman Jerash Madaba

 his afternoon, return to Amman to enjoy a guided T tour, taking in the ancient Citadel, atop the highest point in the city and famed for its preserved Roman, Byzantine and Islamic Umayyad remnants, the striking city centre Roman amphitheatre and two of the city’s most fascinating collections, at the Archaeological and Folklore museums. Don’t miss the opportunity to taste some of the city’s famed street food – including falafel and sweet kunafeh, as you wander in the company of your guide. Return to the hotel for dinner at the end of a wonderful day. Day Three Following breakfast, board the coach for the two-hour drive south, heading into the desert


to the extraordinary rose-red mountain outcrop of Wadi Rum, set amongst the endless, inhospitable sands. Board a rugged 4x4 all-terrain vehicle for a two-hour drive into this unearthly landscape, where highlights will include the chance to walk to hillside Lawrence spring, and a gentle hike through a desert canyon to visit a Bedouin camp, where you will be greeted with mint tea and Arab bread.

Amman Citadel

Your Hotels

 t the end of the tour, make the short journey to your four-star A hotel close to the extraordinary desert city of Petra. Rest and relax and enjoy dinner in your wonderful, surroundings, perhaps taking in a first desert sunset. Day Four An unforgettable day awaits you, as early this morning, after breakfast, you make the truly breathtaking journey, perhaps on foot or by horse-drawn carriage, through the narrow, 80-metre-high red-rock gorge of the ‘Siq’, which widens to reveal first the great Treasury, then the rest of the buildings and tombs carved into the rock over 2,000 years ago by the Nabataean people who settled here. Exhibiting a remarkable engineering prowess, Petra – which extends across hundreds of acres into the sands of Wadi Rum, and which exceeds all visitors’ expectations, such is its magnificence – is one of the seven new wonders of the world, and the memories of your visit will be long-cherished.  t the end of a wonderful day, return to the comfortable A surroundings of your desert haven. Day Five Bidding farewell to the hotel after breakfast, you’ll first travel the short distance to the excavations at the Al Beidha Siq, known as ‘Little Petra’ and a contrast to the glories of the much larger Rose-Red city.  ead north, along the famed King’s Highway, before turning H east to ancient Madaba, where the 19th-century Greek Orthodox Church of St George is built over the extraordinary 6th-century mosaic map of the region, which has drawn visitors for centuries. Later this afternoon, you’ll head for Mount Nebo, the supposed resting place of Moses, whose ‘Promised Land’, including the rooftops of Bethlehem and Jerusalem, might be viewed through the haze across the expanse of the Great Rift Valley and the River Jordan below.

Amman International Hotel, Amman Half-Board

HHHH nights 1-2

In a quiet location close to Amman’s university, this comfortable hotel, which is a perfect base for your stay in the city, offers well appointed, air-conditioned rooms with a TV as well as a lounge, bar and four restaurants, including one overlooking the hotel’s outdoor pool. There is free Wi-Fi in public areas.

Mövenpick Nabatean Castle Hotel, Wadi Musa HHHH Half-Board nights 3-4 Overlooking the Great Rift Valley, and boasting a terrace from which the desert sunsets can be sensational, this Arabian fortress-style hotel has a restaurant, courtyard lobby and heated indoor pool. Air-conditioned rooms offer free Wi-Fi, tea/ coffee-maker and a balcony or terrace.

Holiday Inn Dead Sea Resort Half-Board

HHHHH nights 5-6

Surrounded by lush gardens, and just steps from a private beach leading down to the waters of the Dead Sea, this resort hotel also offers a fine outdoor pool, a fitness centre, wellness suite and therapeutic spa. Three restaurants, bars, including a beach bar, and comfortable, air-conditioned rooms, all add to the relaxed enjoyment of your stay. There is free Wi-Fi in public areas.

 ou’ll then head down onto the valley floor, where, on the northern shores Y of one of the world’s most mysterious bodies of water, the mineral-laden Dead Sea, another sumptuous resort hotel waits to welcome you for two nights. Day Six Enjoy all the delights of your shore-side hotel today, including the chance to float in the waters of the Dead Sea itself – one of the strangest sensations on earth. Take advantage of the hotel pool, laze on the private beach, perhaps treat yourself to a spa treatment using natural Dead Sea products, or engage in more energetic pursuits in the well-equipped gym. The choice of how to spend your last day is yours, before a last dinner is served this evening. Day Seven Board the coach for the return journey up from the Dead Sea shore, transferring back to Amman’s Queen Alia International Airport for the return flight to the UK, at the end of a truly fascinating and unforgettable few days.

See page 326 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

163

Europe & Beyond

Floating in the Dead Sea


André Rieu & the Johann Strauss Orchestra André Rieu – Vrijthof Concert, Maastricht

165

A ndré Rieu, the ‘Waltz

King of Europe’, one of the world’s greatest living musical legends.

Marsaxlokk, Malta


The highlight of the touring calendar – the Waltz King and his Orchestra in his beloved hometown square!

8-day 3- or 5-day escorted holiday air-inclusive break from £509 £859 from

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A seated ticket (value €59) to see André Rieu & The Johann Strauss Orchestra live in concert on the Vrijthof Square in Maastricht (ticket upgrades available – see page 327 for details) • A visit to Maastricht • Visits to Amsterdam and Antwerp (5-day break only) • Two or four nights’ bed and continental breakfast accommodation at a four-star standard hotel in the Eindhoven area in The Netherlands (the name and location of your hotel will be confirmed at the time of your booking and on your reservation confirmation) • Return flights to Amsterdam • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available 4, 6, 11 & 13 Jul 2019 (3-day break) 3, 5, 10 & 12 Jul 2019 (5-day break)

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Belfast (3-day break only) • Birmingham • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • East Midlands (3-day break only) • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Heathrow • Humberside • Leeds/Bradford • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Newcastle • Norwich • Southampton • Southend • Stansted

Optional Excursions • Maastricht Summertime Cruise Day Two (3-day break) and Day Three (5-day break) – £11 • Amsterdam Cheese & Wine Cruise Day Two (5-day break only) – £39

Travel by Eurostar™ from £459*  ravel by Eurostar™ from London St Pancras T International or Ebbsfleet International. Please call us for more information. *Dates and itineraries vary if travelling by Eurostar™. Please see our website for full details. Please note: Some of the hotels we use have not been officially star rated, but have been assessed by us as the equivalent of a four-star standard hotel.

See page 327 for departure dates and prices.

E

ach July, the undisputed ‘Waltz King of Europe’ performs a series of glittering concerts on the great Vrijthof Square in his hometown, in front of adoring fans drawn from around the world. Don’t miss it!

Three-Day Break Day One Fly from your chosen airport to Amsterdam, and transfer to your hotel by coach to enjoy a free evening. Day Two After a leisurely breakfast and relaxed morning, journey to the beautiful and historic Maastricht. Shop and sightsee at your leisure and in the evening take your seat in the Vrijthof Square for the unforgettable experience of seeing André Rieu and The Johann Strauss Orchestra in concert. Return by coach to your hotel after the concert. Day Three Transfer back to the airport for your return flight to the UK.

Five-Day Break Day One Outward travel, as described above on Day One (Three-Day Break). Day Two After breakfast journey by coach to spend the day in the Dutch capital of Amsterdam where you will have free time to shop, sightsee or enjoy an optional canal cruise. Transfer back to the hotel late afternoon. Day Three Travel to Maastricht for the unforgettable concert – see Day Two (Three-Day Break). Day Four After a late breakfast, travel to Antwerp and spend the afternoon exploring the exquisite ‘Diamond Capital of the World’, with its great market square, cathedral and pretty, cobbled streets. Day Five Transfer back to the airport for your return flight to the UK.

Your Hotel

Eindhoven area hotel Bed & Breakfast

HHHH

You will stay in a good quality four-star standard hotel in the Eindhoven area in the Netherlands. All bedrooms have private facilities, a trouser press and hairdryer. All the hotels have good bars and restaurants and as a guest of Newmarket you are assured of a warm welcome.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

165

Europe & Beyond

André Rieu – Vrijthof Concert, Maastricht


Hand-Picked Resorts Lake Garda

168

Sorrento & the Bay of Naples

176

Tuscany

180

Lake Como

182

Lake Maggiore

184

Sicily

186

Northern Cyprus

188


Rest and relax in some very

special places, from a Tuscan spa to Garda’s sun-kissed shores, from the colourful Neapolitan Riviera to Aphrodite’s Isle.

Malpas Hotel, Kyrenia


Lake Garda Offering a taste of the Mediterranean along its sunny shores, idyllic Garda is the perfect ‘lakes and mountains’ holiday choice.

8-day resort-based holiday from £539

Torbole

Available Apr to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Belfast • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Bristol • Cardiff • Durham Tees Valley • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Leeds/Bradford • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southampton • Southend • Stansted

Includes Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Things to see and do...

Choose from a wide selection of carefully selected hotels in a quartet of hand-

picked, highly favoured locations, and enjoy a relaxed stay on the sun-blessed shores of this, Italy’s largest, most spectacular and most popular lake. With clear blue waters fringed by stylish, elegant, colourful resorts, flanked by groves of citrus trees or olives, or backed by the wooded slopes of craggy mountains, this is a perfect picture-postcard scene which has drawn visitors down the years. Lake Garda

 n equable microclimate offers a Mediterranean-like feel to holidays spent on Garda’s A beautiful shores, with warm days cooled by the famous breezes, and balmy evenings often times under the stars. Throughout the day, the resorts bustle with life, with the shops and cafés, bars and restaurants all vying for business. By early evening, the streets are thronged with locals and visitors alike enjoying the passeggiata, or traditional stroll. Across the lake, the local ferries ply their trade between the resorts, and colourful sailboats and windsurfers hint at more energetic pursuits.

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel

Active pursuits

Stroll the lakeside promenade

 ake Garda’s breezy waters are a mecca L for sailors and windsurfers alike, and there are sailing schools offering lessons and craft for hire in each of our chosen resorts. Ashore too, there are plenty of opportunities to leave the sunlounger behind and enjoy some exercise. Walkers, for example, are especially at home on the lake’s eastern shore, with the footpaths and easy trails of Monte Baldo offering stunning views of the lake and the mountains beyond. Cycling too, is a hugely popular pursuit, whether on a leisurely potter in and around the resort, or more seriously for Lycra-clad titans or wannabe Giro d’Italia riders in the hills beyond. Cycles may be hired at a number of places.

Sunbathe on the lake shore, dotted with tiny beaches Enjoy long lunches or a delicious ice-cream Board a boat for a cruise – take in walled Peschiera, Sirmione’s Scaligera Castle, Gardone Riviera’s Grand Hotel or Desenzano, Roman settlement and the lake’s largest town Verona’s world-famous opera provides more highbrow entertainment Rent a bike or take a hike in the hills above Shop for locally produced handicrafts Join an excursion to glorious Venice, medieval Verona, a tour of the lake or the Dolomite mountains

Rest and relax  afé life, delicious ice cream from a C host of gelaterie, plentiful shopping for handicrafts or other souvenirs, or just a seat in the sun on a lakeside promenade, or in a shoreside restaurant enjoying a long lunch, are all happy pre-occupations

168

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Malcesine

for those for whom rest and relaxation are the order of the day, while the facilities and amenities at some hotels will mean some won’t venture very far at all during their time here.

Discovery and exploration  hould you wish to explore beyond S your chosen resort, some of Italy’s – and indeed Europe’s – finest cities await you, on excursions to incomparable Venice or Romeo and Juliet’s exquisite Verona.


Malcesine, Torbole, Riva del Garda & Limone

Malcesine

The resort centre

The tiny harbour, where several restaurants – perfect for slow, leisurely lunches – look out over the water, is backed by a promenade that in turn gives way to narrow cobbled streets of craft shops and yet more, tucked away, cafés and bars. Visit the Castello Scaligero for splendid views of the town.

Bustling Malcesine (Mal-ches-in-ay), on the lake’s eastern shore, its colourful little port overlooked by a turreted castle, and brimming with small craft and windsurfers has been a long-time favourite of Newmarket clients over very many years.

Venturing beyond

If you feel the need to escape the town’s clutches, perhaps you’ll head out on the lake – several boats ply their trade between the various settlements – or perhaps board a cable car to the heights of Monte Baldo, which towers 6,000 feet above the town.

Balmy evenings Malcesine

Torbole

 est facing, Malcesine serves up some wonderful W sunsets, which give way to balmy evenings perfect for the nightly passeggiata.

The resort centre

With its waterfront houses, restaurants and cafés fringing the lake in a perfect semi-circle, Torbole’s setting has long made it a favourite with our guests, for whom an added attraction is the chance to take in the sight of the serious windsurfers skimming across the lake each afternoon.

Sun-blessed Torbole, also on Garda’s picturesque mountain-backed north-east shore, offers a vibrant café life, a lakeside promenade and of course splendid views of the activities on the water.

Venturing beyond

A gentle 3km stroll along the shore to neighbouring Riva will be enough for many, although the more strenuous walk to Nago, above the resort, with its historic Penede castle and stupendous views, or the well-signed Tempesta Trail on the slopes of Baldo will attract more energetic walkers.

Saddle up Torbole

Riva del Garda

Several beautiful cycle routes lead from the town, and there are places to rent bikes or even join guided tours.

The resort centre

In addition to its fair share of delightful restaurants, bars and cafés, clustered around the harbour, Riva boasts a fascinating civic museum within a shoreside moated castle. Board a ‘tourist train’ here for a relaxed tour, or perhaps climb the town’s 13th-century clock tower for a much more energetic view of things.

The most northerly, and the largest of our selected resorts, Riva is a stylish, elegant town, which served as important port and link between north and south for centuries.

Venturing beyond

The lakeside promenade winds its way around the shore to Torbole, three kilometres away, with the sight of the windsurfers providing a colourful backdrop on the water.

Take to the water

Riva del Garda

Limone

Riva’s busy port is the place to board several boats, not only to visit nearby Limone, Torbole and Malcesine, but, perhaps aboard a fast hydrofoil, the distant southern reaches of the lake.

The resort centre

Impossibly quaint, cobbled streets lead down to a lakeside promenade lined with cafés and tavernas, and to the old port, the Porto Vecchio, which is thronged with visitors for most of the day, and perhaps best visited in the early morning or evening. A museum chronicling the town’s lemon-growing history, and several churches acknowledge the town’s very own saint.

Delightful Limone, on the lake’s northwestern shore, is named for the terraced citrus groves that dot the surrounding hillsides. Limone is every inch the perfect holiday resort.

Venturing beyond

Just outside the town, north and south, several small ‘beaches’ cater to sunbathers, and in addition to the regular boat service to the other resorts, there are organised walks for the energetic to enjoy.

Free, open-air concerts Limone

Look out for these during your stay in Limone. You may be lucky enough to catch an organised evening of opera or an outdoor concert under the stars.

Enjoy a choice of 16 relaxing hotels – For your hotel choices

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

see overleaf...

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

169

Hand-Picked Resorts

Your resort choices


Lake Garda

Italy’s largest lake – our four wonderful resorts...

Riva del Garda

1

1

Riva del Garda

4

Limone

Torbole

3

Malcesine

r

Limone

3

Malcesine

L

a

k

e

G

a

2

d

a

2

Lake Garda

4

170

Torbole

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Italy


Hand-Picked Resorts Malcesine

Limone

Limone

Your hotel choices Hotel Modena, Malcesine Bed & Breakfast

Lake Garda Price from ÂŁ539

This small and friendly hotel is located in the heart of the

pedestrianised old centre of Malcesine.

Conveniently located just one minute’s walk from the harbour front, this popular hotel offers simple, yet comfortable accommodation, and is a very good value base from which to explore this delightful area. There is a small intimate room where buffet breakfasts are served, a reception area and a lift. The hotel also has a separate restaurant 10 metres away overlooking the lake, at which guests enjoy a discount. Rooms All of the rooms have a telephone, satellite TV and a hairdryer.

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

Drago Hotel, Malcesine/Brenzone Half-Board

HHH

Price from ÂŁ641

Three miles south of the resort, this very popular hotel has

welcomed our guests for many years.

Situated opposite the lake, close to the smaller neighbouring resort of Assenza di Brenzone, the stylish Drago has a fine restaurant and bar, beautiful gardens and an outdoor pool and sun terrace. Regular bus services connect the hotel with the resort centre and other places of interest around the lake. Rooms All the air-conditioned bedrooms (mid Jun to mid Sep) are located in two separate buildings and all offer satellite TV, telephone and balcony. Rooms with a balcony and lake view are available for a supplement.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

171


Hotel Smeraldo, Malcesine/Brenzone HHH Price from £641 Half-Board

Hotel Rely, Malcesine/Brenzone Half-Board

This family run, lakeside hotel boasts a large beach and a warm welcome.

A family-run hotel some four-and-a-half-miles south of Malcesine,

close to Porto di Brenzone.

Overlooking the lake in Brenzone, Malcesine’s smaller resort neighbour, the Smeraldo offers its own beach and gardens with a terrace, and a restaurant with lake views, serving regional specialities and international dishes. A welcoming bar, snack bar and pizzeria, as well as free Wi-Fi throughout, complete the offering. Rooms Simply furnished rooms with tiled floors, cooling fan, TV, telephone, radio and hairdryer. There is a supplement for rooms with a balcony and lake view.

Hotel Malcesine, Malcesine Half-Board

HHH

Price from £699

This popular hotel enjoys a wonderful lakeside position, right in the

heart of this fine resort.

With shops, bars and a very good selection of restaurants all within the immediate area, the Malcesine is perfect for enjoying all the amenities of the resort. The comfortably furnished lounge/bar area leads outside onto a large sun terrace where the views over the lake are simply spectacular. The hotel also offers its guests a reception area, lift, TV room and a restaurant, where buffet breakfast and three-course evening meals are served. Rooms All rooms offer a telephone, hairdryer and satellite TV. Rooms with a side lake view are available for a supplement.

172

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

HHH

Price from £651

Located just across the road from the lake, and offering spectacular views, the Rely boasts a restaurant, comfortable bar and lounge area, reception, lift and outdoor terrace area. There is an outdoor pool, sunbathing area and pool snack bar. The regular public bus service that conveniently connects the hotel with Malcesine and other lakeside resorts. Rooms All bedrooms have a satellite TV, telephone and balcony/terrace. Twin rooms with a balcony and lakeview are available for a supplement.

Hotel Europa, Malcesine Bed & Breakfast

HHHH Superior Price from £879

Sparkling elegance and more than a hint of luxury right on Garda’s shores.

Right on the water’s edge with uninterrupted views from the garden terrace, this oasis of tranquillity, yet set just 800 metres from the resort centre, boasts its own extensive beach with a beach bar and a swimming jetty, as well as an indoor pool which opens to the garden in good weather, spa and gym. Strikingly modern furnishings add to the atmosphere, and if you dine at the hotel, you can expect high standards of Veneto cuisine. Rooms Smart, air-conditioned rooms boast flat-screen TV, free Wi-Fi, mini-bar and balcony. Superior rooms with lake view are available for a supplement.


HHH

Price from £564

Located right in the heart of Torbole, this well run hotel, which has

recently been renovated, enjoys a wonderful lakeside position.

Hotel Angelini, Torbole Half-Board

This family-run three-star hotel is located on the edge of Torbole,

very close to the lake.

Shops, bars and a very good selection of restaurants are all within the immediate area. There is a reception area, small bar, lift, breakfast room and restaurant, which is open to both guests of the hotel and to the public. This leads onto a sun terrace with its wonderful lake views. Rooms All double rooms have a telephone, hairdryer, safety deposit box and satellite TV. Superior rooms with a front lake view are available for a supplement.

Hotel Continental, Torbole Half-Board with drinks included

HHHH

Price from £772

Enjoying an elevated position, close to the village of Nago,

this hotel offers spectacular countryside views.

Less than two miles from Torbole and the lake, yet with very easy access to the resort. There is an outdoor pool and garden terrace, a heated indoor pool and fitness room. Complimentary tea/ coffee and cakes are served each day as are a half-litre of wine and water per room with dinner. There is a reception, piano bar and lounge area, two lifts and two weekly Gala dinners. A public bus service operates to the lake and the hotel offers a free twice-daily shuttle. Rooms All bedrooms have satellite TV, telephone, tea/coffee-making facilities, safe, hairdryer and mini-bar. Rooms with balcony are available for a supplement.

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

HHH

Price from £612

Set some ten minutes’ walk from the resort centre, the Angelini offers a bar and lounge area, lift, reception, garden and terrace. There is an outdoor swimming pool and sunbathing area with free use of the sun beds and umbrellas. The restaurant serves good, traditional food, which includes a buffet breakfast and waiter served evening meals, with a choice of menu and a full salad buffet bar. Rooms The twin bedrooms all have a hairdryer, safe, satellite TV and a balcony.

Piccolo Mondo, Torbole Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £816

This charming hotel is very well known for its high standard

of cuisine.

The family own an award-winning restaurant in nearby Trento and the delicious regional specialities served in the hotel are every bit as good as those served there. The hotel is situated five minutes’ walk from the centre of Torbole. There is a reception, cocktail bar and lounge area, TV room, excellent restaurant, lift, gym, bicycle hire and outdoor pool. The hotel also has an indoor pool and a health club (beauty treatments payable locally although one free treatment per room is offered). Rooms All of the well-equipped air-conditioned rooms have a telephone, mini-bar, satellite TV and a balcony.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

173

Hand-Picked Resorts

Hotel Geier, Torbole Bed & Breakfast


Hotel Grand Liberty, Riva del Garda HHHH Price from £690 Bed & Breakfast

Hotel Garda, Riva del Garda Half-Board

This grand, splendid hotel combines decorative splendour with

Part of the family-owned Tonelli group of hotels, this bright, stylish

modern standards of comfort.

hotel is set just 200 metres from the lake-shore of Riva.

This hotel boasts an attractive outdoor pool and sun terrace, a modern, colourful cocktail bar and lounge, and a brand new sky-terrace with sunbeds. The restaurant serves regional and international cuisine. For the energetic, there are bicycles available free-ofcharge. Complimentary tea/coffee and cakes are served each day. Rooms The stylish rooms are air-conditioned, and offer a safe, hairdryer, balcony, satellite TV and free Wi-Fi.

Located just 300 metres from the lakeside and a short walk from the historical centre, the hotel is near the resort’s many shops, bars and restaurants. The hotel boasts peaceful gardens with an outdoor pool and lounges, bars, a lift, two dining rooms, a 24-hour reception and a wellness centre. Rooms All air-conditioned rooms offer satellite TV, safe and hairdryer. Our price is based on Standard Attic rooms, which offer the same facilities but incorporate a skylight window. There is a supplement for classic and superior rooms.

Savoy Palace Hotel, Riva del Garda Half-Board with drinks included

HHHH

Price from £899

This popular hotel is set in a quiet area of modern Riva, some 300

metres from the lake, and close to shops, bars and restaurants.

A 20-minute walk away from Riva’s historical centre, the hotel boasts two pools (one heated indoor), terrace, garden, bar, lounge, reception, three lifts and a piano bar. Complimentary tea/ coffee and cakes are served each day as well as a half-litre of wine per room with dinner. Breakfast is hot and cold buffetstyle and evening meals are waiterserved. There is live music five times per week and two Gala evenings. Rooms All 170 air-conditioned (mid Jun to mid Sep) rooms offer satellite TV, telephone, safe, mini-bar, hairdryer and a balcony. Larger superior rooms, with Jacuzzi, are available for a supplement.

174

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

HHHH

Price from £865

Hotel Europa, Limone Bed & Breakfast

HHH

Price from £539

In a wonderful elevated position overlooking the resort and the

lake beyond.

This family-run hotel, a short walk from the resort centre, and some ten minutes from the lake shore, offers restaurant terrace, pool and sun-terrace all offering magnificent views over the lake. In addition, the owner-managed hotel offers bar service throughout the day. The hotel’s lift operates from the first floor. Rooms The comfortably furnished bedrooms offer TV, hairdryer, safe and telephone. Rooms with a lake view, or with balcony and side lake view, and half-board upgrades are available for supplements.


HHHH

Price from £641

This hotel is situated high above the resort, a 10-minute walk

downhill to the lake and town centre.

A shuttle bus runs from the hotel to the centre of the resort (small charge, payable locally). Include two outdoor pools and one indoor pool, a sun terrace, choice of restaurant – buffet, pizzeria and gourmet – bars and lounges. Complimentary local wine, beer, soft drinks and mineral water is served with your evening meal. Rooms The rooms, some of which are in buildings situated in the hotel’s gardens, offer a mini-bar, satellite TV, balcony or terrace and a telephone. There is a supplement for rooms with a lake view.

Hotel all’Azzurro, Limone Half-Board with drinks included

HHH

Price from £709

This very popular hotel is ideally located right on the lakeside, next

to the ferry landing stage in the historic heart of the resort.

All of the town’s shops and restaurants are right on it’s doorstep. There is a restaurant, bar and lounge area, roof-top sun terrace and lift in the main building. The outdoor pool has sun beds and a small sunbathing area. Complimentary local wine, draught beer, soft drinks and mineral water are served with your evening meal (between 28 April-21 May & 11 Sep to end of Oct). Rooms All of the twin-bedded rooms have, satellite TV, safe (payable locally) and a hairdryer. There is a supplement for twin rooms with a balcony and twin rooms with a balcony and lake view.

Optional Excursions Verona

(half day) – from £28 Visit Verona, on the banks of the River Adige, with its historic centre and monuments fashioned in pink marble. It’s outstanding sights include the best preserved Roman amphitheatre in Italy, famed for its summertime Opera Festival.

Venice (full day) – from £61 Enjoy a walking tour in probably the worlds’ most romantic city. Some hundred or so islands are linked by bridges, and gondolas ply their trade on the beautiful Grand Canal.

Lake Tour (full day) – from £45 Enjoy a Grand Circular guided tour of the lake, from the fjord-like eastern shores, the northern, mountain backed resorts, the western shore’s citrus and olive groves and southern Sirmione, with its fairy-tale castle.

The Dolomites (full day) – from £36 Spend time amongst the crags and passes, and idyllic green valleys of the majestic Dolomites. Head to delightful towns and villages – don’t forget your camera! View from Castle Scaliger, Sirmione

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

175

Hand-Picked Resorts

Royal Village Hotel, Limone Half-Board with drinks included


Sorrento & the Bay of Naples ‘Built between the sky and the sea’ and looking out over blue waters. Discover one of the Mediterranean’s greatest treasures.

8-day resort-based holiday from £639

Sorrento

Available Apr to Jul, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Belfast • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Manchester • Stansted

Includes Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Things to see and do...

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel Stroll through the town, taking in the stunning views across the Bay of Naples Head to a tiny beach – there are no vast stretches of sand here Visit Sorrento’s Marina Grande for lunch Take a seat in Piazza Tasso Join locals in the nightly passeggiata Enjoy long, lazy lunches or a truly delicious ice‑cream from a host of gelaterie Visit Naples and sample a Pizza Napolitana Delve into Roman history at Herculaneum Watch stunning sunsets across the bay Enjoy a glass of local limoncello Shop for locally produced handicrafts Join an excursion to colourful Naples, extraordinary Pompeii, the Amalfi Drive or idyllic Capri

176

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Savour an exquisite corner of Italy, justifiably described as holiday

heaven, and a long-time favourite of Newmarket guests. At the end of the long sweep of the Bay of Naples, past brooding Vesuvius, the ‘Sorrentine peninsula’ overlooks blue waters, the epitome of Mediterranean picturebook perfection. Enjoy warm days and balmy nights, all the pleasures of sea shore, colourful life and fascinating sights, as Sorrento and its neighbours exude southern Italian charm from every pore.

Sorrento  erched upon its cliff-top, surveying the waters below, Sorrento offers everything you P could wish for in a memorable stay. On the shore, beneath the town’s colourful streets and tree-shaded squares, two tiny ports are backed by even tinier beaches and several boardwalks dotted with sun-loungers. Harbour-side restaurants are perfect places in which to enjoy long lunches. On the water, pleasure-craft of all shapes and sizes, as well as ritzier launches, island ferries and the occasional cruise ship, add to the colourful scene.

Active pursuits  his being southern Italy, ‘activity’ is T normally accompanied by a liberal dose of relaxation, with a seat in a pavement café and time spent people watching, and the nightly passeggiata – the ritual stroll through the streets – perhaps as energetic as it gets, unless you opt to hire a pedalo to slip away onto the blue water. Keen walkers might opt to hike beyond the town, perhaps to one of the farther flung beaches, or even into the rugged hills beyond.

Rest and relax  othing comes easier than simply doing N nothing in Sorrento, and whether it’s taking in the view towards Vesuvius from the gardens of the colonnaded Villa Comunale, relaxing over a beer, glass of wine or limoncello, or simply soaking up the sun, curled up with a book on a

lounger, either by the hotel pool, on a beach or port-side boardwalk, there are plenty of ways in which to while away the hours. Don’t miss the glorious sunsets over the bay, enjoyed with an ‘apero’ in hand.

Discovery and exploration  eyond Sorrento’s colour and bustle, a B simply wonderful corner of the world awaits discovery, and be it in the colourful streets of historic Naples, Southern Italy’s crowning glory, the rugged slopes of brooding Vesuvius or the fascinating ruins of the Roman city – Pompeii – it froze in time, there’s so much that will add to the enjoyment of your holiday. The dizzying heights of the famous Amalfi Drive, or the stylish streets, scenic hills and spectacular coastline of beautiful Capri, one of the world’s most famous island idylls, are a short drive or ferry ride away.


Hand-Picked Resorts Sorrento

Sorrento

Caption

Capri

Piazza Tasso

The resort centre  he focal point of Sorrentine life is the main square Piazza Tasso, T colourful and bustling by day, and pedestrianised in the evenings, when the bars and cafés that surround it become a perfect place to watch the locals, dressed in their ‘Sunday best’, enjoying the nightly passeggiata. Join in this ritual ‘stroll’ along Corso Italia, with its designer stores, or into the maze of narrow alleyways crammed with smaller shops, bars and restaurants.

Venturing beyond  t the foot of the town, reached by a sloping path and even a lift, A the two tiny ports – ancient Marina Grande with its fishing boats, and Marina Piccola, from where the ferry and the hydrofoils ply their busy trade across the Bay – brim with activity, with the former a perfect place for lunch in a choice of colourful fish restaurants, while further along the peninsula, those prepared to walk a little further, on the tree-shaded paths, are rewarded by quieter, rocky beaches and inlets that invite a refreshing dip in the clear water. More serious walkers can make use of the network of marked trails beyond the town, with some truly spectacular vistas across the peninsula and out across the bay the reward for the climb.

Under the stars In the cool of the evening, the parks and gardens of the town, some with views over the Bay, draw romantics of all ages. Everywhere, as well as stunning plants and flowers, you’ll find lemon and orange trees, the fruit of the former celebrated in everything from ceramics and linen-ware to limoncello, the deliciously more-ish, but deceptively strong local alcoholic drink. Indeed, one of the greatest pleasures of a holiday in this truly favoured corner of the world is the joy of balmy evenings spent al fresco under the starlit sky.

Enjoy a choice of six relaxing hotels – For your hotel choices see

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

overleaf...

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

177


Hotel Rivage, Sorrento Bed & Breakfast

HHH

Price from £639

This superior three-star hotel is located close to the centre of

Sorrento, overlooking the Gulf of Naples and Mount Vesuvius.

The recently renovated hotel’s four floors are capped by a small roof-top swimming pool and terrace that boast some wonderful views. The hotel has a bar, lounge area, breakfast room, snack bar, lift and a reception. There is also a fine a la carte restaurant which is open to both hotel guests and the public. Rooms The hotel’s guest rooms are airconditioned, and each has a telephone, safe, and satellite TV. Rooms with a balcony are available for a supplement.

Hotel Villa Igea, Sorrento Half-Board

HHH

Price from £688

This small and welcoming hotel is located on a hillside overlooking

the blue waters of the Bay of Naples.

This family-run hotel is five-minutes drive from the centre of Sorrento by bus or the hotel’s own shuttle. This quiet, unassuming hideaway is the perfect choice for a relaxing holiday. The garden area offers an outdoor pool and terrace. There is a garden bar and restaurant offering a buffet breakfast and waiterservice evening meals with a choice of local and international dishes. Rooms Comfortably furnished, air-conditioned rooms offer free Wi-Fi, satellite TV and a hairdryer, and all rooms have a balcony. Rooms with a sea view are available for a supplement.

Hotel Girasole, Sorrento/Sant’ Agnello HHH Half-Board Price from £733

Hotel Carlton, Sorrento Bed & Breakfast

This delightful hotel is located along the Corso Italia, approximately

This fine, centrally located hotel is just two minutes from Piazza

300 metres from Sant’ Agnello and one mile from Sorrento.

These include a reception, bar and lounge area and a lift, which serves the four floors. The hotel’s crowning glory is the stunning garden brimming with citrus trees and scented flowers, surrounding the outdoor pool, snack bar and sun terrace where breakfast can be taken. Rooms Traditionally furnished airconditioned rooms offer a hairdryer, TV, telephone and a balcony. Rooms with a garden view are available for a supplement.

178

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

HHHH

Price from £746

Tasso and the Corso Italia – a wonderful, though quiet setting.

The hotel has a colourful, mature garden featuring a large pool and sun terrace. A delightful breakfast room and snack bar, a bar and free Wi-Fi add to the pleasure of the stay, and although the hotel does not serve evening meals, there are a host of cafés and restaurants within the immediate vicinity. Rooms Elegantly furnished rooms are bright and well equipped with air conditioning, TV, telephone and a balcony. Rooms with a sea view are available for a supplement.


HHH

Price from £789

Classic Sorrentine elegance a stone’s throw from Piazza Tasso, in the heart of town.

With its superb location above Sorrento’s colourful main square, this elegant, unprentious hotel has been welcoming guests since 1854. Offering free Wi-Fi, a bar, comfortable lounge/ TV room and breakfast room, this hotel is the perfect choice for those looking to sample the town’s wide range of restaurants, cafés and bars, many of which are right on the doorstep. Rooms Air-conditioned, soundproofed rooms, overlooking Piazza Tasso, offer TV, free Wi-Fi, hairdryer, refrigerator and safe. Rooms with a balcony are available for a supplement.

Ravello Gardens

Hotel Caravel, Sorrento/Sant’ Agnello HHHH Price from £823 Half-Board Located in a quiet area of charming Sant’ Agnello, very close to a

selection of shops, cafés and restaurants.

These include an outdoor pool, Jacuzzi and sun terrace, small garden, reception area, bar, lounge, piano bar, roof-top terrace and a lift. Waiter-served evening meals and buffet breakfast are taken in the hotel’s tastefully decorated dining room. Rooms All of the air-conditioned bedrooms have private facilities, satellite TV, telephone, mini-bar, hairdryer and a safe. Rooms with a balcony are available for a supplement.

Optional Excursions

Pompeii & Naples

(full day) – from £45 Explore Pompeii and discover this ancient, once magnificent city, with its villas, temples and frescoed houses. You’ll then pass Vesuvius to one of Italy’s most colourful cities, the southern Italian capital Naples.

Amalfi Drive (full day) – from £34 With its immense cliffs and bridges spanning deep gorges, the Amalfi Drive is among the most scenic coast roads in Europe. Enjoy the view above Positano with its colourful Moorish-style houses, and visit Amalfi and Ravello.

Countryside Tour (full day) – from £47 Explore the countryside of Campania and enjoy a walking tour of Sorrento’s oldest quarters, a visit to a local wine cellar, an ancient olive press and a working mozzarella farm.

Capri (full day) – from £96 Visit the magical ‘Isle of Dreams’ to enjoy views from Villa San Michele in Anacapri, take a chair-lift ride (payable locally) to the summit of Solare, and perhaps take a boat trip to the famous ‘Blue Grotto’ or wander the streets of Capri Town.

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

179

Hand-Picked Resorts

Hotel Villa di Sorrento, Sorrento Bed & Breakfast


Tuscany Enjoy all the pleasures of rest and relaxation in one of the most famous of all the Tuscan spa towns.

8-day resort-based holiday from £689

Alto Piazza, Montecatini

Montecatini Alto

Available May to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Bournemouth • Bristol • Durham Tees Valley • East Midlands • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Stansted

Tettuccio Terme, Montecatini

Celebrated for the healing properties of its thermal waters, which have long drawn visitors from across the globe, Montecatini, a ‘twin-town’ of ancient hill-top settlement and modern spa below, is a perfect choice for a truly relaxing stay in the heart of Tuscany, with a host of activities in which to pass the time, both within the resort and further afield.

Includes Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Optional Excursions • Portofino (full day) – £56 • Pisa and Lucca (full day) – £59 • Florence (full day) – £63 • Volterra (full day) – £48

Things to see and do...

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel Stroll through Montecatini’s elegant streets Explore the beautiful parks and gardens, surrounding the famous spas ‘Take the waters’, enjoying a host of wellness therapies and beauty treatments Visit ancient, hill-top Montecatini Alto Ride on one of the world’s oldest funiculars Rent a bicycle, enjoy a game of tennis or golf Visit a vineyard for a tasting Look out for musical concerts Join an excursion to Renaissance cradle Florence, to Pisa and Lucca, beautiful Portofino, and journey through the stunning countryside

180

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Montecatini Terme Inhabited since prehistoric times, and a strategic stronghold down the ages thanks to its location above the surrounding region, the fortified upper town endured siege and destruction down the centuries, before the 20th century brought prosperity in the form of the development of the lower town. Today the emphasis is firmly upon enjoyment, relaxation and wellness in abundance. As well as the famous spa baths and its many health and beauty practitioners, there are beautiful parks and gardens, a host of stylish shops, countless restaurants, cafés, trattorie and gelaterie to enjoy.

Active pursuits  he town is also a sightseer’s delight, with T the highlight of the lower town several ornate fountains and the grand buildings of the central Viale Verdi, named after the opera composer who was a frequent guest. For the energetic, there are tennis courts, bicycle hire and a golf course to enjoy, and of course a visit should be paid to Montecatini Alto, the upper town reached by one of the world’s oldest funicular railways, where highlights include a choice of excellent outdoor restaurants, a Romanesque church and the ruins of the medieval fortifications.

Rest and relax  oing absolutely nothing other than taking D in the Tuscan sunshine and surroundings is perfectly acceptable, although no stay in Montecatini is complete without a visit to one of the lower town’s elegant, Belle Époque spas, where various life-enhancing treatments, from mud baths to massages

Funicular Railway, Montecatini

and from beauty therapies to relaxing saunas, are all available. Enquire at your hotel for prices and availability.

Discovery and exploration  eyond the town, the hill-top settlements, B rolling, vineyard-dotted, Tuscan hills and the great Renaissance cities of Lucca and Florence await discovery.


HHH

Price from £689

This traditional hotel is close to the town centre, and opposite the

famous Tettuccio Spa.

Surrounded by its well-tended garden, the pastel-painted Belvedere offers old-world charm with modern touches in its bar and lounge, reception, lift and spacious restaurant, which serves Tuscan specialities, Mediterranean and international dishes, as well as a buffet breakfast. There is also sun terrace and free Wi-Fi throughout the hotel. Rooms The air-conditioned, individually themed and decorated standard bedrooms, with parquet flooring, offer satellite TV, hairdryer and telephone. Balcony rooms are available for a supplement.

Hotel Manzoni, Montecatini Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £752

Close to the main thermal baths, this tastefully decorated hotel is

dedicated to comfort and relaxation.

This four-star hotel boasts an outdoor pool and lounges, a well equipped wellness centre with fresh and saltwater pools, whirlpool, steam room and sauna (some facilities payable locally) and a gym. A discount is available on green fees at Montecatini Golf Cub, and the hotel offers free bike rental as well as free Wi-Fi. The restaurant serves Tuscan specialities and international dishes as well as a rich buffet breakfast. Rooms Comfortable, air-conditioned rooms boast satellite TV, telephone, hairdryer and safe. Balcony rooms are available for a supplement.

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

Hotel Adua, Montecatini Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £752

This colourful, centrally located spa hotel offers a range of wellness

facilities in addition to its comfortable accommodation.

Family owned and managed, the Adua is decorated throughout in rich colours and fabrics, and as well as an American Bar and piano lounge and the Amadeus restaurant serving Tuscan and international dishes, there is a cosy breakfast room, TV room, outdoor pool and garden. A fully equipped spa offers a range of treatments at a supplement (payable locally). Rooms Stylishly furnished, air-conditioned rooms offer TV, telephone, mini-bar and safe. Balcony rooms are available for a supplement.

Hotel Columbia, Montecatini Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £781

In the heart of the city, this high quality wellness hotel is newly

refurbished in Art Deco style and exudes comfort and charm.

With its superb state-of-the-art wellness centre, offering several ‘paths to wellbeing’ through fresh and saltwater pools, a unique ‘salt cave’, steam rooms, sauna and massage rooms (treatments and entrance payable locally), and with bars, lounges, outdoor terrace and a fine restaurant offering panoramic views of the Tuscan hills, this hotel is a perfect choice for those looking to indulge themselves during their stay. Rooms Individually, stylishly decorated, airconditioned rooms offer satellite TV, hairdryer and free Wi-Fi. Balcony rooms are available for a supplement.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

181

Hand-Picked Resorts

Hotel Belvedere, Montecatini  Half-Board


NEW for 2019

Lake Como Rest and relaxation on the elegant shores of Italy’s most picturesque body of water.

8-day resort-based holiday from £695

Villa Carlotta Gardens

Lake Como

Available May, Jun, Aug to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southend • Stansted

D

iscover one of Europe’s most idyllic, charming and stylish corners, as you soak up the atmosphere of the most picturesque of the Italian lakes, in its mountain-backed setting to the north of Milan. Combine leisurely days in your chosen hotel with exploration of the lake’s towns and villages, elegant villas and glorious gardens, and perhaps venture further afield on escorted excursions.

Includes Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Things to see and do...

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel Enjoy lake-shore strolls Lunch in a shore-side café or restaurant Visit famous Villa Carlotta’s stunning gardens Take a lake steamer or ferry to beautiful Bellagio Visit cycling mecca Ghisallo del Madonna Unspoiled Varenna is a delight Explore elegant Como Town Catch the funicular to Brunate Spot George Clooney – or at least his former home! Join optional excursions to Milan, Lugano or walled Bergamo Take an optional trip to Switzerland’s fabled St Moritz on the Bernina Express

182

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Lake Como  ituated on the western shore of this magnificent lake, looking out towards idyllic Bellagio, S Cadenabbia, Tremezzo and Mezzegra-Tremezzina combine to form one delightful lakeside resort. Friendly cafés, colourful bars and some fine restaurants dot lakefront promenades and picture-book streets beyond, while on the water, as well as pleasure craft of all shapes and sizes, steamers ply their trade to farther flung corners of the lake. Open-air lidos, shore-side sun terraces, and some of Italy’s finest gardens, including those of celebrated Villa Carlotta, vie for your time during the day, and when evening comes, an air of elegant tranquillity, except in nearby Mennagio’s lively Piazza Garibaldi, complements the perfect days.

Active pursuits  hen you’re not enjoying the comforts W and amenities of your chosen hotel, or heading out on an optional organised excursion, Como’s shores offer a host of diversions, most interconnected by lake steamer or the regular bus service. The energetic might stroll along the promenade or hike into the hills, rent bikes or perhaps even swim in the lake itself.

Rest and relax  omo’s bucolic surroundings are tailorC made for lazy days spent over morning coffee, a leisurely lunch – this is Italy after all – or an afternoon in the sun, ice cream in hand. Whether you choose to go no further than your hotel and its immediate surroundings, or to step aboard a lake steamer – there are fast ferries to all parts or slower boats that call at more places along the way – and head somewhere else

Tremezzo

for the day, there’s always the chance to simply sit and take in the beauty of a very special corner of the world.

Discovery and exploration  rom idyllic Bellagio to tree-shaded F Varenna, and from livelier Lecco to the lake’s main settlement Como Town, with its cathedral, shore-side Piazza Cavour and historic funicular to mountain village Brunate, and with the optional excursions to enjoy, there’s certainly no shortage of places to visit during your stay.


Hotel Britannia Excelsior, Cadenabbia HHH All-Inclusive Price from £820

Offering an enchanting view of Como’s waters, this welcoming and

Right on Como’s shore, with an outdoor Lido pool that almost seems

comfortable three-star hotel is a short distance from the lake itself.

part of the lake, this hotel boasts stunning views towards Bellagio.

With 284 rooms, this three-star allinclusive hotel is set in a former 19thcentury inn right on Como’s shore, with a floating outdoor pool that seems part of the lake (open seasonally). As well as the main buffet restaurant, other bars and restaurants are available (some à la carte, open seasonally and payable locally). A seasonal boat shuttle to Bellagio is included. Rooms Simply furnished bedrooms with air conditioning, satellite TV, fridge and hairdryer vary in size and style and are typically located at the rear of the property. Upgrade to lake view rooms for a supplement.

The Lario offers traditional comforts and modern amenities, including free Wi-Fi, a restaurant, bar and outdoor pool. On an historical note, the village of Mezzegra was the place in which Italian dictator Benito Mussolini met his end in 1944, at the hand of the partisan leader Audisio. Rooms The bright and airy rooms are airconditioned, and offer direct-dial telephone, satellite TV, safe, minibar, hairdryer and private facilities.

Hotel Bazzoni, Tremezzo Half-Board

HHH Price from £848

Optional Excursions Bellagio

Above the lake, with a terrace offering spectacular views, this hotel

(half day) – £21 Catch the ferry to the ‘pearl’ of Lake Como, enjoy breathtaking views and gardens and explore picturesque lanes.

is just 550 metres from famous Villa Carlotta.

Lake Como Cruise & Villa Balbianello Gardens (half day) – £44 Explore the lake from the best vantage point and visit the picturesque gardens.

Milan (full day) – £42 See the Sforzesco Castle, the shopping Galleria, La Scala, and Il Duomo (the world’s second largest Gothic church).

Bernina Express* Under new ownership from 2018 and well-placed for exploration of all parts of the lake and beyond, being just steps from the regular bus stop and a ten-minute walk from the port, this welcoming lakeside hotel offers wonderful views from the newly refurbished public areas, which include a stylish bar and lounge area, reception and dining room, where a buffet dinner is served. The hotel has an outdoor pool, a lift and a seasonal boat shuttle to Bellagio is included. Rooms Bedrooms offer private facilities, hairdryer, fridge, satellite TV, safe, air conditioning and a telephone. There is a supplement for lake view rooms.

See page 328 for departure dates and prices.

© swiss-image.ch

(full day) – £70 Board the Bernina Express to travel from Tirano across viaducts, via Brusio, and across the Bernina Pass to St Moritz.

Lake Lugano & Lugano Town (full day) – £32 After a sightseeing tour, explore under your own steam, or take the funicular ride up Monte Bre for breathtaking views.

Bergamo (full day) – £34 Explore the stunning Italian architecture of twin city Bergamo, from Bassa (the Lower City) to Alta (the Upper City). *The Bernina Express optional excursion must be pre-booked prior to departure.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

183

Hand-Picked Resorts

The Hotel Lario, Mezzegra-Tremezzina HHH Price from £695 Half-Board


NEW for 2019

Lake Maggiore Offshore islets, stunning gardens, delightful shore-side towns and truly delicious ice cream – Benissimo!

8-day resort-based holiday from £659

Stresa cable car

Lake Maggiore

Available May, Jun, Aug to Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Aberdeen • Birmingham • Bournemouth • Durham Tees Valley • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Humberside • Inverness • Luton • Manchester • Newquay • Norwich • Southend • Stansted

Includes Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Optional Excursions • Borromean Islands & Villa Taranto (full day) – £41 • Lake Como (full day) – £45 • Alba & Castle Barolo (full day) – £56 • Zermatt (full day) – £56 • Turin (full day) – £44

Things to see and do...

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel Lake-shore strolls Lunch in a shore-side café or restaurant A delicious ice cream in the sun Visit the stunning gardens of the Borromean Isles and the Villa Taranto Take the cable car to Monte Mottarone Cruise to a far flung lake resort Window shop in Stresa’s elegant streets Join optional excursions to Turin, Barolo and Switzerland’s Zermatt, beneath the Matterhorn

J

oin us for a memorable holiday on one of Europe’s most romantic corners, where languid blue waters lap a verdant shoreline fringed by gentle rolling hills, and dotted with some truly elegant and serene resorts. Here rest and relaxation, coupled with gentle exploration, was surely never easier.

Stresa  ur holiday is based on Maggiore’s western shore, in elegant Stresa. The resort exudes O an almost sub-tropical atmosphere, with rich exotic vegetation, startling blossoms of verbena and beautiful oleander in formal and informal gardens, citrus trees – the delicate, intoxicating scent of orange blossom is a treat for early-year visitors – and Mediterranean palms all adding to their charm.  ff-shore, the idyllic Isole Borromeo, or Borromean Islands, bask in the sun, sharing their O various charms with the day-trippers who cross the blue waters on the ferries from the resorts’ wooden piers, while the gentle contours of the hinterland hint at the towering Alps beyond.

Active pursuits  uring your stay, there is so much to see D and do, if you can tear yourself away from the restful atmosphere of your chosen hotel. The lakeside promenade is perfect for a stroll, as are the narrow streets of the resorts, and of course the delightful gardens of the island’s and other lakeside villas. The energetic might rent bikes, play tennis or golf, hike into the hills – take the cable car to Monte Mottarone for some spectacular views, or perhaps even swim in the lake itself.

Rest and relax  hether its the joys of a sun-lounger by W the pool or in a secluded spot, taking to the water on a cruise to one of the lake’s remoter corners, or long leisurely lunches –

184

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Isola Bella

this is Piedmont, cradle of ‘slow food’, after all – the accent of a holiday on beautiful Maggiore’s shores is always restful and relaxed, however you choose to spend your days. Evenings are equally pleasant in Stresa, with the sound of music wafting through the air, and the narrow streets, shops and bars alive with the chatter of the nightly passeggiata.

Discovery and exploration  arden lovers are in heaven here, with G the stunning displays, on Isola Bella, Isola Madre and in Verbania’s famous Villa Taranto amongst world-class horticultural gems, while further afield, elegant Turin, the vineyards of Barolo, as well as beautiful Swiss resort Zermatt, beneath the Matterhorn’s towering pyramid, can all be visited on optional excursions.


HHH

Price from £659

Close to the lake, offering simple comforts and Italian elegance.

Hotel Primavera, Stresa Bed & Breakfast

In the pedestrianised heart of town, and close to the lake.

Close to Stresa’s many amenities, with many shops, cafés and restaurants within walking distance, this recently renovated, family-managed hotel offers traditional comforts with a buffet breakfast room and bar, inviting reading room and TV lounge, reception and a lift to all floors. Rooms All air-conditioned rooms boast satellite TV, free Wi-Fi, telephone, hairdryer (on request) and a safe. Attic rooms with a lake view are available at a supplement.

Hotel Flora, Stresa Half-Board

HHH

Price from £825

Close to the Monte Mottarone cable car, this hotel has an outdoor

pool and terrace.

Just 100 metres from the lake steamer and water-taxi jetties, and close to the cable car to Monte Mottarone, this friendly hotel offers a lift to all floors, a restaurant, a bar and outdoor garden terrace above the pool. Rooms All the air-conditioned rooms have balconies, satellite TV, free Wi-Fi, telephone, hairdryer, fridge and a safe. Rooms with a side lake view are available for a supplement.

HHH

Price from £727

Located in the heart of the pedestrianised centre of Stresa, this hotel offers modest facilities that include free WiFi, a bar, breakfast room and lift. There are a host of eateries just steps away from the property. Rooms Modern air-conditioned bedrooms have a telephone, safe deposit box, satellite TV and some have a small balcony.

Hotel Royal, Stresa Half-Board

HHH

Price from £842

This friendly hotel is charming and elegant, with delightful outdoor

areas and is located just 100 metres from the lake.

Close to the lakefront and the Mottarone cable car, and boasting well-maintained gardens and a garden pool area, this friendly hotel exudes warmth and charm. The traditional furnishings in the public areas lend it an elegant air, and in addition to the pool and whirlpool, there is an indoor/outdoor restaurant, bar and reading room. There is free Wi-Fi throughout the hotel. Rooms The 70 bright, air-conditioned rooms are traditionally furnished, with balconies, satellite TV, telephone, fridge, hairdryer and a safe.

We also offer the four-star SHG Hotel Villa Carlotta in Belgirate. Please see our website for further information.

See page 329 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

185

Hand-Picked Resorts

Hotel Boston, Stresa Bed & Breakfast


NEW for 2019

Sicily Italy’s sun-kissed southern island offers an intoxicating taste of Europe, tinged with Northern African spice.

8-day resort-based holiday from £699

Cefalù

Cefalù

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Gatwick • Liverpool • Luton • Stansted

Includes

Though separated from the European mainland by the narrowest of

channels – space travellers would be forgiven for thinking that Italy’s stilettowearing foot was attached to the flattened football at its toe – Sicily is very different from its nearest neighbour, with a new surprise at every step.

Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Things to see and do...

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel Explore Cefalù’s old town Relax on the beach Explore the cathedral with its Byzantine mosaics Join in the evening passeggiata Join optional excursions to Palermo and Monreale, Agrigento and Piazza Armerina, the Aeolian Isles and the Madonie Natural Reserve and hill town Castelbuono

Cefalù  tay in, or close to, this thoroughly Sicilian town, overlooking the Tyrrhenian Sea, where S there’s a wealth of history and character to savour and enjoy, the chance to indulge in all the pleasures of a holiday in the sun, and to join some fascinating optional excursions.  hoose between the comforts of a hotel in the heart of the town, where the holiday C emphasis will be on enjoying the town’s wonderful sandy beach and exploring Cefalù’s rich history, or stay in a beach-side resort hotel some 30 minutes away, where there’s the chance to completely switch off or make use of a wider range of facilities at your leisure.

Active pursuits  ependent upon your hotel choice, days D can either be spent exploring delightful Cefalù or enjoying the facilities at the beach hotel. In Cefalù, keen walkers will head to the heights of ‘La Rocca’ above the town, or even hike into the Madonie Hills. At the beach hotel there are tennis courts, mini-golf and the pools, as well as ‘keep-fit’ classes for the energetic to enjoy.

Rest and relax  he simple pleasures of a sun lounger, a T stroll along the beach front, or a seat in a café, ice cream in hand, are all yours to savour and enjoy, under the reliable warmth of the Sicilian sun.

Discovery and exploration In Cefalù, you’ll find a good selection of shops, many offering handcrafted Sicilian wares. Piazza Duomo, in the shadow of the cathedral, is the town’s

186

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

beating heart, providing a resting place after shopping or sightseeing, or for the evening passeggiata. Beyond, the colourful and cacophonous island capital Palermo, Monreale’s stunning monastery, the stunning ruins at ancient Agrigento, the idyllic Aeolian Isles and the rugged Madonie Natural Reserve, with its hill towns, can all be explored on optional excursions.


HHHH

Price from £699

A stone’s throw from the beach and close to the town centre, this

modern hotel is housed in a former convent.

Close to the town’s many shops, cafés and restaurants, as well as the town station, the hotel offers a buffet breakfast room and bar, terrace restaurant, small gym and a rooftop whirlpool and sun deck, as well as a private area on Cefalù’s celebrated sweeping beach, ensure the enjoyment of your stay. Rooms Air-conditioned, soundproofed rooms, offer stylish modern accommodation, with TV, free Wi-Fi, hairdryer, refrigerator, safe and balcony.

Agrigento

Acacia Resort Hotel Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £762

Some ten miles west of Cefalù, at the entrance to the Madonie

National park, this is a stylish holiday hideaway.

In beautifully landscaped grounds that lead down to a private stretch of beach, the Acacia offers a dining room, lounges, reception, vast outdoor pool and pool bar, extensive sun terraces, spa and wellness centre, lifts, tennis court, minigolf, piano bar and cocktail lounge. Rooms All of the well appointed twin rooms offer private facilities – either bath or shower – satellite TV, hairdryer, telephone and balcony or terrace.

Optional Excursions

Palermo & Monreale (half day) – £40 Visit vibrant, colourful capital Palermo, with its historic Quattro Canti – four quarters – exuding the great port city’s rich history and bustling café life, and take in Monreale’s Benedictine monastery, one is one of Sicily’s greatest glories.

Agrigento (full day) – £47 Agrigento is one of the Mediterranean’s most important sites, where the ‘Valley of the Temples’ gives a vivid impression of the ancient world, as crumbling, but still magnificent, columns and portals are brought to life.

Aeolian Islands (full day) – £74 Journey to Milazzo and cross pristine blue waters, passing Vulcano with its brooding crater, and make landfall on Lipari, enjoying the delights of colourful Lipari Town, or enjoying a dip in a remoter island corner.

Madonie Natural Park (full day) – £27 Head into the rugged Madonie mountains, home to protected wildcats and wolves, with over 2,500 colourful plant species, and where age-old practices including sheep farming and olive-growing are continued in ancient hill towns.

See page 330 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

187

Hand-Picked Resorts

Hotel Artemis, Cefalù  Bed & Breakfast


Northern Cyprus Enjoy rest and relaxation, and some gentle exploration in an unspoiled corner of Aphrodite’s idyllic isle. Kyrenia Harbour and Castle

8-day resort-based holiday from £579

The Ship Inn, Kyrenia

Bellapais Abbey

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019

Fly direct from • Belfast • Birmingham • Bristol • East Midlands • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Leeds/Bradford • Manchester • Newcastle • Stansted

Includes

Savour all the pleasures of a blissful stay in Kyrenia on Northern

Cyprus’ sun-kissed coast. With its exquisite, horseshoe-shaped harbour ringing blue waters, overlooked by the turrets of its monumental castle, and with its narrow, charming lanes giving way both east and west to a beautiful coastline, all backed by the craggy heights of the Five Finger Mountains, this is as delightful a hideaway as any in the Mediterranean.

Hotel accommodation, flights, airport transfers and an experienced holiday manager in resort

Optional Excursions • Kyrenia Harbour & Castle (half day) – from £25 • St Hilarion Castle & Bellapais Abbey (half day) – from £28 • Nicosia (full day) – from £23 • Güzelyurt & Soli ancient city (full day) – from £32 • Famagusta (full day) – from £32 • Karpaz Peninsula (full day) – from £30

Things to see and do...

Enjoy the amenities at your chosen hotel Stroll along Kyrenia’s picture-postcard-perfect harbour Explore the monumental castle that surveys the scene, and visit the shipwreck museum Head to the beach on sunny days Boat trips and fishing expeditions sail from the harbour Keen walkers can head into the hills beyond The energetic might snorkel or scuba dive Warm evenings offer the chance for al fresco dining Don’t miss Lawrence Durrell’s beloved Bellapais Join an excursion to divided city Nicosia, fascinating Famagusta or the stunning Karpaz peninsula

188

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Kyrenia  ffering a range of hotels from which to choose, and a warmth of welcome every bit as O engaging as its idyllic setting, this unspoiled resort town has grown to become a favourite of those who wish to combine the pleasures of a stay in the sun with a little gentle exploration. A stone’s throw from writer Lawrence Durrell’s beloved Bellapais, with its picture-book Gothic ruins, and within easy reach of historic sites and other beauty spots, Kyrenia is an ideal base for an enjoyable stay.

Active pursuits  hen you’re not enjoying the comforts W and amenities of your chosen hotel, or exploring the surrounding area, the clear blue waters that fringe the shore provide plenty of opportunities, from pleasure cruises and more serious fishing expeditions to snorkelling and scuba diving and even, for the wildly energetic, the thrill of off-road touring by jeep or all-terrain vehicle. Keen walkers might even head into the seasonally flowerstrewn foothills of the nearby Five Finger Mountains.

Rest and relax  yrenia and its surroundings provide the K perfect backdrop for lazy days and relaxed evenings, whether spent at the hotel or on a nearby beach, strolling around the handicraft stalls of the covered bazaar or along the harbour or more especially watching the world go by from a seat in one of the numerous cafés and restaurants

that line the water’s edge. Within just a few miles of the town – and accessible on foot for keen walkers – the beautiful village of Bellapais, with its ruined abbey, is another idyllic place in which to pass the time.

Discovery and exploration  fascinating corner of the world, with A a rich ancient history and an obviously colourful past, Northern Cyprus provides many opportunities for fascinating excursions, whether to its historic cities Nicosia and Famagusta, to the relics of its past at Salamis or Soloi, or into the remote, beautiful Karpaz peninsula.


HHH

Price from £579

Boasting not only the name, but the familiar warmth of an English-

style hotel, The Ship Inn is a wonderful home from home.

Located in a tranquil setting with splendid views of the surrounding hills, The Ship Inn offers accommodation in the main hotel and garden blocks clustered round the outdoor pool. A tennis court, indoor pool and fitness suite, as well as a British-style bar, pool bar and restaurant all add to the pleasure. There is free Wi-Fi in public areas and the local bus stop for Kyrenia town centre is just across the road. Rooms Air-conditioned rooms offer TV, telephone, kettle, safe, mini-bar and patio or balcony.

Malpas Hotel, Kyrenia Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £633

This stylish hotel offers a wide range of amenities in a stunning

hillside location with amazing views.

With a fine reputation – the hotel is locally rated five stars – and a full range of services, including large outdoor pool, a spa and beauty salon (payable locally) and well-equipped gym, indoor pool with whirlpool, as well as fine restaurant, bar and spacious lounges facilities, including a panoramic terrace bar, The Malpas is a perfect choice for those seeking a comfortable hideaway. A seasonal shuttle service operates to Kyrenia centre and the hotel’s private beach club. Rooms Diamond Court rooms in the garden annexe, boast free Wi-Fi, TV, telephone, hairdryer and safe.

Bellapais Monastery Village, Kyrenia Bed & Breakfast or Half-Board

HHHH

Price from £612

A charming and welcoming hotel with spectacular panoramic

views along the coastline to admire.

This hotel is located down the hillslide from Bellapais Village, approx. 4.5km away from Kyrenia Harbour. It offers two outdoor swimming pools, restaurant and bar, and is for guests aged 12 and over. There is a complimentary shuttle bus to Kyrenia. Rooms The air-conditioned mini-Villa rooms are located amongst the tiered hotel terraces and gardens. Spread over two floors, they each have satellite TV, safe (extra charge), telephone, mini‑bar, tea/ coffee-making facilities and hairdryer.

Acapulco Beach Resort & Spa, Kyrenia HHHH Half-Board Price from £758 The Acapulco is a large resort hotel, set right on the shore, with a

full range of leisure amenities.

With its long sandy beach, North Cyprus’ biggest outdoor pool, an indoor pool, large spa (payable locally) with Turkish Bath, sauna, steam room and fitness suite, as well as tennis, table tennis and other sports, The Acapulco is the choice for those looking for a traditional resort-stay, approximately 8km from the centre of Kyrenia. Three seasonal restaurants, including one beach-side, bars, lounges and even a casino add to the fun of a stay here. Rooms Well appointed, air-conditioned rooms offer sea views, TV, telephone, safe, mini‑bar, hairdryer and 24-hour room service.

We also offer the centrally located Arkin Colony Hotel in Kyrenia. Please see our website for further information.

See page 330 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

189

Hand-Picked Resorts

The Ship Inn, Kyrenia Bed & Breakfast or Half-Board


Oberammergau Passion Play 2020 Oberammergau 2020 & Delightful Lake Garda

192

Oberammergau 2020 & the Austrian Tyrol

194

Passion Play Oberammergau


Once every ten years, in accordance with a solemn oath sworn by their forefathers, nearly four hundred years ago…

...some 1,500 residents of the Bavarian village of Oberammergau re-enact the last week of the Life of Christ. This, the world-renowned ‘Passion Play’, incorporating a massed choir and orchestra, takes place each day on a vast open-air stage in front of some 5,000 spectators… it is a true once-in-a-lifetime experience.


NEW for 2020

Oberammergau 2020 & Delightful Lake Garda Experience the extraordinary wonder of the Passion Play, and all the pleasures of a delightful ‘lakes and mountains’ holiday.

Oberammergau Passion Play

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Category 2 ticket for the Oberammergau 2020 Passion Play (see seating plan for reference) • Souvenir Passion Play textbook • Spend two nights in the idyllic Austrian Tyrol • Discover ‘Sound of Music’ city Salzburg • Explore glorious Innsbruck, Imperial Tyrolean capital • Cross the Brenner Pass into Italy and visit a Dolomite village • Guided tour of Lake Garda • Half-day guided visit to Verona • Two nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation at the four-star Hotel Moserhof in Breitenwang, Reutte, Tyrol • One night’s bed and breakfast accommodation in a three/four-star guest house in Oberammergau or surrounding area • Six nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation in a four-star hotel on the shores of Lake Garda • Evening meal during the play interval • Outbound flights to Germany, returning from Italy • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

C

ombine a visit to famous Oberammergau with a two-night stay in the idyllic Austrian Tyrol and six nights in a four-star hotel on Garda’s shores, on this wonderful 10-day holiday. In addition to the performance at Oberammergau and an overnight stay in the famous village or surrounding area, you’ll enjoy visits to Mozart’s exquisite Salzburg, Tyrolean capital Innsbruck, a village high in the Dolomite mountains, a tour of Garda’s shores and a visit to Romeo and Juliet’s glorious Verona.

Day One Fly to Munich, meet your tour manager and make the scenic transfer by coach into the Tyrol and your hotel for the first two nights. Day Two A first included tour is to the beautiful city of Salzburg, birthplace of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart and forever associated with the movie ‘The Sound of Music’. Lying huddled beneath the imposing Hohensalzburg Castle, straddling the Salzach River, this treasure trove of Baroque architecture will be brought to life with a guided introduction, after which you can explore the city at your own pace. Connections with Mozart are everywhere – from the Mozartplatz with its famous Glockenspiel clock, to the composer’s birthplace and his family home, both of which can be visited during the wonderful day (entrances payable locally).

Germany

May to Oct 2020

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Luton • Manchester • Southampton • Stansted

Oberammergau

Lake Achensee Innsbruck

Optional Excursion

Italy To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Salzburg

Austria

Kramsbach

Lake Garda

• Venice (full day) Day Eight – £58

192

10-day escorted holiday from £1,899

Verona

Venice

Day Three Make the short journey to famous, colourful Oberammergau, where there’ll be the opportunity to perhaps visit the museum, which depicts the story of the Passion Play down the years. In early afternoon, take your seat for the first half of the enactment, as the story of Christ’s Passion unfolds on the vast stage. Over 1,500 villagers are involved in the production, acting, singing or playing in the orchestra. While the auditorium is covered, the stage is open to the elements, adding to the authenticity of the performance. Such is the quality of the acoustics that no microphones are used, as the dialogue and music is carried to the furthest seats. The unfolding drama, of Old Testament


Verona

scenes and the Passion, takes place over two acts, with an early evening interval, during which you will dine in a local restaurant and stretch your legs.  t the end of this uniquely memorable experience, you’ll spend A the night in a local guesthouse, allocated by the Passion Play organisers. Day Four After breakfast, board the coach for the journey south, pausing in Tyrolean capital Innsbruck, where there’ll be an opportunity to wander the historic old town, or Altstadt, and famous Maria-Theresien-Strasse, the elegant main street that faces the sheer rock face of the Nordkette, and perhaps time for ‘coffee and cake’, before you head up and over the famous Brenner Pass that connects Austria with Italy. En-route you’ll call at one of the delightful villages nestled in the Dolomite mountains, and by late afternoon will have arrived on the shores of Lake Garda, your home for the next six nights.

Your Hotels

Hotel Moserhof, Breitenwang Half-Board

Day Seven Today is another on which to savour the delights of your hotel and its surroundings. Day Eight Don’t miss today’s optional excursion, to incomparable Venice. Enjoy a walking tour of this simply breathtakingly beautiful place, with its gondolas and water taxis, Grand Canal, Accademia museum, Rialto Bridge and vast St Mark’s Square. See the cathedral, clock tower, famous Doges’ Palace and nearby famous ‘Bridge of Sighs’, wander the narrow streets or take a seat in a pavement café to watch the Venetian world go by. Day Nine A last included excursion sees you make the short journey to Verona. Amongst the outstanding sights is the best preserved Roman amphitheatre in Italy, famed for its summertime Opera Festival. The sweeping Piazza Bra is crowded with folk watching the world go by from a pavement cafés, ancient Piazza delle Erbe bustles with its colourful market, while nearby the maze of 13th-century streets is redolent with a sense of troubled history, chronicled in Shakespeare’s tale of star-crossed lovers, which was set amongst Verona’s brooding alleyways and hidden gardens

HHHH nights 1-2

This delightful hotel, just half a mile from the bustling town of Reutte, offers a traditional Tyrolean welcome, excellent accommodation and amenities that include a wellness centre with plunge pool, sauna and steam room, a terrace, welcoming lounge and restaurant serving regional specialities. Comfortable, wellappointed rooms offer flat screen TV and there is free Wi-Fi throughout the hotel. Hotel Moserhof

Guest House, Oberammergau Bed & Breakfast night 3 You will stay in a local three- or four-star guest house allocated by the Passion Play organisers.

Day Five Rest and relax at the hotel, enjoying the lake’s surroundings. Stroll along the shore, and most likely enjoy a long leisurely lunch, enjoying Garda’s Mediterranean-like ambience. Day Six Today’s included tour introduces the lake, journeying by coach around the shore. Fringed by steep hillsides to the east, backed by the Dolomites craggy peaks to the north, and surrounded in the west by vineyards and olive groves, with a tree-lined southern shore, the lake is dotted with several attractive resorts.

Oberammergau Passion Play

Oberammergau

Various, Lake Garda Half-Board

Hotel Moserhof

HHHH nights 4-9

You will enjoy six nights in a four-star hotel in one of a selection of wonderful shoreside locations, depending upon your departure date. Details will be confirmed prior to your departure.

Passion Play Seating

You will be allocated a Category 2 ticket for the Oberammergau 2020 Passion Play. We are unable to confirm the exact seat numbers in advance.

STAGE

Day 10 Bid “Arrivederci” to your Italian hosts, and transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK.

Category 2

See page 330 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

193

Passion Play Oberammergau 2020

Salzburg Castle


NEW for 2020

Oberammergau 2020 & the Austrian Tyrol The once-in-a decade, and once-in-a-lifetime experience of the famous Passion Play, and idyllic Austria combined.

Oberammergau Passion Play

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Category 2 ticket for the Oberammergau 2020 Passion Play (see seating plan for reference) • Souvenir Passion Play textbook • Spend six nights in the idyllic Austrian Tyrol • Explore glorious Innsbruck, Imperial Tyrolean capital • Discover ‘Sound of Music’ city Salzburg • Visit to beautiful Lake Achensee • Six nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation in the four-star Sporthotel Sonnenuhr in Kramsach, Inn Valley, Tyrol • One night’s bed and breakfast accommodation in a three/four-star guest house in Oberammergau or surrounding area • Evening meal during the play interval • Return flights to Germany • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

From your base in a four-star hotel in Austria’s sun-kissed

Inn Valley, close to Innsbruck, enjoy an unforgettable holiday, that in addition to the performance at Oberammergau and a night’s stay in the village or surrounding area, includes guided tours to the Tyrolean capital, to Mozart’s exquisite Salzburg and to idyllic Lake Achensee. With our friendly, professional tour manger to help you enjoy your stay to the full, this will be a very special holiday to remember.

Day One Fly to Munich, meet your tour manager and make the scenic transfer by coach through southern Bavaria, into Austria and to your welcoming hotel. Settle into your wonderful surroundings and enjoy a first evening meal. Day Two Discover the Imperial city of Innsbruck, the capital of the Tyrol, on our first included tour. Beginning on the city’s outskirts, you’ll see the imposing Wilten Monastery and the famous Olympic ski-jump, before entering through the historic triumphal arch to enjoy a guided tour of the city. With its historic old town, or Altstadt, and famous Maria-TheresienStrasse, the elegant main street that faces the sheer rock face of the Nordkette, Innsbruck is a delight. Be sure to stop for ‘coffee and cake’ at one of the countless cafés in the Old Town, before returning to Kramsach to enjoy the rest of the day.

Available May to Sep 2020

Fly direct from • Birmingham • Bristol • Edinburgh • Gatwick • Glasgow • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursion • Neuschwanstein Castle (full day) Day Four – £85

Germany Oberammergau

Lake Achensee Innsbruck

194

8-day escorted holiday from £1,749

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Austria

Salzburg

Day Three A second included tour is to the beautiful city of Salzburg, birthplace of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart and forever associated with the movie ‘The Sound of Music’. Lying huddled beneath the imposing Hohensalzburg Castle, straddling the Salzach River, this treasure trove of Baroque architecture will be brought to life with a guided introduction, after which you can explore the city at your own pace. Connections with Mozart are everywhere – from the Mozartplatz with its famous Glockenspiel clock, to the composer’s birthplace and his family home, both of which can be visited during the wonderful day (entrances payable locally).


Passion Play Oberammergau 2020

Mozart monument, Salzburg

Lake Achensee

Oberammergau Passion Play

Oberammergau

Day Four Rest and relax at the hotel, enjoying the tranquil surroundings, or join today’s optional excursion, to ‘Mad’ King Ludwig’s extraordinary castle at Neuschwanstein. Built high on a rocky crag, and every bit as fantastical inside as out, with Gothic bedrooms and decorations inspired by Wagnerian opera, this is a more-Disney-than-Disney fantasy, best viewed from the Marienbrücke, which is a pleasant stroll through the woods surrounding the castle.

Your Hotels

Sporthotel Sonnenuhr, Kramsach Half-Board

The family run, flower-decked Sonnenuhr has everything needed for a comfortable stay in idyllic surroundings, including a seasonal outdoor pool, a wellness centre with sauna, a terrace and garden, a tennis court and bike hire for the energetic. A restaurant serving Tyrolean fare and a bar, as well as comfortable well equipped rooms add to the pleasure. There is free Wi-Fi throughout the hotel.

Day Five A last included excursion sees you journey through stunning scenery high above the Inn Valley to Lake Achensee, Austria’s largest body of water and a popular spot for bathing. Rest and relax, perhaps on one of the beaches that fringe its wooded shores, or take a cruise on a lake steamer (payable locally), enjoying snacks and refreshments on board as you take in the stunning views. Day Six Today is free to rest and relax in Kramsach and its surroundings, perhaps visiting a local museum, taking a stroll in the countryside, or simply making the most of the hotel’s facilities. The choices – and the pleasures – are yours. Day Seven Bid “Auf wiedersehen” to your Tyrolean hosts after breakfast and make the scenic two-hour journey into the Bavarian Alps to the famous village of Oberammergau where there’ll be the opportunity to perhaps visit the museum, which depicts the story of the Passion Play down the years.  arly this afternoon, you’ll take your seat for the first half of the E enactment, as the story of Christ’s Passion unfolds on the vast stage. Over 1,500 villagers are involved in the production, acting, singing or playing in the orchestra. While the auditorium is covered, the stage is open to the elements, adding to the authenticity of the performance. Such is the quality of the acoustics that no microphones are used, as the dialogue and music is carried to the furthest seats. The unfolding drama, of Old Testament scenes and the Passion, takes place over two acts, with an early evening interval, during which you will dine in a local restaurant and stretch your legs.

HHHH nights 1-6

Guest House, Oberammergau night 7 Bed & Breakfast Sporthotel Sonnenuhr

You will stay in a local three- or four-star guest house allocated by the Passion Play organisers.

Passion Play Seating You will be allocated a Category 2 ticket for the Oberammergau 2020 Passion Play. We are unable to confirm the exact seat numbers in advance.

STAGE

 t the end of this uniquely memorable experience, you’ll spend A the night in a local guesthouse, allocated by the Passion Play organisers, and a delightful way to end your holiday. Day Eight After breakfast this morning, make the scenic transfer back to Munich for your return flight to the UK.

Category 2

See page 330 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

195


The United States of America North America Map

198

Washington, New York & Niagara Falls

200

East Coast Extravaganza – USA & Canada

202

New England in the Fall

204

Fall Colours of New England & Canada

206

Washington, New York & Boston in the Fall

210

Music Cities, USA 

212

Elvis Presley’s Memphis, New Orleans & Nashville

214

Deep South Rhythms, New Orleans & Caribbean Cruise

216

Texas, Presley’s Memphis & New Orleans

218

America’s Golden West

220

Hollywood, Vegas & the Grand Canyon

222

The Wonders of the US National Parks

224

Experience the very best

of this great country, from sea to shining sea.


San Francisco


Discover the best of the USA & Canada Our tours cover all four corners of North America. Simply choose where you’d like to go and what you’d like to see, and turn to the holidays that feature your ‘must‑see’ destination.

1

Glacier Bay, Alaska

Skagway Glacier Bay 1

Juneau AK

Ketchikan

Page 234

Canada BC

Jasper

2

WA

2

Lake Louise Banff Calgary

6

ns ky Mountai The Roc

Vancouver Victoria

AB

Vancouver

Pages 228, 230, 232, 234 OR

United States Cody

Ye l l o w s t o n e

ID Na t i o n a l Pa rk

Sheridan

G r a n d Tr e t o n Na t i o n a l Pa rk

Jackson

NV

3

San Francisco

WY

Salt Lake City

Cheyenne

Page 220, 222, 224

San Diego

AZ

e

Hollywood/ Los Angeles

Denver Las Bryce Canyon CO VegasN a t i oZ i o n n a l P a rk Monument 4 5 Grand Valley Canyon Laughlin Rio G ra nd

San Francisco, California

NM

Mexico 4

198

Las Vegas, Nevada Pages 220, 222

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

5

SD

UT

CA

3

Rapid City

Grand Canyon

Pages 220, 222, 224

Dallas TX

Fort Worth Austin

San Antonio

Houston


Niagara Falls

7

Pages 228, 230, 232, 234

Pages 200, 202, 206, 228, 238

8

New England

9

Boston

The USA & Canada

Banff National Park

6

Pages 202, 204, 206, 210

Pages 202, 204, 206, 210

QC

Québec City

10 New York, New York

ME ON

Pages 200, 202, 204, 206, 210

Montréal Ottawa

8

VTNe w

England

NH MA 9

Toronto MI

7

Niagara Falls

Detroit

Chicago

Cleveland

11

unt

WV

KY

VA

Manhattan/New York City

A t l a n t i c O c e a n

11

Washington DC Pages 200, 202, 210

R

id

Nashville

Washington DC Williamsburg

ge

Mo

Louisville

Mi

ssissippi

Ri

v

St Louis

TN

12

Memphis Muscle Shoals AR MS

CT RI 10

Boston Cape Cod

Philadelphia ains

er

Little Rock

NJ

PA

OH

IL

NY

AL

Bl

ue

NC

Chattanooga SC

Atlanta GA

Montgomery LA

New Orleans

G u l f

FL

12 Graceland, Memphis

o f

Pages 212, 214, 216, 218

M e x i c o

Grand Cayman Cozumel Montego Bay

Jamaica

©EPE inc.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

199


Washington, New York & Niagara Falls Discover a trio of historic, enthralling American cities, and gaze in awe at one of the world’s greatest natural wonders.

10-day escorted holiday from £1,499

White House, Washington DC

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Bookend the tour with stays close to extraordinary Niagara Falls, one of the natural wonders of the world • Travel south from Canada to historic Gettysburg • Visit the Gettysburg National Military Park • Spend a day in all-powerful Washington DC, home to the White House and Capitol Hill • Discover Philadelphia, historic ‘Freedom City’ where American Independence was declared • Explore New York, one of the most exciting cities on Earth, with its famous skyline • Journey through beautiful, forested, up-state New York • Enjoy a brief visit to glittering waterfront Toronto • Eight nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return scheduled flights to Toronto • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Fly to Toronto to catch your breath at the sight of majestic

Niagara, before heading south into the heart of historic America. You’ll visit the Gettysburg battlefield site and discover and explore the original capital Philadelphia, enjoy an optional guided tour of the modern seat of US power, Washington DC, and visit breathless Manhattan, before returning once more to Niagara’s plunging waters.

Day One Fly to Toronto, meet your tour manager and travel round Lake Ontario’s shore to your overnight hotel in Niagara Falls. Catch a brief glimpse of this extraordinary work of nature before enjoying the chance to rest and relax after the journey. Day Two Board the coach this morning for the journey across the border into the US, heading across scenic New York State and into ‘Keystone State’ Pennsylvania. Continue south for an overnight stay in Gettysburg, close to the site of the 1863 battle.

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

NY

Niagara Falls

Hasbrouck Heights

USA

Mexico

Philadelphia Gettysburg

MD Washington DC

200

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

NJ

n

New York/ Manhattan

PA

l a n No r t tic h Ocea

Canada

USA

At

Optional Excursions • Washington City Tour (half day) Day Four – £29 • Manhattan City Tour & Top of the Rock (half day) Day Six – £49 • Niagara Falls Lunch Day Eight – £26 • Helicopter over Niagara Falls Day Nine – £85

io

ver on Ri

La

Flight upgrades available on request

ntar ke O

uds

Toronto

• Gatwick • Manchester

H

Canada

Fly direct from

Day Three Step back in time today as you pay a visit to, and your respects at, the Gettysburg National Military Park, which preserves the land upon which Unionist forces overcame the Confederates during one of the bloodiest episodes of the American Civil War. In addition to the battlefield site itself, with its monuments and memorials, including that at Gettysburg National Cemetery dedicated to Abraham Lincoln’s famous Address, the Gettysburg Museum and Visitor Centre houses a collection of over 40,000 Civil War artefacts, and your visit will provide a deep insight into this momentous point of American history.  fter a fascinating day, you’ll journey on to A spend two nights at Tysons Corner, close to Washington DC.


The USA & Canada Times Square, New York

Niagara Falls

Day Four Today is spent in the ‘most powerful city on Earth’, Washington DC, the nation’s capital and site of some of the most recognisable US landmarks. The optional guided city tour will bring to life the giant domed Capitol building on ‘the Hill’ – home to the Senate and the House of Representatives – the vast Library of Congress and the Supreme Court. Stretching two miles from the Capitol to the Potomac River, the vast, manicured acres of the Mall boast the Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial, Vietnam Veterans’ Memorial, the Smithsonian museums and – across the green swathe of the Ellipse, at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue – the White House itself. Across the Potomac lie Arlington National Cemetery and the hulking Pentagon. After the tour, the rest of the day is free to explore at leisure, before you return to Tysons Corner. Day Five This morning you’ll travel north to the original US capital, historic Philadelphia. The Independence Hall National Park is home to the place where the Declaration of Independence was prepared and – after the tolling of the Liberty Bell – first read to the nation in July 1776. Enjoy our orientation tour, which will bring to life the colourful story of America’s birth and the characters of the men, like Benjamin Franklin and George Washington, who wrought it. After a fascinating day, you’ll travel north to Hasbrouck Heights, New Jersey for a two-night stay, and the chance to visit extraordinary New York City. Day Six Enjoy a full day in the incomparable Big Apple, perhaps the world’s most famous metropolis, with its landmark skyscrapers, the green acres of Central Park, its famous Fifth Avenue stores, glittering Broadway, bustling Times Square, world-class museums and its irrepressible buzz, from Harlem in the north to Wall Street’s Financial District, overlooking the Statue of Liberty and famous Ellis Island. Join the optional guided city tour and make the very most of your day in this wonderful place, and spend a few hours in leisurely exploration of the ‘city that never sleeps’, before returning across the Hudson River for a second night in New Jersey. Day Seven Today you’ll head north once more, boarding the coach for the scenic journey through beautiful, rural ‘Upper New York State’, its forested landscape dotted with quintessential ‘New England’ towns and villages, to spend a final two nights close to Niagara Falls.

Your Hotels Sheraton on the Falls

Sheraton on the Falls, Niagara Falls

nights 1, 7 & 8

Ideally located adjacent to the Falls, this resort hotel boasts spectacular views of the Falls and offers a huge array of on-site amenities including two restaurants, a bar, spa and indoor and outdoor swimming pools.

Wyndham Hotel, Gettysburg

night 2

A modern hotel, yet with a traditional feel, the hotel offers two restaurants and a bar as well as a gift shop, gym and indoor swimming pool. Contemporary rooms come with a TV and tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Doubletree by Hilton, Tysons Corner

Wyndham Hotel

nights 3-4

Adjacent to Tysons Corner shopping mall and its vast selection of shops and restaurants, this hotel has a fitness centre, a bar, a café and a ‘pub’. The comfortable guest rooms offer tea/coffeemaking facilities.

Holiday Inn, Hasbrouck Heights nights 5-6 Across the Hudson River from New York’s Manhattan, this popular hotel features a bar and restaurant. There’s an outdoor pool, open seasonally, and all rooms are comfortable with excellent facilities.

Holiday Inn

View of New York

Day Eight Spend a day in awestruck wonder as you visit the Falls, which plunge over the famous precipices in a cacophony of noise and a permanent misty spray heard and seen for miles around, and are truly one of nature’s greatest sights. Perhaps enjoy lunch in a restaurant overlooking the Falls, and stroll the green acres of the park that runs above the teeming Niagara River, before spending a last evening in the resort town. Day Nine Treat yourself to an optional helicopter flight over the Falls – the perfect way to bid them farewell – before you board the coach once more to journey on to glittering Toronto, with its waterfront developments, skypiercing CN Tower, countless cafés and restaurants and its ultra-modern shopping malls. Spend a brief visit soaking up the atmosphere of the city, then make the short journey back to Toronto Airport and the return overnight flight. Day 10 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a wonderful holiday.

See page 330 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

201


East Coast Extravaganza – USA & Canada

Join us as some of North America’s greatest cities, glorious countryside and one of nature’s greatest wonders are brought thrillingly to life.

14-day escorted holiday from £1,999 60˚N

W 45

120

˚W

W 60˚

105˚

90˚W

New York City

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Explore elegant, historic Boston • Stay in stylish and sophisticated Montréal • Enjoy a day in beautiful, walled Québec City • Overnight in Canada’s leafy capital Ottawa • Cosmopolitan Toronto glitters on the Ontario lake shore • Gaze in awe at tumultuous Niagara Falls • Discover mesmerising, pulsating New York City • Pay a short visit to Philadelphia – ‘City of Brotherly Love’ • Spend a day in all-powerful Washington DC • 12 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Outbound flight to Boston, returning from Washington DC • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 330) Flight upgrades available on request

202

engaging cities, a glimpse of New England’s rolling, verdant countryside and the eye-popping wonder of the mighty Niagara Falls. This tremendous value holiday is crammed from start to finish with wonderful highlights, as you journey from blue-blood Boston, to stylish Montréal and Québec City, then back via Ottawa and Toronto to breathtaking New York, historic Philadelphia and Washington’s seat of power.

Day One Fly to Boston, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and board the coach for the transfer to the hotel on the outskirts of the city. 45˚N Day Two Board the coach to enjoy a full day in America’s most European city, joining the fascinating optional guided tour to explore the famous ‘Freedom Trail’ through its compact heart, taking in the gold-domed State House, the green acres of Boston Common and the cobbled streets of historic Beacon Hill. Visit colourful Quincy Market with its speciality stalls, or perhaps cross the Charles River to famous Harvard University, before returning to your hotel. Québec Québec City Day Three Make the scenic journey north, through the leafy countryside of New Montréal England and on into Canada to stylish, sophisticated Montréal, the world’s secondOttawa largest French-speaking metropolis, Ontario VT for a two-night stay.

Canada

Optional Excursions • Boston City Tour (half day) Day Two – £25 • Québec City Guided Tour Day Four – £19 • Toronto Guided City Tour (half day) Day Seven – £28 • Niagara Falls Lunch Day Eight – £26 • Helicopter Flight over Niagara Falls Day Eight – £85 • Manhattan City Tour & Top of the Rock (half day) Day 10 – £49 • Washington City Tour (half day) Day 12 – £29

Absorb the sights and sounds of some truly fascinating and

Canada

Toronto

La USA

ntar ke O

USA

io

MA Boston Niagara NY Falls

New York Philadelphia

Mexico

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

North Shore

Washington DC

Day Four Today’s included excursion is to charming Québec City, North America’s only walled settlement. Enjoy an optional tour in the company of a local guide upon arrival and explore the narrow, cobbled alleyways of endlessly enthralling VieuxQuébec. Exuding charm from every pore, Québec City is sure to prove one of the highlights of your holiday. Return to Montréal for a second evening.

30˚N


The USA & Canada

Niagara Falls Québec City

Boston

Day Five Enjoy a short orientation tour of Montréal, before heading along the ‘Maple Leaf Trail’ for an overnight stay in romantic Ottawa, Canada’s beautiful walkabout capital, with its Victorian houses and famous Rideau Canal.

Capitol Building, Washington DC

Your Hotels

Doubletree by Hilton, North Shore

Day Seven This morning, explore Toronto at your leisure, or join the optional guided tour, which will bring to life the sights and sounds of the historic city, with its distinct neighbourhoods – including Chinatown, Greektown, and Little Italy. This afternoon, journey around the shore of Lake Ontario, to spend two nights close to the mighty Niagara Falls, one of nature’s most eye-popping wonders.

Sheraton Centre, Montréal  Doubletree by Hilton Sheraton Centre

Chelsea Hotel, Toronto

night 6

Centrally located in downtown Toronto and with many of Toronto’s popular entertainment venues and shopping within walking distance, this bustling hotel offers a choice of restaurants including a food court with al fresco dining.

Sheraton on the Falls, Niagara Falls Chelsea Hotel

nights 7-8

Ideally located next to Niagara Falls, this resort hotel boasts spectacular views of the falls and offers a huge array of on-site amenities including two restaurants, a bar, spa and indoor and outdoor swimming pools.

Holiday Inn, Hasbrouck Heightsnights 9-10 Across the Hudson River from New York’s Manhattan, this popular hotel features a bar and restaurant. There’s an outdoor pool, open seasonally, and all rooms are comfortable with excellent facilities. Sheraton on the Falls

Day 12 Enjoy a full day in the ‘Nation’s Capital’, which will be brought to life on the optional guided city tour. See the giant domed Capitol building on ‘the Hill’, the Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial, Vietnam Veterans’ Memorial, the Smithsonian museums and – across the green swathe of the Ellipse, at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue – the White House itself. Across the Potomac lie Arlington National Cemetery and the hulking Pentagon. Day 13 A last free morning brings opportunities for rest and relaxation, and perhaps a little shopping, before this afternoon you transfer to the airport for your return overnight flight.

night 5

This hotel is well placed for city sightseeing with the Parliament Buildings, Byward Market and the Rideau Canal less than ten minutes walk away. Facilities include a restaurant, bar and coffee shop.

Day Nine Today you’ll make the short journey across the bridge connecting Canada with the USA, passing the American Falls. Journey east and south through Upper New York State and into Pennsylvania to spend the next two nights in New Jersey, just across the Hudson River from extraordinary New York City.

Day 11 Heading south, this morning you’ll visit the original US capital, Philadelphia, where the Declaration of Independence was prepared and – after the tolling of the Liberty Bell – first read to the nation in July 1776. Enjoy our guided city tour, which will bring to life the colourful story of America’s birth, before continuing on to spend a final two nights close to Washington DC.

nights 3-4

Centrally located just a few minutes’ walk from Rue St Catherine, Montréal’s main shopping and dining street, the hotel has a restaurant and large, airy bar/café as well as an indoor pool and gym.

Sheraton Hotel, Ottawa

Day Eight Spend the morning in awestruck wonder as you visit the falls, which plunge over the famous precipices in a cacophony of noise and a permanent misty spray. Heard and seen for miles around, they are truly one of nature’s greatest sights. Take an optional helicopter flight for a bird’s eye view of the tumult, perhaps enjoy lunch in a restaurant overlooking the falls, and enjoy a second relaxed evening in the resort.

Day 10 Board the coach and head into the heart of New York. Explore on your own, or more likely join the optional tour of the ‘City that Never Sleeps’. Marvel at the famous sights and enjoy a visit to the 70th-floor ‘Top of the Rock’ at the Rockefeller Center, from where the whole of Manhattan and beyond can be viewed. Discover your own slice of the ‘Big Apple’ before returning to New Jersey at the end of a wonderful day.

nights 1-2

Located about 30 minutes from downtown Boston, the hotel offers an indoor pool, a gym, restaurant and bar. There’s also a lobby coffeeshop for a quick breakfast stop.

Day Six The Canadian capital is brought to life this morning on a guided tour, before you board the coach once more to journey on to glittering Toronto, with its sky-piercing CN Tower, countless cafés and restaurants and its ultra-modern shopping malls. Spend the evening and stay overnight in this engaging place.

Please note: On selected 2019 departures you will stay at the courtyard Secaucus Meadowlands on nights 9-10.

DoubleTree by Hilton, Tysons Corner

nights 11-12

Adjacent to Tysons Corner shopping mall and its vast selection of shops and restaurants, this hotel has a fitness centre, a café and a pub.

Holiday Inn

Day 14 Arrive back in the UK at the end of a wonderful holiday.

See page 330 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

203


New England in the Fall

Catch your breath at one of nature’s greatest sights, journey through some stunning countryside, and visit two wonderful cities.

9-day escorted holiday from £1,299

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Explore glittering New York – the world’s most exciting city, with its famous skyline • Visit the Yankee Candle Factory, where it’s Christmas every day • A spectacular full-day Fall Foliage tour includes idyllic Woodstock, Quechee Gorge and a drive on the glorious Kancamagus Highway • Visit North Conway, in the heart of the scenic White Mountains • Discover the delights of coastal Maine, including maritime Portland and Bush Family retreat Kennebunkport • Visit elegant Boston, America’s most European city, with its Freedom Trail and gold‑domed State House • Discover historic Plymouth and fashionable Newport on Rhode Island • Seven nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to New York • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

There are few more memorable sights in the world than

when the millions of trees that carpet the northeast corner of the United States signal the end of the summer and the imminent arrival of ‘Fall’ each year with a blaze of red, purple, brown and golden hues. Experience one of America’s greatest glories, discover pulsating, mesmerising New York and elegant, blue-blood Boston, and savour all the delights of this enchanting region.

Day One Fly across the Atlantic to New York, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and board the coach for the transfer to your overnight hotel in Hasbrouck Heights, New Jersey.

in

s

Available

M

Sep & Oct 2019, Sep & Oct 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 331) • Manchester Flight upgrades available on request

VT

204

MA USA

CT

Mexico

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Boston Hull Plymouth

Mt Snow

Canada

Optional Excursions • Manhattan City Tour & Top of the Rock (half day) Day Two – £49 • Mount Washington Cog Railway and Scenic Byways (full day) Day Five – £54 • Boston City Tour (half day) Day Seven – £25

Day Two Make the short transfer across the Hudson River into the heart of New York – Midtown Manhattan – for a marvellous, memorable day in the incomparable Big Apple. Explore this breathtaking city under your own steam, or join the optional guided city tour. Marvel at the famous sights – the Empire State and Chrysler Buildings, bustling Times Square, the green acres of Central Park and, of course, the southern tip of Wall Street and the waterfront district, looking out towards the Statue of Liberty. This te hi ta ME W un afternoon, take in Macy’s or Saks, two of the o Bethel world’s most celebrated shopping meccas. Portland Return to New Jersey at the end of the day. Kennebunkport NH Day Three Board the coach for the journey

NJ

RI

Newport

h an r t ce No i c O nt tla

Hasbrouck Heights A New York/Manhattan

north into the scenic highways and by-ways of Up-State New York. Break the journey at the large Yankee Candle flagship store in Deerfield, where a huge range of candles, Christmas and Halloween novelties make for a fascinating diversion. You’ll then journey into the scenic Berkshire Hills for an overnight stay in Mount Snow in Vermont.

Day Four Enjoy a full-day’s tour through the stunning scenery of New England at its very finest, as you soak up the beauty of this


The USA & Canada Portland, Maine

John Harvard, Cambridge

USS Constitution, Boston

region of rolling, forested hills and picture-book villages and towns like idyllic Woodstock. Travel through the spectacular Quechee Gorge and along the Kancamagus Highway, enjoying the startling Fall Foliage displays, and pay a short visit to resort-town North Conway, in the heart of New Hampshire, where several renowned outlet malls vie for your custom, before heading into Maine for a two-night stay in the beautiful mountain village of Bethel, nestled at the foot of appropriately named Paradise Hill. Day Five Today brings opportunities to rest and relax and to enjoy the delights of Bethel, although many will wish to join the optional excursion to famed Mount Washington, journeying aboard the historic Cog Railway – the only one east of the Rockies – to the summit of New England’s highest peak, at the heart of the scenic White Mountains region. The summit station can be one of the worlds windiest places – hang on to your hat! Having returned to Bethel enjoy an evening guided drive in search of moose. Day Six Journey south to the prosperous seafaring city of Portland, with its waterfront wharves and fine seafood restaurants. Continue via the exclusive Bush Family retreat of Kennebunkport towards Boston, America’s most European city and the resort of Nantasket Beach, south of Boston across Quincy Bay, for the last two nights of your tour. Day Seven Enjoy a memorable day in delightful Boston, one of America’s most ‘walkabout’ cities. Upon arrival, there’s an opportunity to enjoy a fascinating optional guided tour that will bring to life this ‘Cradle of the American Revolution’, as you expire the famous ‘Freedom Trail’ through the heart of the compact city. Take in the green acres of Boston Common, the gold-domed State House, then perhaps visit colourful Quincy Market with its speciality stalls. The rejuventated Harbourfront area is also home to the wonderful New England Aquarium, and close to the infamous ‘Tea Party’ ship. Stroll around the Harborside parks and gardens, check out Newbury Street’s stylish boutiques or perhaps visit one of the city’s many ‘brew-houses’ – Boston is one of North America’s ‘craft beer capitals – and enjoy lunch in a vast choice of eateries.

Your Hotels

Holiday Inn, Hasbrouck Heights nights 1-2 Across the Hudson River from New York’s Manhattan, this popular hotel features a bar and restaurant. There’s an outdoor pool, open seasonally, and all rooms are comfortable with excellent facilities. Please note: On selected dates you will stay at the Courtyard Secaucus Meadowlands on nights 1-2.

Grand Summit

Grand Summit, Mount Snow

night 3

A lovely mountain-side hotel surrounded by lush foliage. There’s a restaurant and pub as well as a deli with a well stocked gift shop. The hotel has an outdoor pool, whirlpool and gym.

Jordan Grand Hotel, Bethel

nights 4-5

This impressive hotel combines quality and service, with an unequalled mountainside location near the Maine village of Bethel. In addition to well-equipped guest rooms this comfortable hotel also has restaurant, mini-market and pool area. Jordan Grand Hotel Nantasket Beach Resort

Nantasket Beach Resort Hotel & Spa, Hull

nights 6-7

Located just under an hour’s drive from downtown Boston, on the seafront promenade with many restaurants, bars and a handful of local shops, this hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as an indoor pool.

Perhaps cross the Charles River to famous Cambridge, home to Harvard University, before returning to Nantasket at the end of the day, perhaps to dine on traditional clam chowder or New England lobster – a final holiday treat. Day Eight A final day sees you head, via the Pilgrim city of Plymouth, where the historic streets of ‘America’s Hometown’ were once trodden by the first settlers, and fashionable Newport, Rhode Island, with its ‘weekenders’ cottages – as the opulent mansions are known – to New York’s ‘JFK’ Airport, and the return overnight flight. Day Nine Arrive back in the UK at the end of a wonderful holiday.

Boston

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

205


Fall Colours of New England & Canada

Marvel at Mother Nature’s dazzling display, one of her greatest wonders and enjoy some of North America’s most exciting, enthralling cities.

15-day escorted holiday from £1,979

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend time in mesmerising New York City • Spend two nights in the shadow of Niagara Falls • Enjoy a short stay in sparkling, waterfront Toronto • Visit historic, pretty Niagara-on-the-Lake • Visit capital city Ottawa and stay in stylish Montréal • Discover historic Québec City, overlooking the mighty St Lawrence River • Enjoy a breathtaking ‘Fall Foliage’ drive through the stunning New England countryside • Discover coastal Maine’s Portland and Kennebunkport • Explore historic, elegant Boston • Spend three nights in the seafront resort of Hull • Follow the Pilgrim’s footsteps at Plimoth Plantation and visit Cape Cod • Complete the holiday with a visit to Newport • 13 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to New York • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

New York

This wonderful holiday showcases the sensational autumn

colours of one of the world’s most beautiful corners, the sights and sounds of some of North America’s greatest cities, and in the plunging torrents of Niagara Falls, one of its most breathtaking natural wonders. From Manhattan, to the scenic ‘Maple Leaf Trail’ from Toronto to Québec City, via Ottawa and Montréal, and from stunning Vermont and coastal Maine to elegant, ‘blue-blood’ Boston, this tour has it all.

Québec City

Québec

Canada

ME Montréal

Ottawa Jay Peak

Available

Ontario

Sep & Oct 2019, Sep & Oct 2020

Kingston

Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions • Manhattan City Tour & Top of the Rock (half day) Day Two – £49 • Niagara Falls Lunch Day Four – £26 • Helicopter Flight over Niagara Falls Day Four – £85 • Toronto City Tour (half day) Day Five – £28 • Québec City Guided Tour Day Seven – £19 • Mount Washington Cog Railway & Scenic Byways (full day) Day 10 – £54 • Boston City Tour (half day) Day 12 – £25

206

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Canada

USA

Mexico

eO Lak

ntario

Niagara Falls

NY

er son Riv

Toronto

ud

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 331) • Manchester

Kennebunkport

NH

H

Fly direct from

VT

USA

Bethel North Conway Portland

Hasbrouck Heights

NJ

Boston Hull Plymouth Cape RI Cod CT Newport

MA

New York/ Manhattan

At

lan

Oc tic

ea

n


The USA & Canada

Portland

The Statue of Liberty

Niagara Falls

Day One Fly to New York, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and board the coach for the transfer to New Jersey and the hotel for a two night stay. Rest and relax after the journey. Day Two Board the coach and head into the heart of New York, downtown Manhattan. Explore on your own, or more likely join the optional tour of the ‘City that Never Sleeps’, in the company of our guide. Marvel at the famous sights – the Empire State and Chrysler Buildings, bustling Times Square, the green acres of Central Park and of course the southern tip of Wall Street and the waterfront district, looking out towards the Statue of Liberty. The tour includes a visit to the breathtaking ‘Top of the Rock’ at the towering Rockefeller Center, from where the whole of Manhattan and beyond can be viewed from the 70th-Floor viewing platform. However you spend your day in the mesmerising ‘Big Apple’, it promises to be exciting and unforgettable. Day Three Today you’ll head north, boarding the coach for the scenic journey through beautiful rural ‘Upper New York State’, its forested landscape dotted with quintessential ‘New England’ towns and villages, to spend two nights in Niagara Falls. Enjoy your first evening in this colourful, bustling resort that has grown up around the cascades, and which draws visitors from across the globe. Take a walk in the park above the Niagara River, taking in the wonder of a special place. Day Four Enjoy a full day in Niagara, perhaps board the Hornblower Niagara Cruise for a spray-soaked passage close to the foot of the torrent or for a bird’s eye view of the magnificent Falls, take an optional helicopter ride above the tumult, or enjoy lunch from the viewpoint of an overlooking restaurant. Day Five This morning you’ll make the short journey to the historic and delightful town of Niagara-on-the-Lake, with its pretty houses and worldfamous Shaw Theatre, one of America’s most celebrated playhouses. After the chance to explore, continue to the sparkling city of Toronto and discover its glittering waterfront, sky-piercing CN Tower and its colourful historic neighbourhoods including Chinatown, Greektown and Little Italy on an optional guided city tour. Indulge in some shopping in the city’s ultramodern malls or in the evening make the most of the city’s cosmopolitan dining options, or perhaps take in a show – Toronto is

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

continues overleaf... Call us on: 0330 160 7800

207


The historic Cog Railway

Fall Colours of New England & Canada

continued

Canada’s capital of live entertainment and performance art, with many world-class productions gracing the city’s stages. Day Six Today you’ll board the coach to head along the colourful ‘Maple Leaf Trail’ travelling east to romantic Ottawa, Canada’s delightful, walkabout capital. Take in the Victorian houses, grand Parliament Buildings and enjoy a stroll beside the famous Rideau Canal, which is set against the leafy background of the Gatineau Hills. Later, continue on into the great French Canadian province of Québec and into Montréal, the world’s second-largest French speaking metropolis, for a two night stay. Soak up the atmosphere of one of Canada’s epicentres of style and sophistication, perhaps dining in the trendy Vieux Port District. Day Seven Today’s included excursion is to charming, historic Québec City, North America’s only walled settlement. Upon arrival, enjoy an optional, fascinating city tour in the company of a local guide and explore the narrow, cobbled alleyways of the lower Basse Ville and its upper Haute counterpart, which together form the endlessly enthralling Vieux-Québec, dominated by the monumental Citadelle and the Château Frontenac hotel. Exuding charm from its every pore, with countless monuments, churches and 16th and 17th-century buildings, and with a host of places to grab a bite or a drink and to rest awhile, Québec City is sure to prove one of the highlights of the entire holiday, before you return to Montréal, to spend a second evening, perhaps in lively Plateau Mont Royal. Day Eight After a relaxing morning, perhaps spent exploring Montréal’s historic Vieux Port area, board the coach once more for the scenic journey back towards the US border, crossing into leafy Vermont to spend the night in the exquisite surroundings of the mountain resort Jay Peak. Perhaps enjoy dinner in the hotels ‘American Diner’. Day Nine A truly memorable day awaits, as you travel through some stunning scenery, via Franconia Notch and the spectacular ‘fall foliage’ of the Kancamagus Highway, through the White Mountains – where Mount Washington is New England’s highest point – and on to the beautiful mountain village of Bethel in Maine, nestled at the foot of appropriately named Paradise Hill. Day 10 Today brings opportunities to enjoy the delights of Bethel, although many will wish to join the optional excursion to Mount Washington, journeying aboard the historic Cog Railway – the only one east of the Rockies – to the summit of New England’s highest peak, at the heart of the scenic White Mountains region. The summit station can be one of the world’s windiest places – hang on to your hat! Having returned to Bethel enjoy an evening guided drive in search of moose.

Quincy Market, Boston

208

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


The USA & Canada

Château Frontenac, Québec City

Day 11 Journey further into the ‘Great State of Maine’, calling at the prosperous coastal city of Portland, with its waterfront wharves and fine seafood restaurants, and visiting delightful beach-resort Ogunquit and the exclusive Bush Family retreat of Kennebunkport, before crossing into Massachusetts to spend three nights in seafront Hull, close to elegant Boston. Day 12 Enjoy a full day in America’s most European city, joining the fascinating optional guided tour to explore the famous ‘Freedom Trail’ through its compact heart, taking in the golddomed State House, the green acres of Boston Common and the cobbled streets of historic Beacon Hill. Visit colourful Quincy Market with its speciality stalls, many of which sell delicious cuisine from around the world. Perhaps try a dish of clam chowder or delicious New England lobster before a stroll around the harbourside, or cross the Charles River to famous Cambridge, home to Harvard University. Return to Hull for your second overnight stay. Day 13 Journey towards the South Shore and the chance to follow in the footsteps of the Pilgrim Fathers at Plymouth, as you stroll around the historic streets of ‘America’s Hometown’, and visit the fascinating Plimoth Plantation, where the early days of the European settlers are re-enacted. You’ll then travel on to Cape Cod and visit Hyannis, still a home to the Kennedy clan. Enjoy your final night in Hull, perhaps dining on local seafood. Day 14 Return to New York, via the elegant sophistication of Newport, Rhode Island, the East Coast’s premier resort town, and famous home to some opulent weekend ‘cottages’ of America’s wealthiest families. Journey to the airport, for the return overnight flight.

Ottawa

Your Hotels

Holiday Inn, Hasbrouck Heights nights 1-2 Across the Hudson River from New York’s Manhattan, this popular hotel features a bar and restaurant. There’s an outdoor pool, open seasonally, and all rooms are comfortable with excellent facilities.

DoubleTree Fallsview Resort & Spa by Hilton, Niagara Falls Holiday Inn

nights 3-4

Just a short walk from the falls, this friendly hotel offers a whole host of leisure amenities including an indoor pool, spa and sauna. A restaurant and coffee shop complete the facilities of this popular hotel.

Chelsea Hotel, Toronto 

night 5

Centrally located close to the famous Eaton Centre shopping mall, as well as theatres and restaurants, this popular hotel has an indoor pool and a large food court, which offers al fresco dining. DoubleTree Fallsview Resort

Day 15 Arrive back in the UK at the end of a wonderful holiday.

Sheraton Centre, Montréal 

nights 6-7

Centrally located just a few minutes’ walk from Rue St Catherine, Montréal’s main shopping and dining street, the hotel has a restaurant and large, airy bar/café as well as an indoor pool and gym. All rooms are very well-equipped.

Stateside Hotel at Jay Peak

Stateside Hotel

night 8

Located in the mountains, with spectacular views, this four-star hotel has an American style ‘diner’ and a bar. A swimming pool and further restaurants are available at the hotel’s sister hotel, reached by a short complimentary shuttle bus ride. All rooms have a TV and coffee‑making facilities.

Grand Summit Resort, Bethel nights 9-10 This full-service hotel is set at the foot of the White Mountains. The hotel offers comfortable rooms, a heated outdoor pool and a choice of restaurants and a coffee-shop.

Nantasket Beach Resort Hotel & Spa, Hull Grand Summit Resort Nantasket Beach Resort

nights 11-13

Located just under an hour’s drive from downtown Boston, on the seafront promenade with many restaurants, bars and a handful of local shops, this hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as an indoor pool.

Boston

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

209


Washington, New York & Boston in the Fall Against the striking background of Fall’s russet red and golden hues, discover and explore a trio of great cities and some stunning countryside.

9-day escorted holiday from £1,349

Blue Ridge Mountains

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Visit all-powerful Washington DC, home to the White House and Capitol Hill • Drive through Virginia’s Blue Ridge Mountains and Shenandoah National Park to the historic, magnolia-lined streets of Charlottesville • Explore glittering New York – the world’s most exciting city, with its famous skyline • Visit Newport, Rhode Island, with its beautiful seafront mansions • Discover elegant Boston, where the Freedom Trail takes in places associated with the American Revolution • Seven nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Outbound flight to Washington, returning from Boston • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 331) Flight upgrades available on request

Canada

210

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

dg Ri

• Historic Jamestowne & USA Colonial Williamsburg (full day) Day Two – £63 • Washington City Tour (half day) Mexico Day Four – £29 • Manhattan City Tour & Top of the Rock (half day) Day Five – £49 • Cape Cod & Plimoth Plantation (full day) Day Seven – £35 • Boston City Tour (half day) Day Eight – £25

e Mtn s.

Optional Excursions

Day Two Step back in time on today’s optional full day excursion visiting the popular attraction of Historic Jamestowne, the first permanent English settlement in America. Your visit will allow time to visit the Glasshouse and be amazed at the artefacts discovered by the archaeologists at the original Jamestowne Fort. Next stop is colonial Boston Cape Cod Williamsburg where you will be Hull MA transported back to the pioneering RI days of the 18th century as you stroll the NY CT Newport living museum of cobbled streets and Hasbrouck historic buildings, and hear ‘residents’ New York/ Heights Manhattan in period costume discuss ‘the day’s events’ in the dialect of the time. n PA a e NJ Day Three Today will be one to savour, as you enjoy our included tour to visit exquisite Charlottesville, the historic MD home of ‘Founding Father’ Thomas Washington DC Jefferson, the third US President, Shenandoah Nat. Park where the spirit of earliest America is lovingly preserved in magnolia-lined Charlottesville streets and some of the country’s Williamsburg oldest dwellings. Continue on into

Bl

ue

l a n No tic rth O c

Sep & Oct 2019, Sep & Oct 2020

Day One Fly to Washington and upon arrival meet your tour manager and make the scenic journey into Virginia for a two-night stay in Williamsburg. Rest and relax after the journey, and enjoy your first evening.

At

Available

B

egin with a two-night stay in historic, colonial Williamsburg, gateway to all-powerful Washington and Virginia’s Blue Ridge Mountains, then take in the dazzling wonders of the ‘Big Apple’ – New York – and the blue-blood streets of elegant Boston, the most European of all American cities. Charlottesville’s historic streets, forested New England ablaze with colour, Newport’s studied grandeur and the opportunity, on an optional excursion, to visit Cape Cod and Plymouth, complete a wonderful autumn adventure.


The USA & Canada The Capitol Building, Washington DC

Colonial Williamsburg

Boston

Virginia’s fabled Blue Ridge Mountains, where breathtaking natural wonders can be explored in the beautiful Shenandoah National Park, a refuge for deer and other wildlife. Continue to Tysons Corner, close to Washington DC for the night. Day Four A full-day visit to the enthralling US capital brings the opportunity to join an optional guided tour of the world’s most powerful square mile, including Capitol Hill, the Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial and, of course, at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue, The White House. After the chance to discover the ‘little town’ on the bank of the Potomac River, you’ll journey on towards New York and New Jersey for a two-night stay. Day Five Today you’ll make the journey east to cross the Hudson River to Manhattan, the pulsating heart of New York – the incomparable ‘Big Apple’. Shop at leisure in some of the world’s most iconic stores, take in the world-famous sights, visit one of the city’s renowned museums, or take a stroll in leafy Central Park. Join our optional guided city tour, on which the likes of Central Park, Fifth Avenue and the Rockefeller Center will be brought to life. After a mesmerising day, you’ll return to New Jersey. Day Six A scenic journey leads to the fabled maritime resort town of Newport, Rhode Island, home to the opulent ‘summer cottages’ of some of America’s wealthiest families, built along the rocky shoreline. Take in the atmosphere of this quintessential ‘playground of the rich’, with its racing yachts and other sleek craft in the famous harbour, before re-boarding the coach for the onward journey through some colourful Fall scenery into Massachusetts and a two-night stay in Hull, south of Boston. Day Seven Join our full day’s optional tour onto Cape Cod and to Hyannisport, where you will see the JFK Memorial, before heading to Plymouth where the first settlers landed in the New World. There’s time to find lunch and a chance to view Mayflower II, a replica of the early settlers’ ship, before visiting Plimoth Plantation, a fascinating living museum where costumed actors and realistic reconstructions depict a day’s life in 1627.

Your Hotels

Comfort Inn Williamsburg Historic Centre 

nights 1-2

This welcoming hotel is within walking distance of a number of restaurants and shops, and is just one mile from downtown colonial Williamsburg.

DoubleTree by Hilton, Tysons Corner Comfort Inn Hotel

night 3

Adjacent to Tysons Corner shopping mall, and its vast selection of shops and restaurants, this hotel has an indoor swimming pool and two restaurants including a pub. Rooms are very comfortable and come with tea/coffee-making facilities.

Holiday Inn, Hasbrouck Heights nights 4-5 Across the Hudson River from New York’s Manhattan, this popular hotel features a bar and restaurant. There’s an outdoor pool, open seasonally, and all rooms are comfortable with excellent facilities. Holiday Inn

Nantasket Beach Resort Hotel & Spa, Hull 

nights 6-7

Located just under an hour’s drive from downtown Boston, on the seafront promenade with many restaurants, bars and a handful of local shops, this hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as an indoor pool.

Nantasket Beach Resort

Day Eight Today you’ll head into elegant Boston, America’s most ‘European’ city. Join the optional City Tour and discover the city’s rich and colourful history, as you take in sights including the gold domed State House overlooking Boston Common, the cobbled streets of Beacon Hill and the places associated with the events leading up to 1776 and Independence from the British. The afternoon is free for you to explore at leisure, perhaps taking in historic Faneuil Hall and nearby colourful Quincy Market with its bars, restaurants and speciality stalls. Stroll around the harbour, perhaps visiting the city’s world class aquarium, pay a visit to the famous ‘Tea Party’ ship or explore the delightful streets of Midtown. Later, transfer to Boston Airport for the return overnight flight. Day Nine Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a marvellous holiday full of autumn colour and unforgettable experiences.

Central Park, New York

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

211


NEW for 2019

Music Cities, USA

Drive through the heart and musical history of America, on a journey from the cradle of Motown to the birthplace of Rock ‘n’ Roll.

13-day escorted holiday from £2,099

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Fly to Detroit – Motor City • Visit Hitsville USA, home to the Motown Museum • Marvel at The Henry Ford Museum • Chicago – home of Blues and Jazz • Get your Route 66 kicks in Springfield, birthplace of the ‘Mother Road’ • Overnight in St Louis, gateway to the West • Cotton capital Memphis, Tennessee, was home to the ‘King’ • Visit Elvis’ beloved Graceland and Sun Studios • Enjoy an evening on Memphis’ famous Beale Street • Discover Nashville, world capital of Country Music • Visit Rosine, hometown of ‘Father of Bluegrass’ Bill Monroe • Overnight in Louisville, Kentucky, birthplace of Muhammad Ali • Enjoy an included visit to Cleveland’s Rock & Roll Hall of Fame – a pop-music ‘must-see’ • 11 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accomodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Detroit • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

T

ake in iconic sights and indelible sounds that formed the soundtrack to our lives, on a tour beginning in vibrant ‘Motor City’ Detroit and bustling electric Blues capital Chicago. Head south, taking in remnants of iconic Route 66 and the great cities and surrounding countryside that nurtured Rock ‘n’ Roll and Country Music, Blues and Jazz, then return north to Cleveland’s Rock & Roll Hall of Fame, where the colourful lives of music’s brightest stars are chronicled.

Day One Fly to Detroit, meet your Tour Manager and transfer to the hotel for a two-night stay in a city that was home not only to Motown’s countless stars, but to a roll call of other music legends, including Guy Mitchell, Bob Seger, Alice Cooper and Eminem. Day Two This morning’s first included visit is to the legendary Hitsville USA Motown Museum, where in 1959 Berry Gordy Jnr founded the allconquering music label. Stand in legendary Studio A where countless Motown stars recorded their hits, and relive the ‘tracks of your years’.  his afternoon, explore the broader history of modern America at the T enthralling ‘Henry Ford’, an eye-popping ‘living museum’ of exhibits that reflect the ingenuity of 20th-century America.

Available Oct 2019, May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

MI

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flight available, see page 331)

Chicago

Canada

IL

Flight upgrades available on request

Mexico Houston

TX

212

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

St Louis Louisville TN Nashville Memphis

River

• Chicago City Tour (half day) Day Four – £28 • Memphis: Graceland & Sounds of the South (full day) Day Seven – £67 • Studio B & the Country Music Hall of Fame (half day) Day Nine – £43

OH

IN KY

USA

M i s s issipp i

Optional Excursions

Cleveland

Detriot

GA MS

AL

New Orleans

LA

exico Gulf of M

FL

Day Three Today you’ll ‘hit the highway’, journeying on part of I-90, America’s longest ‘Interstate’, travelling through Indiana and around Lake Michigan’s southern shore, passing Gary, hometown of the ‘Jackson 5’, to Chicago, for two nights. Day Four Join our optional guided tour of the ‘Windy City’, to which southern musicians drifted north to create electric ‘Chicago’ blues, and where the term ‘jazz’ was first coined. Don’t miss the opportunity to view it all from one of the city’s famous skyscrapers, to wander the green acres of the lakefront park and this evening, perhaps take in a famous blues club. A foodie heaven, be it


The USA & Canada Rock & Roll Hall of Fame, Cleveland © Dale McDonald

The Henry Ford Museum

for traditional pancake breakfasts, deep-pan pizzas or the famous Italian beef sandwich, the city has no shortage of dining options.

Elvis Presley, © EPE, inc.

Your Hotels

Doubletree by Hilton Dearborn, Detroit

Day Five Drive south, in the direction once taken by fabled Route 66. Pause in Springfield, Illinois, where the ‘Mother Road’ is celebrated in colourful wayside exhibits, then continue on to St Louis, birthplace of Chuck Berry, sometime home to The Isley Brothers and Ike and Tina Turner, and with its famous Arch towering over the Mississippi. Day Six Continue south to Elvis’ beloved hometown, cotton capital Memphis, forever linked with ‘The King’, and boasting a musical heritage to match any world city. This evening, soak up the atmosphere of colourful Beale Street, and spend the first of two nights at the Elvis-themed Guesthouse at Graceland™.

Doubletree by Hilton

Sheraton Westport Lakeside, St Louis Sheraton Westport Lakeside

The Guest House

The new Guest HouseTM at Graceland is just a few steps from the mansion, offers the warm hospitality Elvis always showed his guests. 15 restaurants, a bar, gift shop, store and outdoor pool complete the pleasure. Please note: Please see page 215 for more information about this hotel.

Clarion, Nashville

nights 8-9

This hotel boasts a bar, restaurant and indoor pool. Rooms have a fridge and microwave.

Galt House Hotel, Louisville Galt House

Day 12 A final highlight of your musical journey is a morning visit to the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame, a treasure-chest paying homage to the last six decades of the world’s most exciting musical genre, with a roll call of ‘rock royalty’, early influencers, pioneer record producers, music-business icons and latterly stars from the worlds of hip-hop and R&B amongst its 300-plus inductees. The museum is a ‘must-see’ for any music fan, and a perfect finale to the trip.  fter a fascinating few hours, travel around Lake Erie to Detroit A Airport, for the return overnight flight.

night 5

Located east of downtown St Louis, this modern hotel is surrounded by an array of restaurants, shops and entertainment venues. The hotel has an outdoor swimming pool, as well as access to an indoor swimming pool at a sister property, a restaurant and a bar.

The Guest HouseTM at Graceland, Memphis nights 6-7

 vernight in Louisville, home of the ‘Kentucky Derby’, the O ‘Louisville Slugger’ Baseball Museum and birthplace of ‘Louisville Lip’ Muhammad Ali. Dependent upon your arrival time, take in some of the city’s sights. Day 11 Head north into Ohio, watching the sights of America pass by, while no doubt a few sounds play in your ears, arriving by late afternoon in Cleveland, home to the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame. Perhaps enjoy an evening in one of the city’s famed music clubs.

Cambria Chicago, Magnificent Mile, Chicago  nights 3-4 Within easy walking distance of shopping on the Magnificent Mile, downtown Chicago’s many restaurants and museums and Lake Michigan, this hotel has a seasonal roof-top bar, restaurant and café and all rooms have a TV and fridge.

Day Nine Enjoy a day exploring Nashville, site of the historic Ryman Auditorium, from where the original Grand Ole Opry was broadcast, and where the famed Ernest Tubb Record Shop is another ‘must-see’. An optional excursion will introduce you to Studio B – where countless country standards and a galaxy of Elvis’ hits were recorded – and to the Country Music Hall of Fame. This evening, enjoy another chance to catch some live music. Day 10 Bill Monroe, legendary ‘Father of Bluegrass’, is celebrated today, as you head north to his birthplace in Rosine, Kentucky, to learn about the mandolin player whose most famous recording, ‘Blue Moon of Kentucky’, was Elvis’ first ‘B-side’.

nights 1-2

Well located close to the Henry Ford Museum, this hotel offers modern facilities including an indoor swimming pool, restaurant and a small shop. Rooms offer air conditioning and coffeemaking facilities.

Day Seven Join today’s exciting optional excursion, heading to Sun Studio – where in 1951 ‘Rock ‘n’ Roll’ was born with the recording of ‘Rocket 88’ – and to the most famous southern ‘mansion’ of all, Elvis’ Graceland, a shrine to the entertainment world’s most celebrated performer. This evening, why not try some delicious pork ribs? Memphis is America’s barbeque capital! Day Eight Exchange musical genres as you journey to Nashville, undisputed world capital of Country Music, and working home to countless ‘guitar-pickers’ and song‑writers, for a two-night stay.

Nashville

night 10

This historic waterfront hotel is in the heart of downtown Louisville. Dining opportunities include a deli, waterside café and a stylish roof-top restaurant. Other facilities include a spa and an outdoor pool.

Hampton Inn, Cleveland Downtown

night 11

Close to Cleveland’s major attractions including the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame and a whole host of restaurants and shopping, the hotel boasts a fitness centre and a shop. Hampton Inn, Cleveland

Day 13 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a wonderful musical journey.

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

213


Elvis Presley’s Memphis, New Orleans & Nashville Journey through America’s musical heartland, from the birthplace of Jazz and the cradle of Rock ‘n’ Roll, to the undisputed capital of Country Music.

9-day escorted holiday from £1,399

Elvis Presley’s Graceland

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Montgomery is the resting place of country legend Hank Williams • Journey through the sleepy countryside of Alabama • Spend two nights in New Orleans, the irrepressible, colourfully exuberant and laid-back ‘Big Easy’ and birthplace of jazz • Take in the atmosphere of the fabled ‘French Quarter’ • Visit Tupelo, Mississippi – Elvis’ birthplace • Spend two nights in Memphis at the Guest HouseTM at Graceland, right next to Elvis’ famous mansion • Discover Nashville, world capital of Country Music • Seven nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Atlanta • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

Infused with the magic and mystique, the sights and

especially the sounds of the South, this wonderful holiday begins in Georgia and sweeps through the world of WC Handy, Robert Johnson, ‘Fats’ Domino, Hank Williams, Patsy Cline, Dolly Parton and, of course, Elvis Presley. Crammed full of highlights, it takes in New Orleans, the laid-back ‘Big Easy’, Tupelo, the ‘King’s’ birthplace and Memphis, where he made his home, and finally heads to guitar-pickin’, banjo-playin’ songwriters’ Mecca Nashville, Tennessee.

Day One Fly to Atlanta, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager to transfer to your overnight hotel in the Alabama state capital, Montgomery, resting place of troubled country superstar Hank Williams. Rest and relax after the journey, and enjoy your first evening in the warm and welcoming musical south. Day Two Today you’ll head south across Alabama, into Louisiana and along the Gulf Coast to the great city of New Orleans, the fabled ‘Big Easy’, for a two-night stay. Waste no time in soaking up the atmosphere of one of the most exuberant places on the face of the planet, perhaps joining the optional Steamboat Dinner Jazz Cruise.

Feb to Jun, Aug to Dec 2019, Jan to Jun, Aug to Dec 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flight available, see page 331) • Manchester

Nashville

Flight upgrades available on request • Steamboat Dinner Jazz Cruise Day Two – £71 • New Orleans City Tour (half day) Day Three – £21 • Bayou & Alligators Tour (half day) Day Three – £25 • Memphis: Graceland & Sounds of the South Day Five (full day) – £67 • Studio B & the Country Music Hall of Fame Day Seven (half day) – £43

214

TN Canada

USA

Mexico

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Mississippi R iver

Optional Excursions

Memphis Tupelo

MS

Chattanooga Atlanta

AL

GA

Montgomery

New Orleans

LA

Gulf

o f Me x i co

Day Three This morning’s optional guided tour is the perfect introduction to New Orleans, and will include the fabled French Quarter of time-warped, ironbalconied buildings centred on Jackson Square, and the neighbouring colourful Tremé district. This afternoon, take the optional Louisiana Swampland excursion for a glimpse of the surrounding countryside and a taste of Creole life. Head back to the ‘Quarter’ tonight, to immerse yourself in the incomparable


The USA & Canada

Nashville

Beale Street

atmosphere of the place which gave the world Jazz Music a century ago, and where the legacy of Louis Armstrong and ‘King’ Oliver lives on in innumerable bars and clubs. Day Four Bidding farewell to New Orleans, you’ll travel north into Mississippi, cradle of the Delta blues and home to the likes of Robert Johnson and Sonny Boy Williamson, journeying to Tupelo, home of the tiny house into which Elvis Aaron Presley was born in January 1935 (entrance payable). You’ll then continue on to Elvis’ beloved hometown Memphis, the bustling city on the bank of the ‘Big Muddy’, which as well being forever linked with ‘The King’, boasts a musical heritage to match any city in the world. This evening, soak up the atmosphere of colourful Beale Street with its endless choice of restaurants and bars, many of which offer live music. Day Five Don’t miss the optional full day Memphis Sounds excursion, which will include the legendary Sun Studio, where in 1951 ‘rock & roll’ was born with the recording of ‘Rocket 88’, and history changed forever three years later with Elvis’ rendition and ‘live’ recording of Arthur Crudup’s ‘That’s Alright, Mama’. You’ll then make your way to Elvis Presley Boulevard to pay a visit to Graceland, the King’s home, last recording studio and final resting place. After a fascinating day, enjoy another evening in Memphis, perhaps sampling pork ribs – the city is known as the ‘Barbecue Capital of America’. Day Six Enjoy today’s change of musical genres, as you journey east to Nashville – capital of country music, for a two night stay. Home to the legendary Ryman Auditorium and Grand Ole Opry, and to scores of hugely accomplished guitar-pickers and songwriters, Nashville is every inch one of America’s foremost music cities. Tonight, perhaps catch some live music.

Elvis Presley, © EPE, inc.

French Quarter, New Orleans

Your Hotels

Drury Inn & Suites, Montgomery

night 1

This modern hotel has spacious, well appointed rooms with a coffee maker, microwave and fridge. Other facilities include and indoor/outdoor swimming pool and a fitness centre.

Hampton Inn, New Orleans Drury Inn & Suites

nights 2-3

Set in a beautifully converted warehouse, within a 15-minute walk from the French Quarter and a large shopping mall, this hotel offers a breakfast room and small outdoor pool. Please note: On selected dates you will stay at the Wyndham New Orleans on nights 2-3.

The Guest HouseTM at Graceland, Memphis

nights 4-5

See below for information.

Clarion Hotel Stadium, Nashville nights 6-7 Hampton Inn

This hotel boasts a bar, restaurant and indoor pool. Rooms have a fridge and microwave.

A special place to stay Enjoy your stay at The Guest HouseTM...

Day Seven An optional excursion will introduce you to the legendary Studio B – home to countless country hits and a galaxy of Elvis’ RCA recordings and the Country Music Hall of Fame. Spend the afternoon at leisure exploring the musical delights of Nashville. Day Eight Journey south on a scenic drive to Chattanooga of Choo-Choo fame, a quintessential southern trading town, before heading to Atlanta airport for your return overnight flight. Day Nine Arrive back in the UK, after a wonderful journey through America’s musical heritage.

When Elvis Aaron Presley first set eyes on Graceland, he didn’t just see a house, he saw the beginnings of a dream. That dream has become a destination – The Guest HouseTM at Graceland welcomes you. We’re very happy to be working with this hotel which is a few steps from the gates of Graceland. From the southern colonial exterior to the guest rooms, every aspect of The Guest HouseTM reflects Elvis’ personal style and the unique character of Graceland. This full-service hotel has a restaurant, sports bar, theatre, gift shop and grocery store plus a seasonal outdoor pool and bar. The comfortable, contemporary rooms are all well equipped with a TV, fridge and tea/coffeemaking facilities. The hotel offer a reasonably priced shuttle service to Beale Street.

Special Departures Carnival in New Orleans – 26 Feb 2019 & 18 Feb 2020 from £1,629

Christmas Lights in Memphis – 23 & 26 Nov 2019 from £1,399

Elvis Christmas Concert Weekends! – 10 Dec 2019 & 8 Dec 2020 from £1,799

See the city pre-Mardi Gras, when the floats are readied for the annual celebration and the atmosphere turns truly electric.

See Graceland lit and decorated for Christmas, ‘Elvis style’, inside and outside the mansion. Kick off the holiday season in style and maybe do a spot of Christmas shopping Stateside too!

 he regular tour with all the Christmas lights T plus a great included Christmas with Elvis concert! Enjoy Elvis’ classic Christmas tracks played by a live orchestra at Graceland.

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

215


Deep South Rhythms, New Orleans & Caribbean Cruise Combine the journey through America’s musical heartland with a sun kissed voyage through blue waters.

60˚N

16-day escorted holiday from £2,299

60˚N

W 45

120

˚W

105˚

W 60˚ 90˚W

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Visit Chattanooga and the famous ‘Choo-Choo’ • Discover Nashville, world capital of Country Music • Visit Memphis, Tennessee, home to the ‘King’ • Visit Tupelo, Mississippi – Elvis’ birthplace • Spend two nights in New Orleans, the ‘Big Easy’ • Take in the atmosphere of the fabled ‘French Quarter’ • Cruise includes three port calls with full days in Montego Bay, Jamaica, Grand Cayman and Cozumel in Mexico • Spend the last night in Montgomery, Alabama • Seven nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Seven-night full-board cruise aboard Carnival Dream or Carnival 45˚N Glory, sharing a twin inside stateroom. Gratuities are included (upgrade cabins available) • Return flights to Atlanta • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager (NB: the ship’s crew will take care of you on the cruise)

Available Sep & Nov 2019, Jan & Feb 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flight 30˚N available, see page 331) Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions • Studio B & the Country Music Hall of Fame (half day) Day Two – £43 • Memphis: Graceland & Sounds of the South (full day) Day Four – £67 • New Orleans City Tour (half day) Day Six – £21 • Bayou & Alligators Tour (half day) Day Six – £25 15˚N • Steamboat Dinner Jazz Cruise Day Six – £71

216

Canada

Beale Street

Enjoy a hugely popular journey through America’s musical

South, and follow a wonderful tour with rest and relaxation aboard a well-appointed ship as she sails to the blue skies and blue waters of the sun-kissed Caribbean. Savour the musical delights of Country capital Nashville, Rock & Roll cradle Memphis and ‘Big Easy’ New Orleans, birthplace of Jazz – with a visit to Elvis’ Tupelo birthplace along the way – then step aboard your Carnival ship to cruise towards the sun‑kissed resorts of Mexico! 45˚N

Day One Fly to Atlanta, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and make the journey into the southeast corner of Tennessee to Chattanooga which is beautifully set on a bend in the Tennessee River. Tonight enjoy your first Southern-style dinner. Day Two Today enjoy a brief tour of Chattanooga which includes a visit to the Chattanooga Choo-Choo, a former riverside trading post much fought over during the American Civil War. You’ll then enjoy a scenic drive through the wooded Tennessee hills and farmland to Nashville, for an overnight stay. Home to the legendary Ryman Auditorium and Grand Ole Opry, and to scores of hugely accomplished guitar-pickers and songwriters, 30˚N of America’s Nashville is every inch one Nashville foremost music cities. This afternoon, an Chattanooga Memphis optional excursion will introduce you to the Montegomery legendary Studio B – home to countless country hits and a galaxy of Elvis’ RCA recordings – as well as the Country Music Hall of Fame. New Orleans

USA

Mexico

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Cozumel Grand Cayman Montego Bay, Jamaica

Day Three Later today you head for Memphis for a two-night stay in another of the cradles of American music, on the bank of the ‘Big Muddy’, the mighty Mississippi. This evening, soak up the atmosphere of famous Beale 15˚N Street, the city’s musical heart. Day Four Don’t miss the optional full day Memphis Sounds excursion, which will include


The USA & Canada

Seven Mile Beach, Grand Cayman

Bourbon Street French Quarter

legendary Sun Studio, where in 1951 ‘rock & roll’ was born with the recording of ‘Rocket 88’, and history changed forever three years later with Elvis’ rendition and ‘live’ recording of Arthur Crudup’s ‘That’s Alright, Mama’. You’ll then make your way to Elvis Presley Boulevard to pay a visit to Graceland, the King’s home, last recording studio and final resting place. After a fascinating day, enjoy another evening in Memphis, perhaps sampling pork ribs in America’s ‘Barbecue Capital’.

MS Carnival Dream

Your Hotels & Cruise Holiday Inn & Suites Downtown

Day Seven Today you’ll bid temporary farewell to the US and board Carnival Dream or Carnival Glory for the seven-night cruise to the Caribbean and Mexico. Settle in and explore the ship’s facilities. Consider an upgrade to an outside stateroom – a small supplement to our price buys you an unforgettable ocean view.

night 2

This impressive modern hotel boasts a restaurant, pub and indoor pool. All rooms have a fridge and microwave.

The Guest HouseTM at Graceland, Memphis

nights 3-4

The new Guest HouseTM at Graceland is just a few steps from the mansion, offers the warm hospitality Elvis always showed his guests. 15 restaurants, a bar, gift shop, store and outdoor pool complete the pleasure. Please note: Please see page 215 for more information about this hotel. Clarion Hotel Stadium

Various, New Orleans

nights 5-6

Situated in or near the famous French Quarter, the hotels used include the Wyndham New Orleans French Quarter and the Hampton Inn Convention Centre, both of which offer dining in-house or close by.

Carnival Dream or Carnival Glory

Wyndham French Quarter

Day 11 Today is spent in Grand Cayman where you may choose from a range of optional tours sold on board, including the best scuba diving in the kaleidoscopic Caribbean Sea. Otherwise stretch out on the glimmering white sands at Seven Mile Beach or stroll the shops, cafés, and museums in George Town.

nights 7-13

A holiday destination in her own right, offering numerous restaurants and bars, the ship caters to most tastes from casual to formal. Accommodation is on a full-board basis and in addition to a range of dining choices, there is a selection of bars, some with live music or dancing, several pools and a waterpark, as well as a fitness centre and a casino.

Hampton Inn & Suites, Montgomery

Day 12 Enjoy a full day in the celebrated Mexican resort of Cozumel. Locally bookable activities include sight-seeing tours, as well as sub-aqua diving and a submarine tour. Day 13 Another day is spent relaxing at sea as Carnival Dream or Carnival Glory sails back across the Gulf of Mexico towards the USA.

night 1

Clarion Hotel Stadium, Nashville

Days Eight & Nine Enjoy the pool, spa or perhaps just a seat at the bar on your first days at sea. Day 10 The first port of call is Montego Bay, Jamaica. Kick back to the rhythms of reggae and enjoy time shopping for hand-woven straw hats and delicate wood carvings or, more simply, relax barefoot at one of the many beach bars.

Holiday Inn & Suites Downtown, Chattanooga

Perfectly positioned in the heart of downtown, this modern hotel offers a swimming pool, fitness centre, restaurant and bar. All rooms feature a coffee maker, fridge and microwave.

Day Five Leaving Memphis today you’ll complete your Elvis journey with a visit to Tupelo, where you might wish to visit the tiny house that was the star’s birthplace, before continuing south through Mississippi, following the course of ‘Ol Man River’ towards Louisiana and the Gulf of Mexico, for a two-night stay in the great city of New Orleans. Waste no time in soaking up the atmosphere of one of the most exuberant places on the face of the planet. Day Six An optional guided city tour this morning introduces the ‘Big Easy’, including the fabled French Quarter of timewarped, iron-balconied buildings centred on Jackson Square. This afternoon, take the optional Bayou and Alligators tour for a glimpse of the city’s surrounding countryside, before returning to the city for another night of hot music and even hotter Creole food, or perhaps join the optional Steamboat Dinner Jazz Cruise.

© Elvis Presley Enterprises, inc.

Hampton Inn & Suites

night 14

Set in an old bank building this downtown hotel is full of character and close to many restaurants and the Alabama River. Rooms are equipped with modern amenities.

Day 14 Arrive back in New Orleans this morning and spend the last night of the tour in Montgomery, on the banks of the Alabama River and final resting place of country legend Hank Williams. Day 15 Today, after a free morning, you’ll head back into Georgia to Atlanta for your return overnight flight. Day 16 Arrive back in the UK at the end of a wonderful holiday.

See page 331 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

217


Texas, Presley’s Memphis & New Orleans

Take an extraordinary journey 120 through the southern states, ˚W crammed with fascinating musical highlights and interest. 105˚ 90˚W

W 45

W 14-day 60˚ escorted holiday from £1,999

Caption

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend two nights in New Orleans, the laid-back ‘Big Easy’ • Take in the atmosphere of the fabled ‘French Quarter’ • Visit Muscle Shoals and its world famous recording studios • Discover Nashville, world capital of Country Music • Memphis, Tennessee was home to Elvis Presley • Entrance to Sun Studios and Elvis’ beloved Graceland • Enjoy the atmosphere on Memphis’ famous Beale Street • Enjoy two nights in ‘cowboy town’ Fort Worth • Catch a ‘cattle drive’ at the Stockyards • Explore historic Dallas • San Antonio is capital of ‘Tex-Mex’ culture • Relive the heroics of Davy Crockett at ‘The Alamo’ • Visit Houston, home to the NASA Space Center • 12 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Houston • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

C

ombine the magic and musical wonders of the ‘Southland’ with the ‘Big Country’ sights and sounds of Lone Star State Texas, on this wonderful escorted tour, where each day brings a host of new delights. Take in jazz city New Orleans, Space City Houston and Tex-Mex capital San Antonio, visit colourful, Bohemian Austin, ‘cattle-town’ Forth Worth and oil-rich Dallas, and experience two of America’s greatest music cities, Elvis’ beloved Memphis and Country Music capital Nashville.

Day One Fly to Houston and transfer to your hotel for tonight’s stay. Day Two Head into Louisiana and to New Orleans, the fabled ‘Big Easy’, for a two-night stay. Enjoy your first evening exploring the city or perhaps joining the optional Steamboat Dinner Jazz Cruise. Day Three This morning’s optional guided tour introduces the ‘Big Easy’, including the fabled French Quarter. This afternoon, take the optional Louisiana Swampland excursion for a glimpse of the city’s surrounding countryside. Head back to the ‘Quarter’ tonight, to enjoy the atmosphere of the place that gave the world jazz music a century ago.

Available

Day Four Travel north through Mississippi and into the state of Alabama and Muscle Shoals, home to Rick Halls’ Fame Studio, where legends like Otis Redding and Aretha Franklin were first put on the map.

May, Sep to Nov 2019, May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow • Manchester Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions • Steamboat Dinner Jazz Cruise Day Two – £71 • New Orleans City Tour (half day) Day Three – £21 • Bayou & Alligator Tour Day Three – £25 • Studio B & Country Music Hall of Fame (half day) Day Six – £43

218

Canada

Nashville Memphis

AR Little Rock

USA

Dallas

Mexico

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Austin San Antonio

Muscle Shoals Atlanta Montgomery

Fort Worth

TX

TN

LA

MS

Lake Charles Houston

New Orleans

AL

GA

Day Five Visit the Rick Hall’s Fame Studio as well as the recently reopened Muscle Shoals Sound Studio and the Alabama Music Hall of Fame. You then head off to Nashville, undisputed capital of Country Music, and home to countless ‘guitar-pickers’ and songwriters, for an overnight stay.


The USA & Canada The Alamo Bourbon Street, French Quarter, New Orleans

San Antonio River Walk

Graceland

Day Six An optional excursion will introduce you to the legendary Studio B – where countless country standards and Elvis’ RCA hits were recorded – and to the Country Music Hall of Fame. Later today, journey to Memphis, on the bank of the ‘Big Muddy’ Mississippi. Elvis’ hometown boasts a musical heritage to match any world city and a host of historic landmarks.

Your Hotels

Hyatt Regency, Houston Galleria

Day Seven Enjoy the included full-day Memphis Sounds excursion, which will include a visit to legendary Sun Studio as well as Elvis’ beloved Graceland, home and final resting place of ‘the King’. Day Eight Enjoy a free morning, perhaps checking out the Stax Records Museum or the more sombre Museum of Civil Rights, then soak up the atmosphere of famous Beale Street. Later on, journey from Memphis to Little Rock, Arkansas, home to the William J Clinton Presidential Library and Museum, which honours Arkansas’ most famous son. Perhaps visit the colourful River Market District, with its restaurants and bars. Day Nine Journey west today into the Lone Star State and to ‘cattle-town’ Fort Worth. The famous Stockyards are the focal point of the Historic Quarter, with its wooden boardwalks and store fronts, recreating the days of the Old ‘Wild’ West.

Hyatt Regency

Wyndham French Quarter

night 4

This impressive Muscle Shoals hotel boasts a roof‑top restaurant, bar with outdoor dining, outdoor pool and fitness centre. All rooms have a fridge and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Clarion Hotel Stadium, Nashville

night 5

This modern hotel boasts a restaurant, bar and indoor pool. All rooms have a fridge and microwave.

The Guest HouseTM at Graceland, Memphis nights 6-7 Clarion Hotel Stadium

The new Guest HouseTM at Graceland is just a few steps from the mansion, offers the warm hospitality Elvis always showed his guests. 15 restaurants, a bar, gift shop, store and outdoor pool complete the pleasure. Please note: Please see page 215 for more information about this hotel.

Little Rock Marriott, Little Rock

The Guest HouseTM

night 8

This modern chic hotel is located in downtown and offers a restaurant and coffee shop. Other amenities include a spa and fitness centre.

Hyatt Place Historic Stockyards, nights 9-10 Fort Worth Opposite the Stockyards where there are good dining options, this hotel offers buffet breakfast, gym, outdoor pool, restaurant/bar and comfortable rooms.

Day 14 Arrive back in the UK.

Crockett Hotel, San Antonio Hyatt Place Historic Stockyards

See page 332 for departure dates and prices.

nights 2-3

Marriott Shoals Hotel & Spa, Florence

Day 12 Relive the Siege of The Alamo, now a UNESCO World Heritage Site, when Davy Crockett and Jim Bowie held out heroically before finally succumbing to the overwhelming forces of General Santa Anna, and exploring the famous River Walk that snakes its way across the city. Day 13 Journey back to Houston to visit to the NASA Johnson Space Centre, the heart of the moon-landings nearly 50 years ago. It’s an incomparable taste of modern history, brought to life in restored ‘Mission Control’ and by the sight of the towering ‘Saturn V’ rocket that fired the astronauts into orbit. Then continue to the airport for the return overnight flight.

Wyndham French Quarter, New Orleans

Set right in the heart of the French Quarter and within easy walking distance of the mighty Mississippi, this modern hotel has a bar and restaurant as well as an indoor pool. All air‑conditioned rooms have a TV and coffee maker.

Day 10 Spend the morning at the Stockyards, perhaps witnessing a ‘cattle-drive’, before travelling to glittering Dallas, forever associated with the events of November 1963, which are faithfully recreated in the Sixth Floor Museum (entrance payable locally) of the Texas Schoolbook Depository overlooking Dealey Plaza. This evening, back in Fort Worth, perhaps visit Billy Bob’s Texas, the world’s most rip-roarin’ Western Saloon. Day 11 Head to Texan State Capital Austin, home to countless music clubs and bars. Listings’ magazines might spawn a famous name or two, when they’re in town. Continue on to San Antonio for two nights.

night 1

Located next to the Galleria, Houston’s shopping, dining and entertainment district, the hotel has a restaurant and outdoor pool. Rooms have floor to ceiling windows, a TV and coffee maker.

nights 11-12

This historic hotel across from the Alamo boasts an outdoor pool. Continental breakfast is included and rooms are well appointed.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

219


America’s Golden West

Enjoy a classic introduction to the USA, taking in California, Las Vegas and the awe-inspiring Grand Canyon.

Golden Gate Bridge

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover and explore San Francisco, the ‘City by the Bay’ • Call at Steinbeck’s Monterey and exquisite Carmel-by-the-Sea • Journey south along the Pacific Coast Highway • Spend three nights in glittering Los Angeles • Full day tour to sun-kissed San Diego • Non-stop, 24-hour Las Vegas is the world’s most extraordinary desert ‘oasis’ • A full-day visit to the Grand Canyon, one of the most breathtaking, eye-popping sights on Earth • Visit Hollywood – movie capital of the world • 12 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Outbound flight to San Francisco, returning from Los Angeles • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Apr to May, Sep & Oct 2019, Mar to Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 332)

Optional Excursions

220

C

ombine the magic of beautiful San Francisco, the ‘City by the Bay’, sparkling LA and glittering Hollywood, with the glamour of Las Vegas, the awesome beauty of the Grand Canyon – carved over millennia – and a scenic journey along California’s wild and beautiful Pacific coast. With the sunkissed towns and cities of California, including laid-back southern gem San Diego, this is an irresistible holiday full of unforgettable, ‘must-see, must-do’ highlights, especially for those visiting the ‘West Coast’ for the first time.

Day One Fly to San Francisco and transfer to your hotel for the next three nights. Day Two Take this morning’s optional guided tour of San Francisco’s major landmarks, including Union Square and stylish Nob Hill, before crossing the famously photogenic Golden Gate Bridge to spend some time in the beautiful bayside artists’ town of Sausalito. Take the Bay Ferry back to the city, with wonderful views of infamous prison island Alcatraz en route. This evening, why not head for colourful Chinatown, or to the bustle of Fisherman’s Wharf, with its shops, bars and restaurants? San Francisco

Flight upgrades available on request • San Francisco, Sausalito & the Golden Gate Bridge (half day) Day Two – £29 • Palm Springs & Aerial Tramway (full day) Day Six – £45 • Helicopter Flight over the Grand Canyon Day Nine – £208 • The Rat Pack is Back and Dinner Day 11 – £75 • Vegas Nights Helicopter Flight Day 12 – £106

14-day escorted holiday from £2,049

Canada

NV

Monterey/ Carmel-by-the-Sea

USA

UT

Las Vegas Pismo Beach

USA

CA Hollywood/ Los Angeles

Mexico

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

San Diego

Grand Canyon

Laughlin

NM

Day Three Enjoy a day at leisure, perhaps head for colourful Chinatown, or take the ‘little cable car’ down to the bustle of Union Square, with its shops, and restaurants. Day Four Journey south today, towards the fishing town of Monterey and exquisite Carmelby-the-Sea, linked by the stunning 17-Mile Drive. Enjoy more of the Pacific coast, as you overnight in Pismo Beach, a classic central Californian coastal resort.


Bixby Bridge on 17-Mile Drive

San Francisco

Day Five Continue through breathtaking coastal scenery making a stop in palm-fringed, well-heeled Santa Barbara before heading towards glittering Los Angeles and coastal Santa Monica, with its boardwalk and promenade. Spend three nights in Los Angeles’ suburb Buena Park.

Your Hotels

Holiday Inn Golden Gateway, San Francisco

Day Six Rest and relax, or join an optional excursion today to millionaires’ playground Palm Springs, home of the late Bob Hope and a host of Hollywood stars. Journey to the heights above on the world’s longest revolving cable-car, and enjoy the chance of some shopping in the desert-city’s iconic shops and boutiques. Day Seven Enjoy today’s full day excursion to sun-kissed San Diego, a laid-back, southern Californian gem of a city. Highlights include the historic Santa Fe Railroad Depot and the Gaslamp District. Across the Bay Bridge, Coronado Island is home to the Hotel del Coronado, where ‘Edward’ first met ‘Mrs Simpson’, and Marilyn Monroe filmed Some Like it Hot. Return back to Los Angeles for a final night.

Holiday Inn

Day 10 Today’s journey takes you to Las Vegas for a three night stay in the ‘World’s Capital of Entertainment’, with its spectacular hotels, glittering casinos and sparkling show-lounges – home to some of the biggest names in the business. Enjoy your first experience of this extraordinary man-made entertainment mecca, in which perhaps more than anywhere else, night and day are treated as one.

Spyglass Inn, Pismo Beach

night 4

With a spectacular oceanfront setting overlooking the waters of the Pacific, this attractive hotel offers an outdoor swimming pool, a spa and a restaurant which boasts ocean views. All rooms come equipped with air conditioning and coffee-makers.

Holiday Inn, Buena Park

nights 5-7

Well-located for sightseeing in the LA area and close to Knott’s Berry Farm theme park, this hotel has a restaurant, bar and outdoor pool. Rooms are well-equipped with tea/coffee-making facilities.

Day Eight Cross the desert later today and travel to Laughlin, for a two-night stay in the resort-town set on the banks of the Colorado River. Known as ‘Vegas in Miniature’ the resort offers a boardwalk, casinos, restaurants and bars. Day Nine One of the tour’s most unforgettable days awaits you, as you travel into the desert and journey to the edge of the abyss that is the Grand Canyon, perhaps nature’s most startling wonder. Visit the South Rim, the most scenic point from which to view the chasm, formed over millennia by the Colorado River, which still flows a mile below. Take an optional helicopter flight for even more stupendous views, before returning for a second night in Laughlin.

nights 1-3

Perfectly positioned between prestigious Nob Hill and Fisherman’s Wharf, this modern, stylish hotel offers an outdoor swimming pool, fitness centre and a large restaurant and bar area. Contemporary rooms have air conditioning, television, a fridge and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Spyglass Inn

Golden Nugget, Laughlin

nights 8-9

On the Colorado River boardwalk, with an outdoor pool, several restaurants and bars and casino floor, the hotel also boasts spacious, well‑appointed rooms.

Golden Nugget, Las Vegas

nights 10-12

Stay in a Downtown Las Vegas landmark, with an award-winning casino, a host of restaurants and bars including a buffet, a show room, a spa and a stunning outdoor pool complex. Golden Nugget, Las Vegas

Day 11 Today is free to explore. Check out the famously gargantuan ‘mega-resorts’ of the Strip and Downtown, with their gaming rooms, vast shopping malls, diverse entertainments and endless dining opportunities. Tonight enjoy an optional dinner and entertainment from the stars of the nostalgic The Rat Pack is Back show. There’s simply so much to see and do in this truly amazing place!

Grand Canyon National Park

Day 12 Enjoy another day of leisure in Las Vegas. Relax by the pool, arrange to be pampered in a spa, or simply shop till you drop. This evening, don’t miss the optional ‘Vegas Nights’ helicopter flight over the ‘Strip’, and perhaps complete your stay in Vegas by taking in a show in one of the famous lounges. Day 13 Bid farewell to Las Vegas, heading first for the star-studded streets of Hollywood, where important landmarks include Mann’s Chinese Theatre and the Hollywood Walk of Fame. Continue to Los Angeles Airport for your return overnight flight. Day 14 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a truly wonderful holiday.

See page 332 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

221

The USA & Canada

Las Vegas strip © 2014 scottfrances.com


Hollywood, Vegas & the Grand Canyon

Discover two of America’s most famous cities and experience the awe-inspiring chasm that is perhaps nature’s greatest wonder.

10-day escorted holiday from £1,389

Las Vegas

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Spend three nights close to glittering Los Angeles, California’s star-spangled Pacific Coast city • Visit Hollywood – movie capital of the world • Full day tour to sun-kissed San Diego • The awesome Grand Canyon is one of the most breathtaking sights on Earth – we stay for the night to catch sunrise • A four-night stay in extraordinary Las Vegas – the most spectacular desert ‘oasis’ on Earth – brings opportunities to make the most of this entertainment Mecca, to relax in the hotel, and to enjoy some unforgettable optional excursions • Eight nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Los Angeles • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

This hugely popular, fun-packed itinerary begins in

sparkling Los Angeles, home to the star-studded streets of Hollywood, before you journey to the majestic, awe-inspiring chasm of the Grand Canyon, where you can experience the sunrise. Four nights of fun in glittering, glamorous Las Vegas, and some fascinating optional excursions including chic Santa Monica, complete a fun and interestpacked tour that is a great introduction to the USA.

Day One Fly west to Los Angeles, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and make the short transfer to your hotel in Southern ‘LA’ for three nights. Rest and relax after the journey, and enjoy a first evening in the ‘City of Angels’.

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 332) Flight upgrades available on request

USA

Optional Excursions

cif

cean ic O

222

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

v

River

Mexico

Pa

• Santa Monica & Malibu (full day) Day Three – £35 • Helicopter Flight over the Grand Canyon Day Five – £208 • Vegas Nights Helicopter Flight Day Seven – £106

ra d o

Canada

ra d o

Fly direct from

Colo

Apr, May, Sep to Nov 2019, Apr, May, Sep to Nov 2020

Colo

Available

Day Two Join today’s excursion to the sun-kissed, laid-back city of San Diego, the epitome of Southern California living, and where highlights of a guided tour will include the restored Downtown area, the historic Santa Fe Railroad Depot, paying tribute to the ‘Iron Horse’, and the Gaslamp District with its wonderful collection of arts and crafts and speciality stores and eateries. Return to LA to spend a second evening in the warmth and excitement of the city. NV UT Day Three Today brings the opportunity to rest and relax in Grand Las Canyon the hotel and its surroundings, Vegas enjoying the sunshine for which Grand southern California is renowned, Ri e r Canyon although many will wish to join Village the optional excursion to discover Hollywood/ and explore coastal Santa Los Angeles/ Monica, with its ocean-front Buena Park boardwalk and promenade, chic CA AZ restaurants and bars, and distant views of the northern ranges. San Diego Take a seat in a beachfront café to see a slice of colourful LA life


The USA & Canada Grand Canyon

Santa Monica

San Diego

as it jogs, cycles or roller-blades its health-obsessed way towards adjacent Venice Beach, then catch a glimpse of the exclusive enclave of Malibu, beachside residence of scores of the stars of music and the movies.

Your Hotels

Holiday Inn, Buena Park

Day Four Journey east into the Nevada Desert, heading for the Grand Canyon, close to which you’ll spend the night. Day Five This morning wake early to enjoy the breathtaking sight as the sun rises over the abyss – one of nature’s most eye-popping sights. Later take an optional helicopter flight over the chasm and marvel at the almost incomprehensible vastness of it all. You’ll then continue on through the awe-inspiring desert landscape, arriving this evening in the neon-lit world of fabled Las Vegas, your base for the next four nights. Waste no time in familiarising yourself with your glittering surroundings, which are every bit as surreal as the Canyon’s glories.

Holiday Inn

Canyon Plaza Resort, Grand Canyon

Canyon Plaza

Golden Nugget Hotel & Casino, Las Vegas nights 5-8

 pend your days at leisure – perhaps just relaxing, checking out S the city’s various shopping malls, or perhaps even heading for one of the resort’s many golf courses, or take to the skies on an optional night-time helicopter ride over the ‘Strip’.  y evening, enjoy a flutter – or watch others enjoying theirs – in a B sparkling, state-of-the-art casino – there is no end to the ways in which you can try your hand against Lady Luck. Wander up and down the ‘Strip’ to see this unique place in all its colourful glory. See the spectacular display of the Bellagio Hotel’s amazing dancing fountains or see an exciting swashbuckling pirate adventure with superb special effects at Treasure Island.

night 4

Conveniently located for the Grand Canyon National Park, this hotel offers deluxe guest rooms beautifully decorated in traditional, southwesternstyle, and the hotel boasts an on-site restaurant.

Days Six to Eight Spend the next three days discovering and exploring stunning, glittering, glorious Las Vegas and some of the extraordinary places that lie on its Nevada Desert doorstep.  othing prepares you for the glitz, glamour and sheer scale of this N monument to man’s capacity for fun and imagination that seems to rise out of the desert floor, its towering hotels, and gargantuan casinos reaching skywards, its streets – including the famous ‘Strip’ – lined with colourful entertainment centres, stores and themed bars, and show lounges that over the years have been home to some of the most famous names in the business.

nights 1-3

Well-located for sightseeing in the LA area and close to Knott’s Berry Farm theme park, this hotel has a restaurant, bar and outdoor pool area, complete with a gazebo. Modern rooms are wellequipped and have coffee-making facilities.

Stay in a Downtown Las Vegas landmark, with an award-winning casino, a host of restaurants serving cuisine from around the world including Italian, Asian and Mexican. A choice of bars, a spa and a stunning outdoor pool complex including a ‘shark tank’ complete the facilities of this stylish hotel. Golden Nugget

Day Nine Bid farewell to ‘Vegas’, heading for Hollywood, home to the ‘stars of the silver screen’ – spot your favourite on the ‘sidewalk’ of Hollywood Boulevard – and fabled centre of the movie-making industry. Later, continue to the airport for your overnight return flight. Day 10 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of an exciting tour of some astounding man-made and natural wonders.

Gaslamp Quater, San Diego

See page 332 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

223


NEW for 2019

The Wonders of the US National Parks Experience some of America’s greatest vistas and natural wonders, and capture the ‘spirit of the West’.

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

17-day escorted holiday from £2,599

Bryce Canyon

• Fly to ‘Mile High City’ Denver, Colorado • Cross classic ‘cowboy country’ to Cheyenne • Gaze in awe at Mount Rushmore’s famous carvings n this epic journey you’ll take in eye-popping wonders • See the Crazy Horse Monument – the world’s most of nature, including the startling landscapes of Yellowstone, extraordinary ‘work in progress’ mesmerising Zion and the majestic Grand Canyon, and • Discover historic Deadwood and the Little Bighorn battlefield site follow in the tracks of the pioneers and cattle herders. Take • Historic Cody was home to ‘Buffalo Bill’ in some of America’s most extraordinary sights on a tour • Spend two days in spectacular Yellowstone suffused throughout with the history, the vast sweep, and the • Drive through the majestic Grand Teton National Park sheer majesty of the West, and complete the unforgettable • Enjoy stays in Jackson and Salt Lake City adventure with a stay in glittering desert oasis Las Vegas. • Other-worldly Bryce Canyon and stunning Zion contrast magnificently • Monument Valley was the backdrop for a thousand western movies Day One Fly to Denver, gateway to the Rockies and the vast Great Plains of the American West. Meet your tour manager and journey north into • Discover the awesome majesty of the Grand Canyon Wyoming, to overnight in frontier-town state capital Cheyenne. • Complete the holiday with two nights in glittering Las Vegas Day Two Journey on, taking in historic Fort Laramie, a landmark outpost • 15 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, on the fabled Oregon Trail, and head into South Dakota, where the plus one night on the aircraft Black Hills, rising from the Plains and immortalised in song, formed the • Five breakfasts background to one of North America’s most famous gold rushes. Spend • Outbound flight to Denver, returning from Los Angeles the first of two nights in quintessentially western Rapid City. • Coach travel and transfers throughout Day Three Head into the hills to see two • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced of America’s most iconic and astonishing tour manager Yellowstone monuments – Mount Rushmore, with its four

O

Canada

Available Oct 2019, May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 332) Flight upgrades available on request

USA

Salt Lake City

Mexico

Optional Excursions • Helicopter Flight over the Grand Canyon Day 14 – £208 • Vegas Nights Helicopter Flight Day 15 – £106

224

National Park Sheridan Grand Teton National Park Cody Deadwood SD Jackson Mount Rushmore WY

UT

Bryce Canyon Monument Zion Valley Las National Park Vegas Grand Canyon

NV

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

AZ

CO

Cheyenne Denver

giant presidential faces carved into the cliff, and the Crazy Horse Memorial, the towering tribute to the Sioux leader that is perhaps the world’s most ambitious ‘work in progress’. Journey back this afternoon to Rapid City, through beautiful Custer State Park. Day Four Discover Deadwood, ‘Wildest of the Wild West Towns’, stomping ground – and burial place – of ‘Calamity Jane’ and Wild Bill Hickok, before travelling on through the High Plains to stay in classic western town Sheridan, beneath the Bighorn Mountains. Day Five Visit the Little Bighorn Battlefield, site of Custer’s famous ‘Last Stand’ against


The USA & Canada Monument Valley Mount Rushmore

Grand Teton National Park

Yellowstone National Park

Crazy Horse and his warriors in 1876, then head on to ‘Buffalo Bill’s’ hometown Cody, Wyoming, where the wooden boardwalks and swing doors of the saloons are authentic recreations of the colourful past. Day Six* See Mother Nature in all her glory as you journey into majestic Yellowstone National Park, with its rugged beauty, its lakes and canyons and its bubbling cauldrons. Take in the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone River, which roars through a 24-milelong gap in the ancient plateau, and visit the park headquarters at Mammoth Hot Springs, before overnighting in West Yellowstone. Day Seven Journey south through Yellowstone, hopefully witnessing an eruption of the famous Old Faithful geyser, and through the equally breathtaking Grand Teton National Park, its jagged peaks rising abruptly from the valley floor, and head to Jackson, in its forested setting, for a two-night stay.

Your Hotels

Little America Hotel, Cheyenne

Howard Johnson by Wyndham, Rapid City nights 2-3

Little America Hotel

Howard Johnson by Wyndham

night 6

nights 7-8

A short walk from Jackson’s Town Square and near the entrance to Grand Teton National Park, this rustic inn has a hot tub and a large picnic area.

Crystal Inn Hotel & Suites, Salt Lake City Elk Country Inn

night 9

Well located in downtown Salt Lake City, just one mile from Historic Temple Square and choice of restaurants, bars and a shopping mall.

Ruby’s Inn, Bryce Canyon

nights 10-11

Established in 1916 and very close to the park in a scenic setting, the theme at this hotel is ‘Western’ and there’s a great restaurant.

Hampton Inn of Monument Valley night 12 Ruby’s Inn

This hotel is located 30 minutes from Monument Valley. Facilities include a restaurant and pool.

Canyon Plaza Resort, Grand Canyon

night 13

Offering a restaurant and deluxe guest rooms, decorated in traditional, Southwestern-style.

Golden Nugget Hotel & Casino, Las Vegas

Day 17 Arrive home, at the end of a truly spectacular, unforgettable western adventure.

See page 332 for departure dates and prices.

Kelly Inn, West Yellowstone Elk Country Inn, Jackson

Day 16 This morning transfer to Los Angeles airport for the overnight return flight.

*Please note: In the event of road closures in Yellowstone National Park due to snow fall, the itinerary may need to be amended.

night 5

This central rustic inn boasts an indoor swimming pool, a hot tub and spacious rooms.

Day 13 Take in the beauty of Monument Valley as you enjoy a tour into the park to get up close to its sandstone masterpieces and learn about the lives of the Navajo people. Later, head west into Arizona, to the edge of the abyss that is the Grand Canyon.

Day 15 A last day in Las Vegas brings the chance of rest and relaxation at the hotel, or perhaps strolling along the famous ‘Strip’ and taking in the jaw-dropping hotels. This evening, take to the skies on the optional night-time helicopter flight over the ‘Strip’.

night 4

Within easy walking distance to Cody’s historic downtown area, this hotel is close to Yellowstone National Park.

Day 11 A fascinating day begins in other worldly Bryce, before the afternoon is spent in beautiful Zion National Park, where the forests and plunging waterfalls are a lush contrast to Bryce.

Day 14 This morning, perhaps take an optional helicopter flight over the canyon, before re-boarding the coach for the last crosscountry journey, to glittering Las Vegas, for a final two-night stay.

Best Western, Sheridan Center

Holiday Inn Cody at Buffalo Bill Village

Day 10 Drive further south across stunning Utah, passing from desert scrubland into wooded hills to Bryce Canyon, where millions of years of erosion by ice and water have left hundreds of towering red, yellow and orange pinnacles pointing skywards. Spend two nights in these spectacular surroundings.

Day 12 Head through yet more spectacular scenery, via the shores of Lake Powell, to fabled Monument Valley, where the towering red sandstone mesas rising from the desert floor are amongst the most iconic of all American images. Overnight in nearby Kayenta.

Within strolling distance of downtown Rapid City, the hotel has an indoor pool. Rooms have tea/ coffee-making facilities and a mini-fridge. Surrounded by the Big Horn mountain range and located in the heart of the town, this hotel’s facilities include an indoor swimming pool.

Day Eight Rest, relax and take in the surroundings of quintessential western town Jackson, with its boardwalks, shops and stores. Day Nine Continue south into Utah to Salt Lake City, at the foot of the Wasatch Mountains, and ‘hometown’ of the Mormon Church, whose multi-spired Temple and adjacent Tabernacle lies at its heart. Overnight in this friendly, easy-going place.

night 1

Set in pretty gardens, this traditional hotel has a restaurant that offers al fresco dining.

Golden Nugget

nights 14-15

A downtown Las Vegas landmark, with a wide choice of restaurants. A stunning outdoor pool complex including a ‘shark tank’ complete the facilities of this stylish hotel.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

225


Canada Canada – Niagara Falls to the Rockies 

228

The Canadian Rockies 

230

Canada’s Rocky Mountaineer® 

232

Five-Star Alaska Cruise & the Canadian Rockies 

234

Canada’s Maple Leaf Trail 

238

Encounter stunning works

of nature, on the grandest of scales, and enjoy some of the world’s friendliest cities.


Canada – Niagara Falls to the Rockies Journey from Niagara’s tumult and the Eastern cities, to the majestic Rockies and sparkling Vancouver – this is glorious Canada-in-one!

14-day escorted holiday from £2,299

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Free time to enjoy waterfront gem Toronto • A visit to tumultuous Niagara Falls • Enjoy an en-route visit to Ottawa, Canada’s elegant capital • Discover Québec City, North America’s only walled city • Montréal is the French Canadian centre of style • Explore Rockies’ capital Banff • Journey via sparkling Lake Louise on the Icefields Parkway to Jasper • Stay at Rockies resort Sun Peaks • Glittering Vancouver is often voted ‘best place in the world to live’ • 12 nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Outbound flight to Toronto, returning from Vancouver, and 60˚N an internal flight from Montréal to Calgary 120˚ W • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

Lake Louise

E

xperience the very best of this vast, beautiful country, on an escorted tour that begins in lakeshore Toronto, takes in the plunging Falls at Niagara, then heads through picturebook Ontario via grand capital Ottawa to the contrasting 60˚N French Canadian jewels of Montréal – and historic, walled Québec City. You’ll then fly west, to journey through the awe‑inspiring Rockies to 5discover and explore delightful British W 4 Columbia and Vancouver, at the edge of the Pacific Ocean. ˚W 60

105˚

90˚W

Day One Fly to Toronto, meet your tour manager and transfer by coach into the city and the hotel for a three-night stay. Enjoy your first evening in one of North America’s most engaging, cosmopolitan and cultured metropolises. Day Two An optional guided city tour will introduce sparkling Toronto, with its glittering waterfront developments beneath the sky-piercing CN Tower, its colourful, contrasting historic neighbourhoods and its ultramodern shopping malls. This evening, make the most of the city’s dining options, or perhaps take in a show.

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 332) Flight upgrades available on request

Day Three Today’s included excursion will be an unforgettable highlight, as you travel by coach around the lake to the wondrous spectacle of • Toronto City Tour (half day) Day Two – £28 Niagara Falls. Spend a fascinating visit taking in the natural wonder, • Helicopter Flight over Niagara Falls 45˚N perhaps taking an optional Day Three – £85 helicopter ride above the • Niagara Falls Lunch Day Three – £26 British Columbia Alberta tumult, or enjoying lunch • Québec City Guided Tour Sun Jasper from the viewpoint of an Québec Day Five – £19 Peaks Lake Louise Saskatchewan overlooking restaurant. Ontario Banff • Rockies Helicopter Ride You’ll return to spend a Day Seven – £180 Vancouver Calgary Québec City final evening in colourful 45˚N Canada • Banff & Sulpur Mountain Gondola Victoria Montréal Toronto. USA (half day) Day Seven – £49 Ottawa Day Four This morning, • Vancouver & Capilano Suspension Canada Lake board the coach and Bridge (full day) Day 11 – £84 Toronto Ontario journey along Lake • Vancouver Island Victoria & Butchart Niagara Ontario’s northern Gardens (full day) Day 12 – £128 Falls USA shoreline, on the ‘Maple Leaf Trail’ that leads past

Optional Excursions

Roc

ky

Mountains

228

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

30˚N


The USA & Canada Niagara Falls

Capilano Suspension Bridge

Château Frontenac, Québec City

handsome Kingston and north to romantic Ottawa, Canada’s beautiful administrative capital, with its Victorian houses and famous Rideau Canal. After a chance to explore, you’ll continue to stylish Montréal, for a two-night stay. Day Five Today’s included excursion is to charming, historic Québec City, one of Canada’s oldest and most picturesque settlements, and North America’s only walled city, overlooking the mighty St Lawrence River. On arrival enjoy an optional guided city tour, before you explore the narrow, cobbled alleyways of the lower Basse Ville and its upper Haute counterpart, which together form the endlessly enthralling Vieux-Québec, dominated by the monumental Citadelle and the Château Frontenac hotel.

Your Hotels

Chelsea Hotel, Toronto

Sheraton Centre, Montréal Chelsea Hotel

Day Six Transfer to the airport for the flight west to ‘oil and cowboy town’ Calgary, and the onward scenic journey by coach up into the heart of the Rockies and exquisite Banff, for a two-night stay.

Elk and Avenue Hotel

Please note: On selected 2019 departures you will stay at either Rundlestone Lodge or High Country Inn on nights 6-7.

Whistler’s Inn, Jasper

night 8

Set in an enviable position, on the main street of this charming mountain township, this hotel has two restaurants, a pub and an outdoor hot tub.

Sun Peaks Lodge, Sun Peaks

night 9

A cosy mountain retreat in the heart of Sun Peaks, within strolling distances of a choice of bars and restaurants, the welcoming rooms offer a TV, fridge and tea/coffee-making facilities. Whistler’s Inn

Please note: On selected 2019 departures you will stay at The Hearthstone Lodge on night 9.

Metropolitan Hotel, Vancouver

Day 11 Join today’s optional guided city tour and get to know delightful Vancouver. Highlights will include restored Gastown, hectic, colourful Chinatown, and the glass and steel wonders of the Burrard Inlet waterfront. You’ll also cross into the leafy suburbs of ‘North Van’ for the chance to brave the famous Capilano Suspension Bridge – the world’s longest pedestrian span. Day 12 Today’s final optional excursion heads across the Georgia Strait to beautiful Vancouver Island and the charming Victoria, with its vast Parliament buildings and grand Empress Hotel. The hugely enjoyable day also includes a visit to the world-famous Butchart Gardens, a breathtakingly colourful fifty-acre horticultural Mecca. Return to spend a last evening in wonderful Vancouver.

nights 6-7

Surrounded by mountain scenery in the heart of downtown on Banff Avenue, this modern hotel has its own restaurant, bar and gift shop. All rooms have a TV and tea/coffee-making facilities, and some have a mini-fridge.

Day Nine Your scenic adventure continues, with a drive past majestic Mount Robson – the Rockies’ highest point – to the mountain resort of Sun Peaks, where you’ll enjoy an overnight stay in yet more delightful surroundings. Day 10 Today you’ll journey west into British Columbia, descending through the coastal ranges to the truly beautiful city of Vancouver, in its spectacular Pacific Ocean-side setting, for a three-night stay.

nights 4-5

Centrally located just a few minutes’ walk from Rue St Catherine, Montréal’s main shopping and dining street, the hotel has a restaurant and large, airy bar/café as well as an indoor pool and gym. All rooms are very well-equipped.

Elk and Avenue Hotel, Banff

Day Seven Explore the stunning Rockies’ capital, in its majestic setting, perhaps joining exciting optional excursions that include a breathtaking cable car ride to the summit of Sulphur Mountain and a trip to the scenic Surprise Corner viewpoint overlooking the famous Banff Springs Hotel, or an unforgettable helicopter ride for peerless close up views of the towering peaks. Day Eight Another memorable day awaits you, as you journey first to beautiful Lake Louise, where turquoise waters are set against the awesome backdrop of Victoria Glacier. You’ll then continue along the renowned Icefields Parkway, scenic drive, to the historic railroad town of Jasper, for an overnight stay.

nights 1-3

Centrally-located close to the famous Eaton Centre shopping mall, as well as theatres and restaurants, this popular hotel has an indoor pool and a choice of restaurants including a popular food court.

nights 10-12

Boasting a perfect location to explore Vancouver and only a ten-minute walk to the beautiful harbour and the shopping on Robson Street. This stylish hotel facilities include an indoor swimming pool, a fitness centre and the acclaimed ‘Diva at the Met’ restaurant. Modern rooms offer a mini‑bar and tea/coffee-making facilities. Metropolitan Hotel

Please note: Departures in October 2019 will stay at the Best Western Plus Sands in Vancouver on nights 10-12.

Day 13 Today, after a free morning you’ll head back to the airport for the return overnight flight. Day 14 Arrive back in the UK.

See page 332 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

229


The Canadian Rockies Make one of the world’s ‘must-do’ journeys through breathtaking scenery to Vancouver and Victoria, ‘B.C’s’ glittering jewels.

11-day escorted holiday from £1,879

60˚N 120˚ W

Jasper National Park

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy two nights in Banff, the majestic Rockies’ capital • Journey to ‘Gem of the Rockies’ Jasper, via turquoise Lake Louise, on the Icefields Parkway • Discover Jasper National Park and Maligne Lake on an optional excursion • Overnight in mountain resort Sun Peaks • June and September departures include a ‘Grizzly Bear Valley’ river cruise • Spend two nights in glittering Vancouver – often voted ‘best place in the world to live’ • Cross to pretty Vancouver Island to spend two last nights in provincial capital Victoria • Nine nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Outbound flight to Calgary, returning from Vancouver • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

xperience the glories of Western Canada as you journey from ‘Stampede Town’ Calgary, via majestic Banff and its scenic heights, past sparkling Lake Louise to historic Jasper and its National Park. A stay in beautiful resort Sun Peaks – and perhaps a scenic river cruise – is followed by the journey down to glittering Vancouver and its wonders, before the journey is completed with a stay in unashamedly ‘British’ Victoria, B.C.’s charming capital, on delightful Vancouver Island.

Day One Fly direct to oil and cattle town Calgary, meet your tour manager and journey up into the majestic Rockies, to majestic Banff. Day Two Explore the delightful, bustling Rockies’ capital, and take the opportunity to join a choice of memorable optional excursions, which include a cable car ride to the summit of Sulphur Mountain, a trip to the scenic Surprise Corner viewpoint overlooking the famous Banff Springs Hotel, and an unforgettable helicopter ride.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 333)

• Banff & Sulpur Mountain Gondola (half day) Day Two – £49 • Banff Helicopter Ride Day Two – £180 • Jasper Skytram & Sightseeing (half day) Day Four – £39 • Jasper Harley Davidson Sidecar Tour Day Four – £119 • Vancouver & Capilano Suspension Bridge (full day) Day Seven – £84 • Butchart Gardens Day Nine  – £35 ˚N Day Nine – from £81 45day) • Victoria Whale Watching (half

230

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

USA Sun Peaks

Mexico

ns ai nt ou M ky Ro c Mo n a s h e e Mo u n t a i n s

British Columbia

Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions

Alberta

Canada

Jasper

Lake Louise

Banff

Vancouver Victoria

CANA DA USA

Calgary

 pend a second evening S in Banff, soaking up the atmosphere of this mountain paradise, and perhaps dining out in a vast choice of restaurants and bars to suit all tastes and pockets. Day Three Today you’ll travel by coach along the renowned Icefields Parkway, one of North America’s most scenic routes, calling at beautiful Lake Louise, where turquoise waters – frozen for much of the year – are set against the awesome backdrop of Victoria Glacier. You’ll continue on to Jasper, at the gateway to the scenic Jasper

10 5


The USA & Canada

Jasper Harley Davidson Sidecar Tour

Butchart Gardens

National Park, where you’ll enjoy a two-night stay in this historic Rockies’ railroad town. Day Four Rest and relax at the hotel, discovering Jasper at your leisure, or perhaps joining today’s optional scenic excursion, which will include a ride on the historic Jasper Tramway – Canada’s longest cable car - and a journey to Maligne Lake, in its spectacular setting. For the young at heart, join the exciting optional ‘Jasper Motorcycle Tour’, an exhilarating adventure on the back of, or in a sidecar attached to, a legendary Harley Davidson motorcycle driven by a professional rider. Day Five The scenic feast continues as you head past majestic Mount Robson, Canada’s highest peak, and along the Yellowhead Highway for a last overnight Rockies’ stay in the delightful British Columbian mountain village Sun Peaks. Rest and relax in the resort, set beneath Tod Mountain and boasting British Columbia’s highest golf course, as well as a choice of bars and restaurants.

Your Hotels Elk and Avenue Hotel

Day Eight Journey to the ferry and cross the Georgia Strait to Vancouver Island, before heading on to the unashamedly ‘British’ capital of British Columbia, charming Victoria, with its Royal B.C. Museum, vast parliament buildings and grand Empress Hotel, for a two-night stay in this truly delightful city.

Whistler’s Inn, Jasper

Sun Peaks Lodge, Sun Peaks

Whistler’s Inn

night 5

A cosy mountain retreat in the heart of Sun Peaks, within strolling distances of a choice of bars and restaurants, the welcoming rooms offer a TV, fridge and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Rosedale on Robson Suite, Vancouver

Rosendale on Robson Suite

nights 6-7

In a central location, just ten minutes walk from Robson Street and 20 minutes from Canada Place. The hotel offers an indoor swimming pool and all suites boast a bedroom, separate living area, a kitchen with cooker, fridge and microwave. Please note: On selected departures you will stay at the Century Plaza Hotel on nights 6-7.

The Embassy Inn, Victoria

nights 8-9

This cosy, welcoming hotel is superbly located just a few steps from Victoria’s beautiful Inner Harbour, and boasts a restaurant, outdoor pool (open in summer months) and well-appointed, air‑conditioned rooms with a fridge and balcony.

Special Departure Calgary Stampede – 28 Jun 2019 & 26 Jun 2020 from £2,779

Day 10 Board the ferry back to the mainland this morning, and head on to Vancouver Airport and the return overnight flight.

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

nights 3-4

Set in an enviable position, on the main street of this charming mountain township, this hotel has two restaurants, a pub and an outdoor hot tub.

Day Nine Enjoy a free day in Victoria, exploring under your own steam, or join this morning’s optional excursion to world-famous Butchart Gardens, where over a million plants and several hundred floral species are displayed. This afternoon, you can complete your stay – and your Canadian adventure – by joining the optional ‘Whale Watch’ cruise, for the chance perhaps to spot orca, killer, humpback and grey whales in their natural environment.

Day 11 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a wonderful holiday.

nights 1-2

Surrounded by mountain scenery in the heart of downtown on Banff Avenue, this modern hotel has its own restaurant, bar and gift shop. Rooms offer TV, tea/coffee-making facilities and mini‑fridges in most rooms.

Day Six Bid farewell to the high mountains this morning, and head further west, passing ‘frontier town Kamloops and journeying through the coastal ranges on the final western section of the famous Trans-Canada Highway, to the glittering waterfront city of Vancouver, for a two-night stay. Waste no time in savouring the atmosphere of a city often voted ‘best place in the world to live’. Day Seven Join today’s optional guided city tour and get to know delightful Vancouver. Highlights will include restored Gastown, hectic, colourful Chinatown, and the glass and steel wonders of the Burrard Inlet waterfront. You’ll also cross into the leafy suburbs of ‘North Van’ for the chance to brave the famous Capilano Suspension Bridge – the world’s longest pedestrian span. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Vancouver at your leisure.

Elk and Avenue Hotel, Banff

Calgary Stampede

 xtend your Canadian Rockies holiday E by a further three nights as you take in the Calgary Stampede, the world’s most famous rodeo. Brace yourself for the thunder and wonder of the grandstand shows, chuck-wagon races and epic displays of horsemanship, as riders from across the globe compete. Spend two full days at the Stampede, with three nights’ accommodation in Calgary, transfers and entrance to a Rodeo Show in the arena and a ‘flight’ over the showground on the cable car included. This departure has a slightly different itinerary. Please see our website for full details.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

231


Canada’s Rocky Mountaineer® Experience some of the world’s most spectacular scenery, by road and famous rail, and discover the best of glorious British Columbia.

11-day escorted holiday from £3,079

60˚N 120˚ W

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy two nights in Banff, the majestic Rockies’ capital • Journey to ‘Gem of the Rockies’ Jasper, via turquoise Lake Louise, on the Icefields Parkway • Discover Jasper National Park and Maligne Lake on an optional excursion • Board the famous Rocky Mountaineer train for the scenic journey from Jasper, via Kamloops, to Vancouver, British Columbia • Spend two nights in glittering Vancouver – often voted ‘best place in the world to live’ • Cross to pretty Vancouver Island to spend two last nights in provincial capital Victoria • Nine nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • SilverLeaf® Service travel on board Rocky Mountaineer from Jasper to Vancouver (upgrade to GoldLeaf® Service for a supplement) • Breakfast and lunch on board Rocky Mountaineer • Outbound flight to Calgary, returning from Vancouver • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

© Rocky Mountaineer

This journey through Western Canada begins in exquisite

Banff, the Canadian Rockies’ majestic capital, before heading via Lake Louise’s turquoise waters to historic railroad town Jasper, at the gateway to its National Park. After the chance to explore, board the famous Rocky Mountaineer to head through yet more wonderful scenery to sparkling Vancouver, to discover one of the world’s most beautifully located cities. Complete the adventure in more-British-thanBritain provincial capital Victoria, on Vancouver Island.

Day One Fly direct to Calgary and board the coach for the journey up into the majestic Rockies and Banff, for a two-night stay. Rest and relax upon arrival. Day Two Explore the delightful, bustling capital of the Rockies, in its breathtaking setting surrounded by high peaks, and take the opportunity to join a choice of memorable optional excursions, which include a cable car ride to the summit of Sulphur Mountain, a trip to the scenic Surprise Corner viewpoint overlooking the famous Banff Alberta Springs Hotel, and an unforgettable helicopter ride.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, Apr to Jun, Sep & Oct 2020

Fly direct from

Canada

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 333) Flight upgrades available on request

Ro

USA

M

ou

nta

ins

CANA DA USA

y

Victoria

s

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Vancouver

Mo u n t a i n

232

Kamloops

Mo n a s h e e

• Banff & Sulphur Mountain Gondola (half day) Day Two – £49 • Banff Helicopter Ride Day Two – £180 • Jasper Skytram & Sightseeing (half day) Day Four – £39 • Jasper Harley Davidson Sidecar Tour Day Four – £119 • Vancouver & Capilano Suspension Bridge (full day) Day Seven – £84 • Butchart Gardens Day Nine £35 45˚–N • Victoria Whale Watching (half day) Day Nine – from £81

British Columbia

ck

Optional Excursions

Jasper Lake Louise Banff

Calgary

Enjoy a second evening in Banff. Day Three Today you’ll travel by coach along the renowned Icefields Parkway, calling briefly at beautiful Lake Louise, where turquoise waters – frozen for much of the year – are set against the awesome backdrop of Victoria Glacier. You’ll continue onto Jasper, at the gateway to the scenic Jasper National Park, where you’ll stay for two nights in this historic Rockies’ railroad town.

105˚


The USA & Canada

Icefields Parkway Butchart Gardens

© Rocky Mountaineer

SilverLeaf® Service

Day Four Rest and relax at the hotel, discovering Jasper at your leisure, or perhaps joining today’s optional scenic excursion, which will include a ride on the historic Jasper Tramway – Canada’s longest cable car, and a journey to Maligne Lake, in its spectacular setting. For the young at heart, join the exciting optional ‘Jasper Motorcycle Tour’, an exhilarating adventure on the back of, or in a sidecar attached to, a legendary Harley Davidson motorcycle driven by a professional rider. Days Five & Six It’s “All aboard!” the famous Rocky Mountaineer train for the unforgettable two-day scenic journey west on the Yellowhead Route, passing towering Mount Robson, the Rockies’ highest peak, and the plunging Pyramid Falls, and heading through the scenic wonderland of the Monashee and Caribou mountains. Enjoy breakfast and lunch on board the train as you gaze in awe at the majestic scenery. You’ll overnight in a comfortable hotel in historic Kamloops, before re-boarding the train once more to continue the journey towards the coast. Highlights will include the mighty Fraser River, awesome Hell’s Gate, where up to 200 million gallons of water surge each minute through a narrow point, and – as you near beautiful Vancouver in its dramatic setting – the stunning coastal ranges.  ou’ll once again enjoy breakfast and lunch on board, and will Y arrive in Vancouver in the evening, transferring to the hotel for a two-night stay. Enjoy a first evening in a city often voted ‘best place in the world to live’.

SilverLeaf® Service

Caption

Day Nine Enjoy a free day in Victoria, exploring under your own steam, or join this morning’s optional excursion to world-famous Butchart Gardens, where over a million plants and several hundred floral species are displayed. This afternoon, you can complete your stay – and your Canadian adventure – by joining the optional ‘Whale Watch’ cruise, for the chance perhaps to spot orca, killer, humpback and grey whales in their natural environment.  pend a second evening in Victoria, perhaps reliving the wonders S of the past few days. Day 10 Board the ferry back to the mainland this morning, and head on to Vancouver Airport and the return overnight flight. Day 11 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a wonderful holiday.

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

Upgrade to GoldLeaf® Service

Elk and Avenue Hotel

from £449

For that extra special treat upgrade your holiday. GoldLeaf® Serivce includes travel in bi-level coaches with unparalleled panoramic views, à la carte breakfast and lunch served in the lower-level private dining room. You will also benefit from an exclusive outdoor viewing platform, where you can inhale the fresh mountain air and take the perfect photo.

Your Hotels

Elk and Avenue Hotel, Banff 

nights 1-2

Surrounded by mountain scenery in the heart of downtown on Banff Avenue, this modern hotel has its own restaurant, bar and gift shop. Rooms offer TV, tea/coffee-making facilities and mini-fridges in most rooms.

Day Seven Join today’s optional guided city tour and get to know this delightful place. Highlights will include restored Gastown, hectic, colourful Chinatown, and the glass and steel wonders of the Burrard Inlet waterfront. You’ll also cross into the leafy suburbs of ‘North Van’ for the chance to brave the famous Capilano Suspension Bridge – the world’s longest pedestrian span. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Vancouver at your leisure. Day Eight Journey to the ferry terminal and cross the strait to Vancouver Island, before heading on to the unashamedly ‘British’ capital of British Columbia, charming Victoria, with its Royal B.C. Museum, vast parliament buildings and grand Empress Hotel, for a two-night stay in this truly delightful city.

Included in price

The holiday price includes a two-day journey travelling in SilverLeaf® Service which includes assigned seating in a single level dome coach with oversized windows. Hot gourmet breakfast and lunch are served seat-side, along with complimentary snacks and beverages including beer and wine.

Whistler’s Inn, Jasper

nights 3-4

Set in an enviable position, on the main street of this charming mountain township, this hotel has two restaurants, a pub and an outdoor hot tub. Whistler’s Inn

Various, Kamloops

Rosedale on Robson Suite, Vancouver

The Embassy Inn

night 5

Accommodation is arranged by Rocky Mountaineer and will be of a moderate standard, with comfortable rooms and a restaurant nearby. You will be advised of your overnight accommodation during check-in.

nights 6-7

In a central location, just ten minutes walk from Robson Street and 20 minutes from Canada Place. The hotel offers an indoor swimming pool and all suites boast a bedroom, separate living area, a kitchen with cooker, fridge and microwave. Please note: On selected departures you will stay at the Century Plaza Hotel on nights 6-7.

The Embassy Inn, Victoria

nights 8-9

This cosy, welcoming hotel is located just a few steps from Victoria’s beautiful Inner Harbour, and boasts a restaurant, outdoor pool (open in summer months) and well-appointed rooms with fridge and balcony.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

233


Five-Star Alaska Cruise & the Canadian Rockies Enjoy an unforgettable tour and cruise showcasing some of North America’s – and indeed the world’s – most breathtaking natural wonders.

16-day escorted holiday from £2,999

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A seven-night cruise with Holland America Line exploring UNESCO-listed Glacier Bay and the scenic Inside Passage and visits to Juneau, remote Skagway and colourful Ketchikan 60˚N • Explore Banff, the stunning capital of the Rockies • Scenic touring through the Rockies via sparkling Lake Louise on the Icefields Parkway stopping overnight in Jasper • Discover Vancouver, often voted ‘best place in the world to live’ • Seven nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Seven nights’ sharing a twin/double inside stateroom on board a five-star Holland America Line cruise ship on a full‑board basis (upgrade staterooms available) • Outbound flight to Calgary, returning from Vancouver • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager (please note: the ship’s crew will take care of you on board the cruise)

The undoubted highlight of this extraordinary holiday will be a

seven-night cruise on board a superbly appointed, five-star cruise ship of Holland America Line. Board the ship in Vancouver after a journey through the Rocky Mountains, sailing through 120˚ W 105˚ calling at90˚W the fabled ‘Inside Passage’ to wild, remote Alaska, Glacier Bay, a UNESCO-World Heritage gateway to one of North America’s last great wildernesses, before you complete a thoroughly enthralling tour with a stay in glittering Vancouver.

Day One Fly west to oil and ‘Stampede’ town Calgary, and upon arrival meet your tour manager and board the coach for the scenic journey up into the towering Rocky Mountains, to spend two nights in the exquisite mountain capital Banff, in its breathtaking setting.

Skagway USA

May, Jun & Sep 2019, May, Jun & Sep 2020

Alaska Ketchikan

Fly direct from

British Columbia

ain

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 333)

t Ro c k y Mo u n

Available

CANADA

Glacier Bay Juneau

Optional Excursions • Banff & Sulphur Mountain Gondola (half day) Day Two – £49 • Rockies Helicopter Ride Day Two – £180 • Vancouver & Capilano Suspension Bridge (full day) Day 13 – £84 • Vancouver Island, Victoria & The Butchart Gardens (full day) Day 14 – £128

234

s

Flight upgrades available on request Canada

Inside Passage

Jasper

Sun Peaks

USA 45˚N

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Alberta

Banff Vancouver CANA Calgary DA USA

Lake Louise

Day Two Discover and explore the Rockies’ spectacular capital, perhaps joining exciting optional excursions that include a cable-car ride to the summit of Sulphur Mountain, a trip to the scenic Surprise Corner viewpoint overlooking the famous Banff Springs Hotel, and an unforgettable helicopter ride. However you choose to spend your day, you are assured of some wonderful scenery. Day Three Another breathtaking day awaits, as you re-board the coach to journey to beautiful Lake Louise, where turquoise waters – frozen for much of the year – are set against the awesome backdrop of imposing Victoria Glacier. This afternoon, continue the journey along the


The USA & Canada

Inside Passage

Totem poles

Banff National Park

renowned Icefields Parkway, one of the world’s most scenic roads, to the historic Rockies’ railroad town of Jasper, at the gateway to picturesque Jasper National Park, for an overnight stay. Soak up the atmosphere of one of Canada’s most ‘western’ townships. Day Four The scenic feast of a journey continues as you head past majestic, towering Mount Robson, the Canadian Rockies’ highest point, and travel along the Yellowhead Highway for an overnight stay in the delightful mountain resort of Sun Peaks. Enjoy a last evening in the Rockies, before tomorrow’s journey through the coastal ranges. Day Five Head towards the glorious Pacific-rim city of Vancouver, to join your cruise, boarding the Holland America Line ship for the late afternoon sailing north towards the wilderness state of Alaska. Settle into your stateroom, and join fellow passengers on deck for the sailing out into the Strait of Georgia, as you leave the magnificent Vancouver skyline in your wake. Enjoy dinner and your first evening aboard. Day Six Awake to enjoy a day at sea, as your ship cruises the waters of Alaska’s scenic Inside Passage, a narrow passage line surrounded on both sides by a thickly forested land of mountains and glaciers and the very occasional settlement – this is a region that whilst nowhere near as inhospitable as the Alaskan north, is still referred to as ‘the last frontier’. Take a turn on deck, to watch for aquatic life, and enjoy the ship’s wide range of on-board amenities. Day Seven A call is made at the Alaskan capital Juneau, at the foot of great mountain peaks and gateway to the immense Mendenhall Glacier. Built with the proceeds from gold prospecting, Juneau, which is only accessible by air or sea, remains a surprisingly chic and stylish city, framed by dense forest. Optional shore excursions, in addition to guided city tours and a fascinating trip to the nearby Mendenhall ice-pack, include activities like kayaking or dog‑sledding. Day Eight Skagway, the northernmost point of the cruise, was the historic gateway to the Yukon and remains a pioneering town of honky-tonk saloons and Klondike memorabilia, from which tens of thousands of hopeful adventurers once set off into the wilderness, many never to return. A fascinating shore excursion to Klondike Gold Rush National Park will lift the veil on one of American history’s most colourful chapters, and some of the improbable characters that wrote it. Day Nine Perhaps the scenic highlight of the cruise will come today, as your ship sails into breathtaking, UNESCO-listed Glacier Bay, formed by the slow retreat of the Grand Pacific Glacier over the last two centuries, and today bringing the opportunity to not

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

Your Hotels & Cruise

Elk and Avenue Hotel, Banff 

nights 1-2

Surrounded by mountain scenery in the heart of downtown on Banff Avenue, this modern hotel has its own restaurant, bar and gift shop. Rooms offer TV, tea/coffee-making facilities and mini-fridges in most rooms.

Whistler’s Inn, Jasper Elk and Avenue Hotel

night 3

Set in an enviable position, on the main street of this charming mountain township, this hotel has two restaurants, a pub and an outdoor hot tub.

Sun Peaks Lodge, Sun Peaks

night 4

A cosy mountain retreat in the heart of Sun Peaks, within strolling distances of a choice of bars and restaurants, the welcoming rooms offer a TV, fridge and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Whistler’s Inn

Metropolitan Hotel, Vancouver

Five-Star Alaska Cruise  on board MS Volendam Sun Peaks Lodge

MS Volendam

nights 12-14

Boasting a perfect location to explore Vancouver and only a ten-minute walk to the beautiful harbour and the shopping on Robson Street. This stylish hotel facilities include an indoor swimming pool, a fitness centre and the acclaimed ‘Diva at the Met’ restaurant. Modern rooms offer a mini‑bar and tea/coffee-making facilities.

HHHHH nights 5-11

MS Volendam, on which you’ll sail through Alaska’s spectacular Inside Passage, is a wonderful floating home for this unforgettable journey. Luxuriously appointed, with spacious teak decks affording panoramic views of the ever‑changing scenery, and with crew‑to‑passenger ratios of nearly one-to-two, the ship has undergone a programme of extensive Signature of Excellence enhancements, and in addition to the scenic wonders that you’ll encounter during the voyage, you can look forward to fine dining and a host of on-board amenities. Please see overleaf for further cruise details.

continues overleaf... Call us on: 0330 160 7800

235


Five-star Alaska Cruise & the Canadian Rockies

continued

only view the towering edge of the ice-pack up close, but also to witness a teeming display of wildlife on land and sea, as black and brown bears and native moose vie with hump-back whales, porpoises, seals and a whole variety of sea-birds for your attention – a truly unforgettable sight. Day 10 The last of the Alaskan ports of call is in the southernmost settlement of Ketchikan, with its historic wooden buildings, boardwalks and profusion of arts and craft stores. Many will wish to join the optional shore excursion by floatplane to the remote Misty Fjords National Monument. Day 11 Enjoy a last day ‘at sea’, cruising the Inside Passage, as you make the most of life aboard the wonderfully appointed Holland America Line ship. A farewell dinner seals the wonderful cruise experience. Day 12 This morning your ship arrives in the glittering waterfront city of Vancouver, and you disembark to enjoy a three-night stay. Step ashore to meet your tour manager, and transfer to your hotel, after which the rest of the day is free to take in the sights and sounds of a city that is often voted ‘the best place in the world to live’. Day 13 Join this morning’s optional guided tour, which will include restored Gastown, hectic, colourful Chinatown, and the glass and steel wonders of the Burrard Inlet waterfront. Cross Lion’s Gate Bridge into the leafy suburbs of ‘North Van’ wilderness beyond to brave famous Capilano Bridge, the world’s longest suspended pedestrian span. Day 14 Enjoy the optional full-day tour to beautiful Vancouver Island and the unashamedly British provincial capital, Victoria, with its vast Parliament Buildings and grand old Fairmont Empress Hotel. This hugely enjoyable day also includes a visit to the world famous, fifty-acre Butchart Gardens, after which you’ll return to spend a last evening in beautiful Vancouver. Day 15 After time for last-minute shopping and sightseeing, transfer to the airport for the return overnight flight. Day 16 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a truly wonderful holiday.

236

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


The USA & Canada

Your Ship

MS Volendam

 S Volendam boasts beautiful public areas, including M luxuriously lounges, stylish bars, a wide selection of dining rooms, and show lounges offering first-class entertainment, as well as leisure amenities that include pools and health and fitness facilities. MS Volendam is classified as a ‘mid-sized’ vessel, and there are plenty of quiet corners in which to curl up with a book. The ports of call that form the Alaskan itinerary will no doubt be amongst the highlights of your holiday, and whether you choose to step ashore and explore under your own steam, or join the optional shore excursions accompanied by guides who will bring to life the extraordinary places you’ll encounter, each day will bring treasured memories.

Your Stateroom Choices

The price of your holiday includes shared accommodation in a comfortable, well appointed two-berth Inside Stateroom (Category L) with a TV and shower. Alternative inside staterooms are available, or if you are looking for views of the awe-inspiring Alaska scenery, we do recommend upgrading your cruise to an outside stateroom or Vista Suite.

Dining on Board  s you might expect, dining on board a Holland America A Line ship is always a highlight of the day, with a selection of innovative menus served across a broad range of venues. ‘As You Wish Dining’ allows you to choose a set seating time, choice of dining venue and cuisine to suit your mood. From a casual bite poolside to a formal five course affair in the classic main Dining Room, and whether in the relaxed Lido Restaurant or the elegant Pinnacle Grill, meals are prepared using the freshest produce and served by an attentive crew. Meals can be accompanied by wines from an extensive list, selected to suit all palates and pockets.

Outside Stateroom

from £3,228

These staterooms, with a panoramic window, give you the chance to rest and relax and take in the view from the privacy of your own stateroom, perhaps watching the sun rise or set over majestic glaciers, or watching the approach to a new port of call. Facilities are similar to inside staterooms but with most offering a bathtub.

Vista Suites

from £4,028

For the ultimate view, take advantage of a luxurious suite, from which you can watch the day unfold from your own private balcony. These beautiful staterooms also benefit from a separate seating area, mini-bar, refrigerator and floor-toceiling French windows leading out to the verandah.

Whichever stateroom you select, your accommodation will be looked after throughout the cruise by an attentive cabin steward, who will do his or her best to ensure your holiday is as enjoyable as possible. You will find your stateroom as you’d like it each time you return to it, with towels and bedding refreshed as necessary. Each evening, while you are making the most of the ship’s facilities, your cabin steward will provide a turn-down service, with soft lighting and a chocolate on your pillow awaiting your return. MS Volendam

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

237


W 60˚

Canada’s Maple Leaf Trail 90˚W

Catch your breath on a visit to Niagara, and marvel at some of Canada’s eastern cities and surrounding countryside.

Niagara Falls

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Leisurely stays in Niagara Falls, Toronto and Montréal, staying in excellent hotels with plenty of time to explore • Gaze in awe at tumultuous Niagara Falls, one of the natural wonders of the world • Discover waterfront Toronto with its sky-piercing CN Tower • Travel the ‘Maple Leaf Trail’ through stunning scenery • Explore Victorian Ottawa, the elegant Canadian capital set beneath the Gatineau Hills • Journey into the French Canadian province of Québec • Stay in stylish, sophisticated Montréal • Charming, UNESCO-listed Québec City overlooks the mighty St Lawrence River • Eight nights’ carefully chosen room-only hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Toronto • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

O

ne of the world’s greatest natural wonders, some memorable scenic journeys and a quartet of stunning, contrasting cities guarantee the enduring appeal of this fully escorted tour. Beginning with Niagara’s tumult, you then take in warm and welcoming waterfront Toronto with its sky-piercing CN Tower, Canada’s historic walkabout capital Ottawa, glorious Montréal, French Canada’s capital of style, and finally picturesque Québec City, North America’s only walled settlement, where the New World still resembles the Old.

Day One Fly to Toronto, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel in Niagara Falls for a two-night stay. The colourful, relaxed resort offers a host of diversions, and you’ll find many restaurants, bars and shops in addition to the magnetic, mesmerising draw of one of the world’s greatest natural wonders. Formed at the point where the Niagara River, plunges over precipices in two spectacular cascades – the Horseshoe and the American - the Falls are a wonder to behold.

May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2019, May, Jun, Sep & Oct 2020 Canada

Québec City

• Gatwick • Manchester Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions

Montréal

USA

• Niagara Falls Lunch Day Two – £26 • Helicopter Flight over Niagara Falls Mexico Day Three – £85 • Toronto Guided City Tour (half day) Day Three – £28 • Montréal City Tour (half day) Day Seven – £22 • Maple Delights and Dinner in Old Montréal Day Seven – £34 • Québec City Guided Tour Day Eight – £19

Ontario Ottawa

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

DA CANA USA

VT Toronto

Lak

e On

tario

Niagara Falls

L

238

e

La w Riv ren er c

Québec

St .

Available Fly direct from

10–day escorted holiday from £1,489

E ake

rie

NY MA

Day Two Enjoy another day in Niagara Falls, perhaps embarking the Hornblower Niagara cruise for a spraysoaked passage close to the foot of the torrent or for a bird’s eye view of the magnificent Falls, join the optional buffet lunch at the Sheraton hotel. Day Three This morning join an exciting optional Helicopter Ride over Niagara Falls, before departing for the exquisite town of Niagara-on-the-Lake, one of Canada’s oldest settlements. Continue on to Toronto, on the shore of Lake Ontario, for a two-night stay.  oin the optional Guided City Tour for J an insight into one of North America’s


The USA & Canada Toronto

Niagara Falls

most cosmopolitan cities. Toronto is divided into several distinct ‘neighbourhoods’ – reflecting the city’s extraordinary mix of ethnic origins. During your tour you’ll see Chinatown, Greektown, Little India and Little Italy well as Victorian Cabbagetown and stylish Yorkville. Modern Toronto boasts stunning developments along the Waterfront area, glitzy shopping malls and of course the vertiginous CN Tower.

Montréal

Château Frontenac, Québec City

Your Hotels Sheraton on the Falls

Sheraton on the Falls, Niagara Falls

nights 1-2

Ideally located next to Niagara Falls, this resort hotel boasts spectacular views of the falls and offers a huge array of on-site amenities including two restaurants, a bar, spa and indoor and outdoor swimming pools.

 njoy a first evening in this wonderful lakefront city, with its 11 E kilometres of interconnected, climate-controlled shopping and entertainment malls.

Chelsea Hotel, Toronto

nights 3-4

Day Four Enjoy a free day’s rest and relaxation in Toronto, making the most of your time in the city. Those with a head for heights might head for the CN Tower, where the very brave can experience the stomach-churning EdgeWalk or watch others ‘enjoying’ it; stroll the waterfront promenade or laze on the city’s beaches; head for one of a host of fine museums and galleries, visit historic Fort York, one of Canada’s most important battlefield sites, take in the neoGothic wonders of the landmark Casa Noma ‘castle’, or ‘shop till you drop’ at the Eaton Centre.

Centrally located in downtown Toronto, with the Eaton Centre and many of Toronto’s entertainment venues and restaurants within walking distance, this bustling hotel offers a choice of restaurants including a popular, food court with al fresco dining. Other facilities including an indoor swimming pool with outside sundeck affording stunning city views.

Day Five This morning you’ll head along the ‘Maple Leaf Trail’, travelling first along Lake Ontario’s northern shore, past attractive Kingston, gateway to the ‘Thousand Islands’ and the St Lawrence River, to overnight in romantic Ottawa, Canada’s beautiful capital, with its Victorian houses, Grand Parliament buildings and famous Rideau Canal.

Well placed for city sightseeing with the Parliament Buildings, Byward Market and the Rideau Canal less than a ten minute walk away. Facilities include a restaurant, bar and coffee shop.

Sheraton Ottawa, Ottawa

Chelsea Hotel

Sheraton Centre, Montréal 

nights 6-8

Centrally located just a few minutes’ walk from Rue St Catherine, Montréal’s main shopping and dining street, the hotel has a restaurant and large, airy bar/café as well as an indoor pool and gym. All rooms are very well-equipped.

Day Six After a relaxed morning and the chance to explore elegant Ottawa, re-board the coach to journey on into the great FrenchCanadian province of Québec and to Montréal to enjoy a threenight stay in this undisputed centre of style and sophistication. Day Seven Get to know the city on this morning’s optional Guided Tour, which will take in the pretty Vieux Port area and the lively Plateau Mont Royal. Montréal boasts cutting edge modernity, French style and flair, and is a cosmopolitan mélange of high culture, high fashion and high tech, its waterfront rivalling Vancouver’s for glass and steel architectural marvels, contrasting with the bohemian groove of trendy Plateau Mont Royal and the cobblestones of Vieux Montréal.

night 5

Sheraton Centre

 his evening, step back in time, dining in belle époque style on our T optional Maple Delights dinner excursion. Day Eight Today brings a fitting finale to the Maple Leaf Trail, with a last included excursion, to historic Québec City, North America’s only walled settlement, forever associated with the exploits of General Woolf. On arrival enjoy an optional guided city tour, before you are free to explore the narrow, cobbled alleyways of the lower Basse Ville and its upper Haute counterpart, which together form the endlessly enthralling, UNESCO-listed Vieux-Québec, dominated by the monumental Citadelle and the Château Frontenac hotel. At the end of a wonderful day you’ll return to Montréal to enjoy your last evening in the city. Day Nine Today you’ll make the scenic journey back into Ontario, travelling round the lake to Toronto Airport for your return overnight flight to the UK. Day 10 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a truly unforgettable holiday.

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

Ottawa

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

239


Discover these extraordinary, wondrous

lands of temples, palaces, timeless rituals and welcoming people.

Kerala


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka India, China & South East Asia Map

242

India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal

244

India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla

246

India – Tigers, the Taj & Amritsar’s Golden Temple

248

A Journey Through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays

250

India’s Marigold Hotel Experience

252

Kerala & India’s Beautiful South

256

India & Nepal – Tigers, Taj & Temples

260

Darjeeling & Bhutan – The Last Himalayan Kingdom

262

Extend Your India Holiday

264

Colours of Sri Lanka

266


Discover India, China & South East Asia The wonders of the world have never been more accessible. Simply choose where you’d like to go and what you’d like to see, and turn to the holidays that feature your ‘must-see’ destinations.

1

Taj Mahal, Agra

2

Palace of the Winds, Jaipur

5

Panda Research Centre, Chengdu Page 278

6

Dambulla, Sri Lanka Page 266

Pages 244, 246, 248, 250, 260

Pages 244, 246, 248, 250, 252, 260

Amritsar Shimla Delhi

Jaipur

Jodhpur Udaipur

3

1

2

Agra

Dholpur 3

Ranthambhore National Park

Ranthambhore National Park

Nepal

Bhutan

Pokhara Kathmandu Paro Punakha Thimpu Chitwan National Park Darjeeling Ganges

Varanasi

Pages 244, 246, 248, 260

Kolkata

A r a b i a n

Mumbai

India B a y

S e a

o f

B e n g a l

Goa Bangalore Mysore

4

Kerala

Pages 252, 256, 264

Ooty Kerala

Chennai Mahabalipuram Pondicherry

Coimbatore Madurai Kochi Munnar & Periyar 5 Dambulla Colombo 4

Sri Lanka

242

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Terracotta Warriors, Xi’an

8

Pages 278, 280

8

The Great Wall of China

9

Pages 278, 280

India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

7

Shanghai

Pages 278, 280

Kanazawa Tokyo Mount Fuji Osaka

Takayama Kyoto 10

Great Wall of China

Hiroshima

Beijing

Japan

Y e l l o w S e a

China 7

10 Kyoto, Japan Page 276

Xi’an Suzhou

Ya

6

9

Shanghai

ngtze River

Chengdu Guilin

11 Hanoi

Angkor Wat, Cambodia Pages 270

Halong Bay S o u t h C h i n a S e a

Thailand Kanchanaburi Bangkok

12

Angkor Wat/ Siem Reap 11

Vietnam

Cambodia

Battambang

Phnom Penh Chau Doc Can Tho G u l f

Ho Chi Minh City

12 Floating Markets, Bangkok Page 270

o f

T h a i l a n d

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

243


India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal Explore northern India’s greatest cities in this perfect introduction to one of the world’s most fascinating and alluring destinations.

10-day escorted holiday from £1,199

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

Taj Mahal

• Discover the sights of New Delhi, including the historic Red Fort and Jama Masjid Mosque, the India Gate war memorial and the ruins of the Quwwat‑ul-Islam mosque • Enjoy a rickshaw ride through Old Delhi • A guided tour of Agra, the ‘City of Love’ • Marvel at the incomparable Taj Mahal • See Chand Baori, Abhaneri’s astonishing stepwell • Go in search of Ranthambhore’s tigers on two included safaris • Ride up to Amber Fort for exceptional views • See Jaipur’s exquisite ‘Palace of the Winds’ and enjoy dinner hosted by a local family • Stay in the beautiful resort of Vanaashrya • Enjoy an Indian cookery demonstration • Eight nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Six lunches • Return scheduled flights to Delhi • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Uncover India’s exotic wonders on a thrilling adventure.

Explore the teeming, colourful, spectacular cities of Delhi, Agra and Jaipur – the fabled, fascinating ‘Golden Triangle’ that is home to such sights as the Red Fort, the awe-inspiring Taj Mahal and the ‘Palace of the Winds’. Spend two nights ‘on safari’ in Ranthambhore Park, one-time hunting ground of Indian princes and complete the holiday with a night in a luxury jungle resort.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Delhi. Day Two Upon arrival this morning, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel where you’ll spend your first night. Later, after an included lunch and time to freshen up, join your tour manager on a guided tour to visit the ruins of the Quwwat-ul-Islam mosque and the ornate Qutb Minar tower that rises from them. Later return back to your hotel for dinner and an overnight stay. Day Three Today enjoy a guided tour, which will introduce you to the vibrant Old City. Drive by the historic Red Fort, Jama Masjid Mosque and Raj Ghat, Gandhi’s cremation site close to the Yamuna River, and enjoy a wonderful day with an exhilarating rickshaw ride through the narrow lanes of old Chandni Chowk.

Available Feb to May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 333) • Manchester* Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursion • Ranthambhore Fort (half day) Day Six – from £16

Extend your holiday See more of India from just £369. Choose from Goa, Kerala, Varanasi, Udaipur or Nepal. See page 264 for details.

244

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Rajgarh Jaipur

Delhi Agra Ranthambhore National Park

India

 ou’ll also take in the grandeur of New Delhi, Y built by the British Raj to reflect the glories of the Empire. Highlights will include the historic India Gate war memorial and the vast boulevard of the Rajpath. Later continue to Agra, the fabled ‘City of Love’ and site of the exquisite, incomparable Taj Mahal. After a visit to the royal pavilions, palaces and courtyards of majestic Agra Fort you’ll make your first visit to the ‘Taj’, a monument to undying love, seen in all its glory at sunset. Day Four Awaken early to pay a sunrise visit to view the Taj from across the Yamuna River, and after breakfast, journey on to the ancient village of Abhaneri, home to Chand Baori, an astonishing example of a stepwell – extraordinary


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka Chand Baori Stepwell

constructions unique to India and used to facilitate the drawing of water from the ground.

Your Hotels

The Suryaa, Delhi

 unch is taken in the sumptuous surroundings of the Umaid Lake L Palace, a heritage hotel and ‘organic retreat’ that grows produce for the hotel’s fine restaurant, before you journey on to beautiful Ranthambhore National Park, one of the best examples of India’s conservation programme Project Tiger, for a two-night stay.  nce the hunting ground of Indian princes, Ranthambhore is O covered with thorn trees, scrub and grasslands, and dotted with beautiful ponds, streams and lakes – a perfect habitat for the famed, endangered ‘Tigers of Ranthambhore’ and countless other species. This evening, prior to tomorrow’s adventures, enjoy a ‘tiger talk’ with a local naturalist.

Trident, Agra The Suryaa

Day Five An undoubted highlight of the holiday will be today’s two canter (open-air vehicle) safaris in the Park, taken in the company of a knowledgeable naturalist guide. With luck you may also see the tigers and other species in their natural environment. Lunch is included today. Day Six Rest and relax this morning, or join the optional excursion to the ancient Ranthambhore Fort, which sits atop the 600-metrehigh hill range, and offers stupendous views of the park below (there is a gradual, 273-step climb to the fort).

Trident Agra

Day Nine Head back towards Delhi, calling en route at the fascinating Heritage Transport Museum, with its impressive collections covering the development of India’s road, rail and air travel industries, as well as transport-related toys and memorabilia. Spend a last night close to the capital. Day 10 This morning, depart for the airport and your return flight to the UK, arriving late this afternoon, after a wonderful ‘introduction to India’. *Please note: The itinerary for Manchester departures varies. Please see page 333 for further information.

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

nights 4-5

The perfect place to enjoy the area’s wildlife to its full extent, this brand new hotel boasts extensive grounds with a large pool, steam room and spa, a fitness centre and there is a restaurant and bar. All of the spacious air-conditioned rooms have private outdoor seating and a sun deck plus tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Shahpura House, Jaipur

nights 6-7

A gem in downtown Jaipur, this heritage hotel has beautiful lawns and gardens, a restaurant and a bar, an outdoor swimming pool and a gift shop. Each room has air conditioning, a mini-bar, tea/ coffee-making facilities and a safe.

Vanaashrya, Rajgarh Shahpura House

 special dinner is taken at the Nokha House, hosted in traditional A Rajasthani style by the Rathore family. Day Eight Bid farewell to Jaipur and journey across the desert plain into the Aravali Hills to the jungle resort of Vanaashyra, calling en route at the ruins of 17th-century Bhangarh fort. This afternoon, enjoy a camel-cart ride and cookery demonstration before spending the night in an air-conditioned cottage – another unforgettable highlight of your visit to this amazing corner of the world.

night 3

Close to the Taj Mahal and laid out around its swimming pool and beautifully landscaped garden. The hotel has a bar and two restaurants, a spa and a fitness centre. Each room has air conditioning, TV, a mini-bar, and tea/coffeemaking facilities.

Sawai Vilas, Ranthambhore

 his afternoon, after lunch at the hotel, you’ll bid farewell to T Ranthambhore and will make the journey to the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur for a two-night stay. Day Seven After breakfast, visit former Rajput capital Amber and its vast 6th-century hill-top fort, climbing by jeep to visit the Royal Halls and to take in the magnificent views from the ramparts. After an included lunch, you’ll tour Jaipur, including the City Palace complex with its museums and ancient astronomical observatory, and will drive by the 18th-century ‘Palace of the Winds’, with its innumerable windows and screened balconies.

night 2

This hotel has a lovely outdoor swimming pool area, a gym, a bar, a coffee shop and two restaurants. Each guestroom has air conditioning, satellite TV and a mini-bar.

Taj Hotel City Centre, Gurugram

Vanaashrya

night 8

Set in the foothills of Aravali ranges, around a lake, the cottage accommodation provides all modern comforts including air conditioning, your own bathroom and private terrace. You’ll also find a restaurant, Cloud 9 Bar, an outdoor pool and a spa. It’s a feel of the real, rural India of the past!

night 9

This striking, new hotel offers contemporary rooms, all of which offer complimentary Wi‑Fi and tea/coffee-making facilities. The hotel also has a large swimming pool, a selection of restaurants, a bar and a spa.

Special Departures Celebrate Diwali — India’s Festival of Lights – 22 Oct 2019 & 10 Nov 2020 from £1,599

Enjoy Holi — India’s Festival of Colour & Love – 3 Mar 2020 from £1,699

 xperience one of the major festivals E of Hinduism, which always includes millions of lights shining on housetops, outside doors and windows, and around temples and other buildings.

 ssociated with Krishna, this A Hindu festival celebrates the beginning of spring as well as the triumph of good over evil. Enter the fun spirit as coloured powder is thrown!

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

245


India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla Discover the ‘Golden Triangle’ of glorious cities, Ranthambhore’s tigers and enjoy the Raj-era comforts of India’s most famous hill station.

13-day escorted holiday from £1,999

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover the sights of New Delhi, including the historic Red Fort and Jama Masjid Mosque, the India Gate war memorial and the ruins of the Quwwatul-Islam mosque • Enjoy a rickshaw ride through Old Delhi • Journey by ‘Toy Train’ to Shimla • Stay in Shimla’s famed Oberoi Cecil Hotel – an institution since the days of the Raj • See Jaipur’s ‘Palace of the Winds’ and enjoy dinner hosted by a local family • Ride up to Amber Fort for exceptional views • A guided tour of Agra, ‘City of Love’ • Marvel at the incomparable Taj Mahal • See Chand Baori, Abhaneri’s astonishing stepwell • Go in search of Ranthambhore’s tigers on two included safaris • Stay in the beautiful resort of Vanaashyra • Enjoy an Indian cookery demonstration • 11 nights’ carefully chosen lunch, dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return scheduled flights to Delhi and all internal flights in India • Travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Ranthambhore National Park

C

ombine a tour of the classic sights of India’s capital and the wonders of Rajasthan with a journey back in time to Shimla, the quintessentially colonial haven high in the Himalayan foothills. Begin in Delhi, before journeying on to Shimla, the former summer capital of the Raj. ‘Pink City’ Jaipur, with its extraordinary Fort and palaces, Agra’s majestic Fort and peerless Taj Mahal, and stays in famed Ranthambhore Park and a wonderful jungle resort complete this unforgettable journey.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Delhi. Day Two Upon arrival this morning, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel where you’ll spend your first night. After lunch, enjoy a guided tour of some of the city’s major sights, including the historic Red Fort, Jama Masjid Mosque and Raj Ghat, Gandhi’s cremation site, as well as the Raj-era grandeur of New Delhi. Complete the day with an exhilarating rickshaw ride, before dinner at the hotel. Day Three Transfer back to Delhi Airport this morning for the short flight to Chandigarh. Dependent upon your flight time (these vary seasonally), journey up to Kandaghat, to board Lord Curzon’s famous 1903 ‘toy train’, the narrow-gauge railway that winds its scenic way up to Shimla – later arrivals will make the journey back down by train on Day Five – where the magnificent Oberoi Cecil Hotel waits to welcome you for a two-night stay.

Available May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly direct from Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions • Elefantastic (half day) Day Six – £59 • Ranthambhore Fort (half day) Day 11 – from £16

Extend your holiday See more of India from just £369. Choose from Goa, Kerala, Varanasi, Udaipur or Nepal. See page 264 for details.

246

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Shimla

Chandigarh Rajgarh Jaipur

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 333)

Delhi Agra Ranthambhore National Park

India

Day Four This morning we’ll rejoin the ‘toy train’ for a short journey through the mountains to Tara Devi’s Hindu Temple. Enjoy lunch at Clark’s hotel, before this afternoon’s guided tour, which will include the Viceregal Lodge, former British summer retreat, and where the map of Indian Partition was drawn up among its teak-panelled rooms. Other highlights will include the high, open space of the Ridge, dwarfed by the Gothic spires of the very English Christ Church and offering superb views of the distant peaks, and the shops of Mall Road. Return along the Ridge, past


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka Taj Mahal

Red Fort, Agra

the colonial Gaiety Theatre, to join the throng at Scandal Point, traditional meeting place for an afternoon gossip.

Your Hotels

The Suryaa, Delhi

Day Five Bidding farewell to the former colonial haven, journey back down to Chandigarh Airport and fly to the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. Upon arrival transfer to the hotel for a three-night stay and dinner. Day Six After breakfast, visit former Rajput capital Amber and its vast fort, climbing by jeep to visit the Royal Halls and to take in the magnificent views from the ramparts. After an included lunch, the rest of the afternoon is free, perhaps to join this afternoon’s optional excursion to Elefantastic, a conservation sanctuary for some of the world’s most extraordinary animals, where you will enjoy the chance to get ‘up close and personal’ with some of the rescued creatures, whose intelligence and sensitivity never fail to amaze.

Oberoi Cecil, Shimla The Suryaa

Day Seven Enjoy a guided tour of Jaipur, including the City Palace complex with its museums and ancient astronomical observatory, and drive by the 18th-century ‘Palace of the Winds’, with its innumerable windows and screened balconies.

Day Eight After breakfast, bid farewell to Jaipur and journey to Agra, the fabled ‘City of Love’. After a visit to the royal pavilions, palaces and courtyards of majestic Agra Fort you’ll make your first visit to the incomparable Taj Mahal, a monument to undying love, seen in all its glory at sunset.

Oberoi Cecil

 nce the hunting ground of Indian princes, the park is home to the O ‘Tigers of Ranthambhore’ and other species. This evening, enjoy a ‘tiger talk’ with a local naturalist.

nights 5-7

With stunning views over Mansagar Lake and Jal Mahal. There is a nice bar and restaurant, all set with views of the pool and its terraces. Airy rooms have modern amenities including an intimate jharokha window, at the end of each room is perfect to take in the views of the gardens.

Doubletree by Hilton, Agra

night 8

Very close to the Taj Mahal, views of which can be had from the poolside, this hotel has a 24hour coffee shop and Indian restaurant and bar. Modern rooms are very well appointed.

Sawai Vilas, Ranthambhore Trident Jaipur

Day 10 An undoubted highlight of the holiday will be today’s two canter (open-air vehicle) safaris in the Park, taken in the company of a knowledgeable naturalist guide. With luck you may also see the tigers and other species in their natural environment.

Vanaashrya

nights 9-10

The perfect place to enjoy the area’s wildlife to its full extent, this brand new hotel boasts extensive grounds with a large pool, steam room and spa, a fitness centre and there is a restaurant and bar. All of the spacious air conditioned rooms have private outdoor seating and a sun deck plus tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Vanaashrya, Rajgarh

Day 11 Rest and relax this morning, or join the optional excursion to Ranthambhore Fort, with its stupendous views of the park below (there is a gradual, 273-step climb to the fort).  his afternoon, journey into the Aravali Hills and the jungle resort of T Vanaashyra, calling en route at the ruins of 17th-century Bhangarh fort. Enjoy the first of two nights in an air-conditioned cottage.

nights 3-4

An institution since the days of the Raj, majestically set in the heart of Shimla, but offering every modern convenience including a magnificent spa and a temperature controlled indoor pool, the Cecil exudes colonial charm and elegance from every pore. With wooden floors and rich upholstery in the comfortable rooms, which also offer every modern convenience, and a grand main dining room, bars and lounges, the Cecil is a perfect base for your stay.

Trident, Jaipur

Day Nine Awaken early to pay a sunrise visit to view the Taj from across the Yamuna River, and after breakfast, journey on to Abhaneri and the astonishing Chand Baori stepwell.  fter lunch at the sumptuous Umaid Lake Palace heritage hotel, A journey on to Ranthambhore National Park for a two-night stay.

night 2

This hotel has a lovely outdoor swimming pool area, a gym, a bar, a coffee shop and two restaurants. Each guestroom has air conditioning, satellite TV and a mini-bar.

This evening, enjoy a visit to one of the city’s colourful markets.

 fter another free afternoon, a special dinner is taken this evening A at the historic Nokha House, hosted in traditional Rajasthani style by the Rathore family.

‘Toy Train’ to Shimla

Viceregal Lodge, Shimla

nights 11-12

Set in the foothills of the Aravali ranges, around a lake, the cottage accommodation provides all modern comforts including air conditioning, your own bathroom and private terrace. You’ll also find a restaurant, Cloud 9 Bar, an outdoor pool and a spa. It’s a feel of the real, rural India of the past!

Day 12 Rest and relax at Vanaashyra, then this afternoon, enjoy a camel-cart ride and cookery demonstration before a farewell dinner at the resort. Day 13 Transfer early this morning (a packed breakfast will be provided) back to Delhi Airport and your return flight to the UK, arriving late this afternoon.

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

247


India – Tigers, the Taj & Amritsar’s Golden Temple Experience a journey of the senses, taking in the Golden Triangle, sacred sites and some of northern India’s most alluring countryside.

14-day escorted holiday from £1,799

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • An included guided tour of the sights of New Delhi • Enjoy a traditional rickshaw ride through Old Delhi • Climb to Amber Fort by Jeep • View Jaipur’s ‘Palace of the Winds’ • A stay in Ranthambhore National Park includes two safaris • Stay overnight in a pool villa in Dholpur • Enjoy an Indian cookery demonstration • Included guided tour of Agra, ‘City of Love’ • A visit to the immortal Taj Mahal • Explore ‘Heritage Village’ Pragpur • A drive through the foothills of the Himalayas • Visits to Amritsar’s Golden Temple by day and night • Witness the Palki ceremony at Amritsar’s Golden Temple • A visit to the Jallianwala Bagh memorial park and IndoPakistani border closing ceremony at Wagah • 12 nights’ dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation with seven included lunches, plus one night on the aircraft • Return scheduled flights to Delhi, an internal flight between Amritsar and Delhi, and 1st class rail travel between Delhi and Jalandhar • Travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Amritsar’s Golden Temple

This truly wonderful, enthralling escorted tour of northern

India combines all the highlights of our hugely popular ‘Tigers and the Taj Mahal’ holiday – detailed in full on page 244 – with a five-day journey into the prosperous province of Punjab, home to Amritsar’s sacred Golden Temple, and to beautiful Himalayan hill state Himachal-Pradesh, one of India’s most arresting and beguiling regions. Other highlights include ‘tiger-spotting’ in Ranthambhore, a colourful border ceremony, exquisite Tibetaninfluenced Dharamsala and a journey on the Shatabdi Express.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Delhi. Day Two Upon arrival this morning, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel. Later, after an included lunch join your tour manager on a guided tour to visit the ruins of the Quwwat-ul-Islam mosque and the ornate Qutb Minar tower that rises from them. Later return back to your hotel for dinner. Day Three Today’s explorations begin with a guided tour of the Old City, and an exciting rickshaw ride through the lanes of Chandni Chowk. Afterwards, you’ll explore New Delhi, with its echoes of the British Raj, and visit the impressive Agrasen ki Baoli stepwell.This afternoon, you’ll travel to the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur, where you will enjoy a two-night stay.

Available Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 333) Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursion • Ranthambhore Fort (half day) Day Five – from £16

Extend your holiday See more of India from just £529. Choose from Goa, Kerala, or Varanasi. See page 264 for details.

248

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Amritsar

Feb, May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Rajgarh Jaipur

Pragpur Delhi Agra Dholpur Ranthambhore National Park

India

Day Four Visit Amber’s extraordinary hill-top fort by Jeep, to explore the Royal Halls and enjoy the magnificent views. This afternoon, discover Jaipur’s stunning City Palace museum complex, the famous astronomical observatory and drive by the 18thcentury ‘Palace of the Winds’. Dinner tonight is taken with a local Rajasthani family in the city. Day Five Journey to beautiful Ranthambhore National Park for a two-night stay, during which you’ll hope to catch a glimpse of the legendary ‘Tigers of Ranthambhore’. Relax in the hotel or join this afternoon’s optional excursion to Ranthambhore Fort. Join this evening’s ‘tiger talk’ with a local naturalist.


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka Amber Fort

Taj Mahal

Day Six Enjoy today’s two canter (open-air vehicle) safaris in the company of a knowledgeable naturalist guide, hopefully successfully ‘tiger-spotting’. Lunch is included.

Ranthambhore Fort

Your Hotels

The Suryaa, Delhi

Day Seven Journey on to Dholpur for the night, enjoying an evening cookery demonstration before dinner. Day Eight An early morning cruise (dependent on river water levels) on the Chambal river offers the opportunity to spot crocodiles, turtles and birds diving for fish. Then, travel to ‘City of Love’ Agra, whose crowning glory is the awe-inspiring Taj Mahal. Visit majestic Agra Fort before your first sight of the ‘Taj’, a monument to undying love, seen in all its glory at sunset. Day Nine Early morning, pay a sunrise visit to view the Taj Mahal from across the Yamuna River. Bid farewell to Agra and return to Delhi, spending the night in the capital. Day 10 This morning board the air-conditioned Shatabdi Express train and journey north to Jalandhar. Travel is in first class and includes breakfast on board. After lunch, cross the Punjabi plain and continue to exquisite ‘Heritage Village’ Pragpur, for a two-night stay. Enjoy the hill station’s delightful surroundings, declared India’s first ‘Heritage Village’, with its 19th-century artificial Taal pond, the centre of village life, several colourful temples and a collection of traditional artisans’ shops. There will also be an included cookery demonstration at the hotel.

Shahpura House, Jaipur

The Suryaa

Day 14 This morning, depart for the airport and your return flight, via Delhi, to the UK, arriving late in the afternoon.

See page 333 for departure dates and prices.

nights 5-6

The perfect place to enjoy the area’s wildlife to its full extent, this brand new hotel boasts extensive grounds with a large pool, steam room and spa and there is a restaurant and bar. All of the spacious air conditioned rooms have private outdoor seating and sun deck plus tea/coffeemaking facilities.

Raj Niwas Palace, Dholpur Raj Niwas Palace

night 7

Look out for peacocks in the grounds as you explore the original red sandstone palace, now home to the coffee shop, restaurant and bedrooms. Your pool villa cottage has a TV, minibar, air conditioning and a private plunge pool.

Trident, Agra

night 8

Close to the Taj Mahal and laid out around its pool and garden, the hotel has a bar and two restaurants and a spa and fitness centre. Each room has air conditioning, TV, mini-bar, and a tea/coffee-maker. Trident

Day 13 Today brings another opportunity to visit the Golden Temple, which in the traditions of Sikhism, provides welcome and shelter for pilgrims from across the globe. The jewel-encrusted, golden-domed main temple, the vast dining hall and the Central Sikh Museum are all highlights of a fascinating day.  ou’ll also visit the poignant Jallianwala Bagh memorial park, Y which commemorates one of the bloodiest days in Indian history, and this evening, you’ll make the journey to the Indo-Pakistani border crossing at Wagah, where the gates are closed and the flags lowered at sunset in a colourful, remarkable, once-seen-never-to-beforgotten ceremony.

nights 3-4

A gem in downtown Jaipur, this heritage hotel has beautiful lawns and gardens, restaurant and bar, outdoor pool and gift shop. Each room has air conditioning, mini-bar, tea/coffee-making facilities and safe.

Sawai Vilas, Ranthambhore

Day 11 A day out in the foothills of the Himalayas. Call at former British hill station, Dharamsala and its upper town McLeod Ganj – a Tibetan refuge and home-in-exile to the Dalai Lama that draws visitors from across the globe to its glorious setting. On our return, visit Kangra Fort where a late lunch is included. Day 12 Journey north to Amritsar for a two night stay. After a chance to freshen up, join the throng for the extraordinary Palki ceremony at the breathtaking Golden Temple, stunning by night and Sikhism’s holiest shrine, towering over the narrow streets of Amritsar’s Old Town. See the copper-plated Harimandir, from which a covered causeway, lined by devotees each evening for the procession of the Granth Sahib, Sikhism’s Holy Book, leads from the temple over the waters of the sacred lake. As well as watching the unforgettable ceremony, there will be the opportunity to visit the Old Town’s bustling bazaar.

nights 2 & 9

This hotel has a lovely outdoor pool, gym, bar, coffee shop and two restaurants. Each room has air conditioning, TV and mini-bar.

The Judge’s Court, Pragpur

Holiday Inn, Amritsar

Judge’s Court

nights 10-11

A fine, relaxing country hotel, set in the hamlet of Pragpur, in the Himalayan foothills. Rooms are in various buildings and are all individual by size and décor. Enjoy the parkland or take a dip in the plunge pool.

nights 12-13

Close to all of the city’s main sights, this welcoming hotel offers two restaurants, deli and bar, gym with a sauna and outdoor pool. All rooms have tea/coffee-making facilities, fridge and TV.

Special Departures Enjoy Holi — India’s Festival of Colour & Love – 5 Mar 2020 from £2,099

Celebrate Diwali — India’s Festival of Lights – 24 Oct 2019 & 12 Nov 2020 from £2,159

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

249


Small-Group Tour

A Journey Through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays Enjoy Golden Age luxury and some unforgettable experiences as the glories of Rajasthan are discovered and explored.

Jaswant Thada memorial & Mehrangarh Fort, Jodhpur

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Take an exotic journey from Delhi and Agra, then on through the heart of glorious Rajasthan • Stay in some truly spectacular Heritage hotels, enjoying sumptuous surroundings, exceptional dining and Golden Age service • Discover the sights of Old Delhi by rickshaw and Agra’s Fort and peerless Taj Mahal • Explore Jaipur’s Amber Fort, famous Observatory and City Palace • Guided tour of exquisite Udaipur and cruise on Lake Pichola • Rural retreat Rohet Garh is gateway to ‘Blue City’ Jodhpur • See Jodhpur’s stupendous Meherengarh Fort • Experience an ‘Arabian Nights’ adventure under Bikaner’s desert sky • Alsisar is at the heart of the haweli-dotted Shekhawati region • Stay in the luxury resort of Vanaashyra • 14 nights’ dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Four lunches • Return scheduled flights to Delhi • Air-conditioned vehicle transfers and travel • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

This extraordinary Small-Group Tour includes stays in

some of Northern India’s finest Heritage hotels, and is crammed with memorable experiences, as first Delhi, then Agra, then Rajasthan’s glorious past and rich traditions, stupendous palaces, great forts and decorated hawelis, are brought thrillingly to life. With included safaris by boat and jeep, fine dining in some astonishing settings, and a host of tours and excursions, this is India at its finest.

Day One Fly overnight to Delhi. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your tour manager and transfer to Delhi’s iconic, historic Maidens Hotel, a haven of old-world elegance and modern comforts and amenities. This afternoon, join your tour manager for a guided tour introducing the Old City, before dinner at the hotel. Day Three Early this morning board the Gatimaan Express for Agra, where you’ll enjoy a guided tour of majestic Agra Fort and take in the immortal Taj Mahal.  fter an unforgettable few hours, board your private vehicle for the short A journey to Dholpur and the Ras Niwas Palace, where accommodation is in beautifully appointed rooms within the grounds. Perhaps enjoy a ‘sundowner’ overlooking the lawns, while resplendent peacocks stroll by, before dinner.

Available Feb to May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 334) Flight upgrades available on request

Alsisar Bikaner Jodhpur Udaipur

Delhi Agra Dholpur

Rajgarh Jaipur Deogarh

Extend your holiday See more of India from just £369. Choose from Goa, Kerala, Varanasi, or Nepal. See page 264 for details.

250

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

16-day escorted holiday from £2,099

India

Day Four Rest and relax this morning in the hotel, and after lunch, enjoy a cruise on the Chambal River, with its abundant birdlife, crocodiles and rare, endangered gharials. At day’s end, enjoy another splendid dinner at the hotel. Day Five Journey today to the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur, for a two-night stay in a beautiful heritage hotel, a quiet oasis of calm close to the old city. Enjoy the hotel’s facilities, which include a garden terrace, pool and spa, before dinner. Day Six Journey, by jeep, to towering Amber Fort with its Royal Halls, gardens, courtyards


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

Alsisar Mahal

Jodhpur

and stupendous views. Take in the fabled ‘Palace of the Winds’ and after lunch at the historic Samode Haveli, former home of maharajas, visit the City Palace complex, with its museum, gardens, temple and ancient astronomical observatory. This evening, enjoy dinner in the hotel. Day Seven Cross Rajasthan, the ‘land of kings’ dotted with historic palaces and havelis, and arrive this afternoon at the Deogarh Mahal heritage hotel, former home to Mewar rulers. Upon arrival, join a local guide for a jeep ‘safari’ through the surrounding countryside and walk through the local village, before dinner at the hotel. Day Eight Make the short journey this morning to sublime ‘City of Lakes’ Udaipur and a two-night stay overlooking Pichola lake. Explore the ‘Venice of the East’, with its exquisite marble palaces on famed Lake Pichola, and enjoy the hotel’s surroundings before dinner.

Your Hotels

Maidens Hotel, Delhi

Day 11 Explore the extraordinary, desert-fringed ‘Blue City’ of Jodhpur, with its monumental Meherangarh Fort, towering over the city from its sandstone butte. Discover the fort’s ornate palaces, courtyards and fascinating museum and visit the marbled Jaswant Thanda memorial, the vast Umaid Bhawan palace museum and enjoy an evening jeep safari to a Bishnoi village inhabited by perhaps the world’s first eco-warriors.

Raj Niwas Palace, Dholpur Maidens

Day 16 Make an early start – a packed breakfast will be provided – and journey to Delhi Airport for the return flight to the UK, arriving this evening after a truly wonderful Indian holiday.

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

nights 5-6

Stay in a beautiful former private haveli, close to bustle of the old city, but serving as a quiet oasis of calm. Facilities include a pool and spa.

Deogarh Mahal, Deogarh Alsisar Haveli

night 7

This sumptuous heritage hotel and former home to Mewar rulers has spacious outdoor terraces and gardens, as well as a pool.

Trident Hotel, Udaipur

nights 8-9

This stunning hotel offers a beautiful décor and has spacious outdoor lawns leading down to Lake Pichola. The hotel has an attractive outdoor swimming pool, a restaurant and a bar.

Rohet Garh, Jodhpur Deogarh Mahal

nights 10-11

This heritage hotel is surrounded by lawns and manicured gardens, which invite a multitude of birds and dancing peacocks. Relax on the veranda or terrace and enjoy the views of the pool.

Narendra Bhawan, Bikaner

night 12

A stunning property which retells the story of the last reigning Maharaja of Bikaner. Unconventionally curated, it is composed of memories from travels near and far. The eclectic rooms are colourful and elaborate. There is a pool, bar and restaurant plus plenty of galleries. Narendra Bhawan

Alsisar Mahal, Alsisar

night 13

The 17th-century battle hardened fort stands tall with its fabulous grandeur and now you’ll find grand courtyards and stunning dining rooms.

Vanaashrya, Rajgarh

Day 14 A last journey through Rajasthan’s exotic landscape returns you to the Aravali Hills, for a two-night stay in the luxury resort of Vanaashrya. Day 15 A wonderful holiday is completed by a final relaxing day in Vanaashrya, with a visit to the ruins of ‘haunted’ Bhangarh Fort and a camel cart ride to the nearby village. A last evening includes a cookery demonstration and a final dinner.

nights 3-4

Look out for peacocks in the 13 acres of grounds as you explore the original red sandstone palace. The restaurant, splendid bar and guest rooms are located in separate buildings in the grounds.

Alsisar Haveli, Jaipur

Day 12 Drive into the sands of the Great Indian Desert to remote Bikaner, with its labyrinthine old city and ornate Junagarh Fort. Tour the fort and visit the fascinating, camel-breeding farm, before enjoying an evening amongst the dunes, with dinner in a desert camp and the opportunity to take a camel cart ride under the starlit sky. Day 13 Journey along an ancient desert trading route into the Shekhawati region, where small market towns are dwarfed by richly decorated havelis, and where you’ll overnight in the sumptuous Alsisar Mahal heritage hotel, enjoying a talk from a local historian who will bring to life the grandeur of the Shekhawati havelis, over a glass of champagne.

night 2

This iconic Delhi landmark offers old-world elegance, traditional service and every modern comfort, including a famously deep pool.

Day Nine Enjoy a guided tour of Udaipur, including the majestic City Palace and beautiful ‘gardens of the Royal ladies’. After a free afternoon, complete a wonderful day with an evening lake cruise. Day 10 Head through the scenic Aravali Hills, pausing at the astonishing Jain temples at Ranakphur, before arriving by late afternoon for a two-night stay in yet another beautiful heritage hotel, the restored Rohet Garh on the outskirts of Jodhpur. Rest and relax before dinner, perhaps taken under the stars.

Taj Mahal

Alsisar Haveli

Alsisar Mahal

nights 14-15

Set in the foothills of Aravali ranges, around a lake, the cottage accommodation provides all modern comforts including air conditioning, your own bathroom and a private terrace. You’ll also find a restaurant, bar, outdoor pool and spa.

Special Departures Holi — India’s Festival of Colour & Love – 2 Mar 2020 from £2,349

Diwali — India’s Festival of Lights – 9 Nov 2020 from £2,349

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

251


Small-Group Tour

India’s Marigold Hotel Experience Step into the world’s most colourful, most exciting and most exotic culture on a tour that takes you beyond the famous sights.

16-day escorted holiday from £2,199

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy the company of like-minded travellers as you delve into the culture, cuisine, transport and lifestyle of the world’s most fascinating country • Meet local families in Jaipur and Kochi • Travel by ‘tuk-tuk’, cycle rickshaw and Jeep • Discover the sights of Old and New Delhi • Explore Jaipur’s Amber Fort and City Palace • Guided tour of exquisite Udaipur plus locations from the Best Exotic Marigold Hotel movies • Enjoy a cruise on Udaipur’s Lake Pichola • See Cochin’s famous Chinese fishing nets • Experience a Kathakali dance ritual in Fort Cochin • Enjoy dinner at the ‘Le Colonial’ in Kochi • Spend a day on a traditional kettuvallam houseboat • End your stay at a small and friendly beach resort • 14 nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Five lunches and 12 dinners • All scheduled flights as described in the itinerary • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Inspired by the movies and TV shows that have unveiled the mysteries, the bustle and cacophony and the sheer delight of life in India to the fascinated world, this very special Small-Group Tour combines some of the great sights of Delhi, Rajasthan and Kerala with opportunities to step ‘behind the curtain’, meeting local families, shopping in colourful markets and experiencing different types of Indian cuisine, while staying in some delightful ‘Heritage’ and ‘Home-Stay’ hotels.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Delhi. Day Two Upon arrival this morning, meet your tour manager and transfer to your family-run hotel in the heart of New Delhi. After the chance to freshen up, join your fellow guests for lunch and spend the afternoon and evening in rest and relaxation, in preparation for the exciting days to come. Delhi

Available

Agra

Jaipur

Feb, May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to Mar, May, Sep to Nov 2020

Udaipur

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 334)

India

Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions • Agra & the Taj Mahal with lunch & tea (full day) Day Four – £89 • Elefantastic (half day) Day Six – £59 • Ayurveda - one hour traditional body massage Day 15 – £39

Extend your holiday See more of India and extend your stay further in Kerala or visit Goa from just £369. See page 264 for details.

252

Kochi Mararikulam/Alleppey

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three The tour begins with a contrasting morning, first spent visiting the sacred Gandhi Smriti, the house in which Mahatma Gandhi spent his last days, and where he was assassinated in January 1948. The striking memorial and museum pays tribute to the ‘Father of the Nation’ and sets the scene for your stay. A visit is also made to the nearby National Railway Museum, which celebrates the history of the subcontinent’s most revered form of transport, and showcases several historic locomotives.  fter an enjoyable included lunch at the A colourful Chor Bizarre restaurant, you’ll explore the vibrant Old City. See the historic Red Fort, visit Jama Masjid Mosque and Raj Ghat, Gandhi’s cremation site close to the Yamuna River. You’ll also enjoy an exhilarating rickshaw ride through the narrow lanes of old Chandni Chowk. Later explore the grandeur of New Delhi, built by the British Raj to reflect the glories of the Empire.


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

Tuk Tuk taxi

Your Real-life Experiences

On this very special, Small-Group Tour, in addition to enjoying the astounding sights and glorious landscapes of Delhi, Rajasthan and Kerala, and the guided introductions to these wonderful places, you’ll have the chance to experience the lives of the people of the most fascinating country on earth, to meet some real Indian families and share in their daily activities and to learn about their culture and traditions.

Indian Spice – the Culinary Heritage 

Amber Fort, Jaipur

Highlights will include the historic India Gate war memorial and the vast boulevard of the Rajpath.  o complete a fascinating day, you’ll enjoy a pre-dinner walking T tour in the company of a local guide, taking in the colour and bustle of the famous bazaar and food market, and learning the secrets of Old Delhi’s famous cuisine, before you retire to the hotel. Day Four Today brings the opportunity to join an optional excursion to Agra, site of the exquisite, incomparable Taj Mahal. Journey, by this morning’s early Gaitman Express, to the fabled ‘City of Love’, to be met upon arrival by a local guide for the visit to the immortal ‘Taj’. After an included lunch visit the royal pavilions, palaces and courtyards of majestic Agra Fort, before continuing by coach or car to Jaipur, enjoying tea en-route at a local restaurant.  or those not taking the Agra optional excursion, continue to Jaipur F and upon arrival, meet the family who will be your Jaipur hosts. Later join the rest of the group for dinner and your first night in the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. Day Five This morning there’s a chance to enjoy a traditional Yoga session, organised by your hosts. After breakfast, journey throughout the day by Jeep, first to Amber and its 16th-century hill-top fort, to be amazed at the décor in the various Royal Halls, and by the stupendous views from the fort’s ramparts. After an included lunch at a typical restaurant frequented by local families, you’ll continue to tour Jaipur, including the City Palace complex with its museums and Jantar Mantar – the ancient astronomical observatory. You’ll see the 18th-century Hawa Mahal or ‘Palace of the Winds’, with its innumerable windows and screened balconies, behind which royal women might view the city and important processions while remaining hidden from the world in purdah.  n opportunity to learn about the colourful world of ‘Bollywood’ A dancing is followed by a fascinating evening, during which as well as enjoying dinner in the hotel once again, you will be introduced by your hosts to the art of Masala tea, and to the secrets of the family’s cookery book, through which recipes are handed down the generations. Day Six On a fascinating day, join members of the family at the local market, travelling by ‘tuk-tuk’ or cycle rickshaw, and getting to know more of local culture, foodstuffs and especially spices.  n afternoon optional excursion is offered to Elefantastic, a A conservation sanctuary for some of the world’s most extraordinary animals, where you will enjoy the chance to get ‘up close and personal’ with some of the rescued creatures, whose intelligence and sensitivity never fail to amaze.  he evening is spent with the family preparing a meal from the T morning’s purchases and learning about the various flavours of the famous yoghurt based lassi drink. Day Seven Rest and relax poolside at your hotel today, or perhaps explore the nearby bazaars of Old Jaipur. Later, enjoy an intimate tour of the heritage districts of the city – location for some ‘Marigold

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

Food – its selection, preparation, presentation, and above all, and most deliciously, its consumption - plays a huge part in the lives of Indian families. In every village, town and city, colourful markets are thronged with morning shoppers, choosing from a bewildering, eye-popping, mouth-watering range of foodstuffs – meat, vegetables, fruit and a myriad spices and flavourings – which are then fashioned to age-old recipes, all recorded in the family cook book, which is handed down from generation to generation. In both Jaipur and Cochin, which have very different food styles, you’ll join families as they shop at market, then later watch – and even help, if you wish – as the food is prepared before dinner is served. ✥✥Shop in colourful markets ✥✥Learn age-old recipes ✥✥Step into the family kitchen ✥✥Uncover the flavours of ‘lassi’ ✥✥Watch Kochi’s fishermen land their catch

Dance – it’s a Way of Life Wherever you travel in India, the tradition of dance, whether for ritualistic, religious or entertainment purposes, is all around you, with several classical styles rooted in the past, like the puppetry-tinged Rajasthani folk dances, the ‘story play’ of magical Kathakali, and the combination of various forms, including Kathak and Bhangra that are given a twist in the colour and pizzazz of Bollywood. Learn about the hand gestures, foot and neck movements, the costumes and accessories that characterise Bollywood dance, join your guide at a showing of a Bollywood movie and enjoy unforgettable dance displays, on Udaipur’s Lake Pichola and in Cochin. ✥✥Learn the art of Bollywood ✥✥Rajhastani folk-dancing involves magic and puppetry ✥✥See Kathakali’s breathtaking story plays

Marigold Hotels Imagined and Real The recent explosion of interest in Indian life and culture owes something to the success of the much-loved ‘Best Exotic Marigold Hotel’ movies and ‘The Real Marigold Hotel’ TV series. Explore the locations for both, and hear ‘behind the scenes’ tales from someone who was at the filming! ✥✥Tour Udaipur’s movie locations ✥✥Enjoy lunch at Ravla Khempur – the movies’ hotel setting ✥✥Dine at Le Colonial – home stay location from the TV series The Real Marigold Hotel and spend time with Mr Josemon who drove the crew in the series

Bicycles, Tuk-tuks & Rickshaws Throughout the tour, you’ll have opportunities to experience travel by the most traditional forms of Indian transport, enjoying tours by Tuk-tuk and cycle-rickshaw and even the chance, in Udaipur, to enjoy an early morning city tour by bicycle – an up close and personal view of the city as it awakens.

continues overleaf...

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

253


Udaipur

Dutch Bungalow, Kochi

Houseboat

India’s Marigold Hotel Experience

Hotel’ scenes – and take the opportunity this evening to witness a sacred Aarti ceremony at a local temple, before enjoying dinner at the hotel.

continued Caption

Day Eight Today you’ll journey across Rajasthan, former ‘Land of the Kings’ studded with exotic temples and lavishly decorated mansions – havelis – arriving this afternoon for a three-night stay in the ‘City of Lakes’, Udaipur. Here, against a background of rolling hills, the waters of Lake Pichola – provided the monsoon has brought them – are home to two exquisite marble palaces. Dinner is served in the hotel, and there is the opportunity to enjoy a tuk-tuk ride taking in the evening illuminations, followed by a ‘night at the movies’, joining your guide at a ‘Bollywood’ picture house. Day Nine Early this morning, if you wish, join the guide for a cycle ride through Udaipur, pedalling through the awakening streets to see the ‘real city’ of market traders and local craftsmen at work. Following breakfast back at the hotel, enjoy a guided tour of the main sights – the majestic, turreted City Palace and the beautiful ‘gardens of the Royal ladies’ at Saheliyon-ki-Bari. An afternoon tour, once again by tuk-tuk, takes in colourful local markets and temples, before taking an evening cruise on the lake with dinner overlooking the majestic City Palace. Day 10 Today we head out of the city to enjoy the familiar surroundings of the Ravla Khempur hotel, setting for the Best Exotic Marigold Hotel movies and actually a castle hotel and home to a famous horse breeder!  njoy lunch in the celebrated location, then join a local resident for a E walking tour of the surrounding village, where some scenes from the movie were shot, before returning to romantic Udaipur for a last night, which, after dinner (payable locally), can include an evening of traditional dance, music and puppetry in the splendid grounds of the Bagore-kiHaveli on Lake Pichola. Day 11 Bidding farewell to your Udaipur hosts, journey to the airport for the early morning flight, via Mumbai, to Kochi, the ancient trading seaport of Cochin. Upon arrival, transfer to the hotel, in the heart of the historic Fort Cochin area. This evening, enjoy dinner at the historic Le Colonial, setting for The Real Marigold Hotel TV series (smart dress required). Day 12 Today, once again travelling by tuk-tuk, you’ll enjoy an included guided tour of historic Cochin, including ‘Dutch’ Mattancherry Palace with its exquisite murals, the ancient Jewish synagogue and enchanting Fort Cochin, where the famous Chinese fishing nets are one of India’s most photographed sights. Historic St Francis Church overlooks a village green, straight from a genteel English scene. The afternoon is spent exploring Fort Cochin’s colourful fish market, joining a local family to purchase the fish and vegetables that will be prepared, cooked and served this evening.

254

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

Old Delhi

Day 13 Spend this morning getting to know the customs and culture of Keralan life, as early this morning you meet local fishermen as they land their catch, encounter coir (coconut fibre) yarn processors and mat weavers, and enjoy breakfast at a beautiful farmhouse with your local family. Enjoy this afternoon with your hotel hosts or relaxing poolside. This evening, enjoy the experience of a traditional Kathakali dance performance, a colourful spectacle combining elaborate costumes with literature, music, painting and dance. Day 14 Travel the short distance to Alleppey to visit a local temple, and to spend more time with a local family, preparing and enjoying a traditional lunch, before boarding a traditional, thatchroofed ‘Kettuvallam’ houseboat, lazily cruising the labyrinth of canals and waterways, lined with coconut groves, rice fields and dotted with temples, and where tiny islands offer a subsistence to fishermen, buffalo farmers, coconut growers and coir processors. After a wonderful cruise, disembark to make the short journey to your final relaxing base, the beach resort at Marari, where you’ll enjoy a two-night stay. Day 15 A wonderful holiday is completed by a relaxing day spent exploring the local village, or perhaps just lazing by the pool or beach, or enjoying the rejuvenating benefits of an Ayurvedic massage (please book in advance) before a farewell dinner with your new found friends and travelling companions brings the opportunity to relive the many wonderful memories and unique experiences of the holiday. Day 16 Make an early start – a packed breakfast will be provided – and journey to Cochin Airport for the return flight, via Mumbai, to the UK, arriving this evening.

Special Departures Celebrate Diwali — India’s Festival of Lights 1 Nov 2019 from £2,499 & 6 Nov 2020 from £2,549  xperience one of the major festivals of Hinduism, which always E includes millions of lights shining on housetops, outside doors and windows, and around temples and other buildings.

Enjoy Holi — India’s Festival of Colour & Love 6 Mar 2020 from £2,549  ssociated with Krishna, this Hindu festival celebrates the A beginning of spring as well as the triumph of good over evil. Enter the fun spirit as coloured powder is thrown!

Your Hotels

By their very nature, the properties we use for this programme are smaller, often family-run hotels where we aim to immerse you into the real India! In all cases we have seen the hotels and have carefully selected them for their warmth and charm. All are spotlessly clean! Most do not have a lift although most have ground floor rooms and this is detailed under the description of each hotel below. When dinner is served, this is often buffet style. All bedrooms are air-conditioned with tea/coffeemaking facilities and most will also have a safe and TV.

Colonel’s Retreat, Delhi 

nights 2-3

A Family-Run Hotel Set in a quiet street this hotel has twelve rooms. There are comfortable lounges and the restaurant is on the rooftop, serving home-made food as well as their signature banana bread! Family members are present during mealtimes and there is a lift to all floors except the rooftop (which is one additional short flight of stairs).

Suryaa Villa, Jaipur 

nights 4-7

Home Stay Just one mile from the bazaars of old Jaipur, this heritage home stay is built around a courtyard where there is a pool and a restaurant which has outdoor dining and terraces. All rooms are on the second floor. Please note: This hotel does not have a lift and there are 35 steps to reach the bedrooms.

Garden Hotel, Udaipur 

nights 8-10

Heritage Hotel This serene, bougainvillea–covered hotel has comfortable rooms and is centrally located in an area of tree-lined landscaped gardens. The hotel houses a collection of vintage cars, which all belonged to the Maharanas of Mewar. There are two restaurants and guest rooms are on the ground and first floors. There is no lift.

Dutch Bungalow, Kochi 

nights 11-13

Heritage Hotel One of Kochi’s most famous and oldest hotels, this delightful heritage hotel boasts a pretty courtyard complete with a swimming pool, and a restaurant offering al fresco dining. Rooms are rustic, yet comfortable and offer air conditioning, a television and a shower. There is no lift.

El Oceano Beach Villas, Mararikulam Boutique Resort  nights 14-15 Relax in this Keralan style boutique hotel which has a swimming pool and in-house Ayurvedic rejuvenating mind-body treatment centre which uses herbs from the hotel’s own garden. The hotel is close to the beach, which is just 15 minutes’ walk away (or use one of the hotel’s bikes!).

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

255


Kerala & India’s Beautiful South Explore an idyllic land of ancient ports, labyrinthine backwaters and forested uplands dotted with colourful temples and tea-plantations.

Pancha Pandava rathas

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Fly into modern Bangalore, India’s ‘Garden City’ • Cross the Mysore Plateau and visit ancient battle-site Srirangapatna • See Mysore’s beautifully illuminated Maharaja’s Palace • Journey through the idyllic foothills of the Western Ghats • Ride from hill-station ‘Ooty’ through stunning scenery on the ‘Toy Train’ and visit a tea plantation with lunch en route • Journey to Keralan Kochi by Express Train • See Kochi’s famous Chinese fishing nets • Idyllic Periyar boasts a famous Wildlife Sanctuary • Colourful, unforgettable temple-town Madurai • Enjoy a cycle-rickshaw ride to Madurai’s colourful markets • Discover French colonial gem Pondicherry • Rest and relax in elegant seaside resort Mahabalipuram • Enjoy a panoramic tour of Chennai, the former Madras • 14 nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast hotel accommodation, one night’s full-board accommodation on a traditional Keralan houseboat, plus two nights on the aircraft • Return scheduled flights via Mumbai • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Feb to May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 334) Flight upgrades available on request

256

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

18-day escorted holiday from £1,999

Discover the colours and scents of languid, verdant Kerala

– known affectionately as ‘God’s Own Country’ – and mesmerising temple-dotted Tamil Nadu, on this leisurely journey that also takes in the cool heights of Western Ghat hill stations and the dusty Mysore Plateau, the iconic setting for Raj-epoch novel A Passage to India. Bookended by stays in bustling Bangalore and an elegant Bay of Bengal seaside town, this is the perfect introduction to India’s truly Beautiful South.

India Chennai Mahabalipuram Pondicherry

Bangalore

Mysore Ooty

Coimbatore Periyar

Kochi

Madurai


Cycle rickshaw, Pondicherry

Day One Fly overnight to Bangalore. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your tour manager and transfer to your welcoming hotel in the thriving city of Bangalore, with its modern developments surrounding its colonial remnants and the parks and green spaces of the former ‘Garden City’. Enjoy the chance to rest and relax, and a first dinner at the hotel. Day Three After an early breakfast, enjoy a sightseeing tour of Bangalore. Highlights will include vast Vidhana Soudha state ‘capitol’ – India’s largest civic building – the 16th-century Bull Temple, with its massive, granite Nandi bull, and the Summer Palace of British military adversary Tipu Sultan. You’ll then journey across the plain to historic, charming Mysore, pausing en route to take in the island of Srirangapatna, the one-time fortified stronghold of ‘Tiger of Mysore’ Tipu Sultan, who was finally defeated by the future Duke of Wellington here, in 1799, paving the way for British rule. An important Hindu temple draws pilgrims from across the sub-continent. Enjoy a first evening in Mysore. Day Four This morning’s tour first makes the short journey to the Chamundi Hills, topped by its ornate temple, before returning to take in Mysore’s spectacular, domed, Maharaja’s Palace, with its fusion of architectural styles and striking interior, crowned by a magnificent royal wedding hall, and the Jaganmohan Palace, with its collection of Indian paintings and carvings. Visit the Railway Museum then, this afternoon, re-board the coach for the short journey to Somnathpur, where the Keshava Vishnu temple is one of the finest examples of the intricate style of the region’s 13th-century Hoysala rulers. Return to Mysore to enjoy the extraordinary sight of the illuminated Maharaja’s Palace – a tour highlight. Day Five Board the coach for the memorably scenic journey into the foothills of the Western Ghat mountains. En route, travel past the forests of the Bandipur National Park and by afternoon you will arrive in famed ‘Queen of Hill Stations’ ‘Ooty’ (a shortened version of its less pronounceable name Udhagamandalam), with its Kew-inspired Botanical Gardens, its Gothic St Stephen’s Church and crumbling colonial splendour. Enjoy the evening in these idyllic surroundings. Day Six Another memorable day awaits you, as early this morning you board the historic, narrow gauge Nilgiri Blue Mountain Railway. Journey

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

Periyar National Park

continues overleaf... Call us on: 0330 160 7800

257

India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

Tea Plantations, Kerala


Backwaters of Kerala

Kerala & India’s Beautiful South

continued

by diesel-drawn ‘Toy Train’ down through the spectacular hills, first to plantation town Coonoor, where you’ll break for lunch, tour a tea-factory, enjoy a tasting and meet with friendly locals involved with the mountain railway, before an onward, steam-hauled journey brings you to the bottom station at Mettupalayam, from where a coach will transfer you to your overnight hotel in nearby Coimbatore. Day Seven After a leisurely morning, perhaps enjoying the facilities of the hotel, transfer to Coimbatore Station to board the early afternoon Ernakulam Express, which will speed you in air-conditioned comfort into Kerala, and a two-night stay in Kochi, the ancient trading seaport of Cochin. Upon arrival, transfer to the hotel, where dinner will be served this evening. Day Eight Today, you’ll enjoy an included guided tour of historic Cochin, including ‘Dutch’ Mattancherry Palace with its exquisite murals, the ancient Jewish synagogue and enchanting Fort Cochin, where the famous Chinese fishing nets are one of India’s most photographed sights. Historic St Francis Church overlooks a village green, straight from a genteel English scene. This evening, experience a traditional Kathakali dance performance, a colourful spectacle combining elaborate costumes with literature, music, painting and dance. Day Nine Travel the short distance to Alleppey to board a traditional, thatch-roofed ‘Kettuvallam’ houseboat to lazily cruise the labyrinth of canals and waterways, lined with coconut groves, rice fields and dotted with temples, and where tiny islands offer a subsistence to fishermen, buffalo farmers, coconut growers and coir – the fibre taken from coconut husks and used in rope and matting – processors. This evening, enjoy a guided walk through a traditional Keralan village. Day 10 Bidding farewell to your temporary floating home, you’ll begin your journey up into a lush, rolling landscape dotted with tea- and spice-plantations, to Periyar and its famed Wildlife Sanctuary, for a two-night stay. After check-in at the hotel, join the guide to explore the Spice Plantation, to learn about the mystery and history of Indian tea and spices, which are grown in abundance on the slopes of the sanctuary. Enjoy dinner and a cooking demonstration at the hotel at the end of a fascinating day.

Kathakali traditional dance actor

258

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day 11 This morning, rest and relax in the hotel and its cool surroundings, or join the optional guided excursion into the Wildlife Sanctuary, home to several species of endangered mammals and to over 250 bird species. This afternoon, complete your visit to enchanting Periyar with a boat ride on serene Periyar Lake. Sightings of elephants and colourful birds are possible; glimpses of the elusive tigers and leopards the preserve of the very fortunate few. Spend the evening at leisure.


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka Kerala Houseboat

Fishing nets, Cochin

Your Hotels

Radisson Blu Atria, Bangalore

Day 12 Journey east into Tamil Nadu, heading down onto the southern plains to spend the next two nights in Madurai, one of Asia’s oldest cities, set on the banks of the River Vaigai and famed for its extraordinary temples. Soak up the atmosphere of this unforgettable metropolis, dominated by the vast, colourful Meenakshi temple. Day 13 A guided sightseeing tour introduces the Old City, where the ornately carved façade, colonnades, shrines and quartet of towering gopurams of the temple are the breathtaking highlight. Marvel at the continual ceremonies and devotions, take in the bustle of the temple markets and stroll the labyrinth of corridors and walkways. This evening, journey by cycle-rickshaw from the hotel to discover the city’s narrow, bustling streets and colourful market. Day 14 A scenic journey through a landscape of rice-paddies and irrigated fields leads to Pondicherry, a decidedly Gallic-influenced town that boasts an authentic Hôtel de Ville, where French is still widely spoken and the ‘gendarmes’ patrolling the beachfront promenade still wear kepi berets. Enjoy an overnight stay in a place that formed a backdrop to Yann Martel’s seminal novel Life of Pi.

Radisson Blu Hotel, Mysore Taj Savoy

Day 17 Bid farewell to your hosts and transfer to Chennai, where you’ll enjoy a guided tour of the former Madras, India’s fourthlargest city, where ‘Clive of India’ once worked for the East India Company as a humble clerk at historic Fort St George. Highlights include the Fort Museum, home to relics from the Raj, Marina Beach, the world’s longest urban stretch of sand, San Thome Cathedral, the famous Chepauk Cricket Stadium and St Mary’s Church - the ‘Westminster Abbey’ of Asia. After the tour, transfer to the airport for the return overnight flight.

nights 3-4

Set against the breathtaking backdrop of the Chamundi Hills, the spacious hotel in the heart of the city has a restaurant, gym and outdoor pool. The rooms are contemporary and all have TV, safe, mini-bar and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Taj Savoy, Ooty

Vivanta by Taj Surya

night 5

Built between 1824 and 1865, this hotel exudes a colonial charm that is reminiscent of the Raj in its cottage-like setting. Set around manicured lawns the perfect spot for a drink at the end of the day – the hotel has a lovely restaurant, bar and spa. Rooms are in various buildings throughout the grounds and enjoy modern facilities.

Vivanta by Taj Surya, Coimbatore night 6 A modern city hotel with a selection of restaurants and a bar. There is a large pool and a gym. Rooms are tastefully furnished, are light with big windows and have all modern amenities.

Day 15 This morning, pay a visit to the Pondicherry Museum, with its outstanding collection, and take in the Sri Aurobindo Ashram, which draws its members from across the globe. Re-boarding the coach, journey north to elegant coastal resort Mahabalipuram for a last two-night stay. Enjoy a relaxed evening in the hotel, and perhaps take a stroll on the nearby beach. Day 16 A morning sightseeing tour of this once thriving trading port and stone-carving centre includes a visit to the extraordinary, 8th-century Shore Temple, one of India’s most photographed, with its much eroded, Pallava dynasty-era towers, to the monoliths of the Pancha Pandava rathas, or sacred sculptures, and to the vast cave-cut Krishna Mandapam temple. This afternoon, rest and relax on the beach for a last few hours, before enjoying a Farewell Dinner at the hotel.

night 2

Located in the heart of the city and close to the greenery of Cubbon Park as well as a shopping mall, this hotel has a nice restaurant and coffee shop and the bar, The Tea & Wine Lounge. There is a pool and all of the comfortable rooms are well equipped with TV, tea and coffee maker and a safe.

Trident Hotel, Kochi

Trident Hotel

nights 7-8

Set around a central courtyard with spacious grounds and a pool, the hotel offers a restaurant, bar and Ayurvedic Therapy Centre. Rooms here are light and airy.

Keralan Houseboat

night 9

This traditional thatched houseboat offers an authentic way of experiencing relaxing and mesmerising Kerala. Houseboats are simple, but comfortable, and offer two or three cabins with private facilities with three crew members including a chef.

Greenwoods, Periyar Keralan Houseboat

nights 10-11

Close to the wildlife park, this hotel offers a restaurant, bar, pool and spa, as well as a treehouse coffee-shop. Well-appointed rooms are in small blocks in the grounds.

Taj Gateway Hotel Pasumalai, Madurai

nights 12-13

Set on a hilltop in large scenic gardens and built in lovely traditional style with a cosy pub style bar, restaurant, spa and a pool with stunning views from the terraces around it. Comfortable, colonial style rooms have all modern facilities.

Day 18 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of a colourful, enthralling journey.

Greenwoods

Accord, Pondicherry

Grand Bay Resort & Spa, Mahabalipuram

Taj Gateway

night 14

A relatively new hotel with a bar and a restaurant, tastefully furnished rooms, a gym and a pool. Rooms have TV, mini-bar and safe.

nights 15-16

Set right by the beach and a great place to relax on the lawn or by the pool at the end of the tour. Various treatments, at extra cost, are offered in the spa and there is a restaurant, L’attitude 49, plus the Quentina Bar. Rooms have TV, mini-bar, tea/coffee-making facilities and a safe.

Nandi statue, Mysore

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

259


India & Nepal – Tigers, Taj & Temples Discover the glorious ‘Golden Triangle’ cities, Ranthambhore’s protected tigers, and the ancient land in the shadow of the mighty Himalayas.

17-day escorted holiday from £2,449

Nepal

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover and explore Old and New Delhi • Journey to ‘City of Love’ Agra, with its fabled Taj Mahal • Search for Ranthambhore’s tigers on two included safaris • Spend two nights in ‘Pink City’ Jaipur and visit the Amber Fort • Stay in the jungle resort of Vanaashrya • Fly to Nepalese capital Kathmandu • Enjoy a dinner in climbers’ restaurant Rum Doodle • Journey to Pokhara, Himalayan idyll • See the sun rise over the Annapurna range • Spend two nights in Chitwan National Park • Enjoy a canoe trip and jeep safari • 15 nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Ten lunches • Return scheduled flights to Delhi, and between Delhi and Kathmandu • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, professional tour manager

B

egin your wonderful adventure in Delhi, India’s pulsating capital, before visits to Agra – home to the peerless Taj Mahal – to tiger refuge Ranthambhore National Park and Jaipur, with its majestic Amber Fort, are followed by a stay in a jungle resort. You’ll then fly to Nepal, the beautiful Himalayan former kingdom, where ancient, fabled Kathmandu, magical Pokhara, at the foot of the Annapurna mountain range, and UNESCOlisted Chitwan National Park are unforgettable highlights.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Delhi. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel. After lunch, enjoy a guided tour of the city’s most important sights as well as an exhilarating rickshaw ride through old Chandni Chowk. Day Three After breakfast and another short sightseeing tour, board the coach for the journey south to Agra, home to UNESCO-listed Agra Fort and the marbled wonder of the Taj Mahal, seen in its glory at sunset.

Available Mar, May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan, Mar, Apr, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 334) Flight upgrades available on request

Day Four Journey, via the ancient village of Abhaneri, with its astonishing Chand Baori stepwell and stunning Harshat Mata temple, to Umaid Lake Palace where lunch is included. Spend two nights in Ranthambhore National Park, former hunting ground of Indian Pokhara ✈ Kathmandu princes and now the protected habitat Delhi for the famed, endangered ‘Tigers of Chitwan Ranthambhore’. Agra National Park

Nepal

Rajgarh Jaipur

Ranthambhore National Park

Optional Excursion • Ranthambhore Fort (half day) Day Six – from £16

260

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

India

 n evening ‘tiger talk’ sets the scene for A tomorrow’s adventures. Day Five Enjoy two open-air ‘canter’ (open-air vehicle) safari tours of the park today. Day Six Join the optional excursion to Ranthambhore Fort, with its stupendous views of the park below. Journey north to ‘Pink City’ Jaipur, for a two-night stay in a heritage hotel.


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

Palace of the Winds

Day Seven Climb by Jeep to majestic Amber Fort, with its magnificent Royal Halls and stupendous views over the surrounding plain. This afternoon a sightseeing tour includes the City Palace, the amazing astronomical observatory, built by city founder Jai Singh and a drive by the exquisite façade of ‘Palace of the Winds’.

Your Hotels

The Suryaa, Delhi

Day Eight Bid farewell to Jaipur and journey across the desert plain, via ruined Bhangarh fort, to jungle resort Vanaashyra. Enjoy a camel-cart ride and cookery demonstration before spending the night in an air-conditioned cottage. Day Nine Head back towards Delhi, calling en route at the fascinating Heritage Transport Museum, with its impressive collections. Spend a last night close to the capital.

Trident, Agra The Suryaa

Day 14 Journey to the glorious Chitwan National Park, for two nights in the Jungle Villa resort close to the park’s headquarters. Enjoy lunch on arrival, then an afternoon ox-cart ride to a local Tharu village, to meet the tribes-people. Day 15 Enjoy an early morning’s guided canoe trip along the Rapti River, home to Gharial and ‘Marsh Mugger’ crocodiles and rare bird species, before returning for a late breakfast and a jeep Safari, as you join a naturalist guide, hoping for a sight of one-horned rhinoceros, elephants, sloth bears, wild boar and – for the very fortunate – rare Bengal tigers. This evening, end your stay with a traditional tribal dance performance.

Shahpura House, Jaipur Shahpura House

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

nights 6-7

This heritage hotel has beautiful lawns and gardens, restaurant and bar, an outdoor pool and gift shop. Air-conditioned rooms have a mini-bar, tea/coffee-making facilities and safe.

Vanaashrya, Rajgarh

night 8

Set in the foothills of Aravali ranges, around a lake, the cottage accommodation provides all modern comforts including air conditioning, a bathroom and private terrace. A restaurant, outdoor pool and spa offer the real, rural India of the past! Taj Hotel City Centre

Taj Hotel City Centre, Gurugram

night 9

This striking, new hotel offers contemporary rooms, The hotel also has a large pool, and restaurants, bar and spa.

Yak & Yeti, Kathmandu

nights 10-11 & 16

Centrally located city hotel with impressive grounds and a large pool. Indoor you’ll find the restaurant and a bar. All rooms are stylish with all modern expectations. Yak & Yeti

Temple Tree Resort, Pokhara

nights 12-13

In a beautiful setting with spectacular views of the Annapurna mountains, this rustic, yet modern resort boasts pretty landscaped gardens which lead to Fewa Lake. Facilities within the resort include a spa, restaurant, café and a bar.

Jungle Villa Resort, Chitwan

Day 16 Return through magnificent scenery to Kathmandu for a last night in the capital, with a final dinner and cultural show. Day 17 Transfer to the airport for the return flight, via Delhi, arriving back in the UK this evening.

nights 4-5

The perfect place to enjoy the area’s wildlife to its full extent, this brand new hotel boasts extensive grounds with a large pool, steam room and spa, and there is a restaurant and bar. All of the spacious air conditioned rooms have private outdoor seating and a sun deck.

Day 12 Make the scenic journey through the Himalayan foothills to Pokhara, on the shores of Lake Phewa. Spend two nights in this beautiful location, enjoying distant views of the stunning, snow-capped Annapurna range and triangular Fishtail Mountain. Day 13 Wake before dawn to drive to Sarangkot Hill and the climb to the viewing platform (approximately 45 minutes from the ‘half-way’ station and a stiff, if safe walk) from which the breathtaking panorama of the world’s highest mountain range unfolds in a glorious sunrise. Return to the hotel for breakfast, and enjoy visits to beautiful Davis Falls, the Tibetan Refugee Camp and the Gurkha Memorial Museum. A wonderful day ends with an afternoon cruise.

night 3

Close to the Taj Mahal and laid out around its pool and landscaped garden, the hotel has a bar, two restaurants, spa and fitness centre. Each room has air conditioning, TV, mini-bar, and tea/coffee-maker.

Sawai Vilas, Ranthambhore

Day 10 Early this morning, transfer to the airport for the short flight to the Nepalese capital Kathmandu, as colourful, bustling and intoxicating a city as any on earth, and set in the foothills of the Himalayas. Enjoy dinner at the famous Rum Doodle restaurant – legendary climbers’ haunt – and meet an Everest summiteer or Sherpa guide. Day 11 Enjoy a guided sightseeing tour of the Nepalese capital, highlights of which will include the UNESCO-listed Old City and Durbar Square, with its temples and pagodas. You’ll also visit sacred Boudhanath, the famous Buddhist stupa, and enjoy a walking tour of Patan City which draws pilgrims from around the world.

night 2

This hotel has a lovely outdoor pool, gym, bar, coffee shop and two restaurants. Air-conditioned rooms have TV and mini-bar.

Jungle Villa Resort

nights 14-15

This resort holds a cluster of well-furnished cottages, all overlooking the picturesque Rapti river and Chitwan National Park. It has an indoor/ outdoor restaurant and a bar.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

261


Darjeeling & Bhutan – The Last Himalayan Kingdom Raj-era contrasts of Kolkata and Darjeeling bookend an unforgettable exploration of the magic of an extraordinary Himalayan ‘Shangri-La’.

• Spend two fascinating days in Raj capital Kolkata • Kolkata sights include the glorious Victoria Memorial • Fly to Himalayan Kingdom Bhutan • Take in the view of capital Thimpu from ‘Buddha Point’ • Travel over the Dochula Pass, with its 108 Buddhist ‘chortens’ • Discover ancient Bhutan capital Punakha • Admire beautiful, riverside Paro and the cliff-side ‘Tiger’s Nest’ • Make the scenic journey to border town Phuentsholing • Travel through the foothills of the Himalayas to Darjeeling • Witness the sunrise over towering Kanchenjunga • Visit the Himalayan Mountaineering Institute • Fly from Bagdogra to Delhi and a last overnight stay • 11 nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Six lunches • Return flights from London to Kolkata, returning from Delhi, flights from Kolkata to Paro, and from Bagdogra to Delhi • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Fly from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 334) Flight upgrades available on request

Delhi

This very special Small-Group Tour journeys to a remote corner

of the world where success is measured by the philosophy of Gross National Happiness, and where the traditions of Buddhism are never overrun by the encroachment of the modern world. Enjoy a week in the truly mesmerising Himalayan Kingdom of Bhutan, explore vibrant Raj capital Kolkata and complete a fascinating holiday in the cool surroundings of famed hill station Darjeeling.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Kolkata via Bombay. Day Two Arriving by mid-afternoon, meet your tour manager and transfer to the luxurious Oberoi Grand Hotel, where you can relax before dinner. Day Three Today’s guided tour introduces the city that, as Calcutta, was the headquarters of the British Raj. See the remnants of Empire in Dalhousie Square, Howrah Bridge, St Paul’s Cathedral, the Indian Museum and the Victoria Memorial in the Maidan central park, and take in the flower market and the Mother House, home and final resting place of Saint Teresa. Punakha Paro Kanchenjunga Thimpu ✈ Darjeeling Phuentsholing Bagdogra

Mar, Sep to Nov 2019, Mar, Jun, Sep to Nov 2020

13-day escorted holiday from £2,999

Tiger’s Nest Monastery, Bhutan

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

Available

Small-Group Tour

India Kolkata

Day Four Fly to Paro, Bhutan, meet your Bhutanese tour manager and journey to capital Thimpu for two nights, soon discovering Bhutan’s unique nature, whether in the wearing of the ubiquitous national dress, the colourful prayer flags fluttering on the hillsides, the countless temples and fortified buildings – dzongs – that dot the landscape, or even the capital’s complete absence of traffic lights! Take in the surroundings, and join your guide for a sunset drive to the Kuenselphodrang park above the city, where a 51-metre-high Golden Buddha gazes down on the scene below. Day Five A fascinating day in Thimpu includes private visits to a weaving centre, a handicrafts emporium and

262

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka Himalyan Railway, Darjeeling

Victoria Memorial, Kolkata

Punakha Dzong Monastery, Bhutan

Masked dancers, Bhutan

the hilltop Zilukha Nunnery, as well as the golden-spired National Memorial Chorten – shrine – and the monumental Tashicho Dzong, the seat of government and the present king.

Your Hotels

The Oberoi Grand, Kolkata

Day Six Journey over the 10,000-ft Dochula Pass, which is dotted with 108 ceremonial Buddhist chortens, and from which the views of the Himalayan range on clear days are spectacular, and make a short hike to the Chimi Lhakhang monastery, whose colourful history includes fertility rites and tales of the ‘Divine Madman’ to whom the shrine is dedicated.  his afternoon, arrive in former capital Punakha, in a beautiful T valley dominated by the striking Punakha Dzong, at the confluence of ‘Mother’ and ‘Father’ rivers. Enjoy dinner and an overnight stay.

The Oberoi Grand

Day Nine Today is spent travelling through Bhutan’s verdant, mountainous countryside, pausing for lunch and continuing south to colourful Phuentsholing, where the magnificent carved wooden Bhutan Gate marks the border between the kingdom and India.

Hotel Olathang

night 6

Located in the hills near Punakha, this is a simple, clean and comfortable hotel with a bar and restaurant. All rooms have a TV and tea/coffeemaking facilities.

Hotel Olathang, Paro 

nights 7-8

On a hilltop and surrounded by blue pine forests, this hotel has a restaurant and bar. Rooms are cosy and nicely furnished.

Hotel Lahki, Phuentsholing 

night 9

This is a modern hotel in the centre of this border town with a bar, restaurant and a small gym.

Hotel Sinclair, Darjeeling  Hotel Lahki

nights 10-11

An exciting blend of modernity and Victorian charm close to the centre of colonial Darjeeling, this hotel has a beautiful garden, games room, restaurant, bar and café with outdoor terrace offering stunning views towards the Himalayas.

Holiday Inn Aerocity, Delhi 

Hotel Sinclair

night 12

This modern hotel is very close to a new shopping centre in the suburbs of the city, has a restaurant with an extensive buffet, a deli and a bar, gym, spa and a lovely outdoor pool. Rooms are modern and well equipped with a mini-bar and tea/ coffee‑making facilities. Please note: All accommodation in Bhutan is allocated and handled by government run bodies and changes to hotels used can happen. The quality provided will always be of the same or a better standard if a change does happen.

 ollowing breakfast, board the ‘Toy Train’ and journey to Ghoom’s F ancient monastery, before returning to Darjeeling for the afternoon. Perhaps visit the fascinating Himalayan Mountaineering Institute, the final resting place of ‘Sherpa Tenzing’, or the Tibetan Refugee SelfHelp Centre, where you might buy handicrafts from crafts-folk, or simply take tea in an elegant garden – a Darjeeling ‘must-do’. Day 12 Make the journey back to Bagdogra Airport, from where you’ll fly to Delhi and transfer to a comfortable overnight hotel close to the airport.

nights 4-5

Y T Hotel, Punakha

Day 10 Cross back into India, continuing through the Himalayan foothills to Darjeeling, where amongst the tea-plantations beneath vistas of some of the world’s highest mountains, the elegant, genteel, Victorian watering hole continues to welcome visitors from across the globe. Check into your comfortable hotel for a two-night stay. Day 11 Enjoy a memorable day in the shadow of earth’s mightiest peaks, rising early to travel the 12 kilometres to Ghoom, for the chance, weather permitting, to take in sunrise over the Himalayas – including distant Everest, Lhotse and Kanchenjunga – from ‘Tiger Hill’.

Hotel River View, Thimpu

On the east bank of the Thimpu River, all rooms in this hotel have a balcony overlooking the river valley and the town. There is a bar and a restaurant.

Day Seven Journey back through breathtaking Himalayan scenery, to spend two nights in the Paro Valley, dotted with temples, dzongs and elegant wooden houses. After lunch, enjoy guided visits to the National Museum in the ancient Ta Dzong watchtower, to the equally fascinating Rinpung Dzong and to the 7th-century Kyichu Lhakhang monastery. Day Eight One of the tour’s most indelible memories will be today’s hike to view the astonishing cliff-side Taktsang Lhakhang, the ‘Tiger’s Nest’ clinging impossibly to the sheer face some 900 metres above the forested valley, and which is Bhutan’s most iconic, sacred landmark. Climb into the pine forest to view the monastery, built where Guru Rinpoche, who introduced Buddhism to Bhutan, is said to have meditated during the 8th-century, having arrived on the back of a flying tigress. Descend to a valley farmstead to take traditional butter tea with a Bhutanese family.

nights 2-3

Dating from the 1880s, the Grand Dame of the city is set in a fantastic central location yet, within the courtyard gardens, you’ll find a palm shaded oasis of green where you can relax with a drink or enjoy the pool. There are several restaurants and bars and all of the colonial style rooms are luxuriously finished.

Holiday Inn Aerocity

Day 13 Transfer for a return day-time flight, arriving back in the UK late this evening.

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

263


See more of India... ...extend your holiday!

We offer six wonderful opportunities to make even more of your time away. On all these extensions, at the end of your tour you will be escorted to the airport for your onward flight and met on arrival and transferred to your accommodation. Our local staff will take care of you and professional guides will meet you for all sightseeing excursions. Each extension lists the holidays it is available on.

Varanasi Three-night extension from £529

Your Hotels

Taj Gateway, Varanasi

Sacred Varanasi is a 3,000 year old city on the the sacred Ganges to which Hindu pilgrims make their way to bathe in the holy waters. View the ghats from a river boat at dawn and journey to Sarnath, one of Buddhism’s holiest sights.

• Fly to Varanasi and transfer to the Taj Gateway, Varanasi for a two-night stay • One night at the Holiday Inn Aerocity, Delhi • Evening aarti ceremony at the ghats • Dawn cruise on the Ganges followed by a city tour • Visit to the museum and ruins of Sarnath • Dinner, bed and breakfast throughout • Services of our local staff at your destination

A modern hotel with nice gardens, a spa and a pool. There are two restaurants, a cosy bar and all rooms have modern amenities.

Holiday Inn Aerocity, Delhi An impressive property close to a new shopping mall, with an extensive buffet restaurant, pool and large terraces. Rooms are modern and functional. Taj Gateway Varanasi

Available on these tours: • India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal • India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla • India – Tigers, the Taj & Amritsar’s Golden Temple • A Journey through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays

Goa Three-night extension from £559

Your Hotel

The Zuri White Sands, South Goa

India’s west coast paradise, with white sand beaches backed by swaying palms, is a perfect ending to your holiday. It’s a charming blend of Portuguese and Indian cultures, laid back, green and generally untouched by mass tourism. Perhaps take a trip into colonial old Goa and enjoy local seafood after a visit to the Basilica of Bom Jesus.

• Fly to Goa and transfer to the The Zuri White Sands, South Goa – right on the beach – for a three-night stay • Dinner, bed and breakfast throughout • Services of our local staff at your destination

Marari Beach, Kerala

Right on the beach with various restaurants, bars and a casino, this hotel has a large pool area and a spa as well as luxury Goan style rooms, all with a balcony. There’s a restaurant and Ayurveda spa as well as a pool and restaurant. The Zuri White Sands

Available on these tours: • India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal • India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla • India – Tigers, the Taj & Amritsar’s Golden Temple

Three-night extension from £369

Your Hotel

Relax on palm fringed sands, explore the local countryside – the hotel has bikes – or perhaps visit the local school! The hotel has a lovely pool, giving you the opportunity to unwind under the blue Keralan skies.

El Oceano Beach Villa, Marari Beach Relax in this Keralan style boutique hotel which has a swimming pool and in-house Ayurvedic mind-body treatment centre, which uses herbs from the hotel’s own garden. There’s just a short walk from the beach.

• Fly to Kochi and transfer to El Oceano Beach Villa for a three-night stay • Dinner, bed and breakfast throughout • Services of our local staff at your destination

Available on these tours: • India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal • India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla

264

• A Journey through India – Grand Palaces & Historic Forts • India’s Marigold Hotel Experience

• A Journey through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays • India’s Marigold Hotel Experience

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

El Oceano Beach Villa


Trident Kochi Hotel, Kochi

An interesting overview of God’s Own Country! See Kochi’s famous Chinese fishing nets and enjoy a spice plantation visit as well as a houseboat cruise on the backwaters. You’ll also visit Periyar National Park for a chance to see the wildlife.

• Fly to Kochi and transfer to Trident Kochi Hotel for a two night stay • Kochi sightseeing - Dutch Palace, Jewish Synagogue & Chinese Fishing nets • Evening Kathakali dance performance • Morning wildlife cruise • One-night stay in Greenwoods Hotel, Periyar with spice garden tour on arrival • Two-night stay in Lake Canopy Resort, Alleppey • Houseboat cruise with lunch • Dinner, bed and breakfast throughout • Services of our local staff at your destination

Set around a central courtyard with spacious grounds and a pool, the hotel has a restaurant, bar and Ayurvedic Therapy Centre. Rooms here are light and airy.

Greenwoods Hotel, Periyar Close to the wildlife park, this hotel offers a restaurant, bar, pool and spa, as well as a treehouse coffee-shop. Well-appointed rooms are in small blocks in the grounds.

Lake Canopy Resort, Alleppey On the lush banks of Punnamada Lake, all rooms at this hotel are in cottages throughout the grounds. Lake Canopy Resort, Alleppey

Available on these tours: • India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal • India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla • India – Tigers, the Taj & Amritsar’s Golden Temple • A Journey through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays

Udaipur Three-night extension from £379

On the banks of Lake Pichola, this lovely hotel reflects the cultural heritage of the city – relax by the pool and enjoy the bar and restaurant.

Holiday Inn Aerocity, Delhi This impressive hotel is close to a new shopping mall and has an extensive buffet restaurant, pool and large terraces. Rooms are modern and well-equiped. Trident Hotel, Udaipur

Available on these tours: • India – Tigers & the Taj Mahal • India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla

Nepal Four-night extension from £799

Your Hotels

Mystic Mountain Resort, Nagarkot

Extend your holiday by discovering this beautiful Himalayan former kingdom, spending a night in hilltop Nagarkot, with its astonishing Himalayan vistas, and three nights in ancient, fabled capital Kathmandu. Guided sightseeing tours will bring to life the city’s colourful temples and squares.

• Fly to Kathmandu and transfer to Nagarkot on arrival for a one night stay at Mystic Mountain Resort • Guided visits to Bhaktapur, Nepal’s cultural gem, the Buddhist stupa of Boubhnath and Kathmandu’s Durbar Square • Stay three nights in Kathmandu • Dinner bed and breakfast throughout your stay • Services of local staff at your destination

Your Hotels

Trident Hotel, Udaipur

The majestic City Palace forms the heart of this beautiful city, set at the southern end of the Aravali Hills and overlooking the waters of Lake Pichola, on which you’ll enjoy a cruise as part of your visit.

• Fly to Udaipur and transfer to the Trident Hotel, Udaipur for a two-night stay • Guided city sightseeing tour, including the City Palace, followed by a cruise on Lake Pichola • One night at the Holiday Inn Aerocity, Delhi • Dinner, bed and breakfast throughout • Services of our local staff at your destination

Your Hotels

Scenery all the way! From the modern, well equipped rooms, the bar and restaurant, the mountain views are incredible. There is also an outdoor swimming pool.

Yak & Yeti, Kathmandu This centrally located city hotel has impressive grounds and a large pool. Indoors you’ll find the restaurant and a bar. All rooms are modern and stylish. Yak & Yeti, Kathmandu

Available on these tours: • India - Tigers & the Taj Mahal • India’s Golden Triangle & Shimla • A Journey through India – Grand Palace & Historic Fort Stays

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

265

India, Nepal & Sri Lanka

A Taste of Kerala Five-night extension from £699


Small-Group Tour

Colours of Sri Lanka Discover one of the world’s most enthralling island paradises on a tour combining scenic journeys, a wildlife safari and an ocean-side stay.

Traditional Fishermen

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Explore colourful Colombo, with lunch at the Cricket Club Café • See Pinnawala’s orphaned elephants • Marvel at Dambulla’s stunning Royal Rock Temple • UNESCO-listed Polonnaruwa was the 10th-century capital • Climb the ‘Lion Rock’ to the Fortress of Sigiriya • A visit to a spice garden and tea plantation • Time to enjoy lakeside Kandy and a visit to the Temple of the Tooth • Enjoy the unforgettable train ride to Nuwara Eliya – ‘Little England’ and Sri Lanka’s ‘Tea Capital’ • Relax and enjoy a safari at Yala National Park – home to elephants, buffaloes, leopards, bears, deer and crocodiles • Relax after the tour at the Indian Ocean resort town Beruwela and watch the sun set over the Indian Ocean • 10 nights’ carefully chosen dinner, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Colombo • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Mar, May, Oct, Nov 2019, Jan to Mar, May, Oct, Nov 2020

B

egin this exciting tour in colourful capital Colombo then head, via Pinnawala’s elephant orphanage and Dambulla’s Golden Temple, to ancient Polonnaruwa, then take in Sigiriya’s ‘Lion Rock’ buttress towering above the jungle. Enjoy a journey into verdant ‘Hill Country’, an unforgettable train ride to ‘tea capital’ Nuwara Eliya and a safari in Yala National Park, before a visit to colourful Galle and a stay in an Indian Ocean beach resort complete a wonderful holiday.

Day One The holiday begins with the overnight flight from the UK. Day Two Upon arrival in Colombo, meet your tour manager and transfer to the hotel for an overnight stay. Don’t miss your first stunning Sri Lankan sunset. Day Three After breakfast, journey east across the central plains. Pay a visit to the famous Pinnawala Elephant Orphanage, and enjoy a close-up encounter with the mammals at this reserve.  his afternoon you’ll arrive in the World Heritage site of Dambulla, where T the Royal Rock Temple is one of Sri Lanka’s most iconic sights. The vast complex of caves, with their carved and painted images, sits above the town, with panoramic views over the surrounding countryside. Continue on to your hotel for a two-night stay in Dambulla.

India

Fly direct from

Sri Lanka

• Heathrow

Habarana Polonnaruwa Dambulla Sigiriya

Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursion • Yala Afternoon Jeep Safari (half day) Day Eight – £75

Katunayake Colombo Beruwela Galle

266

12-day escorted holiday from £1,899

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Kandy Nuwara Ella Eliya Yala National Park

Day Four A memorable day awaits, as you head this morning to the ancient city of Polonnaruwa, to discover and explore the UNESCO-listed former Sri Lankan capital, with its Royal Palace complex, its ‘Quadrangle’ of ancient ruins and its Hindu and Buddhist shrines.  his afternoon, discover the amazing rock fortress T of Sigiriya, an ancient Royal enclave boasting beautiful moated gardens, painted frescoes and the archaeological treasures of the fabled ‘Lion Rock’, which towers some 180 metres over the jungle plains and is visible for miles around. The


India, Nepal & Sri Lanka Pinnawala Elephant Orphanage

Dambulla Cave Temple

energetic might make the climb to explore the frescoes and ‘mirror wall’, while others will be content to keep their feet ‘on the ground’ and explore the beautiful gardens and fascinating new museum. Day Five Travel south into ‘Hill Country’, enjoying visits to the Isiwara Spice Garden – where the secrets of Sri Lanka’s ubiquitous flavourings will be revealed – along with a cooking demonstration, before visiting an Ayurvedic centre, to learn about the ancient healing system using the earth’s elements. This afternoon you’ll arrive in the gorgeous city of Kandy, in its stunning setting amongst verdant hills. Upon arrival, enjoy an exhilarating ‘Tuk Tuk’ ride through the bustling streets and along the shores of Kandy Lake to the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic, said to house one of the Buddha’s incisors.

Your Hotels

The Gateway by Taj, Katunayake

Paradise Resort and Spa, Dambulla The Gateway by Taj

 his evening, enjoy a cultural show of traditional dance T and drumming. Day Six On one of the most memorable days of the holiday, transfer to the train station for the scenic journey through the Hill Country of tea plantations, tumbling streams and plunging waterfalls to the beautiful hill station of Nuwara Eliya, a former colonial retreat that still retains its English heritage, with its manicured golf course, gentlemen’s clubs and billiard tables. Day Seven Enjoy a visit to a tea plantation, learning about the growing and picking processes, and visit the idyllic hill village of Ella. This afternoon you’ll continue on to Yala National Park, home to countless bird species, crocodiles, elephants, sloth bears and – most famously – sleek leopards.

Day 12 Bid farewell to Beruwela today and transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK.

See page 334 for departure dates and prices.

night 5

This is a new hotel with a variety of restaurants, a gym and a roof-top pool. Modern rooms, with large panoramic windows, tea/coffee-making facilities, TV and safe, overlook the city. Ozo Hotel, Kandy The Grand

The Grand, Nuwara Eliya

night 6

In the scenic Blue Mountains, this colonial-style property boasts restaurants and bars, a spa and beautiful gardens. All rooms have a TV, tea/ coffee-making facilities and a mini-bar.

Mandara Rosen, Yala National Park

nights 7-8

Set in shady grounds with a pool and sun terraces, this hotel offers a bar and restaurant. All rooms offer a TV, mini-bar, safe and tea/coffeemaking facilities.

Day Nine Bid farewell to Yala National Park and journey to the gloriously colourful, exotic coastal town of Galle, a Dutch colonial gem whose ancient Fort walls protected the historic old town from the destruction suffered by much of the coast in 2004’s tragic tsunami, and which today has returned to its vibrant, bustling best. Explore the fascinating streets within the walls, or take a stroll around the battlements themselves.

Days 10 & 11 Rest and relax after the tour, making the most of the hotel, the beach and the surroundings. On Day 11 there’s also the opportunity to explore bustling Colombo, with its restored Fort area and the ancient street markets of Pettah, including lunch at the Cricket Club Café packed full with cricket memorabilia dating back to the 1940s.

nights 3-4

There’s a large, inviting pool in the lush grounds as well as an open-air bar and restaurant. There is a spa and gym. Comfortable air-conditioned rooms with a TV and tea/coffee-making facilities are in lodges throughout the grounds, and all have a balcony or terrace.

Ozo Hotel, Kandy

Day Eight Enjoy this morning’s included safari – a three-hour trip into the park’s protected scrubland and forest, and hope to see the big cats and other wildlife in their natural habitat, in the company of a driver-guide. A further optional late afternoon safari is also offered today.

 ater this afternoon, drive north along the sun-kissed shores of the L ocean to spend three nights in the beautiful beach resort of Beruwela.

night 2

In a coconut plantation bordering a lagoon, this contemporary hotel offers air-conditioned rooms with tea/coffee-making facilities and a TV, and boasts a gym, restaurant, a bar and pool.

Eden Resort and Spa, Beruwela

nights 9-11

Nestled on the coast and sandy beach at Beruwela. The hotel has a large pool with gym and spa and overlooks the Indian Ocean. There are numerous dining options and bars while rooms all have private balcony as well as mini-bar, tea/coffee-making facilities, safe and TV. Mandara Rosen

Eden Resort and Spa

Extend Your Holiday Four-night extension from £299  xtend your stay at the Eden Resort E and Spa in popular Beruwela. Relax on the sandy beach, explore the local area or simply unwind after your unforgettable tour of Sri Lanka.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

267


China, Japan & Southeast Asia Follow the Mekong – Thailand, Cambodia & Vietnam

270

Halong Bay & Five-Star Vietnam River Cruise

272

Japan – Land of the Rising Sun

276

Classic China & Yangtze River Cruise

278

China – Terracotta Warriors & the Great Wall

280

Lift the veil on some

extraordinary places, where the glorious past collides with today’s ultra-modern wonders.


Floating Markets, Bangkok


Follow the Mekong – Thailand, Cambodia & Vietnam Take a colourful ‘journey-of-a-lifetime’ through South East Asia’s verdant lands, experiencing unforgettable ‘must-see, must-do’ highlights.

15-day escorted holiday from £1,999

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A guided tour of the floating markets and Bangkok including the Grand Palace and the Golden Buddha • Make the scenic journey to the Cambodian border and French colonial Battambang • Cruise across Tonlé Sap – South East Asia’s ‘Great Lake’ • Two full days at Siem Reap include phenomenal Angkor Wat • A city tour of the Cambodian capital Phnom Penh, which exudes French colonial elegance • Journey along the Mekong River by fast passenger boat • Enjoy the floating market at Cai Rang • Visit famous ‘HCMC’ – the former Saigon • See the infamous Cu Chi tunnel complex, Viet Cong hideaway • 12 nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation, plus two nights on the aircraft • Six lunches and dinner on eight nights • Outbound flight via Singapore to Bangkok, returning from Ho Chi Minh City • Coach and air-conditioned boat travel and transfers • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

This wonderful tour begins with the excitement of the

Thai capital, a cacophonous, kaleidoscopic wonder – with the chance to visit the River Kwai – before you journey into Cambodia, visiting the Khmer citadel of Angkor Thom and the phenomenal Wat, and the capital Phnom Penh. A scenic boat journey through the Mekong Delta brings you to former South Vietnamese capital Ho Chi Minh City – still more usually called Saigon – and a fitting finale to a wonderful tour.

Day One Fly overnight via Singapore to Bangkok. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel. This afternoon, relax and unwind and enjoy the hotel’s facilities or explore pulsating Bangkok under your own steam. This evening, join the optional traditional Thai Dinner with Dance excursion. Day Three This morning enjoy a full day included sightseeing tour, first visiting the wonderful, colourful floating markets at Damnoen Saduak, and then embark on a guided introduction to the Thai capital, including Royal Island, where the Grand Palace adjoins the Wat Phra Kaew temple with its Emerald Buddha, the less formal Wat Pho temple, home to the gigantic Reclining Buddha, and the five-and-a-half-ton Golden Buddha at Chinatown’s Wat Traimit.

Available Apr to May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan, Mar to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Thailand

Fly from • Heathrow • Manchester Flight upgrades available on request

Bangkok

Optional Excursions • Thai Dinner Dance Day Two – £21 • River Kwai & Death Railway (full day) Day Four – £64

Cambodia

Battambang

Siem Reap

Angkor Thom

Phnom Penh Gulf of Thailand

Chau Doc

Ho Chi Minh City

Vietnam

Can Tho

270

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Four Today offers another opportunity to enjoy the city, although many will want to join the optional excursion through a fascinating countryside of rice fields and sugar-cane plantations, and on into the jungle to explore the part of the world forever associated with WWII – the construction of the infamous ‘Death Railway’ and the ‘Bridge over the River Kwai’. Day Five An early start sees you journey through a stunning rural landscape barely changed in centuries, crossing into Cambodia to begin the second part of your adventure


Further Afield

Floating Markets, Bangkok

with a short onward journey to Battambang, an elegant, friendly French colonial city, with hilltop Hindu temples and a picturesque riverside promenade.

Angkor Wat, Cambodia

Your Hotels

Golden Tulip Mandison Suites, Bangkok

Day Six Today you travel to the village of Ksach Poy, situated on the banks of the Sangker River, which is home to the preserved Khmer wooden homes, built on stilts. Continue to Siem Reap, gateway to the incredible complex of Angkor Thom, and home to the Angkor National Museum. This evening, enjoy a traditional Cambodian dinner-dance show. Day Seven Discover the astounding Bayon temple, with its four giant heads and countless other faces carved into the rock, and visit the breathtaking ‘lost city’ of Angkor Thom, the great Khmer citadel that ruled half of South-East Asia for nearly six centuries. Great ruins litter a vast area, the most dazzling the awe-inspiring, Angkor Wat, with its five great towers and 1,000-metre-long carved bas-relief. Day Eight This morning you’ll journey across the waters of Tonlé Sap, Cambodia’s ‘Great Lake’, passing stilt villages abuzz with daily life. An afternoon visit to the Angkor National Museum, with its priceless artefacts, completes a wonderful visit to Siem Reap.

Tara Angkor

Classy Hotel & Spa, Battambang

Tara Angkor, Siem Reap Sunway Hotel

Day 10 Spend a sobering morning at the Tuol Sleng Museum, which chronicles the ‘Pol Pot’, Khmer Rouge years, then visit the National Museum, before you board the fast boat for the thrilling journey along the Mekong River, into Vietnam.

Day 12 Enjoy another journey through the Mekong landscape of rice paddies, fruit trees, bougainvillea, farmers in conical hats, floating markets, and flat-bottomed boats. Take a fascinating boat ride to Cai Rang’s floating market, and visit delta town Vinh Long and Cai Be’s market, before arriving this evening for two-nights in Ho Chi Minh City, where bicycles outnumber cars 100 to one, and where every corner brings another sensory delight.

nights 6-8

An oasis in which to relax after a memorable day’s sightseeing, this hotel has a pretty outdoor swimming-pool area, and a choice of two restaurants. Other facilities include a bar, a spa and a fitness centre. The guest rooms are comfortable and well-equipped, and boast air conditioning, mini-bars and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Sunway Hotel, Phnom Penh Victoria Hotel, Chau Doc

night 9

Although a private and calm hideaway, this hotel is centrally located. Enjoy a dip in the pool or a snack at the poolside bar, and enjoy a meal in the hotel restaurant.

Victoria Hotel, Chau Doc

night 10

Built in colonial style, this hotel is located on the banks of the Bassac River, deep in the Mekong Delta. The restaurant has outdoor seating overlooking the river and there is a bar, outdoor pool and a spa.

Victoria Hotel, Can Tho Victoria Hotel, Can Tho

Day 13 Journey north to the Cu Chi tunnel complex, a 200km underground labyrinth used by the Viet Cong as a base, and which now serves as a memorial for those who died in the conflict. Day 14 Enjoy a guided city tour. A fascinating mix of French colonial past – the central Notre Dame cathedral is located on Paris Square – and modern Vietnamese life, highlights include the grand General Post Office, Reunification Hall, the Xa Loi Pagoda and – time-permitting – the War Remnants Museum. End your day with a celebratory farewell dinner before transferring to the airport for the return overnight flight via Singapore.

night 5

Perfectly positioned in the heart of historical Battambang, the Classy Hotel is within walking distance of many restaurants, bars and the Old French Quarter. The hotel offers a swimming pool, a restaurant and a bar.

Day Nine Journey to Cambodian capital Phnom Penh, a French colonial treasure-chest on the banks of the Mekong River, which exudes dusty, faded glory, except in its stupendous Royal Palace with its Silver Pagoda of priceless Buddhist artefacts. This evening, enjoy dinner at the famous riverside Foreign Correspondents’ Club.

Day 11 Visit holy mountain Nui Sam, with its pagodas, temples and stunning views over the Mekong Delta, where you’ll head today, to overnight in elegant university town Can Tho, with its floating markets, bustling harbour and sacred Khmer pagoda.

nights 2-4

This stylish and modern hotel is located just off Sukhumvit Road, within walking distance of restaurants and a shopping mall. Facilities include an attractive swimming pool, fitness centre and a choice of restaurants including a poolside restaurant and deli. Well appointed air-conditioned rooms offer tea/coffee-making facilities.

Renaissance Riverside Hotel, Ho Chi Minh City

Renaissance Riverside Hotel

night 11

On the banks of the Hau River, amidst exotic gardens and built in colonial style, all rooms in this hotel have a balcony. Facilities include a restaurant, bar and spa.

nights 12-13

This modern city hotel, is very centrally located close to Ben Thanh Market. The hotel has a roof-top swimming pool, a bar and a choice of restaurants including a cafe, a poolside bar and an Asian restaurant.

Day 15 Arrive back in the UK.

See page 335 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

271


Halong Bay & Five-Star Vietnam River Cruise Take an extraordinary, languid journey through one of Southeast Asia’s most evocative corners, on an exclusively chartered Pandaw river cruise.

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

Nov 2019, May & Oct 2020

Fly from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 335) Flight upgrades available on request

272

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

14-day escorted holiday from £3,299

RV Angkor Pandaw at Halong Bay

• Discover and explore colonial Hanoi, Vietnam’s compact, charming capital • Join five-star rated RV Angkor Pandaw in Halong Bay • Enjoy a unique 11-day cruise from Halong Bay, through the Red River Delta and on the Da (Black) River to historic Hoa Binh • Cruise highlights include the vast ‘Dark and Bright Cave’, the Kinh Thay River, Bat Trang village, Hanoi, the remote villages of the Lower Red River, a journey past the verdant Ba Vi National Park and UNESCO-praised Duong Lam • See the vast Hoa Binh Dam • Enjoy traditional water puppet shows and dance performances, visit ancient pagodas and meet local artisans • Visit Hoa Binh’s Muong museum • A night’s pre-cruise bed and breakfast hotel accommodation in Hanoi • 10 nights’ full-board accommodation aboard five-star-rated RV Angkor Pandaw, including main meals, locally made soft drinks, beer and spirits, jugged coffee and teas, mineral water, guide services, entrances, crew gratuities (excludes local guides and drivers) sharing a twin-bedded Main Deck cabin (upgrade cabin available for a supplement), plus two nights on the aircraft • Return scheduled flights to Hanoi via Singapore • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager (please note: the ship’s appointed guides will take care of you on board the cruise)

Available

NEW for 2019

O

n this luxurious journey of the senses, you’ll experience one of the world’s ‘must-see-now’ corners, where time – for the time being – stands still, where age-old traditions passed down through generations defy the encroaching modern world, and where the stunning scenery, through which you’ll ply your languid course, will etch itself forever upon your memory.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Hanoi via Singapore. Day Two Meet your tour manager and transfer into elegant, romantic Hanoi, for an overnight stay. Enjoy an introductory walking tour of the Vietnamese capital, with its colonial architecture, labyrinthine Old Quarter, tranquil Hoan Kiem Lake and island Ngoc Son Temple. After the opportunity to rest and relax, enjoy your first taste of Vietnamese cuisine, dining in the hotel or nearby at your leisure.

Day Three After breakfast, board the coach to journey through a landscape of timeless paddies dotted with remote villages, to stunning, UNESCO-listed Halong Bay, where the smiling crew of RV Angkor Pandaw, your luxurious, exclusively chartered floating home-from-home, wait to welcome you aboard. Settle into your teak-lined cabin and, as you enjoy an evening cruise through the bay’s astonishing limestone scenery, enjoy a welcome cocktail before your first dinner is served. Retire to your Viet Tri cabin as the ship drops anchor in a Hanoi Halong Bay sheltered bay. Duong Lam Hai Phong Day Four Awaken in dramatic Halong Bat Trang Bay, and as breakfast is served, sail Hoa Binh through the spectacular seascape, Gia Thanh where countless limestone pillars and cone-shaped islands rise out of the water. A shore call brings the opportunity, by one of the ship’s bicycles for the energetic, or by

Vietnam


Further Afield

Rice Terraces of Northern Vietnam

Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum

Traditional Lion and Unicorn Dance

motorised buggy, to discover the ancient village of Viet Hai, a jungle oasis that draws visitors from across the globe to its pristine, verdant setting. Wander the village vegetable garden and perhaps taste local produce, before returning to the ship to cruise further into beautiful Lan Ha Bay. Weather-permitting, cocktails will be taken on the beach – bring your swimwear – before dinner is served on board once again. Day Five A last morning’s cruise through beautiful Halong Bay brings the chance to visit the spectacular ‘Dark and Bright Cave’, a vast chasm boasting giant stalactites and a bat colony, reached either by kayak or on a traditional fisherman’s leg-rowed basket boat. As you head into the Red River delta to drop anchor near bustling Hai Phong, the rest of the day passes lazily by. Enjoy a fruit-carving demonstration from the chef, who will also unveil the secrets of the famous Vietnamese spring roll, before another dinner is served. Day Six Stretch out in the shade on a deck lounger, as the ship passes through the Kinh Thay river, North Vietnam’s key commercial waterway. Enjoy an entertaining on-board talk from your guide, and after lunch aboard ship, join the afternoon excursion to idyllic village Thanh Ha, where as well as meeting local inhabitants, you will be treated to a traditional Water Puppet show. Return to the ship and enjoy dinner as she continues upstream.

Your Hotel & Cruise

Hotel Pullman, Hanoi

night 2

This modern, cosmopolitan hotel is well-located and the perfect base from which to start your Vietnamese adventure. Facilities include a pool and sauna, and there is a restaurant serving local and international cuisine. All comfortable rooms are equipped with modern facilities including Wi‑Fi.

Halong Bay Red River Cruise on board RV Angkor Pandaw

HHHHH nights 3-12

Built to a classic, late 19th-century design, yet boasting modern comforts including an airconditioned dining room, exclusively chartered RV Angkor Pandaw offers 16 staterooms finished in teak and colonial-era styling and arranged on two decks, for just 32 passengers. A promenade top-deck, observation decks, an open-air lounge, bar, shop and library complete the on‑board experience.

Day Seven Another relaxing day sees you sailing towards Hanoi, pausing en route to visit Bat Trang, an ancient, pottery-making village, where you will see crafts folk at their skilful work and be treated to the colourful sight of a lion and unicorn dance, an ages-old tradition dating back to Chinese dominion over the region. Day Eight Today sees you arrive once more in teeming, fascinating Hanoi, where highlights might include visits to the Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum, the former leader’s traditional house, the Imperial Citadel and the fascinating Temple of Literature, where Confucius once sat, thinking. Take in the notorious ‘Hanoi Hilton’ prison and, less sombrely, enjoy a guided visit to a coffee shop to learn about Vietnam’s coffee industry.  he ship will moor overnight in the city, enabling you to dine aboard T or ashore at your leisure. Day Nine Cruise inland on to the Lower Red River, a bucolic landscape punctuated at times by bustling, commercialised towns. Step ashore to journey through the paddies, which are studded with startling limestone outcrops – a classic North Vietnamese scene unchanged in centuries – and visit two of Vietnam’s most important Buddhist pagodas, at Thay and Tay Phuong, both revered ceremonial sites. A memorable day is completed with a visit to a

See page 335 for departure dates and prices.

Ba Vi National Park

continues overleaf... Call us on: 0330 160 7800

273


RV Angkor Pandaw

Halong Bay & Five-Star Vietnam River Cruise

continued

traditional carpenters’ workshop, where some remarkable artefacts are exquisitely fashioned. This evening, you’ll arrive in Viet Tri, gateway to the Vietnamese Highlands. Day 10 Another morning’s cruise sees you enter the Lo River, which flows south from China through the northern ranges. You’ll head to the busy ferry station at Tien Du, for the short drive to traditional village Gia Thanh, where iconic, conical Vietnamese hats are fashioned by hand from palm leaves and bamboo, to a 3,000-year-old design.  nother drive brings you to the Hung Lo Temple at Viet Tri, where A traditional stories are passed from generation to generation through the medium of Xoan singing, and are yet another example of how life remains unchanged in rural Vietnam today. Day 11 Enjoy a relaxing morning’s cruise into the Da River, passing through the verdant, mountainous landscape of the Ba Vi National Park, with its tropical flora, before arriving this afternoon in Hoa Binh, at the southern edge of the Highlands, and the last port of call for Angkor Pandaw. Another fascinating included excursion brings you to ancient Duong Lam village, birthplace of two Vietnamese kings and where houses are fashioned from mud and clay. Back aboard ship, there’s a chance to enjoy a behind-the-scenes tour, including the galley and engine room. Day 12 A last full day brings the opportunity to explore Hoa Binh, home to the ethnic Muong people, and site of a fierce battle during the Indochina War of 1951-52. Take a morning boat ride to Southeast Asia’s largest hydroelectric dam, and this evening, complete a wonderful tour of this unspoiled corner of Vietnam with a visit to a rural village, to enjoy a traditional dance demonstration. A last dinner aboard brings opportunities to reflect on the past few days’ wonders with fellow guests. Day 13 Disembark Angkor Pandaw after breakfast, bidding farewell to the crew and guides, to board the coach for a morning visit to another local village untrammelled by the modern world. After a stop for lunch, the final highlights of the tour are visits to the 1,000-year-old Soc Son temple, beneath its hill-top pagoda and giant bronze Buddha, and to beautiful Thanh Chuong Palace, with its exquisite art collection.  final drive through the classic landscape brings you back to Hanoi A airport to check in for the return overnight flight via Singapore. Day 14 Arrive back in the UK early this morning, at the end of a wonderful Vietnamese adventure. Please note: The itinerary may change depending on water levels.

274

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Further Afield

Your Ship

RV Angkor Pandaw

 uilt in 2012 to the classic, shallow-draught design of the B ‘K’ Class ships of the famous colonial-era Irrawaddy Flotilla Company, 42-metre Angkor Pandaw offers her 32 passengers traditional comforts and the highest standards of service, as well as a level of refinement evoking an earlier age of travel. With a veranda, an outdoor lounge and library, as well as a teak-lined, air-conditioned dining room, lounge bar and onboard shop for essentials, the ship exudes an air of understated elegance, fitting into the timeless landscape as readily as the 19th-century predecessors she imitates.  lthough the accent is firmly upon tranquil enjoyment of the A passing scenery and the ports of call, a welcome cocktail party and Farewell Reception, several cultural performances, fascinating port talks, a cooking class and ship tour enliven life aboard. All excursions, which include transportation and entrances, complimentary bottled water and even a post-tour shoe-cleaning service, are included in the price of the holiday.  he Captain, officers and crew ensure your safe passage and T safety and security is to the highest international standards.

Dining on Board  lways a highlight of any river-cruise holiday, the experienced A master chef and his team produce meals that are as memorable as the settings in which Angkor Pandaw finds herself each day, whether semi-buffet breakfasts or lunch or themed dinners, which can be accompanied by wines selected from the extensive wine list. Coffee, tea, soft drinks, local beers, local spirits and juices are complimentary throughout the cruise.

Your Cabin Choices

The price of your holiday includes shared accommodation in a Main Deck Cabin – a spacious, private space, equipped with a comfortable bed, bathroom with hairdryer, complimentary kimonos and slippers and unlimited mineral water. An oasis of tranquillity away from the modern world, your stateroom does not offer TV, telephone or Wi-Fi, although there is Wi-Fi access in the ship’s public areas.

Upgrade your cabin Supplement from £599 There are a limited number of upper deck cabins available at a supplement. Cabins are airy and spacious and the Upper Deck cabins are the perfect choice if you wish to enjoy the scenery through the panoramic French window in your own cabin.

RV Angkor Pandaw

See page 335 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

275


Japan – Land of the Rising Sun Experience a mesmerising introduction to one of the world’s most enthralling countries, mixing ancient past and blistering modernity.

Mount Fuji, Hakone

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • See Tokyo’s Imperial Palace, Senso-ji temple and Meiji shrine • Learn the art of sushi-making • Cruise on Lake Ashi and take a cable car to view Mount Fuji (weather permitting) • Takayama – gateway to the Japanese Alps • See Shirakawago’s traditional houses and Kanazawa’s stunning Kenroku-en Garden • Hiroshima’s Peace Memorial Park and Miyajima’s famous ‘floating’ Torrii gate • Visit Himeji-jõ, Japan’s finest castle • Discover Imperial Kyoto, still home to geishas, and original capital Nara • Enjoy a traditional ‘tea ceremony’ • 10 nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation, plus two nights on the aircraft • Three lunches and two dinners • Outbound flight to Tokyo returning from Osaka via Dubai • Bullet train journeys from Himeji to Hiroshima and Hiroshima to Kyoto • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available

B

eginning in pulsating, cacophonous Tokyo, this very special tour then takes in Hakone National Park and hoped-for views of majestic Mount Fuji. Picture-book Takayama and Shirakawa-Go’s traditional thatched gassō-zukuri houses lead on to Kanazawa’s breathtaking gardens, then sombre Hiroshima, Miyajima’s famous Torrii gate and Himeji’s awe-inspiring castle. Ancient Kyoto, where kimono-wearing geishas still shuffle their way along ancient streets, and 6thcentury capital Nara, complete a fascinating journey.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK, via Dubai, to Tokyo. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your English-speaking tour manager and transfer into Tokyo and your hotel for a three-night stay in the extraordinary Japanese capital. Day Three Join your guide for a fascinating day of exploration, which will include Ginza–Tokyo’s ‘Fifth Avenue’, the gardens of the Imperial Palace, home to the emperor, the ancient Buddhist Senso-ji temple and the chance to learn about the traditional art of sushi-making, before enjoying an included lunch. This afternoon, discover Asakusa, one of Tokyo’s fascinating entertainment districts . Day Four A second morning’s sightseeing includes a bird’s eye view of the city from the observation floor of Shinjuku’s government buildings, and visits to the Yoyogi park and shrine – in Tokyo’s ‘forested oasis’ – and trendy Harajuku. Perhaps visit one of Omote-sando’s Parisian-style cafés and join the throng at world-famous Shibuya Crossing.

Mar, Sep to Nov 2019, Mar, May, Jun, Sep & Nov 2020

Fly from • Gatwick • Manchester

Japan

Kanazawa Takayama Tokyo Kyoto Mount Fuji Hakone Hiroshima Osaka

276

13-day escorted holiday from £3,299

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Five Travel to beautiful Hakone National Park, and hope for a view of Mount Fuji as you cruise beautiful Lake Ashi and take a cable car ride above the Owakudani Valley, before you head to the ‘Five Lakes’ region and stay close to the sacred mountain. On arrival visit stunningly beautiful, flower-decked Oishi Park, on the shore of Lake Kawaguchiko.


Further Afield Tokyo

Shinjuku District

Day Six This morning make the scenic journey into the Japanese Alps, passing Matsumoto’s ancient castle and pausing for lunch at the Daio Wasabi plantation, where you’ll learn about the world’s most expensive vegetable. Journey on, and enjoy a two-night stay in picture-postcard Takayama, at the gateway to the Alps.

Your Hotels

Grand Nikko Tokyo Daiba 

Day Seven Spend the day in Takayama, with its preserved Sanmachi area of streets lined with traditional buildings and sake breweries, one of which you’ll visit with your guide for a tasting. Take in the historic buildings of the Takayama-Jinya, and visit the fascinating folk museum, which gives a wonderful insight into Japanese rural life through the ages. Day Eight Journey through mountains to the UNESCO-listed Shirakawa village of Gokayama, and its beautifully preserved, thatched gassō-zukuri farmhouses. Visit a washi – (traditional Japanese paper) making centre, before continuing on to Kanazawa, home to the exquisite Kenroku-en Garden, one of the world’s greatest horticultural treasures, as well as the Samurai House at Nagamachi and the Higashi Chaya-Gai geisha district. Day Nine After breakfast, travel to Himeji via Tanba Sasyama, most famous for its eco-tourism and home grown products such as black beans and soya beans. Later transfer to Himeji and its castle – perhaps Japan’s finest. Entrance to the fortress and its surrounding gardens are included, before you board a famous ‘Bullet Train’ to Hiroshima, the site of the dropping of the first atomic bomb, on August 6th, 1945.

Regina Kawaguchiko Grand Nikko Tokyo

Day 12 After breakfast at the hotel, we will stop at the Fushimi Inari Shrine, one of Japan’s most visited shrines before making the short journey to Nara, Japan’s original 6th-century capital, where sights will include the Great Buddha at the Todai-ji temples, the sacred deer of Nara Koen Park and Kasuga, another of Japan’s most important Shinto shrines. Transfer this afternoon to Osaka’s Kansai International Airport, and bid ‘sayonara’ to your Japanese host and board the return overnight flight, via Dubai.

night 5

Offering a relaxing stay, and if it’s a clear day, unforgettable views of Mount Fuji, this welcoming hotel offers a complimentary shuttle bus to the train station. Facilities include a swimming pool, an authentic Japanese ‘onsen’, and a restaurant.

Associa Takayama Resort

nights 6-7

This cosy, elegant hotel is located in the heart of the Japanese Alps. There are two restaurants offering a choice of Japanese and western-style cuisine and there is a hot spring pool.

Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel, Kanazawa night 8 Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel

Well placed for exploring Kanazawa, this modern hotel is within walking distance of a choice of restaurants, as well as the Kenroku-en Garden. The hotel has two restaurants and a bar.

Grand Prince, Hiroshima

Day 10 Catch a ferry from Hatsukaichi to the tiny island of Miyajima, where one of Japan’s most famous sights, the ‘floating’ torrii gate, an important Shinto shrine, crowns the inland sea offshore. Return to the mainland to Hiroshima and visit the Peace Memorial Park, where the startling ruins of the UNESCO-listed A-Bomb Dome and the Cenotaph, under which the names of over 220,000 victims are stated, serve as a poignant reminder of the destruction of the now-rebuilt city. Later take another bullet train to Kyoto, for a final two-night stay in Japan’s former imperial capital. Day 11 A guided tour will introduce Kyoto’s treasures, including the famed Kinkaku-ji ‘Golden Pavilion’, the Zen Buddhist garden of Ryoan-ji and the colourful Nishiki market. Visit the spectacular Kiyomizu–dera temple offering breathtaking views of the whole city, and stroll lovingly restored Ninensaka and Sannensaka streets, taking part in a traditional tea ceremony – a perfect end to a memorable day. The evening is free, perhaps to explore the ancient Gion district, where you still might catch sight of geishas hurrying along.

nights 2-4

Located on the waterfront, this hotel offers a wide choice of restaurants and bars, with Japanese and Chinese cuisine available, along with the ‘Grill Restaurant’ which affords spectacular views of the Tokyo skyline. Leisure facilities include an outdoor pool, spa and fitness centre.

night 9

Set in a tranquil location, overlooking the waters of Hiroshima Bay and offering a free courtesy shuttle bus to the town centre. This elegant hotel boasts an array of restaurants.

Royal Park Hotel, Kyoto

Grand Prince

nights 10-11

Centrally located in Kyoto, within strolling distance of various restaurants and shopping, including the local market, this contemporary hotel offers two restaurants and there is a popular bakery next door.

Special Departure Japan’s Spectacular Cherry Blossom – 26 Mar 2020 from £4,399  oincide your trip to Japan to see its C pretty cherry blossom in full bloom. Witness the cherry blossom tree leaves turn into a curtain of pink and white flowers, marking the beginning of Spring.

Day 13 Arrive back in the UK, at the end of an unforgettable holiday.

See page 335 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

277


Classic China & Yangtze River Cruise Experience an unforgettable journey combining ancient and ultramodern man-made sights, and some astounding natural wonders.

Tiananmen Square

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover and explore Shanghai – old and sparkling new • Explore Shanghai’s Old City and Yuyuan Chinese Gardens • Journey to ancient Suzhou, and enjoy a canal cruise and visit to the old city and Silk Embroidery Institute • Experience Beijing – including visits to Tiananmen Square, the Forbidden City and the Summer Palace • Journey to the Great Wall and see the Three Gorges Dam • Entrance to the Giant Panda Breeding Research Centre • A guided city tour of Xi’an including the Terracotta Army • A high speed train journey from Suzhou to Beijing and from Chongqing to Chengdu • 10 nights’ carefully chosen lunch, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Dinner on eight nights including a ‘Peking Duck’ dinner • A four-night full-board five-star Yangtze cruise • Porterage included at all hotels and on the cruise • Return flights to Shanghai and all internal flights in China • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

ourney from Shanghai’s glass and steel, via classical ‘silk city’ Suzhou, to centuries-old Beijing, before cruising through a land as rich in myth and legend as in startling, spectacular scenery, as the Yangtze, arrested by the engineering marvel of the Three Gorges Dam, plies its ageless course. Laid-back Chengdu, home to Giant Pandas, and ancient Xi’an with its eye-popping Terracotta Army, provide yet more unforgettable sights, before the holiday draws to a close back in Shanghai.

Day One Fly overnight to Shanghai. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel, before enjoying a guided introduction to the city. The colonial buildings of the riverside Bund, dwarfed by modern Shanghai’s skyscrapers, hint at past glories, and surveying it all is the rocket-shaped Pearl TV Tower, a visit to which is included. Day Three Enjoy a tour of Old Shanghai, with its 16th-century Yu Yuan classical Chinese garden. After a fascinating morning, board the coach for the 90-minute journey to the ancient city of Suzhou, for an overnight stay.

Available Apr to Jun, Sep to Nov 2019, Apr to Jun, Sep & Nov 2020

China

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 335)

Beijing

Fly direct from

Xi’an

Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions • Peking Opera Day Six – £15 • Shanghai Nightscape Cruise Day 15 – £19

16-day escorted holiday from £2,749

Chengdu

Yichang Chongqing

✈ Suzhou Shanghai

Day Four With its tree-lined waterways, UNESCO-listed classical gardens and its silk trade associations, Suzhou, on the engineering wonder of the Grand Canal, is a breathtaking treasure chest. Discover the charm of the old city, visit the beautiful Lingering Garden and the Silk Embroidery Institute, and enjoy a canal cruise as this fascinating place is brought to life. Late this afternoon, board a high-speed train for the journey north to Beijing for three nights. Day Five Enjoy a guided tour of the Chinese capital, including Tiananmen Square, Chairman Mao’s tomb, the

278

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Further Afield Yangtze River

Shanghai

Great Hall of the People, the museums of Chinese History and the Revolution, and the Forbidden City, home to 24 Chinese emperors, who lived in unimaginable splendour behind the imposing walls. End your day with a traditional ‘Peking Duck’ dinner, in the heart of ‘Old Peking’. Day Six Travel out to Badaling, where amongst forested hills, part of the Great Wall has been lovingly restored. Your day will also include the opportunity to see for yourself the exterior of the amazing ‘Bird’s Nest’ stadium from the 2008 Olympic Games, and this evening, an optional excursion is offered to the world-famous Peking Opera. Day Seven Visit the tranquil Summer Palace at Yiheyuan, and step back in time on a walking tour of the ancient hutongs, ‘Old Peking’s’ fast-disappearing labyrinth of narrow alleyways, before bidding farewell to Beijing, transferring to the airport to fly to Yichang, to meet a five-star ship for your Yangtze cruise. Days 8-10 Beginning with a visit to the extraordinary Three Gorges Dam, the world’s largest hydroelectricity project, you’ll spend the next three days cruising through the Xiling, Wuxia and Qutang gorges, through one of China’s most dramatic and spectacular regions. Rest and relax on board, join early morning Tai-Chi sessions, learn about the legends of the Three Kingdoms, take in the ever-changing vistas, and enjoy a journey along the beautiful Shennong Stream. On the last evening, join the Captain for a Farewell Dinner and crew show.

Your Hotels & Cruise

Shanghai Jiulong Hotel, Shanghai

Hotel Soul, Suzhou Shanghai Jiulong Hotel

nights 4-6

Close to many restaurants and opposite the Temple of Sun Park, this modern hotel has two restaurants plus a sauna and spa. Rooms are large and comfortable with a TV, mini-bar and tea/ coffee-making facilities. Ritan Hotel

Yangtze River Cruise Ship

Yangtze River Cruise Ship

nights 7-10

Specially designed to navigate the Yangtze River, the ships we use are officially rated five stars - the highest rating awarded by the China National Tourism Administration. Enjoy all the comfort and elegance of river cruising, including attentive and professional staff, entertainment, delicious meals and spectacular scenery from every stateroom and public area. Shore excursions are bookable during the cruise.

Yinhe Dynasty, Chengdu

nights 11-12

Centrally located with a restaurant and bar, the hotel has a pool and gym and all air-conditioned rooms feature a TV, mini-bar and tea/coffeemaking facilities.

Grand Dynasty Culture Hotel, Xi’an nights 13-14

Day 13 Fly to China’s ancient capital, Xi’an, for a two-night stay. Upon arrival, visit the ancient city walls, the Great Mosque in the Muslim Quarter and view some Tang dynasty monuments. This evening, enjoy a traditional Dumpling Dinner. Day 14 An unforgettable day sees you visit the legendary Terracotta Army of first Chinese emperor Qin Shi Huang, an estimated 8,000 lifelike foot soldiers, horsemen and charioteers that were discovered in 1974. Close by, the yet-to-be-excavated tomb of the emperor is said to contain a vast underground city. The tour of Xi’an’s treasures is completed with a visit to the Small Goose Pagoda.

night 3

This centrally located, modern hotel close to old Guan Qian Street has a charming Suzhou-style rooftop garden, two restaurants and a gym. Rooms are spacious and very well equipped.

Ritan Hotel, Beijing

Day 11 Disembark in Chongqing, and enjoy a guided introduction to one of modern China’s fastest-growing cities. Visit the contrasting 100-year-old streets of Ciqi Kou and beautiful Goose Neck Park, before boarding a fast train into Sichuan province and relaxed, modern Chengdu, for two nights. Day 12 Enjoy the atmosphere of Eastern Sichuan’s capital, where modern developments contrast with traditional tea-houses and colourful shops of old Jinli Lu street. A tour highlight will be the visit to the Giant Panda Breeding Research Centre, where you’ll learn about these wonderful creatures. Dinner this evening will give you an opportunity to sample traditional Sichuan cuisine.

nights 2 & 15

Within walking distance of the riverfront Bund and downtown shopping, this modern hotel has several restaurants and a bar. All rooms have great views over the city and offer a TV, mini-bar and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Located in the heart of the city, just a few minutes walk to Ancient City Wall. Facilities within this traditional hotel include an indoor swimming pool, fitness centre and a café. Yinhe Dynasty

Day 15 Fly back to Shanghai, perhaps to explore the preserved streets of the former French Concession, with its chic boutiques, or to complete your tour with an optional City Nightscape Cruise. Day 16 Transfer to the airport early this morning, for the daytime flight back to the UK, at the end of a truly wonderful holiday.

See page 335 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

279


China – Terracotta Warriors & the Great Wall Lift the veil on a fascinating, mysterious, vast, sweeping country that is rapidly emerging into the 21st-century.

Great Wall

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • A guided tour of Shanghai – old and sparkling new – and a visit to the iconic Pearl Tower • A visit to Shanghai’s Old City and Yuyuan Chinese Gardens • Visits to Tiananmen Square, the Forbidden City and the Summer Palace in Beijing • An excursion to the fabled Great Wall • A visit to Beijing’s stunning Temple of Heaven • A city tour of ancient Xi’an with a visit to see the extraordinary Terracotta Army • Journey along the languid Li River – home to traditional cormorant fishermen – to Yangshuo • Nine nights’ carefully chosen lunch, bed and breakfast accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Six evening meals plus a traditional ‘Peking Duck’ dinner • Return flights to Shanghai and all internal flights in China • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

J

ourney from the fabled Great Wall to the extraordinary Terracotta Warriors, and enjoy tours in Shanghai, Beijing and Xi’an and a cruise on the fabled Li River in the Guangxi province. Experience what is less of a holiday and more of a journey of discovery allowing you to experience the best of this great country. With excellent standards of comfortable accommodation and the guidance of a friendly, professional tour manager, this is a perfect introduction to China.

Day One Fly overnight to Shanghai to begin your wonderful holiday. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your tour manager and transfer to your overnight hotel, before enjoying a guided introduction to the city. The colonial buildings of the riverside Bund, dwarfed by modern Shanghai’s skyscrapers, hint at past glories, and surveying it all is the rocket-shaped Pearl TV Tower, a visit to which is included, as is another to the Shanghai City History Museum.

Available Mar to Jun, Sep to Nov 2019, Mar to Jun, Sep to Nov 2020

Beijing

Fly direct from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 335) Xi’an

Shanghai

• Peking Opera Day Five – £15 • Yangshuo Light Show Day Nine – £33 • Shanghai Evening River Cruise Day 10 – £19

✈ Guilin

280

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Great Wall

China

Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions

11-day escorted holiday from £2,099

Yangshuo

Day Three This morning you’ll tour the bustling bazaars of Shanghai’s historic Old City, at the heart of which is the 16th-century, classical Chinese Yuyuan Garden, with its pools, walkways and bridges. After a fascinating morning, you’ll take the high speed train to Beijing for a three-night stay. Day Four Enjoy a fascinating tour of China’s astonishing capital. Begin in vast Tiananmen Square, site of Chairman Mao’s Mausoleum and the Great Hall of the People, and which faces the bestknown image of Imperial China, the huge complex of imperial palaces known as the Forbidden City. Inside this immense palace you’ll see the ceremonial spaces, working areas and private quarters once used by its privileged occupants.


Further Afield

The Forbidden City, Beijing

Shanghai

 ater, visit the beautiful Temple of Heaven in Tiantan Park, the L great Ming Dynasty shrine that was the heart of ceremonial life for five centuries. Celebrate your visit to China with a traditional ‘Peking Duck’ dinner – the perfect end to your first day in Beijing.

Your Hotels Ritan Hotel

nights 2 & 10

Ritan Hotel, Beijing

Grand Dynasty

nights 3-5

Close to many restaurants and opposite the Temple of Sun Park, this modern hotel has two restaurants plus a sauna and spa. Rooms are large and comfortable with a TV, mini-bar and tea and coffee makers.

Grand Dynasty Culture Hotel, Xi’an

Day Six Take a trip back in time on a tour of the ancient hutongs, the labyrinth of narrow alleyways and courtyard houses that epitomises ‘Old Peking’, before heading outside the city-centre to discover the tranquil  lakeside pavilions of the Summer Palace.

nights 6-7

A well-located hotel with a restaurant and bar, the hotel has an indoor pool and gym and all airconditioned rooms feature a TV, mini-bar and tea/ coffee-making facilities.

In the afternoon, transfer by high-speed train to Xi’an. Day Seven Today you’ll visit the now legendary Terracotta Army of the first Chinese Emperor, Qin Shi Huang. An estimated 8,000 lifelike foot-soldiers, horsemen and charioteers were discovered in their vaults in 1974, and now are one of the world’s greatest tourist attractions. Later, spend some time on the fortified city walls of old Xi’an.

Universal Hotel, Guilin

night 8

On the banks of the River Li in the town centre, this pleasant hotel has a restaurant and bar. Rooms here all have a TV, mini-bar and fridge.

Days Frontier Hotel, Yangshuo

Day Eight This morning, explore the ancient city, centred on its enormous bell-tower, visiting the Muslim Quarter with its Great Mosque, and marvelling at the Tang dynasty monuments.  his afternoon, fly south to Guangxi province and the historic T city of Guilin, picturesquely set on the Li River. Take a guided tour of this medieval city, and see the ancient South Gate, the Farmers’ Market and the peak of Fubo Shan, with its caves and carved grottoes, and enjoy the evening in the lively city.

Shanghai Jiulong Hotel, Shanghai

Close to the Bund and the downtown shopping area, this modern hotel offers restaurants and a bar, and all rooms feature a TV, mini-bar and tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Day Five Travel out of the city to see for yourself part of what is famously (though not entirely accurately) known as the only man‑made structure visible from space, the unimaginably monumental Great Wall. Journeying to Badaling, set amid steep, forested hills, part of the wall has been lovingly restored, and it’s easy to appreciate the immensity of this marvellous feat of engineering.  our day will also include time to view the famous Olympic Y stadium and, later, an optional excursion is offered to the world-famous Peking Opera.

Yuyuan Chinese Gardens, Shanghai

Terracotta Warriors

night 9

Close to busy West Street’s many restaurants, bars and shops leading down to the River Li, this simply furnished hotel boasts a restaurant and bar and rooms with tea-making facilities and a mini-bar. Universal Hotel

Day Nine Board a river cruiser for the unforgettable journey through the stunning scenery of peaks, paddy fields and green-tinged waters of the Li. You’ll stay overnight in Yangshuo, a thriving resort set amid some spectacular scenery. This evening, there’s a stunning, optional Light Show to experience. Day 10 After breakfast, you’ll transfer to the airport and fly back to Shanghai for the last night of your tour. Once back in the city you’ll have the chance to enjoy an optional night-time cruise on the Huangpu River a fitting finale to the tour. Day 11 Transfer back to the airport early this morning for your return flight to the UK, at the end of a truly marvellous holiday.

River Li

See page 335 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

281


Amazing Africa Africa Map

284

Classic South Africa

286

Cape Town, the Garden Route & ‘Big Five Safaris’

290

Under African Skies – Victoria Falls to Cape Town

292

Kenya Grand Safari – Stay at Treetops

296

The Serengeti & Tanzania’s National Parks

298

Riads of Marrakesh & the Colours of Morocco

300

Cairo, Luxor & Nile Cruise

302

Awaken your senses, as you

experience the world’s most striking landscapes and encounter its most extraordinary creatures.


Discover the wonders of Africa From eye-popping antiquities to vast savannah grasslands and the world’s greatest wildlife experiences, to startling natural wonders and one of its most attractive cities – this is Africa!

9

Morocco

1

Cairo, Egypt

2

Victoria Falls, Zambia

3

Port Elizabeth, South Africa

11

Ngorongoro’s Crater, Tanzania Page 298

4

Stellenbosch, South Africa

5

Luxor, Egypt

284

Page 302

Page 292

Page 286

Pages 286, 290, 292

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Marrakesh

Page 302


Lake Nakuru National Park, Kenya Page 296

7

Maasai Mara National Reserve, Kenya Page 296

8

Kruger National Park, South Africa Page 286

9

Marrakesh, Morocco

Further Afield

6

Alexandria 1 Cairo Ni le

Egypt

5

Luxor Aswan R e d S e a

Kenya Samburu National Reserve Lake Nakuru National Park 6 Maasai Mara National Reserve 7 Serengeti National Park Ngorongoro 11

Aberdare National Park Nairobi Arusha

Tanzania

Zanzibar

Page 300

Zambia Livingstone Chobe National Park

2

Victoria Falls

Botswana

10 Cape Town, South Africa 8

Kruger National Park

Page 286, 290, 292

Johannesburg Hazyview

South Africa eZulwini Swaziland Newcastle

Paulpietersburg

Stellenbosch Oudtshoorn 3 Port Elizabeth Cape 10 4 Town Mossel Bay Hermanus Garden Route Game Lodge Call us on: 0330 160 7800

285


Classic South Africa “Uncover the whole world in one country” – stunning sights, ‘Big Five’ game, the Garden Route, the Winelands and beautiful Cape Town.

17-day escorted holiday from £2,859

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

E

xperience the wonders of extraordinary, surprising, incredibly varied and totally absorbing South Africa. Encounter the traditions and cultures of an ancient people before discovering some truly awe-inspiring scenery en route to the famous Kruger National Park to search for ‘Big Five’ game. Visit tiny Swaziland and the Zulu War battlegrounds, fly to friendly Port Elizabeth and head along the exquisite ‘Garden Route’, before the verdant Winelands and glorious Cape Town complete an unforgettable holiday.

Botswana Namibia

Kruger National Park Blyde River Canyon

Johannesburg Newcastle

Hazyview

Swaziland Paulpietersburg

• Experience the colourful traditions of the Lesedi Cultural Village • Visit the Apartheid Museum • Enjoy a sunset drive and full day’s Game Drive in the Kruger National Park • Discover stunning scenery on the panoramic route including famous God’s Window • Visit tiny Swaziland • Learn about the battles of Isandlwana and Rorke’s Drift • Fly from Johannesburg to ‘Friendly City’ Port Elizabeth • Journey on the beautiful Garden Route to Knysna • See the extraordinary Cango Caves and visit an Ostrich Farm • Stay in the heart of the scenic Winelands • Enjoy a wine-tasting tour • Journey through the Cape to enjoy three days in Cape Town • 14 nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation, plus two nights on the aircraft • Three lunches and dinner on three nights • Outbound flight to Johannesburg, an internal flight between Johannesburg and Port Elizabeth, and returning from Cape Town via Johannesburg • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to Mar, May, Jun, Sep to Nov 2020

South Africa

Lesotho

Fly from • Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 336) Flight upgrades available on request

286

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

WINELANDS

Oudtshoorn Stellenbosch KNYSNA Cape Town Port Elizabeth Mossel Bay Hermanus


Further Afield

Cape Town

Lion at Kruger National Park

Day One Fly overnight to Johannesburg. Day Two Upon arrival meet your tour manager and transfer to the Lesedi Cultural Village for a two night stay in traditional surroundings – with rooms with modern conveniences – in the heart of the World Heritage Site of the Cradle of Humankind. Enjoy your first meal under the African sky.

Lesedi Cultural Village

Day Three Today you’ll pay fascinating visits to historic Liliesleaf and Johannesburg’s Apartheid Museum. The 28-acre farmstead served as the underground headquarters of the African National Congress and Umkhonto we Sizwe (the ‘Spear of the Nation’, or ‘MK’) from its purchase in 1961 until a security police raid in 1963, which led to the infamous ‘Rivonia Trial’ and subsequent imprisonment of the organisations’ leaders, including Nelson Mandela and Walter Sisulu. The award-winning site and Johannesburg’s moving Apartheid Museum provide the historical background to today’s democratic South Africa.  his evening, enjoy the hospitality of your Lesedi hosts, Zulu, Xhosa, Pedi, T Basotho and Ndebele tribes-people who will introduce their cultures, show you their homes and demonstrate traditional music and dancing. Day Four Following an early breakfast, bid farewell to Lesedi and travel from Gauteng province into Mpumalanga, the awe-inspiring ‘Land of the Rising Sun’ bordered by the vast Kruger National Park. Our journey to Mpumalanga takes us via the Panorama Route, one of Africa’s most scenic drives, and the mountain passes overlooking Blyde River Canyon – the world’s third largest. Gaze in wonder at the view from ‘God’s Window (weather permitting) and take in the strange rock formations of the Three Rondavels and the colourful sandstone outcrops of Bourke’s Luck Potholes. Later arrive at your hotel, located just 15 minutes away from Kruger National Park for your overnight stay. Day Five Today you’ll head into the famous Kruger National Park, Africa’s oldest wildlife conservation area and home to the world’s greatest concentration of wildlife species in their natural habitat. Enjoy a full game drive experience from your open-topped vehicle, dependent upon your route – and with luck – you might encounter impala, wildebeest, giraffe and zebra, and the ‘Big Five’ of lion, rhino, elephant, leopard and buffalo. Whichever species crosses your path, the memories will linger

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

continues overleaf... Call us on: 0330 160 7800

287


Cape Winelands

Classic South Africa

continued Lesedi Cultural Village

on. Following your game drive, you’ll exit the Park and drive to your accommodation close to the south entrance of the Park. Day Six Begin another unforgettable day with a guided bush walk and bush breakfast. This afternoon relax and enjoy the lodges’ facilities, before embarking on a final sunset game drive in Kruger National Park. Return to the lodge for a ‘Boma’ dinner (weather permitting). Day Seven Today you’ll cross the border into the tiny Kingdom of Swaziland, a British Protectorate until 1968, and still boasting a colonial feel with traditional heritage, and the friendly, warm Swazi welcome to visitors. En-route, you’ll stop at curio shops and cultural centres, before continuing back into South Africa to Kwazulu-Natal for an overnight stay. Day Eight A fascinating day sees you join a specialist battlefields guide who will introduce you to the tumultuous history of the Zulu Wars, and to the battlefields of Isandlwana and, most famously, Rorke’s Drift, the latter immortalised, not necessarily wholly accurately, in the 1964 movie Zulu. A fascinating day includes lunch, before you continue to your hotel in Newcastle in time for dinner. Day Nine An early start this morning sees you return to Johannesburg airport and a flight south to the bustling, ‘Friendly City’ of Port Elizabeth. Upon arrival, transfer to your overnight hotel. Day 10 This morning you’ll begin your journey along the famously scenic Garden Route to Knysna. Set on the bank of a beautiful lagoon, against a backdrop of wooded hills, Knynsa, with its Victorian and Georgian houses, brims with character and style. An included tour features a ferry to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, across the lagoon, and home to some 200 fish species and a rare seahorse. Enjoy a nature drive to Western Head for spectacular views, and lunch in the shade of milkwood trees. Check into your hotel for a two-night stay, and spend the rest of the day at leisure. Day 11 Today sees you visit sun-blessed Oudtshoorn, the ‘Ostrich Capital of the World’, in the heart of the ‘Little Karoo’ plain. The world’s strangest, largest and often most valuable bird has been farmed here for 130 years, first for its plumage – Edwardian farmers built handsome ‘Feather Palaces’ with the proceeds – and more recently for its high-protein, lowcholesterol meat, samples of which will be offered at lunchtime. Enjoy another relaxing evening in beautiful Knysna. Day 12 Today’s drive, albeit a long one, is hugely rewarding as we head along the Garden Route to historic, sleepy harbour town Mossel Bay, then on to the Atlantic coast town of Hermanus, a famed whale-watching centre from July to November. See the mighty mammals from the shoreline – a breathtaking sight – before turning inland and heading into

288

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Oudtshoorn Ostrich Farm

the beautiful, verdant Cape Winelands region, for an over-night stay in your hotel overlooking the Stellenbosch Mountains. Day 13 Enjoy today’s tour of the Winelands, with their rolling vineyard-covered hills and valleys dotted with villages built in ‘Cape Dutch’, Edwardian and Art-Deco styles. After exploring Stellenbosch, you’ll call at Franschhoek, first settled in 1688, and now regarded as the culinary capital of the Western Cape and scenic Paarl, at the foot of a vast granite outcrop.  uring the day, there will be wine tasting, a cellar tour, and the D opportunity to purchase some excellent wines. Continue to Cape Town, for a last three-night stay in one of the world’s most beautifully located cities. Day 14 On a last touring day, you’ll travel along the Atlantic coast and, weather permitting, take the Chapman’s Peak Drive, one of the world’s most thrilling coastal roads, into the Cape Point Peninsula. See treacherous Cape Point, in the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve and Boulders Beach, with its colony of Jackass penguins, with a lunch stop in Simon’s Town, overlooking False Bay. Later, you’ll visit the magnificent Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden, nestled at the eastern foot of Table Mountain.

Your Hotels

Lesedi Cultural Village, near Johannesburg

Casa do Sol, Hazyview Lesedi Cultural Village

 his evening, enjoy the delights of the Victoria & Alfred T Waterfront, the city’s most popular attraction, with its complex of shops, theatres, bars and restaurants. Day 15 Today is free to rest and relax and enjoy the city, perhaps enjoying a walking tour through the historic Bo-Kaap district of Dutch colonial houses, strolling through the horticultural paradise of The Company’s Gardens, catching a boat to infamous Robben Island, former ‘home’ to Nelson Mandela (early pre-booking is recommended!), or making an unforgettable ascent of Table Mountain, taking in the 360° panorama from a rotating cable car as it climbs to the 1,000-metre high summit, with its stupendous views of the city and beyond.

night 4

This gem of a property is located just 15 minutes west of Kruger National Park. With a Spanish influence, the property offers a swimming pool, lush, tropical gardens and a popular restaurant.

Kwa Madwala Private Game Reserve, Kruger National Park nights 5-6 Boasting a beautiful setting surrounded by endless hills and bush and just a short drive south of Kruger National Park, this wilderness lodge has a swimming pool and restaurant. Casa do Sol

Goodersons Natal Spa, Paulpietersburg in KwaZulu Natal night 7 Located in a large area of bushland, this hotel offers beautiful views of the Bivane River and is surrounded by a wide variety of bird life. The hotel offers a choice of two restaurants and several bars and a swimming pool.

Day 16 Make the most of your last morning in Cape Town, before transferring this afternoon to the airport for the return overnight flight via Johannesburg.

Grey Goose Game Lodge, Newcastle

Day 17 Arrival back in the UK, at the end of a truly wonderful South African experience. Please note: The order of the itinerary may sometimes vary but the overall content and tour duration in South Africa will always be maintained.

nights 2-3

In the heart of the African bushveld, you’ll be immersed into the traditions of the local Africans whose homes are open to visit. There is a restaurant and bar and the rooms are all in separate buildings, decorated beautifully.

Kelway Hotel Graywood Hotel

night 8

A family owned lodge, nearby to the city of Newcastle. The lodge boasts beautiful gardens where if you are lucky enough you could spot zebra and horses. Facilities within the lodge include a swimming pool, a bar and a restaurant.

Kelway Hotel, Port Elizabeth

night 9

Just a short walk to the beach, this hotel has a restaurant, rail-themed bar and an outdoor pool.

Graywood Hotel, Knysna

nights 10-11

A wooden lodge in the town centre, close to shops and restaurants. The hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as a pool. Please note: On selected departures you will stay at the Premier Resort, The Moorings on nights 10-11.

Kleine Zalze, Stellenbosch

night 12

The Dutch vernacular style lodge is surrounded by greenery and vineyards and is opposite the golf course. There is a pool and restaurant – both with stunning views.

Commodore Hotel, Cape Townnights 13-15

Commodore Hotel

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

Located within easy walking distance of the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront, this traditional property has a pool, gym and a restaurant, spacious lounge and outdoor courtyard.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

289

Further Afield

Cape Point


Cape Town, the Garden Route & ‘Big Five Safaris’ Experience one of the world’s most beautiful cities, some startling scenery, and the giants of the animal kingdom.

Elephants outside the Garden Route Game Lodge

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Experience Table Mountain’s rotating cable car • Tour the beautiful Cape Peninsula • Discover the magic of South Africa’s Cape Winelands and beautiful Western Cape • Wine-tasting lunch and tour on a Stellenbosch wine estate • Visit foodie capital Paarl and elegant Franschhoek • See the extraordinary Cango Caves and visit an ostrich farm • Journey to Knysna, on the beautiful Garden Route • Cruise on the Knysna Lagoon • Visit Tsitsikamma National Park and its towering ‘Big Tree’ • Spend two nights in the privately owned Garden Route Game Lodge • Visit famed whale-watching town Hermanus • September to November departures include a spectacular whale-watching cruise • Nine nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast hotel accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Four lunches and four dinners • Return scheduled flights to Cape Town via Amsterdam • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

E

njoy a perfect introduction to South Africa, one of the world’s most beautiful countries, on an extraordinary value tour crammed with unforgettable highlights throughout. Discover and explore spectacular Cape Town in its glorious setting beneath Table Mountain, see rugged Indian Oceanwashed shores, cross the arid plain of the ‘Little Karoo’, enjoy the sight of ‘Big Five’ game in a private reserve, and take in the sun-kissed landscape of some of the world’s finest vineyards.

Day One Fly from the UK, via Amsterdam, to Cape Town. Meet your tour manager and transfer to your hotel for a three-night stay. Day Two Get to know one of the world’s most stunningly located cities, set on the side of the Atlantic Ocean and backed by breathtaking mountain scenery beneath invariably ‘big’ skies. Enjoy this morning’s walk through the leafy Company’s Garden in the heart of the city, before an orientation tour that will include stylish Camp’s Bay and its white sand beach. This afternoon, ascend Table Mountain in a rotating cable car, which offers a 360° panorama as it climbs to the 1,000-metre high summit. This evening, perhaps spend time at the redeveloped Victoria & Alfred Waterfront. Day Three Enjoy a fascinating full-day tour of the Cape Peninsula, including treacherous Cape Point, where the Atlantic meets the Indian Ocean, the beach resort of Boulders (with its colony of penguins), Kirstenbosch, famous for its Botanical Gardens, Hout Bay, and – weather-permitting – the breathtakingly scenic Chapman’s Peak Drive, one of the world’s most thrilling coastal roads.

Available Mar, May, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly from

South Africa

• Glasgow • Heathrow • Manchester Flight upgrades available on request

WINELANDS Cape Town Stellenbosch Hermanus

290

11-day escorted holiday from £1,999

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Albertinia

Knysna

Day Four Head west today into the verdant Cape Winelands region, for an overnight stay in Stellenbosch, in the heart of the famous vineyards and overlooked by the mountains. Enjoy an included lunch and tasting at a wine estate followed by a walking tour of the delightful town, ending with a glass of bubbly and the chance to sample some local treats. Check into your overnight hotel and enjoy dinner at leisure. With its oaks, its European-style,


Further Afield Cape Town

‘Cape Dutch’ houses, and historic Dorp Street with its wine-tasting centres, Stellenbosch is every inch the welcoming tourist town.

Your Hotels

Day Five Today’s highlights will include visits to the beautiful Winelands towns Paarl, and Franschhoek, where designer elegance mixes with Victorian grandeur in a place first settled in 1688. Enjoy a guided introduction to both places, before continuing on to Oudtshoorn, the ‘Ostrich Capital of the World’, in the heart of the ‘Little Karoo’ plain. The world’s strangest, largest and often most valuable bird has been farmed here for 130 years, first for its plumage – and more recently for its high-protein, low-cholesterol meat. Enjoy a taste at your barbecue lunch, before visiting the world-renowned Cango Caves, with their caverns of stalactites and stalagmites, formed over millions of years. Later you’ll head to the coastal ‘Garden Route’ resort of Knysna for a two-night stay.

Inn on the Square, Cape Town

Please note: On selected departures you will stay at the Protea Hotel, Sea Point on nights 1-3.

The Stellenbosch Hotel, Stellenbosch Inn on the Square

Day Six Enjoy an informative early morning cruise on the beautiful Knysna Lagoon, which fringes the Featherbed eco-Nature Reserve, before continuing east, past the beautiful horseshoe of Plettenberg Bay and on into the Tsitsikamma National Park, where luxuriant undergrowth stretches right to the ocean’s edge, providing habitats for bird-life, monkeys and small antelopes. Towering overhead is the famous ‘Big Tree’, an 800-year-old Yellowwood – a giant amongst giants. Day Seven Journey along the famously scenic Garden Route, via the historic, sleepy harbour town of Mossel Bay, to spend the next two days in the surroundings of the Garden Route Game Lodge, a privately operated reserve. During your stay, in the shadow of the Langeberg mountains, you’ll enjoy all the wonders of safari game drives to see the ‘Big Five’ of lion, rhino, elephant, leopard and buffalo, with accommodation in comfortable lodges and typical African dinners looking out over the reserve. This afternoon, enjoy the first of the game drives, then perhaps enjoy a ‘sun-downer’ round the authentic Boma (camp) fire before dinner is served. Day Eight A second day at the Lodge begins with a pre-breakfast game drive, and includes a visit to the fascinating reptile centre, free time for a siesta – perhaps by the pool – before a second evening game drive and dinner at the lodge.

nights 1-3

This impressive, centrally located hotel has an outdoor pool and spa as well as a restaurant and bar. All air-conditioned rooms have a TV, tea/ coffee-making facilities, safe and a hairdryer.

night 4

Warm hospitality and vibrant, central location means this historic hotel, actually declared a national monument, is our choice in wine country. There’s a restaurant and all rooms have a TV, fridge and air conditioning.

The Graywood Hotel, Knysna

nights 5-6

A wooden lodge in the town centre, this hotel is close to shops and restaurants. The hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as a pool. Please note: On selected departures you will stay at the Knysna RIver Club on nights 5-6. Garden Route Game Lodge

Garden Route Game Lodge, Albertinia

nights 7-8

Against the backdrop of the Langeberg mountains, you’ll find a host of wildlife including the ‘Big Five’ at this the family owned private game reserve. There is a restaurant and bar, pool and terrace as well as a spa. Rooms are air-conditioned and have a balcony or patio, tea/ coffee-making facilities, fridge and a microwave.

Windsor Hotel, Hermanus

Windsor Hotel

Day Nine After a final early morning game drive, make the journey west to Hermanus , famed as a whale-watching centre from July to November, and a year-round seaside resort offering stunning views out across the Atlantic waters. In season, enjoy the included whale-watch cruise (Sep-Nov departures), and perhaps visit the Whale Museum and the colourful country market. Enjoy dinner this evening at Bietangs Cave, your last South African evening no doubt spent reliving the wonders of the tour.

night 9

Located on the seafront with stunning views, this historic hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as outdoor patio areas. All rooms have TV and tea/ coffee-making facilities.

Stellenbosch

Day 10 After a final breakfast, enjoy a last scenic days’ touring that will see you make the dramatic descent from Sir Lowry’s Pass onto the Cape Flats – with spectacular distant views of Table Mountain – and feature a visit to a winery, including tastings, in beautiful Helderberg. Enjoy a ‘farewell’ dinner in the Winelands area, before returning to the airport for the return overnight flight, via Amsterdam, to the UK. Day 11 Arrive home this morning, at the end of a wonderful taste of South Africa. Please note: The order of the itinerary may sometimes vary but the overall content and tour duration in South Africa will always be maintained.

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

291


Under African Skies – Victoria Falls to Cape Town Enjoy unforgettable wildlife encounters, natural wonders and some extraordinary experiences in one of the world’s most beautiful corners.

Small-Group Tour

15-day escorted holiday from £3,799

Victoria Falls

Tour Highlights & Inclusions

F

ulfil a host of African dreams as you join this wonderful tour, crammed with extraordinary sights, some once-in-a-lifetime opportunities and truly memorable moments. On this exciting, exclusive Small-Group Tour you’ll take in the mighty Victoria Falls on the Zambezi River, spend a day in Botswana’s stunning Chobe National Park and, after flying to beautiful Cape Town, experience some of the most engaging sights and natural wonders of South Africa, including the verdant Cape Winelands, the plain of the Little Karoo and the exquisite Garden Route.

Chobe National Park

Livingstone Victoria Falls

Namibia Botswana

• Stay close to Dr Livingstone’s fabled Victoria Falls • Elephants and buffalo in Botswana’s Chobe National Park • Winelands walking tour and wine tasting in Stellenbosch • Enjoy close-up ‘Big 5’ wildlife encounters on sunset and sunrise safaris at the Big Five Garden Route Game Lodge • Journey to Knysna on the beautiful Garden Route • Lunch under Milkwood Trees at Featherbed Nature Reserve • Visit the ‘Ostrich Capital of the World’ • Visit Africa’s true most southerly point, Cape Agulhas • Dinner in a traditional Fisherman’s Village in Arniston • Stay in Cape Town – the world’s most beautifully sited city • A tour of Cape Point includes Boulders’ penguin colony and Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens • Experience Table Mountain’s rotating cable car • 12 nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation, plus two nights on the aircraft • Three lunches and four dinners • Return flights to Livingstone via Nairobi or Johannesburg, returning from Cape Town, via Johannesburg or Amsterdam, and all regional flights as described in the itinerary • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available May, Sep, Oct 2019, Feb to May, Sep to Nov 2020

Fly from • Heathrow Flight upgrades available on request

South Africa

Optional Excursion • Victoria Falls Sunset Cruise Day Four – £89

292

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

WINELANDS Oudtshoorn Stellenbosch Cape Town Garden Route Game Lodge Hermanus


Further Afield

Cape Town Cable Car

African Queen River Boat Cruise

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Livingstone, close to the wondrous Victoria Falls, travelling via Nairobi or Johannesburg.

Chobe National Park

Day Two Upon arrival, transfer to your hotel, where there’ll be the opportunity to rest and relax after the journey and to meet your fellow travellers. Enjoy a first glimpse of one of the seven natural wonders of the world on your included tour this afternoon. Over a mile wide, the cascades have the capacity to push over half a million cubic metres of water per minute over the basalt cliff into the Zambezi River Gorge, in a breathtaking cacophony of noise and – especially during the early spring – a towering plume of spray. At other times of year, the full extent of the great abyss can be seen when the river’s flow is not so great. Day Three Early this morning journey south into Botswana to enjoy a day in the stunning surroundings of the Chobe National Park, a vast area of swamp, floodplain and forest that is home to an astonishing array of wildlife and birds, including herds of elephants, hippos and giraffes. In the company of a knowledgeable guide, spend the morning game viewing along the Chobe River, then after lunch at the Chobe Safari Lodge, enjoy an afternoon overland game drive through the park. Day Four Today is a free day, in which to relax at the hotel and perhaps to take part in a wide range of optional activities, from accompanied tours of the Falls, a fascinating close up look at the engineering marvel of the Victoria Falls Bridge that carries the railway across the gorge, to open-topped bus tours. This evening, as a perfect end to your day, board a riverboat – the African Queen or African Princess – to enjoy an optional lazy sunset cruise along the languid Zambezi, sipping a cocktail on deck. As the light fades into the African night, the birds come home to roost and the wildlife on the river – perhaps hippos and crocodiles – settles down. Day Five Fly south to Cape Town, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and make the short transfer into the beautiful, verdant Cape Winelands region, for a two-night stay in a hotel overlooking the Stellenbosch mountains. During your stay, enjoy an included wine tasting at Kleine Zalze Winery. Day Six A morning ‘Bites & Sites’ walking tour of Stellenbosch introduces not only the history of the delightful town, but also offers a taste of an array of artisan foodstuffs, with visits to a family-owned bakers and

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

continues overleaf... Call us on: 0330 160 7800

293


Under African Skies – Victoria Falls to Cape Town

continued Boulders Beach

butchers and an award-winning wine-bar, as well as a chance to sample local teas and a selection of famous Cape desserts. Lunch today is included at South Africa’s oldest hotel.  his afternoon you’ll take in Franschhoek, where designer elegance mixes T with Victorian grandeur in a place first settled in 1688. Enjoy some time wandering around the town, browsing the array of antique and boutique stores, and complete a wonderful day with a wine-tasting and cellar visit, before returning to Stellenbosch. Day Seven Bidding farewell to the Winelands, you’ll head east on a scenic drive, to spend two nights in the wonderful surroundings of the Garden Route Game Lodge, a privately operated game reserve at the gateway to the famous coast. During your stay, in the shadow of the Langeberg mountains, you’ll enjoy all the wonders of safari game drives to see the ‘Big Five’ of lion, rhino, elephant, leopard and buffalo, enjoy accommodation in comfortable lodges and typical African meals looking out over the reserve. Enjoy the first of the game drives this evening then enjoy a ‘sundowner’ round the authentic Boma (camp fire) before dinner is served. Day Eight A second day at the Lodge begins with a pre-breakfast game drive, and includes a visit to the fascinating Reptile Centre, free time to enjoy lunch (payable locally) and a siesta – perhaps by the pool – before a second evening game drive and dinner at the lodge. Day Nine This morning you’ll journey along to famously scenic Garden Route and Knysna, in the heart of this coastal wonder. Set on the bank of a beautiful lagoon, against a backdrop of wooded hills, Knynsa, with its Victorian and Georgian houses, brims with character and style. An included tour features a ferry to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, across the lagoon, and home to some 200 fish species and a rare species of seahorse. Enjoy a nature drive to Western Head for spectacular views, and lunch in the shade of milkwood trees. Check into your hotel for an overnight stay, and spend the rest of the day at leisure. Day 10 Today sees you travel over the scenic Outeniqua Mountain Pass to visit sun-blessed Oudtshoorn, the ‘Ostrich Capital of the World’, in the heart of the ‘Little Karoo’ plain.  he world’s strangest, largest and often most valuable bird has been T farmed in Oudsthoorn for 130 years, first for its plumage – Edwardian farmers built handsome ‘Feather Palaces’ with the proceeds – and more recently for its high-protein, low-cholesterol meat, samples of which will be offered at lunchtime.

294

To book please see your Local Travel Agent


Further Afield

Cape Town

 his afternoon, you’ll enjoy a breathtakingly scenic drive across T the Swartberg Mountain Pass ending a wonderful day with a typical South African Braai (barbeque) in the mountains. Day 11 This morning first visit the world-renowned Cango Caves, where vast limestone grottoes with extraordinary calcium formations built up over thousands of years. Next turn west once more and head back towards the sea, pausing to take in the views from Cape Agulhas, Africa’s southernmost point, where there are regular sightings of whales and sharks, including Great Whites. Head along the coast to spend a night in the Indian Ocean fishing village of Arniston. This evening is spent enjoying dinner in the fisherman’s village – one of the highlights of the entire tour. Day 12 Heading west once more, you’ll journey to Hermanus, famed whale-watching centre, and after time to explore this delightful coastal town you’ll journey on to stunning Cape Town, for the final two nights of the tour. It is difficult to overstate the romance and natural beauty of South Africa’s most visited city. Few places on Earth can boast such a stunning setting, nestled on a mountainous peninsular which leads to the Cape of Good Hope, flanked by the Atlantic Ocean, and with majestic Table Mountain rising in its midst.

Oudsthoorn

Your Hotels

David Livingstone Safari & Spa, Livingstone nights 2-4 On the banks of the lush Zambezi River, this hotel is built in local style with the open-air Kalai restaurant, a bar and the chance to watch a beautiful sunset with a drink at the Gwembe Terrace. There is also a spa and a pool. All rooms have a balcony, a mini-bar and tea/coffee-making facilities.

David Livingstone Safari & Spa

 his afternoon, enjoy an guided introduction to the beautiful T city, including a walk through the Company Gardens and an unforgettable ascent of Table Mountain in a rotating cable car, turning in an unforgettable 360° panorama as it climbs to the 1,000-metre high summit, with its stupendous views of the city and beyond.  his evening, after checking into your hotel, perhaps spend time T in the redeveloped Victoria & Alfred Waterfront, the city’s most popular attraction, with its complex of shops, theatres, bars and restaurants.

nights 5-6

This Dutch vernacular style lodge is surrounded by greenery and vineyards and is opposite the golf course. There is a pool and restaurant – both with stunning views – a bar and all en-suite rooms have TV and tea/coffee-making facilities.

Garden Route Game Lodge, Albertinia Garden Route Game Lodge

Day 13 A last full day sees you depart on a fascinating included tour of the Cape Peninsula, including treacherous Cape Point, where the Atlantic meets the Indian Ocean, the beach resort of Boulders (with its colony of penguins!), Kirstenbosch, with its stunning botanical gardens, Hout Bay, where you might take an optional cruise to famous ‘Seal Island’, and – weather-permitting – the breathtakingly scenic Chapman’s Peak Drive, one of the world’s most thrilling coastal roads. You’ll return to the hotel in the late afternoon for a last evening at leisure in Cape Town. Day 14 After a little more free time today – perhaps for lastminute shopping along the Waterfront – transfer to the airport for the return overnight flight, via Amsterdam or Johannesburg to the UK.

Kleine Zalze Lodge, Stellenbosch

nights 7-8

Against the backdrop of the Langeberg mountains, you’ll find a host of wildlife including the Big Five at this the family owned private game reserve. There is a restaurant and bar, pool and terrace as well as a spa. Rooms are air-conditioned and have a balcony or patio, tea/ coffee-making facilities, fridge and microwave.

The Graywood Hotel, Knysna

night 9

A wooden lodge in the town centre, this hotel is close to shops and restaurants. The hotel has a restaurant and bar as well as a pool.

The Graywood Hotel

Day 15 Arrive home this morning, at the end of a simply wonderful African adventure. Please note: The order of the itinerary may sometimes vary but the overall content and tour duration in South Africa will always be maintained.

Swartberg Country Manor, Oudtshoorn

night 10

Simply relax on the terrace or have a swim at this relaxing hotel which sits at the foot of the Swartberg Mountains. The old tobacco sorting shed is now a stylish restaurant. Rooms are spread through the main, original farmhouse and some are in the grounds in Karoo style cottages. All have tea/coffee-making facilities.

Arniston Spa Hotel, Arniston Stellenbosch Arniston Spa Hotel

night 11

Benefitting from an ocean setting, this charming hotel is surrounded by the turquoise blue waters of the Atlantic Ocean and beautiful sand dunes and nature reserves. Facilities within the hotel include a swimming pool, a spa and a restaurant.

Protea Hotel Fire & Ice, Cape Town

nights 12-13

This contemporary hotel is a short walk to the Company Gardens and offers a central base for your stay in Cape Town. Rooms are modern and offer tea and coffee making facilities, a safe, a shower and a television. There is also an outdoor swimming pool and a restaurant. Protea Hotel Fire & Ice

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

Please note: On selected departures you will stay at the Park Inn by Radison foreshore or similar on nights 12-13.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

295


Small-Group Tour

Kenya Grand Safari – Stay at Treetops Enjoy unforgettable close-up encounters with wildlife, the scenic wonders of the forested highlands and the teeming plains of the Maasai Mara.

9-day escorted holiday from £2,299

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • In the company of like-minded people, enjoy a perfect introduction to one of the world’s most fascinating countries • Stay in famous Treetops game lodge • Enjoy three game drives in the Samburu National Reserve • Visit historic Nyahururu – formerly ‘Thompson Falls’ • Journey through the Rift Valley to renowned Lake Nakuru National Park – giraffe and rhino sanctuary • Enjoy a boat ride on Lake Naivasha • Spend two nights – and enjoy three game drives – in the famed Maasai Mara National Reserve, home to the ‘Big Five’ • Visit to a Maasai village • Overnight in Nairobi – Kenya’s engaging capital • Seven nights’ carefully chosen accommodation, in game lodges on safari, with full-board arrangements on safari, bed and breakfast plus a farewell dinner in Nairobi, plus a night on the aircraft • Return flights to Nairobi • Travel by six-seater safari minibuses and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by friendly, experienced drivers and safari guides

D

iscover for yourself perhaps East Africa’s great natural wonderland, with visits to a quartet of protected national parks and reserves. You’ll stay overnight in famous Treetops and will have opportunities on a succession of unforgettable game drives to view some of the most extraordinary wildlife species on earth, and chances to meet some of its most fascinating peoples – as you journey through striking and dramatic scenery.

Day One Fly overnight from the UK to Nairobi. Day Two Upon arrival, meet your driver/guide and head north from Nairobi in your safari vehicle, passing Thika, with its acres of ripening pineapples, and climb through the forested hills and on to the eastern fringes of the Aberdare National Park. Enjoy lunch and an overnight stay in famous Treetops, where the future Queen Elizabeth II learned of her father’s passing in 1952. Relax and unwind this afternoon at this unique place and enjoy the magical sight of the animals that come to the floodlit waterhole each night.

Available Feb, Apr to Jul, Sep to Nov 2019, Jan, Mar, May to Jul, Sep to Nov 2020

Kenya

Fly direct from

Samburu National Reserve

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 336)

Lake Nakuru National Park

Flight upgrades available on request

Aberdare National Park

Lake Naivasha

Maasai Mara National Reserve

Tanzania

296

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Nairobi

Day Three After breakfast, bid farewell to Treetops and drive to Samburu National Reserve. If you are lucky you may catch a glimpse of the towering twin peaks of Mount Kenya, often shrouded in cloud. Journey into the high plain, with its grasslands dotted with market towns, cross the equator and take in the panorama of the Laikipia plateau, before dropping down onto the arid lowlands for a two-night stay in the Samburu National Reserve.  ong-established on the banks of the Ewaso L Ny’iro River, rugged Samburu is one of Kenya’s most peaceful and beautiful locations, home to elephant, cheetah, leopard, crocodile, reticulated giraffe, the long-eared Grevy’s zebra, blue-legged Somali ostrich and the ‘giraffe-necked’ gerenuk gazelle.


Further Afield

 fter lunch, join your driver/guide for the first of the included game A drives through the reserve. Return to the lodge for, no doubt, a ‘sun-downer’, followed by dinner.

Your Hotels

Treetops, Aberdare National Park night 2

Day Four Today is spent in the reserve. Choose morning and afternoon drives, returning for lunch, or spend the full day out, taking a packed lunch, before enjoying a second evening at Samburu. Day Five Journey, via Kenya’s highest town Nyahururu (formerly Thompson’s Falls, named for the nearby waterfall), and enjoy lunch at the Thomson Falls Lodge before descending into the Rift Valley, part of the great schism that runs through Africa and the Middle East, and which provides some of the world’s finest game viewing.

Treetops

 njoy an afternoon game drive en-route to Lake Nakuru National E Park, a popular grazing ground for black and white rhino, Rothschild giraffe, buffalo, several gazelles and leopards. The lake is also a paradise for birdwatchers, with flamingos and pelicans, as well as fish eagles and herons amongst countless others.

Samburu Lodge, Samburu National Reserve

 njoy dinner and overnight in the Lake Nakuru Lodge, set in its E own shady gardens. Day Six Continue south through the Rift Valley, pausing at spectacular, freshwater Lake Naivasha, one-time home of Born Free author Joy Adamson. Board a boat to cruise on the lake’s waters, home to wallowing hippos, and spot countless bird species as well as giraffe, zebra, waterbuck and wildebeest along the shore.  y early afternoon you will have entered the Maasai Mara, perhaps B the world’s most famous protected game reserve, scene each year of the annual wildebeest migration and, thanks to a rigid conservation programme, a place where game might be seen in numbers little diminished from the pre-hunting days of the 19th and early 20th centuries. For viewing giraffe, zebra, hippo, buffalo, elephant, ostrich, as well as lion, cheetah and leopard, the ‘Mara’ is an unparalleled corner of Africa, and your two-night stay here should provide indelible memories.

Samburu Lodge

Lake Nakuru Lodge

Keekorok Lodge

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

night 5

Offering a hillside location and affording beautiful views of the lake and national park, this attractive low rise lodge is set in pretty shady gardens. All of the rooms are set in wooden lodges which offer en-suite bathrooms and unforgettable views. Other facilities include an attractive swimming pool, cocktail bar and evening entertainment.

Keekorok Lodge, Maasai Mara National Reserve

Day Eight Make the journey up out of the Rift Valley back to Nairobi. After a short visit to the African Fund for Endangered Wildlife’s engaging Giraffe Centre, with its protected Rothschild giraffes, enjoy a ‘farewell’ dinner at the famous Carnivore restaurant. Your last nights’ stay in Kenya is in the sumptuous surroundings of the Fairmont Norfolk Hotel, an historic Nairobi landmark offering modern, five-star comforts. Day Nine After an early breakfast, transfer back to the airport for your return flight to the UK, arriving late this afternoon.

nights 3-4

Set in the heart of pristine forest, next to the Ewaso Nyiro River where wildlife including elephants can be seen cooling off, this pretty lodge offers two bars and a restaurant, which all afford river views. For entertainment when not out on safari, there is an outdoor swimming pool and afternoon and evening dance performances by locals. All rooms offer en-suite bathrooms and a balcony.

Lake Nakuru Lodge, Lake Nakuru National Park

 njoy an afternoon game drive en route to your lodge, E where dinner is served. Day Seven Enjoy a last full day of game drives within the Maasai Mara, whether you choose morning and afternoon safaris or to spend all day in the reserve. During the day, you’ll visit a Maasai village, and will have the opportunity not only to buy a locally produced souvenir of your stay, but perhaps also to engage in conversation with the villagers. Enjoy a last dinner at the lodge.

Built on stilts, Treetops is one of the most unforgettable and atmospheric game-viewing locations in the world. Overlooking a large waterhole, which is floodlit at night, you can sit back in the comfort of the hotel as rhino and families of elephant pay a visit to quench their thirst. For the die-hard wildlife enthusiasts, staff can set up in-room buzzer alerts during the night whenever a wildlife spectacle is unfolding. Facilities within this historic hotel include a restaurant and bar.

nights 6-7

Boasting a wonderful location, right in the heart of the reserve, the lodge is built in an authentic style with all the rooms located in bungalows that are dotted around the pretty gardens. All rooms offer an en-suite bathroom and private balconies. The lodge offers a swimming pool, restaurant and a choice of bars including the ‘Hippo Bar’ – that overlooks a watering hole which is home to over 20 hippos.

Fairmont Norfolk Hotel, Nairobi

Fairmont Norfolk Hotel

night 8

Offering true five-star luxury, this secluded resort offers a peaceful base to relax and unwind after your safari adventure. Facilities include lush gardens, a swimming pool, two restaurants, a bar and a tea room.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

297


The Serengeti & Tanzania’s National Parks Enjoy the once-in-a-lifetime experience of the wonders and astonishing wildlife of the classic ‘Northern Circuit’.

NEW Small-Group Tour

10-day escorted holiday from £3,499

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Experience Tanzania’s legendary wildlife and birdlife • Enjoy luxurious hotel and safari lodge stays • Explore the Tarangire National Park, with its swamplands and baobab forests • Lake Manyara is home to flamingos and hippos • Spend three nights amongst the Serengeti’s ‘endless plains’ • Ngorongoro’s crater is home to 30,000 large mammals • Meet Maasai tribes people • Join early morning/late afternoon and/or full game drives in the company of expert guides • Eight nights’ carefully chosen full-board* accommodation, plus one night on the aircraft • Return flights to Kilimanjaro, via Amsterdam • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour mangers, drivers and expert safari guides

Available Nov 2019, Mar to Jun & Nov 2020

Fly from • Heathrow Flight upgrades available on request

Serengeti National Park Ngorongoro

Arusha Lake Manyara National Park Tarangire National Park

J

ourney to intoxicating East Africa, where the vast protected national parks of the Great Rift Valley, the ‘endless plains’ of the Serengeti, and Ngorongoro’s crater and grasslands are home to some of the world’s most ancient people, and its greatest wildlife collection. Encounter endangered black rhino, innumerable elephants, myriad wildebeest – the leading actors in the annual drama of the Great Migration – and the big-cat predators that haunt their precarious passage through this unforgettable, primordial landscape.

Day One Fly, via Amsterdam, to Tanzania’s Kilimanjaro International Airport, and upon arrival, meet your tour manager and make the short transfer to Arusha, where the luxurious Mount Meru Hotel provides a welcome opportunity to rest and relax, to enjoy the pool and perhaps, should you choose, to enjoy dinner in a choice of restaurants. Day Two Following an early breakfast, journey across the Maasai Steppe into the Tarangire National Park, home to herds of African elephants and countless, towering baobab trees, some 1,000 years old. Enjoy lunch at the Tarangire Sopa Lodge, where you’ll stay this evening, after a first game drive during which, in addition to the elephants, you might spot zebra, wildebeest, Gerenuk antelope and colourful birdlife. Return to the luxurious surroundings of the lodge, perhaps to enjoy the outdoor pool, before a sun-downer and dinner end a wonderful day.

Tanzania Zanzibar

298

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Day Three Continue west towards the escarpment of the Great Rift Valley, at the foot of which Lake Manyara National Park provides a refuge for flocks of flamingos and other water birds, and where other species include elephant, hippo and remarkable tree-climbing lions, once thought unique to the area, but also seen in the Serengeti. Tonight’s accommodation, after an early evening game drive, offers extraordinary views over the lake from its lofty perch.


Further Afield

Maasai villagers

Ngorongoro’s crater

Lake Manyara National Park

Day Four Journey further northwest, on a fascinating drive through the grasslands and on into the Serengeti, which alongside its Kenyan neighbour, the Maasai Mara, forms the world’s most famous game reserve. First protected in 1929, and declared a national park in 1951, UNESCO-listed and a Biosphere Reserve, the Serengeti – Maasai for ‘endless plains’ – is dotted with ancient granite kopje outcrops and forms the backdrop to the annual Great Migration of some 2.5 million animals that follow the rains north and south, across the vast plains. Whenever you visit, expect to see zebra, wildebeest, lion, hyena, giraffe, warthog, leopard, buffalo and several deer species, as well as an abundance of birdlife. With a packed lunch provided by the lodge, and an en-route game drive prior to arriving at the luxurious Serengeti Serena Lodge, this will be one of the tour’s most exciting days. Days Five & Six From your comfortable lodge base, enjoy two unforgettable days in the Serengeti, joining your guide for morning and afternoon drives, or taking a packed lunch and spending all day in the bush. Your guide will ensure you enjoy the best opportunities to view the game at closest quarters. You’ll also have the opportunity to visit a Maasai village, to learn about the traditional cattle herdsmen and the impact the modern world has had upon their lives.  hen not out on safari, make the most of the lodge’s amenities, W including the infinity pool overlooking the plains, the comforts of your individual ‘rondavel’ room, a scenic bar, barbeque area and traditionally carved dining room. Optional activities (payable locally) might include an unforgettable bush dinner or a once-in-alifetime early-morning balloon flight and bush breakfast. Day Seven Bid farewell to the Serengeti today and head into the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, passing Olduvai Gorge, the ‘Cradle of Mankind’ where some of the earliest human-like remains were discovered, and journeying on to the awe-inspiring Ngorongoro Crater, a 600-meter-deep, 19-kilometre wide bluegreen refuge for an amazing array of grazing animals and their predators. Make your way to the Ngorongoro Serena Safari Lodge on the crater’s rim, and enjoy a first night on the edge of what is called the ‘eighth wonder of the world’. Day Eight Be prepared for sightings of elephants, rhinos, wildebeests and lions, as you make your way into the caldera on a last morning game drive, passing the cones of extinct volcanoes and journeying through the intoxicating terrain that features Lake Magadi and the dense acacia groves of the Leral Forest. Return for a late lunch at the lodge and enjoy a last afternoon and evening in this stunning location. Enjoy a final dinner, spent reflecting no doubt on the highlights of the past week. Day Nine Bid farewell to Ngorongoro, and make the short journey back towards Kilimanjaro Airport, for your return overnight flight via Amsterdam, back to the UK, or, should you be staying on to enjoying the beach extension (see panel right), your onward flight to idyllic Zanzibar.

Your Hotels Serengeti Serena Lodge

Mount Meru Hotel, Arusha

night 1

In the shadow of the towering mountain, this beautiful property has a pool and a choice of restaurants. Rooms are air-conditioned with a mini-bar, TV and safe. *Please note: The first night is spent in the five-star Mount Meru Hotel, Arusha on a bed and breakfast basis

Tarangire Sopa Lodge

night 2

Hidden amongst the grasses and baobos of the park, this stunning resort has a pool set in the garden where outdoor dining takes place. Rooms are set in conical cottages, and all have a mini-bar.

Lake Manyara Serena Safari Lodge night 3 With stunning vistas over the park and to the lake from the restaurant and infinity pool, this is a special place. All rooms have a balcony while lunch is taken under the banana trees. There is also a restaurant with outdoor dining, a pool and terraces in the gardens. Tarangire Sopa Lodge

Serengeti Serena Lodge

nights 4-6

Take in panoramic views across the stunning Serengeti; a gem of an hotel in a wonderful setting. Rooms are in safari design and individual in rondavel style with modern comforts, while there is a pool and restaurant.

Ngorongoro Lodge

nights 7-8

Enjoy majestic crater views from the stone terrace with a sun-downer in hand before heading into the restaurant for dinner! All rooms are furnished in traditional safari style. Ngorongoro Lodge

Extend Your Holiday Three-night Zanzibar extension from £500  ool off at the end of your safari C adventure by enjoying the laid-back atmosphere, blue skies and white-sand beaches of island paradise Zanzibar, staying in the Bluebay Beach Resort & Spa. Bathe in tropical waters, enjoy some of Africa’s most memorable food in the hotel’s Makuti restaurant next to the pool, and tour historic, Moorishinfluenced Stone Town.

Day 10 Arrive back in the UK at the end of a truly wonderful African adventure of a lifetime.

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

299


NEW Small-Group Tour

Riads of Marrakesh & the Colours of Morocco Experience the magic and mystique of one of the most beguiling, most exciting and most enthralling cities on earth from your serene Riad base.

6-day escorted holiday from £649

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Stay in a traditional Moroccan Riad or a Riad hotel • Spend five nights in the beguiling, enthralling city of Marrakesh • Enjoy a guided tour of Marrakesh • Experience the wonders of the Djemâa El Fna – the ‘World’s Greatest Free Circus’ • See the exquisite Saadian Tombs and dazzling Bahia Palace • Head into the foothills of the High Atlas on an included tour • Encounter Berber farmers and herdsmen • Optional tours and experiences, including a Moroccan cookery course, will enhance the enjoyment of your stay • Five nights’ carefully chosen bed and breakfast accommodation in a typical Moroccan Riad (upgrade Riad Hotel available for a supplement) • Return flights to Marrakesh • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Available Nov & Dec 2019, Jan to Apr 2020

Day One Fly to Marrakesh, meet your tour manager and transfer to your Riad. Rest and relax, and dependent upon your time of arrival, there may be time to take in some of the atmosphere of the city this evening. Day Two Join your guide for an unforgettable tour of the historic centre of incomparable Marrakesh, journeying back in time into the ancient Medina, the restored Old City surrounded by red ochre walls, centred on the great square of the Djemâa El Fna, and looked over by the great Almohad Koutoubia Minaret, the city’s most famous monument.  ou’ll also visit the exquisite Saadian Tombs, the dazzling legacy of the Y Sultan Ahmed el Mansour and the Saadian dynasty. Close by, the Bahia Palace is the restored former home of the Grand Vizier Bou Ahmed, and perhaps the city’s most opulent building.

Fly direct from • Gatwick • Manchester • Stansted

Optional Excursions

 nter the labyrinthine maze of narrow streets and alleyways that house E the fabled souks, the truly fascinating collection of markets, all arranged by craft or trade, and a cacophony of sound and kaleidoscope of colour. Your guide will introduce you to the centuries-old ways of the souks, and you can look forward to returning to them under your own steam.

• Authentic Moroccan Meal Day Three – from £47 • Essaouira Day Four – from £79 • Cookery Class Day Five – from £40 • Berber Massage Day Five – from £47 • 1001 Nights Evening Day Five – from £59

Morocco Essaouira

300

J

oin us for a few unforgettable days in a place, which though only a short hop from Europe, and despite all its modern day conveniences, remains a world away. Here, in Marrakesh and its surroundings, beneath the High Atlas mountains, you’ll be transported to another realm, to enjoy warm sunshine even in the depths of winter, and experience the colour and welcome of this vibrant melting pot. Stay in the tranquil setting of a traditional Riad, where life behind the closed walls offers a mini-oasis of calm surrounding a garden courtyard.

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Marrakesh s tain oun M s a Atl

 ou’ll then return to the vast Djemâa El Fna, as it comes Y alive at the end of the day, changing from market-place into one of the world’s most colourful night markets, with countless stalls selling goods, foodstuffs and spices of every colour and hue. The great square is also one of the world’s most fascinating free carnivals, a


Further Afield Djemâa El Fna Market at night

Atlas Mountains

Traditional tagine

mesmerising mix of snake-charmers, acrobats and contortionists, monkey-trainers, dancers and henna-tattoo-artists, and countless traditional storytellers engaging the crowds around them – all against the backdrop of troupes of musicians playing hypnotic, heady, rhythmical strains passed down through generations. The Djemâa is unfailingly exhausting, and no doubt you’ll want to view it all from the terrace of the famed Café de France or the aptly named Café du Grand Balcon.

Your Hotel Choices

 t day’s end, spend time just soaking up the wonderful A atmosphere, then return to the hotel with the sound of the Djemâa still ringing in your ears. Day Three Join today’s included excursion into the foothills of the High Atlas Mountains, the beautiful region that is the favourite playground of Marrakshis, who flock to the valleys to escape the summer heat, and in winter to the peaks to indulge in the improbable pastime of skiing in Africa.  eaving the city, it’s a short drive to the foothills of the Atlas, L an area of streams and waterfalls, dotted with Berber villages and hamlets, home to the farmers and herdsmen whose lives have remained unchanged for centuries in this beautiful, but harsh environment. You’ll stop at a Berber souk and enjoy a refreshing mint tea.  eturning to Marrakesh this afternoon, perhaps to explore one of R the city’s wonderful gardens, oases of green and cooling shade that include the Jardin Agdal and the Jardin Menara, both irrigated by waters fed from the distant Atlas by ancient underground channels, and the exquisite Jardin Marjorelle, pride of the late designer Yves St Laurent.

Traditional Riad, Marrakesh Bed & Breakfast

Price from £649

Immerse yourself in the culture of Marrakesh by staying in a typical centrally-located Riad, a traditional Moroccan house where private en‑suite rooms surround a garden courtyard. The emphasis is on traditional hospitality; breakfast is served with a smile and there are seating areas where you can relax with a refreshing mint tea. Although small and simple by nature, many have a small plunge pool and massages (extra charge) and most have Wi-Fi. Please note: Your Riad details will be confirmed in your final travel documents.

Art Place Hotel & Ryad, Marrakesh Bed & Breakfast

HHHHH

Price from £874

Choose this hotel for a Riad experience with the additional comfort of a boutique hotel. Centrally located, close to Djemâa El Fna square and within easy reach of the souks, the hotel has a restaurant that overlooks the square, a roof-top pool and small gym. All 26 rooms have a mini-bar, safe, hairdryer, air conditioning, a TV and free Wi-Fi.

 his evening, join the optional ‘Chaharamane’ meal of a traditional T Moroccan Tagine menu and be royally entertained by folk musicians and dancers. Day Four Today brings a chance to journey west across the plains on an optional excursion to Atlantic resort Essaouira, with its white-washed and blue-shuttered houses, craftsmen’s workshops, galleries and sandy beach. Essaouira is a perfect ‘wandering around’ resort, whether for the views from the ramparts, around the harbour, or in the colourful souks of the town’s own Medina. Enjoy a dip in the ocean, perhaps a camel ride along the beach, and perhaps take lunch before you return to Marrakesh via the celebrated Val d’Argan winery, founded as recently as 1994, but steadily building a reputation for some excellent vintages. There’s another chance to enjoy the excitement and bustle of the Djemâa this evening. Day Five Head back into the Medina for some final sightseeing, or indulge yourself in a choice of very special optional experiences, including the chance to take a Moroccan cookery course in the kitchens of the famed ‘La Maison Arabe’ Hotel, or to experience a rejuvenating Berber massage.  his evening, head back to the night markets or choose a 1001 Nights T evening with music and a traditional meal amidst nomad tents and palm groves. Day Six Bid farewell to Marrakesh, returning to the airport for the flight home. Art Place Hotel & Ryad courtyard

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

301


Cairo, Luxor & Nile Cruise Discover and explore, in comfort and style, the mysteries of antiquity and the eye-popping, jaw-dropping riches of the pharoahs.

Great Sphinx and The Pyramids of Giza

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Discover the sights of Cairo and visit the astonishing Egyptian Museum, with its relics of Tutankhamun • Gaze in awe at Giza’s fabled Pyramids and Sphinx • Join the optional excursion to ancient Alexandria • Fly to Luxor to board MS Royal Princess for a seven-night Nile cruise • See the Temples of Karnak and Luxor, visit the Valley of the Kings, the temple of Queen Hatshepsut and the Horus temple at Edfu, as well as the ‘twin’ temple at Kom Ombo • Visit the Aswan High Dam • Sail on a felucca round Kitchener Island • Take an optional excursion by coach or air to Abu Simbel • Three nights’ bed and breakfast accommodation in the five-star Cairo Pyramids Hotel, plus one lunch • Seven nights’ full-board accommodation aboard five-star rated MS Royal Princess • Outbound flight to Cairo, returning from Luxor via Cairo, and internal flights Cairo-Luxor • Coach travel and transfers throughout • Fully escorted by a friendly, experienced tour manager

Catch your breath as you encounter the wondrous Pyramids at Giza and marvel at the collections of Cairo’s stunning Egyptian Museum, then gaze in awe as you cruise along the tranquil Nile, past riverbank scenes unchanged in centuries, visiting some of the most important relics of Ancient Egypt, as well as the truly phenomenal High Dam at Aswan. Opportunities to visit Alexandria and Abu Simbel on optional excursions complete the extraordinary, unforgettable experience.

Day One Fly to Cairo and transfer to your five-star hotel in the shadow of the Pyramids at Giza, for three nights. Day Two Enjoy a full day’s guided tour, which will include the Pyramids, the vast extraordinary monuments to the ancient Egyptians’ wealth and power watched over by the fabled Sphinx. The world’s oldest tourist attraction never fails to amaze and awe. Other highlights will include the the step-pyramid at Saqqara, Cairo’s Egyptian Museum, with its fabulous treasures recovered from the tomb of the Boy King Tutankhamun, and the imposing medieval fortress Citadel.  lease note that at some stage during 2019, the Grand P Egyptian Museum at Giza, containing many treasures of Tutankhamun, is expected to open. The tour will be adjusted to include the new museum when it is opened to the public.

Alexandria

Available Sep & Oct 2019

Cairo

• Heathrow (UK connecting flights available, see page 336) Flight upgrades available on request

Optional Excursions

Luxor

Edfu Aswan

le r Ni

To book please see your Local Travel Agent

Egypt Rive

• Sound & Light Show Day Two – £57 • Alexandria (full day) Day Three – from £119 • Abu Simbel by Road (full day) Day Eight – from £103 • Abu Simbel by Air (half day) Day Eight – from £215

 his evening, join the mystical optional ‘Sound and Light’ T excursion, at the Pyramids, which tells the story of how they were built and what life was like in Ancient Egypt in 2611 BC, with a spectacular light show adding to the story-telling.

Fly direct from

302

11-day escorted holiday from £1,599

Day Three Return for another exploration of Cairo’s treasures, or join today’s optional excursion to Alexandria, once the centre of the Hellenistic world, and now a bustling port-city that preserves an air of nostalgia – in the traditional coffee houses and cafés – for the ‘Alex’ of old.  isit the fascinating Graeco-Roman Museum, explore Egypt’s V only Roman amphitheatre, the eerie catacombs at Kom Ash-Shuqqafa, the site of the fabled Pharos lighthouse that


Feluccas at sunset

was one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World, and see the Citadel of Quilt Bay – a 15th century fortress located on the coastline.

Your Hotel & Cruise

Day Four Transfer to the airport for the short flight to Luxor and board the magnificently appointed five-star rated MS Royal Princess. After lunch aboard, journey to the East Bank of the Nile, to visit Luxor Temple with its colonnades and courtyards, and the staggering Temple of Karnak, where the vast columns of the giant hypostyle hall dwarf awestruck visitors. Enjoy a first dinner aboard ship, and moor overnight in Luxor. Day Five Cross to the West Bank to visit the Valley of the Kings, where in 1922 Howard Carter and Lord Caernarvon discovered the sand-blocked entrance to the tomb of Tutankhamun. You’ll also visit the temple of female Pharaoh Hatshepsut and gaze in awe at the twin ‘colossi’ of Memnon.  eturn to MS Royal Princess for lunch and begin the journey south, R cruising through scenes seemingly unchanged in centuries, with fishermen sailing traditional feluccas, and villagers washing their clothing in the river’s waters. Moor overnight in Edfu. Day Six Visit the stunning Temple of Horus, before you return to the ship and cruise towards the riverside Temple at Kom Ombo, with its hypostyle halls, burial chambers and mummified crocodiles. You’ll visit the ‘twin’ temple of pharaohs Sobek and Haroeris, before cruising on to Aswan, where you will moor for three nights, giving you opportunity to explore this mesmerising city with its backdrop the Aga Khan’s great mausoleum. Day Seven Today you’ll visit the extraordinary Aswan High Dam, which holds back the waters of great Lake Nasser, and the granite quarries from where many of the ancient obelisks were fashioned. See the fabled ‘Unfinished Obelisk’ – left behind because of a flaw in the stone from which it is cut. Take a motorboat ride across the Nile to the great Temple of Isis on the island of Philae, then this afternoon join the included tour, enjoying a felucca ride around mid-stream Kitchener’s Island, with its botanical gardens.

Cairo Pyramids Hotel, Cairo

nights 1-3

Affording views of the one of the ‘Seven Wonders of the World’ – the Pyramids at Giza, this modern hotel has attractive landscaped gardens and a large swimming pool. There is an array of cuisine at a choice of restaurants including a café, steakhouse, Italian and a choice of bars. Contemporary rooms have air conditioning, a bath, shower and a safe.

Five-Star Cruise  on board MS Royal Princess

HHHHH nights 4-10

Follow in the footsteps of the pharaohs as you slowly drift along the famous River Nile in your well-appointed floating home from home, the MS Royal Princess. This traditional Nile ship offers 62 cabins and suites, with entertainment on board including lounge and piano bars. The facilities of the MS Royal Princess are spread over six decks and include an attractive sun deck with a swimming pool and bar and ample of space to relax and take in the mesmerising scenery as it passes you by. Other amenities include a billiards room, television area, a bazaar and a restaurant which serves a range of international cuisine. All cabins offer a comfortable stay and boast air conditioning, a large panoramic window offering Nile views, a TV, mini-bar, a safe and private bathroom with bath and shower. Upgraded cabins on higher decks are available at a supplement (see page 336).

Day Eight Explore some of the attractions of Aswan, perhaps visiting the Nubian Museum charting the history of one of Africa’s most ancient peoples, or wandering the colourful souks.  lternatively, join one of two optional excursions – by coach or air – to A remote Abu Simbel, where the staggering temples of Ramses II and the goddess Hathor are carved out of the mountainside. Rediscovered in the early 19th Century, the temples and their relics are amongst Egypt’s greatest treasures. Days 9 & 10 MS Royal Princess makes her lazy way north downriver once more, heading back past the sites at Kom Ombo and Edfu, and mooring for a last night in Luxor once again.  ake the opportunity to spend two days enjoying the tranquility of the T ship, dipping in and out of the pool and making the most of the on-board amenities as the stunning scenery passes gently by. Day 11 Bid farewell to the ship and your Egyptian hosts, transferring to the airport at Luxor for your return flight via Cairo to the UK. Please note: The order of included day-to-day visits onboard the cruise is subject to change. Karnak Temple

See page 336 for departure dates and prices.

Call us on: 0330 160 7800

303

Further Afield

Abu Simbel


Central & South America Peru – Lake Titicaca to Machu Picchu 

306

Brazil, Argentina & Chile 

308

Costa Rica – Nature’s Paradise 

310

Gaze in awe at some of the world’s

most astonishing sights and rarest species, and discover vibrant, colourful cities.


Small-Group Tour

Peru – Lake Titicaca to Machu Picchu Join us to unveil South America’s most fascinating, colourful and cosmopolitan country, and marvel at the treasures of the Incas.

Machu Picchu

Tour Highlights & Inclusions • Enjoy the company of like-minde